der ursprung gemeynner berckrecht

PROBLEMS OF TEXTUAL TRANSMISSION IN
EARLY GERMAN BOOKS ON MINING:
“DER URSPRUNG GEMEYNNER BERCKRECHT” AND THE
NORWEGIAN “BERGKORDNUNG”
DISSERTATION
Presented in Partial Fulfillment of the Requirements for
the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy in the Graduate School of
The Ohio State University
By
David E. Connolly, B.A., B.S., M.A.
The Ohio State University
2005
Dissertation Committee:
Approved by:
Professor Anna A. Grotans, Adviser
Professor Neil G. Jacobs
__________________________
Professor John N. King
Adviser, Graduate Program in
Germanic Languages & Literatures
1
Copyright by
David E. Connolly
2005
i
ABSTRACT
The subject of this study is two printed books from the 1530s on
metal mining and mining law, Der Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht (“The
Origin of Common Mining Laws”) and the Bergkordnung des Löblichen
newen Bergkwergs/ auff dem Golmsbergk/ im Königreich Norwegen
(“Mining Regulation for the praiseworthy new mine at Gullnes in the
Kingdom of Norway”). I have created scholarly editions of each German text,
translations into English, and the annotations and commentary requisite for
understanding the works synchronically and diachronically in their historical
and linguistic contexts. The two books occupy important positions in the
early German literature on mining.
Ursprung, probably dating from 1535-1538, is the earliest printed
compendium of legal and scientific texts on mining, containing several texts
originally dating from the 13th to early 16th centuries. The collection, by
known book producer Johan Haselberg, prints key early German laws on
mining previously existing only in manuscripts, and it provides a new edition
of the earliest printed book on mining and metallurgy, Ulrich Rülein’s
“Bergbüchlein” from ca. 1500. A glossary of mining and smelting terms, a
ii
listing of mines in Bohemia, and information on mining officials complete
the collection.
The other book, Bergkordnung Norwegen, was composed and printed
in Saxony in 1540 for use in Norway. Commissioned by King Christian III
of Denmark and Norway, the book constitutes the first mining regulations
produced in Germany for use in another country. This work clearly and
systematically summarizes prevailing contemporary German practices and
served as the legal basis for Norwegian mining for several centuries.
The introduction to this study begins with overviews of early German
mining and mining literature. The two texts Ursprung and the Bergkordnung
Norwegen are then discussed in their historical context, including earlier
versions/sources and later editions of the works. Issues of textual
transmission and compilation in the early printing period are emphasized in
this study—how do the texts in question inform and/or problematize our
understanding of the growth and progress of scientific knowledge in the
Renaissance? Part 1.8 of the Introduction discusses the rationale and
methodology used in producing the editions and translations.
Chapter 2 presents the edition of Ursprung; Chapter 3, the edition of
the Norwegian Bergkordnung. The editions present near-diplomatic
renditions of each text, with critical apparatuses to provide variants from the
earlier and later versions of the texts. Chapters 4 and 5 are the respective
English translations, with footnotes to illuminate various linguistic or
technical aspects of the texts.
iii
On the one hand, various practices and developments in compilation
of technical information are demonstrated within and between these two texts.
However, study of these texts also reveals some of the problems adherent to
the transmission of texts from manuscript to print and among successive print
editions in the early book press period.
iv
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The completion of this project would not have been possible without
the advice, support, and encouragement of many. First, thanks to my adviser,
Professor Anna Grotans, to Professors Neil Jacobs and John King for serving
on my dissertation committee, and to Professor Yuval Flicker for serving as
the graduate faculty representative for the dissertation defense. I thank
Professor Johanna Belkin (Ohio State, emerita), who introduced me to the
field of early German technical literature, and Professor William Crossgrove
(Brown University, emeritus), who directed me specifically to the early
mining literature as a possible field for dissertation research.
Among the scholars and librarians who provided advice and
assistance during my studies and research I would like to acknowledge the
following, in alphabetical order: Miriam Chrisman (University of
Massachusetts, emerita), John Davidson (Ohio State), Maria Dobozy
(University of Utah), Angela Kießling (Bergakademie Freiberg), Pamela
Long, Peter Siems (University of Idaho, emeritus), John Sullivan (University
of Idaho, emeritus), Harry Vredeveld (Ohio State).
Thanks to my many other friends who offered constant
encouragement. I want especially to acknowledge the following: Doris
v
Anderson, John Camp, Louis E. Carlat, Kay Hahn, Barbara Hammock,
Christine Kallinger-Allen, Junko Kato-Weinstein, Judy and Al Kennedy,
Sandy Pritz, Agnes Risko, Phil and Janice Shaefer, Amy Strawser, and Frank
Zindler.
I am grateful to my employer, Chemical Abstracts Service (CAS), a
Division of the American Chemical Society, for several years of financial
support through their college tuition reimbursement program for employees.
My supervisors were consistently supportive during my course of studies at
Ohio State, which I balanced against full-time employment at CAS.
Thanks also to the German Historical Institute, Washington, D.C., for
their summer program in archival research and travel support which gave me
a valuable opportunity for research at the Bergakademie Freiberg, Germany
in the summer of 1999.
Special thanks are extended to my father, Guy Connolly, for carefully
proofreading the Introduction and English translations and offering many
corrections and suggestions for improving the readability of the text. And I
thank my friends Frank Kocab and Tim Scott for assistance with scanning of
woodcut images and various computer-related assistance.
All members of my family encouraged my work on the dissertation.
Above all, thanks are due to my wife, Mona, and daughters Jocelyn and
Madeleine, who supported me and waited patiently for me during the months
and years of effort that went into this project.
vi
VITA
October 10, 1962:
Born in Ukiah, California, USA
1984
B. A., German & B. S., Chemistry,
University of Idaho, Moscow
1987
M. A., German, University of California,
Berkeley
1990-2005
Graduate student and Ph. D. candidate,
Germanic Languages and Literatures,
The Ohio State University, Columbus
1988-2005
Employed by Chemical Abstracts
Service, Columbus, Ohio, a Division of
the American Chemical Society
PUBLICATIONS
Connolly, David E. “A Research Bibliography of Early Modern German
Mining.” De re metallica. The Uses of Metal in the Middle Ages. Ed.
Robert Bork. Hampshire, England: Ashgate, 2005. 387-401.
Connolly, David E. “Ulrich Rülein von Kalbe’s Bergbüchlein in the Context
of Sixteenth-century German Mining/metallurgical Literature.” De re
metallica. The Uses of Metal in the Middle Ages. Ed. Robert Bork.
Hampshire, England: Ashgate, 2005. 347-366.
vii
FIELDS OF STUDY
Major Field: Germanic languages and literatures
viii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Abstract ……………………………………………………………………….. ii
Acknowledgments …………………………………………………………….. v
Vita ……………………………………………………………………………. vii
Table of Contents……………………………………………………………… ix
List of Tables…………………………………………………………………. xi
List of Figures………………………………………………………………… xii
List of Abbreviations…. ………………………………………………………. xv
Chapter 1: Introduction ………………………………………………………… 1
1.0 Overview …………………………………………………………… 1
1.1 European Metal Mining in the Middle Ages and Early Modern Era . 5
1.2 The Development of German Mining Literature ……….…………. 13
1.3 Survey of Recent Scholarship on Early Mining and Mining
Literature ……………………………………………….................... 20
1.4 Der Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht ……………………………… 33
1.5 The “Norwegian” Bergkordnung of 1540 …………..……………... 92
1.6 Compilation of Technical Information: Accumulation of knowledge
and the formation of a text type in Ursprung and Bergkordnung
Norwegen ………………………………………………………… 113
1.7 Transmission of Technical Information: Aspects of change and
continuity in the histories-in-print of Ursprung and Bergkordnung
Norwegen ………………………………………………………… 136
1.8 The Text Editions and English Translations ……………………... 166
1.9 Concluding Synthesis …………………………………………….. 195
Chapter 2: Der Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht – German edition and critical
apparatus …………………………………………………………………….... 210
Chapter 3: Bergkordnung des Löblichen newen Bergkwergs/ auff dem
Golmsberg/ im Königreich Norwegen – German edition and critical
apparatus ……………………………..……………………………………….. 363
Chapter 4: The Origin of Common Mining Laws – English translation of
ix
Ursprung …………………………………………………………………….. 469
Chapter 5: Mining Regulations for the praiseworthy new mine at Gullnes in the
Kingdom of Norway – English translation of Bergkordnung Norwegen …... 566
Appendices ………………………………………………………………….. 638
Appendex A: Title page and introductory dialog from “Bergbüchlein”
(B1) …………………………………………………………. 639
Appendix B: Reproductions of correct compass woodcuts from
“Bergbüchlein” (B1) ………………………………………… 643
Appendix C: Sample page from Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht ..... 645
Appendix D: Sample page from Bergkordnung Norwegen ([36v]) … 646
Appendix E: Title page and table of contents of Ursprung vnd Ordnungen
der Bergwerge (Leipzig, 1616) ………………………………. 647
Appendix F: Title page of 2nd edition of Bergkordnung Norwegen
(Copenhagen, 1647) ………………………………………….. 651
Appendix G: Dedicatory letter and freedoms, 2nd edition of Bergkordnung
Norwegen (Copenhagen, 1647) ………………………………. 653
Appendix H: Title page and table of contents of Corpus juris et systema
rerum metallicarum (Frankfurt, 1698) …………………………659
Bibliography ………………………………………………………………….. 662
x
LIST OF TABLES
Page
Table
1.1 Copies and electronic versions of Haselberg’s Ursprung gemeynner
Berckrecht …………………………………………………………… 44
1.2 Contents of Freiberg ‘B’ (FrB) as derived from Freiberg ‘A’ (FrA)
and/or Iglau (Ig) mining codes ..………..…………………………… 50
1.3 Copies and editions of Bergkordnung Norwegen, 1st and 2nd
editions …………………..………………………..…………………. 102
1.4 Examples of textual change, Freiberg ‘B’…….………………… 141
1.5 Examples of textual change, Iglau, Freiberg ‘A’, Waldenburg/Meissen
treaty ………………………………………………..………….……. 145
1.6 Examples of textual change in editions of Rülein’s
“Bergbüchlein” …..………………………………………………….. 151
1.7 Examples of textual change, Bergkordnung Norwegen (BN)…... 158
xi
LIST OF FIGURES
Page
Figure
1.1 Der Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht and the Bergkordnung Norwegen
in the context of early German mining literature …………………… 109
2.1 Scene of miners at work ……………………..………………… 212
2.2 Scene of miners at work – same as 2.1 .………..….…………… 296
2.3 South-facing slope with ore vein ……………………………….. 302
2.4 Compass – version 1 ……………………………………………. 304
2.5 Two veins on a south-facing slope, one with east-west strike and one
with west-east strike ………………………………………………… 305
2.6 Two veins on a north-facing slope, one with east-west strike and one
with west-east strike ..……………………………………………….. 306
2.7 Two veins on a west-facing slope, one with south-north strike and one
with north-south strike ...…………………………………………….. 307
2.8 Two veins on an east-facing slope, one with south-north strike and one
with north-south strike ..…………………………………………….. 308
2.9 Two veins on a northwest-facing slope, one with northwest-southeast
strike and one with southeast-northwest strike ……………………... 309
2.10 Two veins on a northeast-facing slope, one with northeast-southwest
strike and one with southwest-northeast strike ..…………………….. 310
xii
2.11 Intersecting veins with non-linear paths and varying directionality of
strike …………………………………………….……..………..…… 311
2.12 Vertical veins, one with south-facing stringers and one with northfacing stringers ..…………….………………….…………………… 312
2.13 Compass – version 2 .….………………….…………………... 315
2.14 River with gold deposit ..………………….…………………... 331
3.1 Danish-Norwegian coat-of-arms ..……………………………… 364
3.2 Image of miners at work, with surrounding caption ….………... 365
3.3 Danish-Norwegian coat-of-arms – same as 3.1………...……….. 468
4.1 Scene of miners at work ………………………….……..……… 470
4.2 Scene of miners at work – same as 4.1 .………….………..…… 522
4.3 South-facing slope with ore vein ………………….………..….. 525
4.4 Compass – version 1 ……………………………….………..…. 526
4.5 Two veins on a south-facing slope, one with east-west strike and one
with west-east strike ………………………………………………... 527
4.6 Two veins on a north-facing slope, one with east-west strike and one
with west-east strike ………………………………………….…….. 528
4.7 Two veins on a west-facing slope, one with south-north strike and one
with north-south strike …………………………………………..….. 529
4.8 Two veins on an east-facing slope, one with south-north strike and one
with north-south strike ……………………………………………… 530
4.9 Two veins on a northwest-facing slope, one with northwest-southeast
strike and one with southeast-northwest strike ……………………… 531
xiii
4.10 Two veins on a northeast-facing slope, one with northeast-southwest
strike and one with southwest-northeast strike ……………………… 532
4.11 Intersecting veins with non-linear paths and varying directionality of
strike ………………………………………………………..……….. 533
4.12 Vertical veins, one with south-facing stringers and one with northfacing stringers …………………………………………….………… 534
4.13 Compass – version 2 ………………………….……………….. 536
4.14 River with gold deposit ……………………….……………….. 544
5.1 Danish-Norwegian coat-of-arms ………………………………… 567
5.2 Image of miners at work, with surrounding caption ..…………… 568
5.3 Danish-Norwegian coat-of-arms – same as 5.1………………….. 637
Figures in Appendices:
A.1 Appendix B: Reproduction of correct compass woodcut from 1st edition
of “Bergbüchlein,” B1, p. 14 ………………………………………… 643
A.2 Appendix B: Reproduction of correct compass woodcut from 1st edition
of “Bergbüchlein,” B1, p. 27 ………………………………………… 644
A.3 Appendix C: Sample page from Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht
([11r]) ………………………………………………………………… 645
A.4 Appendix D: Sample page from Bergkordnung Norwegen ([36v]) . 646
xiv
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations are used in the Introduction, German editions,
and/or English translations, including the italicization or underlining as
shown. Full details on published sources are provided in the Bibliography.
AHD – Arbeitsgemeinschaft außeruniversitärer historischer
Forschungseinrichtungen
B1 – First edition of Ulrich Rülein von Kalbe’s “Ein nutzlich bergbuchleyn,”
ca. 1500.
B2 – 2nd edition of the “Bergbüchlein,” Augsburg, 1505.
B3 – 3rd edition of the “Bergbüchlein,” Worms, 1518.
B6 – 6th edition of the “Bergbüchlein,” Augsburg, 1534.
Bergkordnung Norwegen – Bergkordnung des Löblichen newen Bergkwergs/
auff dem Golmsbergk/ im Königreich Norwegen. Zwickau, 1540.
BN – Bergkordnung des Löblichen newen Bergkwergs/ auff dem
Golmsbergk/ im Königreich Norwegen. Zwickau, 1540.
BN(1647) – 2nd edition of Bergkordnung Norwegen: Weyland König
CHRISTIANI Tertij Glorwürdigsten Angedenckens Anno 1540. über
daß Bergwerck auff dem Golmßberg im Reich Norwegen publicirte
xv
Berg-Ordnung. Copenhagen, 1647.
BN(1698) – 3rd edition of Bergkordnung Norwegen in: Corpus juris &
Systema rerum Metallicarum, Oder: Neu-verfaßtes Berg-Buch ….
Frankfurt, 1698.
cat. no. – catalog number
Corpus juris... – Corpus juris & Systema rerum Metallicarum, Oder: Neuverfaßtes Berg-Buch …. Frankfurt, 1698. [Compilation includes
UgB(1698) and BN(1698).]
ENHG – Early New High German
Erm – (1) Text editions of FrA, Ig, and FrB from Hubert Ermisch, Das
sächsische Bergrecht des Mittelalters. Leipzig, 1887. (2) Text edition
of Waldenburg/Meissen treaty of 1407 from Urkundenbuch der Stadt
Freiberg in Sachsen. Ed. Hubert Ermisch. Leipzig, 1886.
FrA – The older Freiberg mining code or “Freiberger Bergrecht ‘A’”
FrB – The younger Freiberg mining code or “Bergrecht ‘B’”
Freiberg ‘A’ – The older Freiberg mining code or “Freiberger Bergrecht ‘A’”
Freiberg ‘B’ – The younger Freiberg mining code or “Bergrecht ‘B’”
Gross/1616 – Ursprung vnd Ordnungen der Bergwerge. Leipzig: H. Gross,
1616.
Ig – Iglau mining code
Iglau – Iglau mining code
Kö – Transcript of manuscript of Meissen/Waldenburg treaty, from
Friedrich Wilhelm Köhler, Historische Nachrichten von der
xvi
chursächsischen alten freyen Bergstadt Wolkenstein..., Schneeberg,
1781.
MHG – Middle High German
MS(S) – manuscript(s)
MSG – Modern Standard German
UgB – Der Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht. Ed. Johann Haselberg,
1535-1538.
UgB(1616) – 2nd edition of Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht in: Ursprung
vnd Ordnungen der Bergwerge. Leipzig, 1616.
UgB(1698) – 3rd edition of Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht in: Corpus
juris et Systema rerum Metallicarum, Oder: Neu-verfaßtes Berg-Buch
…. Frankfurt, 1698.
Ursprung – Der Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht. Ed. Johann Haselberg,
1535-1538.
Ursprung und Ordnungen... – Ursprung vnd Ordnungen der Bergwerge.
Leipzig, 1616. [Compilation includes UgB(1616).]
W/M – Wolfenburg/Meissen treaty of 1407 [in Haselberg’s Ursprung]
Zunner/1698 – Corpus juris et Systema rerum Metallicarum, Oder: Neuverfaßtes Berg-Buch… Frankfurt: J. D. Zunner, 1698.
xvii
CHAPTER 1:
INTRODUCTION
1.0 Overview
This dissertation comprises a presentation and study of two books that
are instructive to our understanding of the history of European metal mining
and mining law in the medieval and Early Modern periods. I will also show
on a more general level that these texts can broaden our understanding of the
history of textual transmission and publication of technical information in the
early print era.
The two texts are Der Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht (hereafter
abbreviated Ursprung) from the late 1530s and the Bergkordnung des
Löblichen newen Bergkwergs/ auff dem Golmsberg/ im Königreich
Norwegen (hereafter Bergkordnung Norwegen) from 1540. Ursprung is a
compilation of late medieval texts on mining, encompassing both legal and
“scientific” aspects. The Bergkordnung Norwegen was composed in 1540
and summarizes existing German mining practices. Both are challenging to
read and understand in their original printed form, and neither text has been
edited, translated, or studied in detail previously. As a result, the centerpiece
1
of this project is the presentation of the texts themselves, precisely and
accurately, in a form that will facilitate further study and reference by
linguists and historians.
Chapters 2 and 3, respectively, are the German editions of Ursprung
and the Bergkordnung Norwegen. The base text is rendered in neardiplomatic transcription, with a critical apparatus developed from exacting
study of the numerous earlier and later versions of the works. My editorial
rationale and methodology are explained in detail in section 1.8 below.
Chapters 4 and 5 give the respective English translations of the two books.
With the exception of one section of Ursprung, none of the texts (indeed, no
early German legal tracts on mining so far as I am aware), have been
previously translated into English. Selected portions of relevant earlier and
later texts are presented as Appendices A-H, which are included in their date
order of publication (not necessarily the order of citation in the Introduction).
The function of this Introduction is to illuminate, explain, and
interpret these texts in their linguistic and historical context. Note that for the
Introduction and Bibliography I have used the system of parenthetical
citation of sources and the bibliographic format recommended by the Modern
Language Association.
The study of the two books Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen is
inevitably interdisciplinary in nature: The historian of science finds
embedded in Ursprung a reprint of the earliest printed book on metals and
prospecting for ores, the “Bergbüchlein” written around 1500 CE by Ulrich
2
Rülein von Kalbe. For the historian of technology there are glossaries and
descriptions of the tools used in mining and in smelting ores. The student of
medieval history finds the first print editions of the earliest Saxon legal codes
on mining. The Bergkordnung Norwegen offers not only a legal document
that would govern mining in Norway for centuries to come, but also a précis
of German legal practice in the 16th century. The linguist will find rich
material for study of early German technical vernaculars or Fachsprachen in
the areas of metallurgy, mining, and law. The textual scholar will find a
variety of interesting problems and perhaps novel insights in the manuscript
and print traditions surrounding the two books.
The sheer volume and richness of the material present a challenge for
preparing an edition, translation, and textual study such as this one. The two
books under study encompass, at a minimum, the subject areas of:
•
The history and technical language of natural sciences (metals and
metallurgy in the medieval and Early Modern periods)
•
History and technical language of technology (ore identification
and extraction, smelting techniques and tools)
•
History and technical language of mining law (codification of
medieval theory and practice and its subsequent development
during the 15th to 17th centuries)
•
Textual scholarship (transition from manuscript to print;
development of the text type of the compendium; history of the
book; problems of Early Modern German text-editing)
3
Exhaustive treatment of all of these would exceed the scope and volume of a
single dissertation. My coverage, therefore, has been relatively general and
selective for the first three items, deferring to existing scholarship,
dictionaries, bibliographies, etc., where possible, in order to focus primarily
on the fourth area—the linguistic and textual features of the two books.
To anticipate briefly the main outcomes of my research: On the one
hand, the two books Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen provided the
material to illuminate various “anthologizing” practices, by which
combinations of smaller texts were collected and expanded in larger and
larger aggregations of technical information for use and reference by their
16th- and 17th-century readerships. We witness, literally, the growth of
scientific and legal information through stages of development of the text
type of the technical compendium. This analysis is presented in section 1.6.
On the other hand, through the study of Ursprung and Bergkordnung
Norwegen and collation against the earlier and later versions, we discover
that said “growth” was in fact significantly disrupted or distorted in the
books’ histories-in-print. The compilation Ursprung was marred by many
textual errors and degradations. In the case of the early mining laws, the
problems are posited to be caused by difficulties in the compiler’s
comprehension and transcription of his manuscript source; his reprint of
Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein” suffered by inheriting the textual degradations that
had accumulated in earlier editions of the text.
4
The “disruptions” in the print history of Bergkordnung Norwegen are
quite different in nature from those adherent to Ursprung. Namely, the
second edition of the text, produced in 1647, is found to be a substantially
revised and expanded version of the first edition from 1540. The technical
and legal information remains essentially unchanged, but in effect we witness
the transformation of a Renaissance book into a Baroque book, replete with
courtly extravagances in wording. This analysis is presented in section 1.7.
My findings, synthesized in section 1.9, contribute to the on-going debate
among historians of the book as to the impact of printing on the growth and
development of science and modernity.
1.1 European Metal Mining in the Middle Ages and Early Modern Era
Extracting and processing metals from ores is recognized as one of
the foundational “civilizing” technologies in human history. The earliest
known mining activity was the pursuit of flint in shallow pits by Stone Age
peoples (Suhling 23-25). Successive early ages of human civilization are
defined under the headings of the metals they mastered: “Copper age,”
“Bronze age” (bronze being an alloy of copper and tin), “Iron age.” (Knauth,
chapters 2-4).
Overall, relatively little is known about mining in the ancient world.
Greeks obtained lead and silver in the 5th-6th centuries BCE and used the
metals primarily for coins (Suhling 39). The word “metal” itself is of Greek
origin—métallon (“mine, ore, metal”)—coming to German and other
5
vernaculars via Latin metallum. The Romans learned much about metal
mining—as other subjects—from the Greeks and carried out mining
throughout the Empire. The seven metals known to the ancient world
included copper, gold, iron, lead, mercury (or quicksilver), silver, and tin
(Pliny, books 33-34). The arduous work of extracting ore relied on simple
tools—the pick, hammer, and chisel, with a simple oil lamp to illuminate the
underground workplace. Knowledge and practice of metal mining
deteriorated in Europe during the early centuries of the Middle Ages, though
it thrived in some other areas, e.g., among the Arabs (Suhling 49-70).
Centuries after the fall of the Roman Empire, the same seven metals—mined
using the same basic tools and techniques—were the ones known to the 16thcentury producers of our two texts, Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht and the
Bergkordnung Norwegen.
In order to place the two books in their proper historical frame of
reference, the following several paragraphs provide a brief overview of
mining activities and developments in central and northern Europe during the
later Middle Ages. It is worth emphasizing at the outset that most important
and extensively mined precious metal was silver (Suhling 74). Silver mining
is at the heart of the texts under study, Ursprung and Bergkordnung
Norwegen, even though the metal is seldom named explicitly. The following
outline draws primarily from the excellent overview of mining and
metallurgy in medieval civilization by Nef.
6
After very low levels of mining activity through the early Middle
Ages, the second half of the 10th century witnessed significant progress in
mining and metallurgy in the German-speaking lands. During the 11th and
12th centuries, mountainous regions—including the Harz, Vosges, Jura,
eastern Alps, and the ore-rich mountains of upper Saxony and Bohemia—
produced gold, silver, lead, copper, and iron. Indeed, in German, the notion
of mining came to be etymologically connected to mountains at a very early
stage: Bergbau. The prefix Berg- (literally “mountain”) is used to create a
host of mining-related compound words: Bergbuch, Berggebräuche,
bergmännisch, Bergmeister, Bergrecht, Bergstadt (“mining book, mining
customs, mining [adjective], mine manager, mining law, mining town”).
Nine chief metal mining areas are identified by Pounds for medieval
Europe (398-99). These areas included western Britain (for tin), the Spanish
Meseta (copper, silver, lead, and mercury), the French Ardennes (lead), the
eastern Alps and Balkans (silver, lead, gold), Scandinavia (copper, silver),
the Harz mountains in northern Germany (copper, lead, silver), the Saxon
Erzgebirge, Bohemia and Slovakia (silver and other metals for the last three).
The most dramatic early medieval success for German silver mining was in
the Harz around Goslar. But in Nef’s assessment, the first great period in the
history of mining in Western civilization began around 1170, with the
discovery of the rich silver-bearing ores of Freiberg in Saxony, and continued
until the 14th century (699). In his famous book on minerals, Albertus
Magnus mentions Freiberg’s silver (Book 3, chapter 10). Indeed, the
7
mountains in that region would come to bear the name “Ore Mountains”
(Erzgebirge).
The richest ores were found in the east-central European mountains
north of the Danube. Most veins of ores containing precious metals occurred
in lodes or veins of varying thickness; these rose “like the trunk and branches
of a tree” from deep in the earth; the ores were of varying levels of purity and
required crushing and smelting in order to extract the precious metals
(Pounds 399). Importantly, the areas rich in ore also possessed abundant
forests for wood for fuel and streams for fresh running water, both critical
resources for effective mining and smelting of ores.
Germans are recognized as having taken a lead part in mining (Nef
701, 732). They were sometimes invited to lend their expertise in other
regions and countries (Suhling 73; Schellhas 47), including England (Jones,
“English” 18-19), Sweden (Bärtling 4-6), and Norway. The Saxon
Erzgebirge came to be recognized across Europe as a “training ground for
miners who carried their craft to Poland, Bohemia, the Carpathian Mountains,
and southeastern Europe, as well as to Scandinavia” (Pounds 398).
In a productive area, once the mining of precious metal ores grew
sufficiently to require large numbers of miners and smelters, villages were
formed. These small communities developed their own laws and customs
that were held initially in shared practices and oral tradition. In the
Erzgebirge, Freiberg was the first to do this, and those mining customs
(Berggebräuche) would have significant impact on the surrounding
8
developing mining communities. Among these was the Bohemian town of
Iglau, also distinguished by its early codification of mining laws—as we will
see in Johann Haselberg’s compilation Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht.
With the growth of mining, European overlords were increasingly
motivated to open up the regions productive for metals in their realms—and
they wished to claim as large a share of the output as possible. The origin of
this claim, or Bergregal, is essentially feudal in nature and is reflected in the
early mining codes compiled in Ursprung. In particular, Frederick
Barbarossa (1155-1189) pressed his claim on a share of the revenue from
gold and silver throughout the empire; he viewed the authority to grant
permission to mine as exclusively imperial. (By contrast, coal and iron ore
were generally considered the property of the local landlord.)
After Barbarossa’s death, this disposition relaxed somewhat.
However, throughout the premodern centuries an essential tension in metal
mining—and in our mining texts—existed among the competing rights and
claims of kings, regional landlords and/or landowners, and of course the
miners themselves. By the early 16th century, a complex array of regional
bishops, dukes, counts, landowners, and independent towns exercised local
control over metal mining. In the margravate of Meissen—the jurisdiction of
the Freiberg mining codes in Ursprung—the landlord/landowner had the
authority to work tin, lead, and copper ore without the permission of the
margrave.
9
In central Europe, the overlords generally opened up their realms to
all comers, offering rights to search for, mine, and purify the ores to metals.
The social status of miners and metallurgical workers was generally as high
as that of citizens in the free towns that were developing in the later Middle
Ages.
In Nef’s view, the administrative, legislative, and judicial problems
associated with mining were “almost endless” (709-10). Mining became so
important to many of the central European rulers that it became regulated
fairly early on (Crossgrove 139). The rulers were disposed to codify in
writing the customary laws of the mining communities in their realms—
hence the regulations for Freiberg, Iglau, St. Joachimsthal, Annaberg, and
many others. Thus a significant commonality developed in the regulation of
metal mines and mining throughout Europe in the Middle Ages.
During the 14th and early 15th centuries, output of metals slowed in
comparison to that of the previous two centuries. Causes for this included
economic stagnation and political instability, the impact of outbreaks of the
plague, and the depletion of many of the most productive mines. Wars
certainly had the potential for direct negative impact on mining activities.
Pertinent to the brief description of Bohemian mines included in Ursprung
([43r]-[43v]), the Hussite wars of 1415-1436 caused substantial damage to
the mining towns of Kuttenberg (Kutná Horá), Eyle, and Deutsch-Brod.
A period of renewed prosperity and discovery—coupled with such
technical advances as improved drainage/ventilation devices and the blast
10
furnace—began in the second half of the fifteenth century. For our regions of
focus, a crucial 15th-century discovery was a method to separate silver from
argentiferous copper ores with the use of lead (cf. Agricola, De re metallica,
Book XI, 491n). Deeper and deeper mining operations were undertaken—we
will see in our texts the central importance of underground ventilation and
water removal. Emperor Charles V estimated in 1525 that 100,000 people
were employed in mining and metallurgy in the Holy Roman Empire
(Holborn 72).
Nef identifies a “boom” in mining and metals starting around 1460,
and the time of greatest prosperity was the years 1515-1540 for most areas.
Holborn estimates a five-fold increase in the production of silver and copper
in central Europe between 1460 and 1530 (Holborn 74; for Bohemia in
particular, see Majer). During the decade 1526-1535, annual silver
production reached levels that would not be attained again until the mid-19th
century (Nef 735). As a reminder: Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht is dated
to the years 1535-1538; the Bergkordnung Norwegen, the year 1540. In
terms of connecting book-publishing activity to the relevant prevailing
economic circumstances, the appearance of these texts is comparable in our
own times to such computer-related titles as The Internet for Dummies
(Levine, first published in 1993)!
As Georgius Agricola would document in his monumental De re
metallica, the 16th century witnessed a number of important technological
advances in German mining areas: Improvements in water drainage and
11
ventilation techniques, introduction of explosives to further ore excavation,
and increased use of the compass (Koch 20).
In terms of labor issues, starting in the 12th and 13th centuries, small
companies of working miners frequently came together to work a site—
sharing in the labor and (hopefully) the riches. Later, the need for operating
capital grew, such that new companies were typically made up at least in part
of absentee shareholders who could help finance operations. By the
beginning of the 16th century, division of a mining company into 128 shares
or Kuxen was customary in silver and copper mining in Saxony and Bohemia.
Not surprisingly, the mining success of the early decades of the 16th
century was paralleled by growth in legal issues and oversight. More and
more mining officials were appointed, which is reflected in Part I of the
Norwegian Bergkordnung. A trend toward increasing authority of royalty
over mines was accompanied by growing tension and unrest among the
miners (Holborn 72). Late medieval Saxon mining laws and practices, such
as those of Freiberg, were crystallized in the Annaberg mining code of 1509.
Annaberg is another mining town in the Saxon Erzgebirge; mining started
there in the late 15th century. Its mining law was issued by the Duke Georg
of Saxony and became the basis for mining law throughout northern and
eastern Germany—and eventually, we will see, Norway (Koch 15; see also
Löscher 253). Laube offers a detailed account of the development of the
Annaberg code from earlier laws—in particular from the Freiberg codes.
12
The modern fields of mineralogy and mining engineering are easily
traced to the Erzgebirge during these same prosperous decades (Adams 175).
Publication of technical books on mining began there in the 16th century. The
first printed book on metals and mining, Ulrich Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein,” was
produced in the region around 1500 and underwent nine editions within 40
years—one of these editions being contained in our Ursprung gemeynner
Berckrecht. In terms of technical literature, however, the defining figure was
Georgius Agricola, writing in Latin during the 1530s-1550s. The
development of mining literature is treated in detail in section 1.2 below.
Precious metals such as silver and gold were the principal objectives
of mining and metallurgical operations in continental Europe, as opposed to
the focus on coal and the base metals (lead, iron) in England. Pertinent to the
present study, metal mining in Scandinavia would never prove highly
successful by comparison. The rapid development of central European
mining slowed after the mid-16th century and never regained its earlier
momentum or productivity. A decisive factor in this decline was the vast
wealth of precious metals discovered in the New World.
1.2 The Development of German Mining Literature
Given the value and geographical distribution of silver and other
precious metals across the German-speaking lands, it is not surprising that
metals, mining, and the legal practices associated with mining were among
the early technical subjects captured in writing in Germany. Medieval
13
learned texts, such as the 13th-century Albertus Magnus’ De mineralibus
(“Book of minerals”) and the earliest known mining law of Trient
(Europäisches Montanwesen), were in Latin, but the majority of practical
texts on mining and metals would be written in German (Connolly, “Ulrich
Rülein,” 351-52).
The late 15th and early 16th centuries witnessed simultaneous rapid
growth in European metal mining and in book printing. Therefore, we are
not surprised by the rapid complementary development of printed mining
literature during that period. The literature developed on both practicalpopular and scientific-pedagogical levels (Suhling 94). Koch saw in the 16th
century the “birth” (“Geburtsstunde”) of modern mining and smelting
literature (20). In my recent mining bibliography and study of the
“Bergbüchlein” I outlined approximately ten subject areas and genres or “text
types” of particular significance (“Research Bibliography” 389-392; “Ulrich
Rülein” 350-57).
All of the following represent important areas of inquiry and/or
publication activity in the mining literature from the later 15th and first half of
the 16th century:
•
Classical/medieval treatises on metals: Among seminal works in
Latin relating to metals, Albertus Magnus’ De mineralibus was first
printed in 1476. Print editions of two major encyclopedic works,
Pliny the Elder’s Historia naturalis and Isidore of Seville’s
Etymologiae, appeared in 1469 and 1472, respectively. Konrad von
14
Megenburg also included descriptions of the metals in his Buch der
Natur; this “first notable scientific book in German” (Stillwell 193)
appeared in print in German in 1475 and underwent six editions by
1500 (Stillwell 177, 193, 211, 217-218, 281). These works
epitomized the ancient theories of matter deriving from Aristotle, but
Albertus Magnus is credited with including direct empirical
observation in his book on minerals. A late example in this category
is Christoph Entzelt’s De re metallica, produced in Latin in 1551; this
work will be discussed in further detail in section 1.4.
•
Treatments of prospecting and mining, with descriptions of ores and
metals: The most notable example is Ulrich Rülein von Kalbe’s
“Bergbüchlein,” which was reprinted in Haselberg’s Ursprung and is
discussed in great detail below.
•
Treatments of assaying, smelting, and post-processing of ores and
metals: The earliest book in this genre is a manual on assaying, the
“Probierbüchlein,” first published in 1524. Some printings were
combined with Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein.” The seminal titles on
assaying and smelting from the 16th century include a Latin work,
Vannoccio Biringuccio’s Pirotechnia of 1540, and Lazarus Ercker’s
treatise on ores and assaying published in German in 1574.
•
Mining laws, regulations, and “customs:” The most numerous early
texts pertaining to mining fall into this category. Many late medieval
charters and laws survive in manuscript form, and many legal codes
15
would appear in print in the 16th century—including those under study
here. The majority of these texts was composed in German, though
some Latin documents, such as a version of the Iglau mining code, are
noted also.
•
Accounts or chronicles of specific mines: Some descriptions of mines
were compiled in German, such as in Johann Mathesius’ Sarepta, oder
Bergpostill from 1562 with a log of mining activity in St.
Joachimsthal covering most of the 16th century. The famous
Schwazer Bergbuch from 1556 is a handwritten (not printed!) book
that includes color illustrations to depict mining at Schwaz in the
Tirol.
•
Poetic treatments in German: Poems and songs relating to metal
mining give witness to an aesthetic as well as professional disposition
toward working with metals and mining (e.g., “Ein hübscher Spruch;”
Mincoff-Marriage & Heilfurth).
•
Didactic/Christian treatments of metals and mining: Overall, a
secular tone characterizes most of the 16th-century mining texts.
However, the above-mentioned Sarepta, oder Bergpostill by
Mathesius comprises a lengthy series of “sermons” in German that
use images and terminology of mining to address Biblical themes.
•
Glossaries of metals/mining terminology: We find the earliest known
example in Haselberg’s Ursprung, the so-called “Bergnamen,” which
will be discussed in detail below.
16
•
Technical (scientific and/or legal) compendia: Ursprung represents
the earliest example, dating from around 1535-1538. Successively
larger compendia of mining texts would be compiled during the 17th
century.
As one can infer from the selected titles listed above, the predominant
language of early mining literature was German. Of the 45 early titles listed
in the section of primary texts in my “Research Bibliography,” two thirds of
them were written in German. By writing exclusively in Latin, Georgius
Agricola was in the minority, but his impact transcended the local particulars
of 16th-century Saxony.
The works and impact of Georg Bauer—who took on the Latin name
Agricola—require brief discussion. His writings were produced from the
1530s to 1550s and hence are contemporary with Ursprung and the
Bergkordnung Norwegen. Born in 1494, Agricola was educated primarily as
a medical doctor. He worked for some years early in his career in the mining
town of St. Joachimsthal, where he became acquainted with mining, then
spent the rest of his professional life in Chemnitz. He died in 1555.
Although his writings cover several subject areas, including medicine,
history, and economics, he is best known for his three major publications in
metallurgy and mining. Agricola wrote almost exclusively in Latin,
combining classical learning with empirical observation and lived experience
in his works. All of his works were first printed by Froben in Basel. His
earliest work, Bermannus sive De re metallica dialogus from 1530, is an
17
orientation to mining and minerals presented in the form of a dialog; it
includes a Latin-German glossary of mining terms.
Agricola’s second major work is actually a compilation of five
treatises and was published in 1546 (De ortu et causis…). The collection
includes “books” (libri) on the earth’s geology and mineralogy. His De
veteribus et novis metallis constitutes the world’s first history of mines and
mining. In a text of only a few dozen pages, he provides a systematic review
of the classical, medieval, and contemporary literary sources on metals and a
survey of contemporary mining practice, with focus on Germany and the
“inexhaustible” silver in his native Erzgebirge (84-89, 96).
The volume from 1546 contains a slightly revised edition of
Bermannus but a greatly expanded version of the mining glossary. The book
was apparently a success; it was published in Italian in 1550 and republished
in Basel in 1558. During the 1540s Agricola also expressed plans to write
about mining law, but these plans did not materialize (Prescher, “Hauptwerk”
43).
Agricola’s final and most famous contribution to mining and
metallurgy was his De re metallica. Though not published until 1556—the
year after Agricola’s death—the concept and outline had been envisioned as
early as 1533 (Prescher, “Hauptwerk” 44), and the writing was completed by
1550 (Koch 34). In its twelve books, De re metallica systematically outlines
the fields of mining, metallurgy, and smelting. Theoretical as well as
18
practical (chemical, technological) aspects are covered, with Agricola citing
classical and contemporary sources.
Agricola was acquainted with Ulrich Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein” and
very probably with Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht. In Books II and III of
De re metallica, Agricola describes the natural settings and forms in which
ore veins, stringers, and other deposits may occur (Hoover ed. 30, 43-76).
His text and illustrations are modelled in some cases on the “Bergbüchlein.”
It is through Agricola’s naming of the man from “Calbus” that we know that
Rülein is the author of the “Bergbüchlein” (75). In Book IV (77-100),
Agricola summarizes contemporary mining law and administration in the
Erzgebirge region. His analysis delineates some historical and regional
aspects, identifying certain practices as antiquated (“Formerly…”) or specific
to certain localities (“At Freiberg in Meissen…”).
It is likely that Agricola based his treatment on Haselberg’s recentlypublished Ursprung, because much of the material in Book IV appears to be
translated directly from the Freiberg and/or Iglau mining codes. If this is the
case, we might be surprised that Agricola did not identify Haselberg or the
book by name. However, the early Saxon mining codes were understood by
Agricola to derive from anonymous, ultimately oral traditions. It is also
possible that Agricola drew from manuscript and printed sources other than
Ursprung. Agricola’s synthesis goes beyond the content of Ursprung in
many respects, so there is little doubt that he was utilizing other texts as well.
He concludes Book IV of De re metallica (Hoover ed. 100) promising fuller
19
treatment of mining law in a book De jure et legibus metallicis—a book
which was apparently never written.
De re metallica is masterfully complemented by nearly 300 woodcut
illustrations—of mine sites, machinery, mining tools, smelting techniques,
and so on. In 1557—just a year after its first Latin edition—De re metallica
was translated into German; an Italian version was published in 1563.
Agricola’s final masterpiece would serve as the definitive treatment of metal
mining for centuries.
In one assessment, the great works of Agricola, Biringuccio, and
Ercker “together presented in summarized printed form most of the
practically acquired metallurgical knowledge of the sixteenth century” (C. S.
Smith, in Ercker xiv), and that knowledge was considerable. The 17th
century, by contrast, would witness a relative decline or slowing of
innovation in both mining and mining literature. In Koch’s assessment, the
quality and number of mining titles were both diminished; much if not most
publication activity was devoted to reprinting the great works of the 16th
century (60). In this regard, we note that the Ursprung gemeynner
Berckrecht and Bergkordnung Norwegen would each be reprinted twice in
the 17th century.
1.3 Survey of Recent Scholarship on Early Mining and Mining Literature
The early German literature on metal mining belongs to a larger body
of medieval and Early Modern specialized technical literature—in German
20
alternately referred to, with various shades of emphasis, as Fachliteratur,
Artesliteratur, Fachprosa or Sachliteratur (Crossgrove 11-15). Fachliteratur
is defined by Eis as “all non-poetic writing of spiritual or secular content”
(Mittelalterliche 1). Artesliteratur emphasizes the specialized subject matter
or “arts;” Fachprosa emphasizes the predominance of prose in technical
literature. In the more recent work of Crossgrove, the term Sachliteratur is
preferred, envisioning more broadly “texts concerned with the realities of the
world, with those ‘things’ that human observers can perceive and describe”
(11).
The study of German technical languages—Fachsprachen or
“technolects”—developed significantly during the second half of the 20th
century. In the broadest terms we may characterize the key areas of research
in the following categories:
(1) Identification and classification of technical languages, texts, and
text types: In the 1950s-1970s, Eis, Assion, and others outlined the contours
of medieval and Early Modern Fachliteratur by developing taxonomies of
subject areas (“Liberal arts, practical arts, forbidden arts”) and compiling
inventories of major titles in them. In the 1980s-2000s, Haage, Seibicke,
Crossgrove, Roelcke (186-191), and Habermann (69-75) have provided
updated reviews of research arranged chronologically and/or by technical
field. In the paragraphs below, Eis’s original model will be applied to my
material to contextualize the place of mining and mining law in the early
21
German technical literature. The earliest technical texts and text types often
document literally the origins and development of today’s technolects.
(2) Theoretical and practical linguistic studies of technical
communication: Given that special languages and texts aren’t “different”
languages but rather special applications or extensions of ones that exist for
more general use, much effort has been expended in characterizing their
“special” structure and meaning, in particular in the modern natural sciences
(Pörksen). Some of the work has been highly theoretical (cf. Roelcke 186191; Hahn, chapters 3-4), while others have applied a more discoursepragmatic orientation to examining particular technical languages in use (cf.
Roelcke, chapter 10; Hahn, chapter 5).
(3) Editions and translations of early specialized texts: Fachliteratur
presents a multidisciplinary challenge by requiring expertise not only in the
language but also in the specialized field(s) of activity to which the texts
belong. Especially with the pre-modern texts, simply comprehending the
meaning of the text can be a substantial challenge, and editions must be
produced with sufficient commentary to orient the reader to the language and
subject matter. Issues of uncertain authorship and textual transmission (e.g.,
multiple manuscript and/or print traditions with anonymous texts) require a
diligent and well-documented process of scholarly editing. In many cases,
translations (e.g., MHG or ENHG into Modern German or English) can assist
in bringing a specialized body of writing to a wider readership.
22
It remains true today that only a “fraction” of the extant early
(medieval, Early Modern) texts have been published in modern editions
(Pahta & Taavitsainen 4). Some recent additions to the specialized/technical
fields include the new edition of the medieval herbal Macer floridus (Der
deutsche ‘Macer’); various texts in alchemy and necromancy (Alchemical
Poetry; Jean D’Espagnet; Kieckhefer); and practical treatises on fishing
(Hoffmann), fighting (Talhoffer), and midwifery (Risko).
(4) Studies of texts and text types in their historical contexts:
Examples include Eamon’s and Smith’s studies of the propagation and
exploitation of arcane or “secret” knowledge in the early print era; Long’s
relating of modern concepts of intellectual property rights to early texts in
mining and metallurgy (Openness); and Haberman’s review of Early Modern
medical knowledge in the context of book printing in the vernacular. Kästner
et al. provide a useful overview of text types in the ENHG period
(“Textsorten”).
My contribution falls into the third category—editing and translating
of primary source materials for a modern readership—but hopefully offers
text data and findings that extend its relevance to the other areas of inquiry as
well.
The early German technical literature grew in number of texts and
diversity of subject matter steadily during the later Middle Ages, reaching a
high point in the printed books of the 16th century—such as Ursprung and
Bergkordnung Norwegen. The proportion of books in the vernacular rather
23
than Latin increased steadily. Eis famously subdivided the early German
technical literature into a taxonomy comprising five categories that remains
instructive to us (Mittelalterliche, part I):
•
The liberal or “free” arts (Freie Künste), comprising the
traditional trivium and quadrivium inherited from classical
tradition
•
The practical arts (Eigenkünste)—the crafts, trades, and activities
of daily utility in medieval and Early Modern society—including
military science, seafaring, business, agriculture, and professional
crafts or trades including alchemy and mining
•
The forbidden arts (verbotene Künste)—magic, necromancy,
charlatanism, etc.
•
Legal literature (Rechtsliteratur)
•
Encyclopedic collections such as Konrad von Megenburg’s Buch
der Natur (1349-1350), which in its comprehensive treatment of
the natural world included a chapter on metals.
In the texts Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen we encounter the
Fachsprachen associated with the activities of mining, metallurgy, smelting,
and mining law. In the description by Fluck, technical languages are
associated primarily with special vocabulary according to needs of the
subject area and with distinctive usage patterns within the standard written or
spoken language (11-12). The priority is not on aesthetic expression but
24
“clarity, unequivocalness, and exactness of expression” (Eis, Mittelalterliche
53) for optimal communication in a specialized area.
These characteristics in the German language of mining and
metallurgy were explicitly praised by Leibniz in his “Unvorgreiflichen
Gedanken”: “[H]alt ich dafür, daß keine Sprache in der Welt sei, die (zum
Exempel) von Ertz und Bergwerken reicher und nachdrücklicher rede, als die
Teutsche” (“I believe that there is no language in the world richer and more
vigorous [for example] for ores and mining than German”) (qtd. in Eis,
“Fachprosa” col. 1633). Several linguistic analyses of German mining
Fachsprache have been characterized by a tone of praise and admiration
(Imme; Mackensen; Mendels, “Bergwerkssprache”).
Along with mining per se as belonging to the practical arts, our texts
Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen are affiliated with the rise of German
legal literature. Legal texts comprise some of the oldest linguistic
monuments in German and were among the most important and widespread
German texts of the Middle Ages (Eis, Mittelalterliche 48). The earliest
recorded legal codes were collections of long-held customs and practices.
The first and perhaps most famous legal text is the Sachsenspiegel
(literally, “Saxon mirror”) originally composed by Eike von Repgowe around
1235. Focal points of the Sachsenspiegel are land rights and feudal
relationships; hence it bears an affinity to the early German mining codes in
these respects. The Sachsenspiegel was the model for a southern German
(Swabian) counterpart known as the Schwabenspiegel from around 1275,
25
which was one of the most widely distributed German books of the Middle
Ages. By way of stressing the importance of studying early technical
literature, Eis estimates the number of manuscripts of the Schwabenspiegel at
400, the Sachsenspiegel, 270. By contrast, the most widespread medieval
literary work—Wolfram von Eschenbach’s Parzival—survives in only(!) 86
manuscripts (Mittelalterliche 50, 55).
Similar transregional influence was achieved by the text type of the
city code (Stadtrecht) that developed from the 13th to 15th centuries. More
localized and specialized codes were developed during these centuries,
including the mining codes (Bergrechte) of interest to us in this study,
compiled in the Erzgebirge of Saxony and Bohemia (Eis, Mittelalterliche 5051). These texts would come to serve as models for mining codes for other
mining towns and regions across much of Europe.
The predominant form of technical literature is prose (Eis,
Mittelalterliche 58). Crossgrove observes more specifically, “the gathering
of worldly knowledge in German compendia tends to avoid rhymed texts”
(54). And indeed, the books Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen consist
of text in prose, for the most part seemingly devoid of artistic pretense. The
only exception is a six-line “charge to the reader” in rhyming couplets at the
end of the 1st edition of Bergkordnung Norwegen supplied by the publisher to
promote the value of the book. For our mining texts, we should be mindful
of Ulrich Rülein’s admonition to seek the practical value of their content
26
(“etwaß nutzlichs darunder begriffen”) rather than any aesthetic quality in the
language itself (“mher dan die suse der word” [Pieper 70; cf. Appendix A]).
Turning more specifically to the scholarship on mining literature, the
sole modern comprehensive survey is Koch’s excellent Geschichte und
Entwicklung des bergmännischen Schrifttums from 1963.
He produced a
“summarizing presentation” of mining literature in its cultural context
through the 19th century. As the last section in his book Koch provides the
most extensive mining bibliography available up to 1963, with separate
sections devoted to primary texts and the research literature. His
bibliography is numbered, with the list of titles extending to 641 items. In
the present study, I have included numbered citations from Koch’s
bibliography in the form “[Koch #nnn]”.
In the next few paragraphs I shall review in selective fashion the most
significant scholarship and reference works in the area of mining history and
literature. For a more extensive listing, I refer the reader to my recent
“Research Bibliography of Early Modern German Mining and Metallurgy,”
which in part is intended to update Koch’s from 1963.
For the English reader, the best recent treatments of the early
literature in mining are the article and book by Pamela Long. Long
emphasizes the “exoteric” quality or “openness” of early mining books such
as the “Bergbüchlein” in divulging technical information—in contrast to the
secretive textual traditions of the alchemists. An older, more detailed account
of mining—and geology in general—is Adams’ Birth and Development of
27
the Geological Sciences, though this work can be tedious and unfocused in
places. The Hoovers’ translation of Agricola’s De re metallica provides
extensive background information, and the recent reprint of Bandy &
Bandy’s 1955 translation of Agricola’s De natura fossilium (Dover, 2004) is
a welcome addition to the English-language resources on early mining.
The most informed, readable, and well-illustrated history of mining
from the German perspective is provided in Suhling’s Aufschließen,
Gewinnen und Fördern: Geschichte des Bergbaus from 1983. This account
lays special emphasis on the 16th-century accomplishments in metal mining.
For an English-reading audience, Nef’s detailed overview of medieval
mining remains definitive. Verdier’s article on metallurgy and Pounds’ on
mining in the Dictionary of the Middle Ages provide useful orientation to the
subjects. A historical survey of silver mining in Germany, broken down by
region, is provided by Lieber & Leyerzapf.
The clearest synthesis of the history of German mining law is that of
Willecke et al., whose historical overview draws comprehensively on the
important work of 19th-century scholars. Amongst the growing World Wide
Web resources, mention should be made of the German legal dictionary
(“Deutsches Rechtwörterbuch” or “DRW”) project. Their webpage,
http://www.rzuser.uni-heidelberg.de/~cd2/drw/frameset.htm, is in
development but already (as of September, 2005) makes available a large
collection of early legal books scanned in their entirety—including many
related to mining. Relevant to the present study, their collection of digital
28
resources includes the large compendium Corpus juris et systema rerum
metallicarum from 1698 and important titles by the 19th-century archivist
Hubert Ermisch.
The definitive lexicon for German mining and mining law is Veith’s
Deutsches Bergwörterbuch from 1871, that essentially emulates Grimms’
Deutsches Wörterbuch by documenting variant definitions of words with
generous quotations from early sources (including the compilation Ursprung
und Ordnungen der Bergwerge from 1616, which is important in the present
study). Löscher also provides an extensive glossary offering explanations in
Modern German for early mining terms. Perhaps more easily accessible,
Baufeld’s Kleines frühneuhochdeutsches Wörterbuch includes good coverage
of mining terminology for the Early New High German (ENHG) period. For
an English-reading audience, the best resources remain the various technical
annotations in the Hoovers’ translation of Agricola’s De re metallica and
Sisco & Smith’s translation of Ercker. The only German-English dictionary
known to me that is devoted solely to mining dates from 1881 (Röhrig).
More focused studies and/or editions of individual works or text types
are relatively numerous for early German mining and metallurgy—though
relatively few have been produced in the last few decades. In the 1880s,
Ermisch studied and edited most of the early legal codes and charters in the
Erzgebirge region; his work will be reviewed in greater detail below.
Similarly, Zycha’s important works from 1899 and 1900 instruct us in early
German and Bohemian mining law. In the 1920s, Darmstaedter produced an
29
important bibliography and analysis of the early Berg-, Probir- und
Kunstbüchlein. Löscher collected and studied so-called “mining customs”
(Berggebräuche), handwritten textual records that document practices
intended to supplement or contextualize the formal mining codes. In the
1950s, scholars in the German Democratic Republic produced many editions
and studies relating to early metal mining that remain definitive, including
the multi-volume Ausgewählte Werke of Agricola and Pieper’s work on
Rülein and the “Bergbüchlein.” The editions of selected mining codes by
Piirainen and Hägermann & Ludwig in the 1980s are the most recent ones
produced.
The primary journal for mining in its historical and cultural context is
Der Anschnitt: Zeitschrift für Kunst und Kultur im Bergbau, published by
Verlag Glückauf in association with the Deutsches Bergbaumuseum in
Bochum. For current awareness in the field, they also produce an annual
“Internationale Aufsatzbibliographie,” an electronic version of which is
available at http://www.history-journals.de/journals/hjg-a00318.html.
Among the most recent scholarship on “medieval metals” are the
papers sponsored by AVISTA (Association Villard de Honnecourt for
Interdisciplinary Study of Medieval Technology, Science, and Art) at the
Leeds and Kalamazoo medieval congresses in 2002; the contributions have
been published under the title De re metallica by Ashgate Press in 2005.
Modern German and English translations are available of the three
seminal titles in 16th-century mining and metallurgy—Agricola’s De re
30
metallica, Biringuccio’s Pirotechnia, and Ercker’s Treatise. Modern German
and English versions of Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein” are available as well (Pieper
115-38; Sisco & Smith 15-48).
There is relatively little scholarship available in English in the area of
medieval German law. The major recent addition is Dobozy’s translation of
the Sachsenspiegel into English under the title Saxon Mirror. The Hoovers’
translation of De re metallica contains Agricola’s basic overview of the
tenets of contemporary German mining law (Book IV). Siems has recently
published a detailed summary of the 1548 tin mining law from
Schlackenwald in Bohemia. I am aware of no detailed studies or English
translations of early German mining laws. Indeed, Siems relates the same
observation, with a tone of frustration: “Recent efforts to locate a complete
English translation of an early mining law from one of the German-governed
mining districts have been unsuccessful” (367).
Suggestions for additional research in the area of early mining
literature have been offered by recent scholars. Crossgrove’s discussion of
early German mining texts focuses on Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein” as the first
printed book on mining, based on direct knowledge and empirical
observation. He recommends further investigation of the influence and
history-in-print of the work, especially in terms of its likely reception and
readership above and beyond miners per se (139-41).
Piirainen takes a useful checkpoint on the research in his “Geschichte
der deutschen Bergbausprache” from the early 1990s, which updates his
31
earlier essay on the historical stages of German mining language
(“Historizität”). He emphasizes two factors that underlie my work with
Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen:
(1) The development of the German mining Fachsprache(n) should be
understood in connection with the shifts and developments in text
types.
(2) Study of the early mining language should incorporate—and clearly
distinguish—the synchronic and diachronic aspects. (“Geschichte”
202)
He recounts his work with early mining laws, pointing out that they can give
us clues to the social practices, use of technology, and economic conditions
of the early centuries. And he emphasizes how much remains to be done, not
only with legal texts but other text types as well—mining glossaries, receipts,
songs, didactic texts—through scholarly editions and linguistic and culturalhistorical investigations (206). A few years earlier, Ludwig had offered an
insightful review of some of the linguistic, interpretive, and editorial issues
associated with mining labor in the Middle Ages.
It has been something of a commonplace in the scholarship on early
technical literature to lament the inadequate state of research, especially when
compared to that devoted to literary texts (see, for example, Eis, “Fachprosa”
col. 1633; Crossgrove 18; Jones; most humorously Roelcke 189-90). On
balance, however, a fair amount of work has been accomplished in the areas
32
of early mining, mining law, and related subject areas during the past 125
years.
However, much remains to be done, especially in the areas of edition,
translation, and interpretation of the early mining texts such as those
presented in this dissertation. In the following discussions of Ursprung and
Bergkordnung Norwegen (sections 1.4 and 1.5, respectively), I incorporate
the existing scholarship on those works—and it is found to be quite scanty.
Many scholars working in the area of early German mining seem at least to
be aware of the existence of Ursprung. However, to say that the Norwegian
text is virtually unknown is not an understatement.
1.4 Der Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht
The first of my texts, Der Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht (“The
Origin of Common Mining Laws”), is the earliest printed compendium of
legal and scientific texts in the mining field. It is listed by Holzmann and
Bohatta as item #8666; in Koch’s bibliography as item #184. The year of
publication is not identified in the book itself, but Ursprung probably dates
from the period 1535-1538. It was compiled by the prolific author and book
publisher Johann Haselberg or Haselberger. The compendium contains a
number of texts varying in length from one page to a few dozen pages and
originating from the 13th through early 16th centuries.
A paraphrase of the lengthy title of Ursprung effectively summarizes
the contents as a tripartite compilation of mining laws, technical manual on
33
metals and mines, and overview of mines in Bohemia (cf. fol. [1r]1): The
book, we are told, presents the origin of “common” mining laws—“Ursprung
gemeynner Berckrecht”—i.e., as developed and shared among regions,
illuminated through the old laws that have been preserved (“von den alten
erhalten”). The royal and princely mining regulations have influenced or
determined all of mining law. Anyone (“ein jetzlicher”) has the right to use
these laws in the various issues or official processes (“Berckhandlungen”)
involving the highest regional mining official—the mine manager
(“Berckmeister”)—or other mine judges (“Berckrichtern”). The book also
presents a discourse (“Anzeygung”) on stringers and veins of metal ores—
what forms (“geschick”) they have and how they strike in mountainous areas
and valleys, illustrated by figures. Lastly, the title page promises a discourse
on many mines under the jurisdiction of the Bohemian crown that are
promising and productive to work.
In Koch’s estimation, Ursprung represents the prime example of a
compilation (Sammelwerk) of legal and instructive texts aimed at miners
and/or mining officials (28). Haselberg’s brief letter of introduction and
dedication identifies the texts as sufficiently old and obscure (“lange zeit
verdunckelt gewesen”) to illuminate the origins and development of mining
knowledge, practice, and law ([1v]). The contents of Ursprung include:
1
Because the book contains no page numbers, in the present edition and translation I
have assigned folio numbers, with recto and verso designations, in the format [1r], [1v], etc.,
starting with [1r] for the title page. (The same pagination system is also necessary for my
second text, the Bergkordnung Norwegen.)
34
(a) The so-called Freiberg “Bergrecht ‘B’”, a mining code dating from
the 14th century—the first of three mining codes in Ursprung and also
the youngest, having been essentially synthesized from the other two
(The designation ‘B’ was assigned by Herrmann & Ermisch [119].)
([2r]-[10v])
(b) The “Bergrecht” of Iglau (present-day Jihlava in the Czech
Republic), from the early 14th century ([11r]-[15v])
(c) The Freiberg “Bergrecht ‘A’”, with provisions probably dating
from the 13th century (the designation ‘A’ also given by Herrmann &
Ermisch [119]) ([16r]-[22r])
(d) A mining treaty between the lords of Meissen and Waldenburg
from 1407 ([22r]-[23r])
For (a), (b), (c), and (d), Haselberg provided the first known
print adaptations from manuscript versions.
(e) The eighth print version of Ulrich Rülein von Kalbe’s overview of
metals and mining, the “Bergbüchlein,” including about a dozen
woodcut illustrations as in the earlier editions; the text is revised here
under the title, “Von Erkantnus der Berckwerck” ([23v]-[40r])
(f) The detailed glossary, typically referred to as the “Bergnamen,”
explaining some 100 mining and smelting terms, first published as an
appendix to the 3rd edition of the “Bergbüchlein” in 1518 ([40r]-[43r])
35
(g) A brief census and evaluation of the mines in Bohemia, of
uncertain origin, including a brief but vivid account of the Hussite
rebellions’ impact on the mines ([43r]-[43v])
(h) A few paragraphs on mining officials and their oaths, probably
abstracted/modeled from the important Annaberg mining code of 1509
([43v]-[44r])
Ursprung is the earliest compilation of mineralogical lore and mining
law. In my view, the text would have served both antiquarian/historical
curiosity and current, practical needs of persons involved in mining in the 16th
century. Koch sees Haselberg’s book in somewhat opportunistic terms, as a
response to the growing “thirst for knowledge” among persons involved in
mining (28).
Although the contents of Haselberg’s compilation may appear
somewhat incongruous, taken in sum they provide instruction in the whole
range of the mining enterprise, from prospecting and finding the ores, to
mining and smelting, and the associated regulations and technical jargon. It is
important to note that Haselberg’s selections are oriented generally towards
silver mining in the Saxon/Bohemian Erzgebirge. As noted above, silver is
the metal upon which the vast wealth and success of the region was built, even
if it is not explicitly emphasized throughout most of Ursprung.
36
Johann Haselberg and the publication of Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht
The Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht was compiled by Johann
Haselberg of Reichenau (near Konstanz). Haselberg is known as a traveling
scholar, translator, author, and book producer; he was active in the years
1515-1538 (Benzing; Roth 16-19). He traveled widely and in the course of
his life engaged the services of book printers throughout the German-speaking
lands (Roth 16, 28). Unlike Ursprung, most of the books he produced do
indicate the printer, place, and year of publication. Uniquely in Ursprung he
gives his name as “Haselberger” ([1v], [44r]). However, there can be no
doubt that our “Johan Haselberger von Reichenaw, bůchfierer” is the same
Johan(n) Haselberg of Reichenau named in other books dated between 1515
and 1538 (Roth 19-26). When Benzing’s articles on Haselberg appeared in
1966 and 1969, 36 titles produced by Haselberg had been identified.
Haselberg’s books cover a wide range of historical, literary, and
biblical subjects. His most significant contribution to German letters is his
production of the first editions of the Catholic monk and humanist Johannes
von Trithemius (1462-1516). Haselberg published a number of smaller
popular texts; for example, one Ulrich Krafft’s recounting of the biblical flood
(“Das ist die arch Noe…”, 1517) and prophecies and predictions (“Prophecey
oder Weyssagung”) for the years 1525-1530. Haselberg’s own writings
include “Eyn lobspruch der Keyserlichen freygstath Coellen” (“Eulogy for the
imperial free city of Cologne”, 1531) and “Von den welschen Purppeln,”
recounting the adventures of the fictional “knights of the purple order” (1533).
37
It seems that Haselberg was both devoted to knowledge and responsive to the
interests of the popular reading “marketplace.”
In this context, Ursprung stands out Haselberg’s only book produced
in the field of mining. Moreover, it is his only known book in a technical or
legal field of any kind. We wonder, therefore, how informed Haselberg’s
choices of texts were to include in Ursprung, and where he found them.
Might he have had assistance from persons knowledgeable in mining in his
selection and transcription of the texts? Roth states of Haselberg’s works
overall that, “All of [his] printed works are well produced, in particular
adorned with good woodcuts; they are characterized by a good feeling of
balance, that achieved appropriateness and avoided excess” (18). Based on
my analysis, however, this appraisal might be overly laudatory in the case of
Ursprung.
Given the depth and breadth of Haselberg’s publishing activity, he was
most certainly an educated person. In an imperial copyright granted in 1515,
Haselberg is designated magister. In his publications Haselberg tends to
represent the Catholic viewpoint, though he avoided religious polemic. He
applied for and was awarded printing privileges under emperors Maximilian I
and Charles V, and Roth speculates that Haselberg’s association with the court
may have gone above and beyond this activity. After a long and diverse
career as a book producer, Haselberg seems to have been impoverished late in
life (Roth 16-18).
38
Neither the date of publication nor the name/location of the publisher
are provided in Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht; the colophon is limited to
naming Haselberg(er) as the producer of the text. A key to the dating is
Haselberg’s reference to Maxiliam I in the past tense (“bei weilant Key.
Maximilians zeiten” [1v]); Maximilian died in 1519. Several possible dates of
publication have been suggested, including 1519-1520 (Adams 299); 15191524 (Mendels, “Bergbüchlein” xi); 1532 (Dechen 48); and others (Pieper
162). Pieper reviews past attempts at dating the work and gives good
evidence for the publication date falling in the period 1535-1538 (Ulrich
Rülein 160-164): As for the earlier date, Pieper convincingly identifies the
1534 edition of the “Bergbüchlein” as the source text for Ursprung.
Regarding the latter date, no publication activity is documented for Haselberg
after 1538.
Identification of the printer of Ursprung has been similarly elusive.
Two theories have been proffered in the literature—Knoblouch in Strasbourg
or Peypus in Nürnberg. Adams suggested that Johannes Knobloch
(Knoblouch, Knoblauch) in Strasbourg was the publisher of Ursprung (299).
According to Sisco & Smith, Adams relied on “the authority of a German
book dealer’s statement that the type used indicates Knoblauch” (53).
Johannes Knobloch came from Switzerland originally and settled in
Strasbourg. He was a printer there from 1504 until his death in 1528,
producing over 300 works. Benzing indicates that Knobloch did publish for
Johann Haselberger (Buchdruckerlexikon 159; Buchdrucker 411). Mendels
39
offers some observations on Strasbourg printers’ language vis-à-vis
Haselberg’s text to suggest that Johann Knoblouch printed Ursprung between
1519 and 1524 (“Bergbüchlein” xi). However, the above analysis indicates
that these dates are too early. If we accept the dating of Ursprung to 15351538, Knobloch could not have been the printer.
On the other hand, the elder Knobloch’s son—also named Johann—
took over the business and was active as a printer until around 1558 (Lexikon,
“Knoblouch”). Roth’s bibliography of Haselberg and Chrisman’s
Bibliography of Strasbourg Imprints document no connection between the
Knoblochs and Ursprung. However, Benzing’s Bibliographie Strasbourgeoise
from 1981 does include Haselberg’s Ursprung (134), accepting Pieper’s
dating of 1535-1538 and assuming the younger Knobloch to be the publisher:
“[Jean Knobloch fils, entre 1535 et 1538].” That Johann Knobloch (junior)
could be the printer of Ursprung is hence a possibility.
Several of today’s library catalog entries for the extant copies retain
tentative designations of Knobloch and Strasbourg (see Copenhagen, Halle,
Montreal, and Regensburg in the table below). A letter from the university
library of Halle (dated Sept. 13, 2005) confirms that—despite their catalog
entry, “[Straßburg, Johann Knobloch für] Johan Haselberger, [nach 1534]”—
inspection of their exemplar shows no evidence to support this attribution.
Another intriguing possibility was identified in 1885 by Heinrich von
Dechen in his study of Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein.” Dechen describes a mining
code for St. Joachmisthal, an important mining center in the Erzgebirge, co40
bound with a copy of Ursprung. The mining code has the same height and
width of print on the page and that “seems to have” the same type font used in
Haselberg’s compilation. The St. Joachmisthal text bears the colophon,
“Gedruckt tzů Nürmberg durch Friderich Peypuß. Jm Jar M. D. xxxij.” (48).
The ambiguity in Dechen’s words about the type is important: “die
Typen scheinen dieselben zu sein” (emphasis added). Unfortunately, despite
library catalog searches and inquiries by letter, I have been unable to locate
the present whereabouts of this copy of Ursprung. Therefore, I cannot
determine if the type fonts are truly identical. Nonetheless, these observations
led Dechen to conclude that Ursprung was also printed by Peypus in Nürnberg
in 1532. From the earlier discussion of Haselberg’s year of publication, 1532
is most likely incorrect—but Peypus as publisher may not be. He was active
as a printer during the years 1510-1535 (Barge 146), which fits the dating of
Ursprung posited above.
Dechen’s observation of similarity in type fonts with Peypus seems
more compelling to me than the arguments offered in support of Knobloch.
Though forced to rely on indirect evidence, on balance it seems most likely
that Friedrich Peypus of Nürnberg printed Ursprung in about 1535.
Haselberg’s Ursprung: Physical description and inventory of known
exemplars
The first edition of Haselberg’s Der Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht
is a small book in quarto format. The text occupies 44 paper leaves, with [44r]
41
being the last printed page and [44v] left blank. From inspection of the copy
in the Technical University (“Bergakademie”) library in Freiberg, the page
size is approximately 14.5 cm wide by 19.5 cm high, with the printed text
occupying approximately 10.3 cm × 14.6 cm (including the catchword) of
each page.
The book includes 11 signatures, A-H and J-L, labeled as follows: [2r,
left of catchword] A ij ~ [3r] A iij ~ [5r] B ~ [6r] Bij ~ [7r] B iij, etc., through
[43r] L iij. One error is noted: [13r] labeled E be should be D.
There are four font sizes used in the book. The largest is
approximately 1.0 cm tall and is used only for the first line of the title page:
<Der Vrsprung gemeynner>. The next smaller size (0.7 cm) is used for
section/chapter headings. The body of the text is in a readable Fraktur of
approximately 0.3-0.4 cm in height, which fits 33 lines (including the line for
the catchword) to a page. A very tiny font is used for the terms defined in the
“Bergnamen” ([40r]-[43r]) and a few other marginal notations that occur in
Ursprung. A sample page from Ursprung, [11r], is reproduced in facsimile as
Appendix C.
Only a small number of copies of Johan Haselberg’s printed book are
known to exist today. By Adams’ account, “only some five copies are
known” (299). Pieper was aware of seven copies—in Erlangen, Frankfurt am
Main, Freiberg, Halle, Leipzig, New York City, and Montreal (164).
Benzing’s Bibliographie reports additionally Basel, Brno, Colmar, Dresden,
and Rome/Vatican. Through my searches of the literature and library records,
42
I have documented the existence of 16 surviving copies to date; I have been
unable to locate/confirm one copy that is reported in the literature in Prague.
The known copies and modern photographic reproductions of Ursprung are
tabulated below (Table 1.1).
Following the table, I have subdivided my detailed discussion of the
constituent texts in Ursprung into three sections, following Haselberg’s
sequence of texts—the four legal texts; the “Bergbüchlein;” and the short texts
that conclude the work.
43
Basel
Brno
Colmar
Copenhagen
Known copies of Haselberg’s Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht
Location
Cat. no., web link
Comments
University Library
Cited by Benzing
Masaryk University
Cited by Benzing
Library
Municipal Library
Cited by Benzing
Det Kongelige
Bibliotek
Cat. no. 35, 159 S1977;
http://www.kb.dk/k
b/
Cat. no. RSN
1177729;
http://webis.sub.uni
hamburg.de/ssg/bib
.14
Dresden
Sächsische
Landesbibliothek/
Staats- und
Universitäts-bibliothek
Dresden
Erlangen
Universitäts-Bibliothek
Friedrich-AlexanderUniversität ErlangenNürnberg (UB
Erlangen-Nürnberg)
Stadt- und UniversitätsBibliothek in
Frankfurt/Main
Cat. no. H61/4
TREW.X219;
http://opac.unierlangen.de/
Freiberg
Bergakademie TUFreiberg, GeorgiusAgricola-Bibliothek
Cat. no. XIV 145
Halle
(1)
Universitätsbibliothek
Halle
Cat. no. an Pon Vf
1108 (2);
http://www.biblioth
ek.uni-halle.de/ or
http://haweb1.bibli
othek.uni-halle.de
Halle
(2)
Leipzig
Universitätsbibliothek
Halle
Universitätsbibliothek
Leipzig
Cat. no. Ung IV B
91
http://www.ub.unileipzig.de/
Frankfurt
Cat. no.
Flugschr.G.Fr
1294;
http://kataloge.ub.u
ni-frankfurt.de/
Identified as
“[Straßburg]…
[1536?]”
Cited by Pieper and
Benzing; source of
microfilm version,
cat. no. RSN 29972
[series: Bibliotheca
Palatina; film E870;
Munich: Saur, 1990.]
Cited by Pieper and
Benzing; “Standort:
Hauptbibliothek/Altb
estände, Rariora”
Cited by Pieper and
Benzing; source of
microfilm version
[series:
FlugschriftenSammlung Gustav
Freytag #1294]
Cited by Pieper and
Benzing; basis of
present edition;
bound together with
XIV 146,
Bergkordnung
Norwegen
Cited by Pieper and
Benzing; catalog
entry includes:
“[Straßburg, Johann
Knobloch für] Johan
Haselberger, [nach
1534]”
Cited by Pieper and
Benzing
Table 1.1: Copies and electronic versions of Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht
44
Table 1.1: Copies and electronic versions of Ursprung… (continued)
Montreal
McGill
University
Library
Cat. no. B494 1530,
Amicus no. 24770846;
http://amicus.nlcbnc.ca/aaweb-bin/aamain
or
http://www.library.mcgill.
ca/
New
York
New York
Public Library
Prague
(?)
-
Cat. no. Parsons *KB
1530; CATNYP online
catalog
http://catnyp.nypl.org/sear
ch/
-
Regensburg
Staatliche
Bibliothek
Regensburg
Cited by Pieper and
Benzing; ex libris
Frank Dawson
Adams (see his Birth
and Development
299; indicates “was
printed by Knobloch
in Strassburg about
1519-1520”)
Cited by Pieper and
Benzing; “Parsons
Collection”
Reported in Dechen
(47-49), not found
today
Catalog entry
includes: “Verlag(e):
[Knobloch],
Verlagsort(e):
[Straßburg], [1535]”
“Magazinsignatur: Philos.
2781; unvollst. Bogen A
& Bl. Bj fehlen”;
http://www.opac.bibbvb.de/ or
http://www.bibbvb.de/sbr/sbr1.html
Rome
Biblioteca
Cat. no. 10711301;
Cited by Benzing
Apostolica
http://www.vaticanlibrary.
Vaticana
vatlib.it/BAVT/
WolfenHerzog August
Cat. no. M: QuN 165 (2);
büttel
Bibliothek
http://www.hab.de/
Modern editions/photographic reproductions of Haselberg’s Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht
London
British Library
http://blpc.bl.uk/ or
Photocopy of New
http://copac.ac.uk/copac/
York Public Library
copy
Montreal
McGill
Microform 105, Amicus
In collection: Osler
University
no. 28077019;
Microforms
Library
http://amicus.nlcbnc.ca/aaweb-bin/aamain
New
New York
*KB 1530; CATNYP
“Photostatic
York
Public Library
online catalog
reproduction of the
Parsons Collection
copy, t.-p. of which is
cropped…”
Microfiche series Bibliotheca
Microfiche #E870
9 holding libraries
Palatina. Munich: Saur, 1990.
designated at
http://www.bszbw.de/CGI/cgi-bin/
(as of Feb. 2004)
Flugschriften-Sammlung
Text #1294
Checked against
Gustav Freytag. Ed. Paul
Freiberg copy of
Hohenemser. Munich/New
Ursprung in
York: K. G. Sauer, 1980-81.
preparation of present
edition
45
The texts in Ursprung: I. Haselberg’s dedication letter and the early German
mining codes
Haselberg’s title page ([1r]) gives a relatively precise and accurate
accounting of the texts contained in his compilation. His letter of
introduction ([1v]) dedicates the work to one Johan Lucas. Haselberg
identifies Lucas as an imperial advisor and servant (“K. K. M. Rath vnd
diener”) who, as an official accountant (“pfenigmeyster”) in the time of
Emperor Maximilian I, had granted him certain printing privileges.
Maximilian (1459-1519), a Habsburg, was archduke of Austria, German king,
and Holy Roman Emperor from 1493-1519. He added vast lands to the
Austrian holdings including Bohemia with its rich mining areas. Haselberg
ascribes to Johan Lucas an interest in mining and the other practical arts
(“liebhaber der geschrifften Berckwercks vnd aller nutzbarer künsten”). In
1509 Johan Lucas was imperial field supplies master in a war with Venice,
later commissar at Trient, and in 1521 a participant in the parliament at
Worms as an imperial commissioner (Ermisch cx; Pieper 162).
The first texts in Haselberg’s compendium are the mining laws from
Freiberg and Iglau. For our understanding of these texts we must review the
work of librarian, historian, and archivist Hubert Ermisch (1850-1932).
During the 1880s, Ermisch sought to discover and document the full range of
surviving textual witnesses to the Saxon mining heritage. From 1880 to 1925,
he served as the editor of the Neues Archiv für sächsische Geschichte und
Altertumskunde and published many works relating to the history of Saxony,
46
including the definitive edition of early Freiberg legal documents,
Urkundenbuch der Stadt Freiberg in Sachsen (Lexikon, “Ermisch”).
Ermisch also provided a great service to historians of mining law,
spending years combing through archives and libraries in the Erzgebirge and
publishing editions of key early texts. His exacting analysis and diplomatic
transcriptions of late medieval manuscripts and early printed texts provided a
great service to textual scholarship. His book Das sächsische Bergrecht des
Mittelalters provided invaluable background and textual resources for my
work with the first three texts in Haselberg’s Ursprung—Freiberg ‘B’, Iglau,
and Freiberg ‘A’. In Ermisch’s estimation, the Freiberg codes originating in
the 14th century influenced mining law far beyond the region in and for which
they were composed (Urkundenbuch xv).
Freiberg is clearly the birthplace of silver mining as well as mining
law in Saxony, starting with the discovery of silver in the late 12th century
probably by miners from the Harz Mountains. The earliest written version of
Freiberg ‘A’ contains 23 articles and is dated to the early 14th century; it was
probably composed between 1307 and 1328. However, it records mining
laws based on customs (Berggewohnheitsrecht) that were probably
established by the 13th century—Freiberg ‘A’ is likely the oldest available
documentary evidence of mining practices in Meissen in the Middle Ages
(Urkundenbuch xvi). No direct connections are visible between the first
Freiberg code and either earlier mining practices from the Harz Mountains or
the oldest recorded medieval mining laws—those of Trient from 1185
47
(Europäisches Montanwesen). As noted above, city ordinances (Stadtrechte)
arose in parallel with the mining codes—and the two types of laws inevitably
influenced each other in the Erzgebirge. Because of the successful silver
mining, the principality of Meissen became quite wealthy (Ermisch ix-xx,
xlv-xlviii, lxiii-lxv).
Mining—and mining law—were established in Iglau during the 13th
century. The first mention of the town of Iglau dates from 1174; the town
was probably established by miners from Freiberg and other areas. The
earliest reference to silver mining in Iglau is from 1227. The Iglau mining
laws were written down in both Latin and German versions by the mid-13th
century. An early—but not the earliest—German version of the Iglau mining
code was the basis for the Freiberg ‘B’. It probably dates from between 1310
and 1327 (Ermisch xlviii-xlix, lxvii-lxxi).
The complicated textual evidence underlying the Iglau mining codes
was analyzed and edited by Zycha in his book, Böhmisches Bergrecht des
Mittelalters, from 1900. However, for the German version of interest to us,
Zycha reproduced Ermisch’s definitive edition, though he modified and
added to Ermisch’s critical apparatus (Zycha, vol. 2, xxxvii-xxxviii, 18-34).
In 1980, Piirainen published an edition and graphemic/lexicographical
analysis of a later (16th-century) manuscript of the Iglau mining code that he
discovered in Czechoslovakia.
The Iglau mining code reproduced by Haselberg in Ursprung was an
early version containing 26 articles. Later versions of the Iglau code would
48
contain additional articles (Zycha 33-37). In my apparatus I have transcribed
the three articles (#27, 28, 29) included in Ermisch’s edition that illustrate the
slightly expanded scope of the second German redaction of the Iglau code.
The creator of the Freiberg ‘B’ code probably made use of said second
version, because Iglau article 28—absent in Ursprung—is clearly the model
for Freiberg ‘B’ article 26 (Ermisch 36).
Given the utility of both the Freiberg and Iglau codes, an updated
synthesis (“combinierende Bearbeitung”) was created in the form of a later
Freiberg code designated “Freiberg ‘B’” (Urkundenbuch xvi). In Ermisch’s
judgment, it was composed for general use in the region, not just for Freiberg.
Its creation is dated after 1346 but probably before 1375. Freiberg ‘B’
superseded the older laws and was generally the recognized authority from
then on (lxvii-lxxv).
Ermisch observes that Freiberg ‘B’, while derived in large measure
from Freiberg ‘A’ and Iglau, was no “slavish compilation” of the two earlier
texts (Urkundenbuch xvii; cf. Zycha 100). Rather, its 43 articles brought a
new synthesis and order that superseded them. The following table
summarizes the respective contributions of Iglau (abbreviated Ig) and
Freiberg ‘A’ (or FrA) to Freiberg ‘B’ (or FrB) to convey a sense of the extent
of merger involved between ‘B’ and the earlier two codes:
49
FrB section
¶1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
Freiberg ‘B’ title/subject phrase
Bergmeister/Bergrichter
Lyher/lyhen
Ditto
Erbe bereyten
2 stoln
Suchstoln/Wasser
Erbstolnn (recht)
Ditto
Ditto
Ditto
Ditto
Ditto
Ditto
Ditto
Erben bereitten
Newfengen/messen
Berckmessung
Newfinder
Marscheid
Ditto
Klagen über teil
Ditto
Ditto
Ditto
Teil zuverliesen
Ditto
Trenckung
Ersten fürderung
Erben zuverlieren
Ditto
Gemitten teilen
Teyln/verleihet
Teyln behalten
Ertz enthawen
Ertz zuverbeiten
Acker teil recht
Bescheidung
Lehenschafften behalden
Waltworchten etc.
Amptleuthen
Wider die gericht
B’meisters buch
Hutten zinss
Ig section
FrA section
= 5, 6, 7
≈1
= 11
cf. 19
=2
≈3
≈4
=5
≈7
=8
cf. 9, 10
≈ 11
≈ 12
cf. 18
cf. 1, 11
cf. 21
≈ 1, 11
≈ 11, 12, 13
= 13
≈ 15
-
≈ 22
≈ 28 (from Ig 2nd
version)
cf. 6
≈ 15
= 14
≈ 15
= 15, 16
= 17
cf. 21
= 21
= 22
= 24
cf. 16, 20
= 19
= 21
cf. 25, 26
cf. 21
=9
= 23
-
Table 1.2: Contents of Freiberg ‘B’ (FrB) as derived from Freiberg ‘A’ (FrA)
and/or Iglau (Ig) mining codes
[Cf. Herrmann & Ermisch 120-21; Abbreviations: = identical or nearly identical
to; ≈ based on; cf. similar content in; - no parallel]
50
To summarize, most articles in Iglau are adopted or adapted for Freiberg
‘B’; some articles from Freiberg ‘A’ are as well but on a more selective basis.
For a few articles, Freiberg ‘B’ shows no parallel to either earlier code. Freiberg
‘B’ represents a synthesis and, on a modest level, extension of the earlier works,
and the text served as the primary legal resource for mining in Freiberg and many
surrounding areas through the 15th century (Ermisch cxlvi).
In the next few paragraphs I shall summarize and compare the content
of the three early codes (cf. Ermisch lxxvii-xcvii), outlining my review after
Freiberg ‘B’. The subject matter of the codes may be subdivided into about a
half-dozen categories.
The office and duties of the regional mine manager (Bergmeister) are
described in Freiberg ‘B’, sections 1-3. First and foremost, he bears the
authority to grant claims in the region he serves. An “over-manager”
(“Oberbergmeister”) is named in Freiberg ‘B’ but not in Freiberg ‘A’ or Iglau.
The mine manager appoints the mine judge, but requires the consent of the
mine owners in appointing other officials.
The regulation of drainage/ventilation tunnels or “adits” is provided in
sections 4-15. It is suggestive of the prevalence of deep mining and the
problem of underground flooding that this topic is treated so prominently and
exhaustively, both in Freiberg ‘B’ and Iglau. By contrast, the need for such
depth was not so critical earlier, and this is reflected in Freiberg ‘A’’s more
cursory treatment of the matter. In general, miners are prohibited from
digging close to where an adit is being worked; the tunnel workers, on the
51
other hand, might lay claim to ore veins encountered through their excavation
of the tunnel. If the path of the tunnel intersects an existing mine operation,
the tunnel workers may keep the ore encountered while digging the tunnel,
and the mine operators owe the tunnelers one fourth the costs for digging the
stretch of tunnel located within their mine boundaries. In Freiberg ‘B’ but
not Iglau, the tunnelers are entitled to a share of the proceeds from any mines
benefiting from their drainage and ventilation. Other provisions are also
made for the tunnels, such as conditions for declaring a tunnel abandoned.
Section 36 in Freiberg ‘B’ outlines the “freedom” to prospect for
silver, which generally trumped the property rights of the owner or occupant
of the land, and sections 16-20 describe how to document and secure one’s
claim if a vein is discovered. The important process of measuring boundaries
and assigning the claims is treated in detail. Freiberg ‘B’ occasionally carries
over material from both Freiberg ‘A’ and Iglau in rather unedited form—for
example, the finder’s oath sworn “on the windlass shaft” is recited twice (in
article 17 from Freiberg ‘A’, in article 18 from Iglau). In Freiberg ‘B’ is the
all-important designation of seven measured claims (Lehen) assigned to the
finder of a new main vein. In terms of measuring boundaries, Freiberg ‘B’
includes provisions for how to judge the validity of a new claim that lies
close to an existing one—a situation of “crowding” in the mining areas that
was not yet a common problem and therefore is not touched upon in Freiberg
‘A’. The rights of the lord or land owner where ore is discovered are defined
in Freiberg ‘A’ and scarcely revised in Freiberg ‘B’.
52
Again, material is taken from the older Freiberg ‘A’ and from Iglau
for the articles 21-35 in Freiberg ‘B’, which cover relationships/conditions in
mines and interactions between miners in adjacent mines. The circumstance
underlying the latter was particularly in need of legal clarification: Groups of
miners worked in close proximity to each other, all aggressively pursuing
underground veins of ore, working arduously and with the constant prospect
of sudden fabulous wealth. Cave-ins, unexpected break-throughs, and
boundary disputes between mines were inevitable.
By the time the laws were written down, the costs of mining generally
made it prohibitive for single miners to operate independently. Rather,
groups of miners (Gewerken) had to pool their labor and resources—and
share in the profits. Originally these groups were miners joining together to
perform the work. Increasingly, however, “shares” or “portions” in mines
were held by absent investors, who contributed towards costs and hired
laborers. Not surprisingly, the latter case is more visible in Freiberg ‘B’ than
in Freiberg ‘A’.
Mines were originally split into four “shifts” of six hours each; the
eight-hour shift would come later. A basis of four was used in dividing up
worksites and/or portions of ownership in the mine, i.e., conceiving
ownership in connection to the proportion of labor contributed to the working
of the mine. The most common subdivision was 4 “shifts” (Schichten) × 4 ×
2 = 32 portions. Later 32 × 4 = 128 shares (Kuxen) was a common approach
to subdividing ownership on a more abstract level. This math is cited in the
53
opening dialog in the first edition of Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein” (Pieper 69; cf.
Appendix A). To supplement the labor of stakeholders, contractual workers
(Gedinger) were commonly hired, and/or workplaces within a mine could be
rented or leased.
Other topics are touched on in the Freiberg and Iglau codes, including
smelting and woodworking. Overall, there is a logic and pragmatic sense in
the contents of the codes, reflecting the most important issues—and the areas
most liable to dispute:
•
Definition of governance through the mining officials, with particular
emphasis on the regional directorship of the mine manager
•
Water drainage and underground ventilation, without which mining
could not occur
•
The miners’ rights in seeking, claiming, and working the ores
•
Working arrangements and boundary issues for one’s own mine site
and the adjacent one(s).
A prominent feature of later mining codes, absent in the Freiberg and
Iglau codes, is inclusion of the oaths that various officials needed to recite in
order to be appointed, which is perhaps why Haselberg selected the most
important oath—that of the mine manager—from the Annaberg Bergordnung
of 1509 to include in Ursprung.
In his work, Ermisch discovered a large number of manuscripts
containing one or more of the mining codes from Ursprung—in a state
“leaving much to be desired” (xcvii-cix, cxiii). The following paragraphs
54
review the major manuscripts of the pertinent mining laws that Ermisch
identified. He believed that there were additional existing manuscripts and
that especially the Freiberg codes were very widespread in manuscript form
(cix). For reference, each item is labeled with the siglum defined by Ermisch:
•
(Siglum:) F – “Bergrechtshandschrift des Rathsarchivs zu Freiberg.”
This parchment manuscript contains the oldest identified collection
including Freiberg ‘B’, Iglau, and Freiberg ‘A’ (in this order), written
in hands dated by Ermisch to the mid-14th to early 15th century. This
manuscript served as the base text for Ermisch’s editions. The
volume also contains a later copy of the treaty between the lords of
Waldenburg and margraves of Meissen from 1407.
•
C –“Jüngeres Stadtrechtshandschrift des Rathsarchivs zu Freiberg.”
The manuscript includes a copy of Freiberg ‘A’ dated 1433.
•
L – MS 1568 of the university library in Leipzig. This manuscript is
dated to the mid- or late-15th century, and its 10 paper leaves
comprise copies of Freiberg ‘B’, Iglau, and Freiberg ‘A’.
•
D – Fascicle added to the “Bergurtelbuch des Rathes zu Freiberg.”
This transcription of Freiberg ‘B’, Iglau, and Freiberg ‘A’ occupies
16 paper sheets attributed to Freiberg municipal clerk Johann
Brückmann (served 1486-1500). The manuscript is based on text F,
with conjectural emendations and numbering of paragraphs added by
Brückmann.
55
•
MS 242 in the library of the Bergakademie Freiberg. This is a large
collection of 177 paper leaves comprising five parts that were
probably bound together in the mid-1530s.
o The first two items in Part I of the volume are Freiberg ‘B’
and Iglau, to which Ermisch assigns siglum Wb. The
Waldenburg/Meissen treaty of 1407 comprises the fourth item
in Part I. Freiberg ‘A’ is the seventh item found in Part I and
is assigned siglum W.
o Part II comprises two fascicles bearing the date 1482 and
includes copies of Freiberg ‘B’ and Iglau (siglum: Wa); part
III includes a later redaction of Iglau (siglum: Ib).
o Parts IV and V contain texts pertaining to mining law but are
not connected with the contents of Ursprung.
•
Wc – Manuscript Zk1 of the “Gräflich Stolbergische Bibliothek” at
Wernigerode. This collection of 44 paper leaves includes Freiberg
‘B’ and Iglau in a late-15th century hand.
•
G – Manuscript A213 of the “Herzogliche Bibliothek” at Gotha. This
collection of 155 paper leaves is written in various hands generally
dated by Ermisch to the first half of the 16th century, including a
version of Freiberg ‘B’, Iglau, and Freiberg ‘A’.
•
A manuscript of the Iglau Bergrecht in the Iglau city archive. This
manuscript probably dates from the late 13th century—making it the
oldest known surviving manuscript of Iglau (siglum: Ia).
56
The above listing summarizes Ermisch’s much more detailed
description of the manuscripts and suggests a very complicated manuscript
tradition for the legal texts that Haselberg published in Ursprung. Ermisch
surmises that we are lacking the earlier manuscripts that would fully
illuminate the genesis of the written codes (cxix). It is probable that none of
the items listed above comes from the pen of the original redactor of the texts
(cxiv).
Ermisch’s edition is based on manuscript F, the Freiberg
“Bergrechtshandschrift”, with emendations or variants from the other
manuscripts noted in his critical apparatus (cvx). Ermisch supplies modest
editorial insertions such as punctuation and capitalization. He rejoins words
divided between lines. Ermisch modifies orthography very modestly, for
example normalizing word-initial <i> to <j> (<ienre> to <jenre>) or <v> ~
<u> (<vnde> to <unde>). He resolves special characters such as the macron
(<mā> to <man>). On the level of substantives, he provides a useful text for
the purposes of my study.
Ermisch recognized Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht as the first print
edition of the mining laws Freiberg ‘A’, Iglau, and Freiberg ‘B’, citing it as
Edp (editio princeps) in his edition (cix-cxi). However, Ursprung presented
him with something of a dilemma in his textual studies. On the one hand, the
text of Haselberg’s Ursprung is judged to be relatively “close” to text F. An
obvious similarity is the identical ordering of the three codes, which is also
shared with L, D, and G (cxvii). Despite his extensive examination of the
57
manuscript witnesses, Ermisch was unable to identify a single manuscript
source for Ursprung, and Haselberg’s text presented some instructive variants
not found in any of the known manuscript sources (xcvii, cxi-cxii, cxvii).
On the other hand, the texts produced by Haselberg in Ursprung were
obviously different and substantially divergent from any of the other
manuscript versions that Ermisch was able to locate. Ermisch says of
Haselberg,
[H]e often not only emends but also modernizes; replaces antiquated
expressions with others; even changes the sentence structure… Often
the changes made in [Haselberg’s] first edition are most unsuccessful
[and] overall, the producer was thoroughly arbitrary and careless in
working with his source. On every page are corruptions of all kinds,
even omission of entire sentences. (cxvii-cxviii)
Ermisch does not dwell on the textual problems in Ursprung but
provides some examples of the “innumerable errors” (Urkundenbuch xxix) to
illustrate his points—replacement of “Bergmeister” (“mine manager”) with
“Amtleute” (“officials”), changing “lehenhouwer” (“laborer”) to “lehenher”
(“claim-granting official”), etc. Although he doesn’t explicitly say so,
Ermisch assumes that Haselberg worked from an old manuscript and caused
most of the errors in the print edition personally, through a combination of
misreading antiquated script, lack of technical knowledge, and carelessness.
Ermisch could not identify a single manuscript source for Haselberg’s edition,
so it is problematic that he does not reckon with the possibility of one or
58
more later, divergent manuscripts—used by Haselberg but lost to us today—
rather than Haselberg personally as the primary source of the textual
problems in Ursprung.
That being said, my observations from working with Haselberg’s text
on a more detailed level support Ermisch’s supposition. For example, the
early Iglau manuscripts frequently spell the affricate /ts/ as <czcz>, hence MS
<nüczczes> ~ Ursprung <nutzes>, <kraczczen> ~ <kratzen>, etc. (emphasis
added). And in one place we find <sechczen hofestet> rendered in Ursprung
as <setzen hofestet>; it is highly probable that Haselberg was working from
an original that contained <chcz> and misread it for <czcz>. Antiquated
(MHG) forms seem to have been challenging to Haselberg; in one example,
he changes the negative prefix in <engebit> to <entgehet> (also misreading
<b> as <h>!). Given that Haselberg was relatively successful in his rendition
of Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein” over against his source—edition B6—I suspect
that Haselberg’s chief difficulty lay in reading and comprehending a
manuscript source for the early Freiberg and Iglau mining laws.
Again, however, it is significant that we cannot discern with certainty
whether the textual problems in Ursprung are exclusively—or nearly
exclusively—Haselberg’s or are caused by errors in one or more manuscripts
that are unknown to us. In the discussions that follow of errors in
Haselberg’s Ursprung, it is important to bear in mind that we do not know
definitively how many of them are Haselberg’s “fault.” The key insight for
our historical understanding of the reception of the mining laws printed in
59
Ursprung is the extent of textual degradation over against the manuscript
tradition, rather than assigning blame for who caused the problems.
In using Ermisch’s edition as a point of comparison against Haselberg
in my edition, it is also important to realize that we are not able to view the
precise document that served as the model for Ursprung. Rather, the
identification and compilation of variants need to be understood as a more
generic assessment of Ursprung against the manuscript tradition. Using the
editorial terminology of Greg, Ermisch’s edition gives us guidance on the
level of “substantives” (words and phrases) and not necessarily “accidentals”
(spelling and punctuation). The collation of manuscripts that went into
Ermisch’s edition of the mining codes Freiberg ‘A’, Iglau, and Freiberg ‘B’
gives us rich and instructive documentation of these texts in their early
state(s).
In the publication history of the early mining codes, we should also
note an 18th-century edition by Klotzsch that reprints Freiberg ‘B’, Iglau, and
Freiberg ‘A’. The title, Ursprung der Bergwerke in Sachsen, is reminiscent
of Haselberg’s title. However, Klotzsch’s text was transcribed directly from
the Bergrechtshandschrift siglum F discussed above, not Haselberg’s
Ursprung. Klotzsch’s edition was the only version to appear in print between
Corpus juris… in 1698 and Ermisch’s editions of the 1880s. Ermisch notes a
high frequency of error in Klotzsch’s work. Perhaps most detrimental to later
understanding, Klotzsch reordered the mining codes to Iglau ~ Freiberg ‘B’ ~
Freiberg ‘A’, labeling the latter two texts, “des alten Freybergischen
60
Bergrechtes erster und anderer Abschnitt” (“First and second parts of the old
Freiberg mining code”) (Urkundenbuch xxvi).
The fourth “legal” text in Ursprung is the first print edition of a treaty
or contract between the Lords Anarg and Heinrich of Waldenburg and the
Margraves of Meissen. We noted above the presence of this text in two of
the manuscripts containing the Freiberg and Iglau codes (siglum F; Freiberg
MS 242). The small text may have assumed a special significance because of
its early regulation of tin mining. There were earlier and later versions of this
agreement; the one published by Haselberg was the version signed in the
town of Grimma in 1407.
Waldenburg today is the city of Wałbrzych located in southwestern
Poland; it was formerly in the Prussian province of Silesia. Mining there
began in the 14th century, and Waldenburg received its town rights in 1400.
In addition to gold and silver, tin was found in the Waldenburgers’ domain
and was mined there from the late 13th century. (Previously, tin had to be
imported from England.) The agreement clarifies royal privilege but leaves
tin mines under the control of the landowners. Other versions of this treaty
were signed in 1377 and 1429 with the Waldenburgers as well (Ermisch
cxxii). The 1377 version appears to predate the discovery of gold in the
region, because the word “silver” in 1377 is updated consistently to the
phrase “gold and silver” in 1407 (Urkundenbuch 71).
Like with the early Freiberg and Iglau laws, the actual source
manuscript for the Waldenburg/Meissen agreement in Ursprung is unknown
61
(Urkundenbuch 70). However, we can collate against two transcriptions of
manuscript sources to assess Haselberg’s version—as with the other codes,
realizing that we are not viewing Haselberg’s source but only hypothesizing
variants between the “manuscript tradition” and the printed version. First,
Ermisch produced a transcription of this text in his vast Urkundenbuch der
Stadt Freiberg in Sachsen (vol. 2, 70-72). His source is a two-page 15thcentury manuscript in the Dresden Hauptstaatsarchiv (catalog number 5414).
Of secondarily value, some interesting variants are noted from a version of
the Waldenburg/Meissen treaty published by Friedrich Wilhelm Köhler in
1781 in his Historische Nachrichten von der chursächsischen alten freyen
Bergstadt Wolkenstein... (260-265), though unfortunately Köhler’s book does
not include a detailed description of his manuscript source.
The texts in Ursprung: 2. The “Bergbüchlein” and “Bergnamen”
The first four texts in Ursprung are legal in nature—the two Freiberg
laws, the Iglau code, and the Waldenburg/Meissen treaty. Next in
Haselberg’s compilation is a more strictly “scientific” work, a version of
Ulrich Rülein von Kalbe’s “Ein nutzlich bergbuchleyn.” Rülein’s survey of
metals and mining from ca. 1500 is reprinted in Ursprung under the title
“Von erkantnus der Berckwerck” and occupies fols. [23v]-[40r].
It is worth noting at this juncture that, on the one hand, the number of
manuscripts in the area of mining law—mining regulations, charters,
contracts, etc.—is very high. In deciding to compile early mining texts,
62
Haselberg had many law-related documents from which to choose. Given the
historical importance of the Freiberg and Iglau codes, we can say that he
chose well. Technical manuals on the practicalities of mining and metallurgy,
on the other hand, are essentially non-existent before Rülein’s
“Bergbüchlein”—Haselberg’s choice here would have been obvious.
The “Bergbüchlein” is the most studied and celebrated among the
texts included by Haselberg in Ursprung. Quite simply, Koch sees in the
“Bergbüchlein” the beginning of modern mining literature (1). For the
purposes of editing Haselberg’s compilation, here we come to a very
different underlying textual “situation.” For the mining laws, the editing
challenge lay in assessing the first print versions of mining codes that had
only existed previously in manuscript form. The “Bergbüchlein,” by contrast,
is strictly a product of print. It had been through several editions—all of
which are known to us and were reviewed in the preparation of the present
edition.
Eis’s generic definition of the Büchlein (“booklet” or “little book”) as
a prevalent text type in early German technical literature seems fitting for
Rülein’s work, namely “a smaller or medium-sized collection, not enough to
comprise a full book” (Mittelalterliche, 58). The first seven editions of the
“Bergbüchlein” were published in small octavo format; Haselberg’s
Ursprung is the first version in a larger, i.e., quarto, format.
Some Büchlein bear the name of their author; others do not. In fact,
the “Bergbüchlein” was published anonymously, and we only learn of
63
Rülein’s authorship from a reference in Agricola’s De re metallica (Hoover
ed. 73). Examples of Büchlein contemporary with Rülein include the
cookbook “Ein nützlichs buchlin von der speis des menschen,” a “booklet on
wines” (“Weinbüchlein”) by Arnaldus von Villanova, the assaying manual
“Probierbüchlein,” and many others (Eis, “Fachprosa” col. 1656 & 1668).
Some writings predating Rülein touch upon technical and theoretical
aspects of mining and metals, but the “Bergbüchlein” is the first printed work
devoted exclusively to the field. It is generally acknowledged as the first work on
mining based on practical mining experience and empirical observation.
Ulrich Rülein von Kalbe (or Calbus, i.e., Calw in present-day BadenWürttemberg, Germany) lived and worked in and around Freiberg in Saxony for
most of his life. He served as health officer, city councilor, and mayor of the city
of Freiberg, and was active as a physician, mathematician, mine surveyor, and
city planner (Keil et al. 228-235). He produced a few other small writings that are
known to us including a plague ordinance (cf. Pieper 53-61). Crossgrove has
called Rülein a “universal genius” (169).
The “Bergbüchlein” is an introduction to mining geology, seemingly
aimed not at the practicing master or expert but at the interested novice. Rülein
relates traditional conceptions of matter, drawing from Aristotle, Avicenna,
Albertus Magnus, and medieval alchemy (Pieper 186). He surveys theories of the
origin of the seven metals and compiles what is known about them from local
practical mining experience. He supplies and explains technical terms and
concepts, and orients the reader to successful prospecting and mining. Though
64
indebted to classical/medieval theoretical tradition, the work relies primarily on
direct, “lived” empirical observation in describing the metals and ores and where
to find them. The contents are identified by Rülein as a “discourse” on ores and
associated phenomena (“collation von bergkgeschicken”) (Pieper 66).
The text of the “Bergbüchlein” is presented in a framing dialog between
the experienced Daniel and his mining apprentice Knappius to instruct the latter
on ores and where to prospect for them most productively; Daniel advises that the
book be used in conjunction with practical experience “in the field” (“vbung bey
dem bergkwerck”). The title page and dialog occupy pages 1-6 of the first edition;
Rülein’s original text is transcribed and provided as Appendix A. The framing
dialog then resumes on the final lines of the last page to complete the booklet.
Such dialogs are a known literary device in medieval technical literature, starting
with the encyclopedic Lucidarius from the early 12th century (Crossgrove 49).
Interestingly, Haselberg replaced the opening dialog with an introductory
paragraph (Ursprung [23v]) but forgot to remove the concluding lines of the
dialog, making a rather nonsensical reading at the conclusion of chapter 10
([39v])! Comparing and contrasting Haselberg’s paragraph with Rülein’s original
text, we recognize that Haselberg elected a brief prose summary in lieu of the
earlier dialog. Perhaps Haselberg replaced the dialog with this prose “abstract” in
order to give a more concise and objective tenor to his compilation of technical
texts (Sisco & Smith 52).
The “Bergbüchlein” is divided into 10 chapters. Chapter 1 ([24r]-[25r] in
Ursprung) surveys the traditional/alchemical theory of the generation of ores, i.e.,
65
a combination of sulfur and mercury being subjected to influence by one of the
seven planets to form the seven metals—gold formed by the influence of the sun,
silver by the moon, etc. (cf. Adams 282, 298-301). It was a generally held
viewpoint in medieval astronomy/astrology that the moon and planets influenced
affairs of the world—issues of health, the best times to perform various actions,
etc.—so this extension to the metals is logical (Pahta & Taavitsainen 1). Rülein’s
account is brief and almost dismissive in tone, allowing that any theoretical
account is valid insofar as it accounts for the phenomena observed in the world
([24r]-[25r]).
Turning to the more empirical account, chapter 2 ([25r]-[26v]) describes
the variety of natural settings in which ore deposits occur, through textual
descriptions along with illustrative woodcut images. Haselberg’s artisan
generally did a good job showing the various veins and landscapes from Rülein,
but with misplaced directional captions on some of them—a problem which
plagued all of the editions of the “Bergbüchlein” to varying degrees. The reader
is informed that hills and mountains constitute the best locality for finding ore,
with south-facing slopes providing the richest ore because of their orientation
towards the sun.
Given the importance of the cardinal directions in prospecting for ores,
Rülein provides instructions—coupled with a detailed woodcut image—for
construction of a compass. Ivins observes that hand-done drawings in manuscript
books tended to deteriorate in accuracy with each copying in the absence of a
technical expert (15-16); Eisenstein, while acknowledging on-going technical
66
inadequacies of woodcuts in early printing, would outline the corrective influence
of print on technical illustrations in successive editions (Press 265-69). However,
all reprintings of the “Bergbüchlein” subsequent to Rülein’s editio princeps would
feature substantially degraded woodcut images. This is particularly true of the
depictions of the compass in chapters 2 and 3. Haselberg is of course no
exception—his own “contribution” being the reversal of the digits in “12” to
“21.” I have shown the correct compass images from Rülein’s first edition as
Appendix B; these images rather than Haselberg’s are necessary if one is to
comprehend the accompanying text passages.
Chapter 3 ([26v]-[32v]) suggests Rülein’s strong pedagogical motivation,
as it re-teaches the content of chapter 2, but with slightly expanded scope. He
accounts for the various directions of the compass in which ore veins and
stringers can run and gives a more detailed account of the compass.
Chapters 4 to 10 ([32v]-[39v]) are devoted, one each, to the seven known
metals, coupling theory (mercury + sulfur + planetary influence) with detailed,
empirically-based accounts of each metal and where to find it in nature. It would
be fitting for gold as the “noblest” metal to be presented first, Rülein relates.
However, chapter 4 is devoted to silver, for the overriding practical reason that
silver is the prevalent metal in Saxony ([32v]). The remaining chapters cover
gold, tin, copper, iron, lead, and mercury, respectively. Throughout the accounts,
Rülein shows attention to detail, offering alternate technical terms, names of
various ore types, and other information. For the final chapter, on mercury, we
67
are referred, with obvious irony, to the alchemists for “wisdom” in the form of
squabbling (“zancken”) on this “wondrous” metal ([39v]).
The “Bergbüchlein” ends after the account of the individual metals.
Rülein provides almost no details on logistical, technological, or legal aspects of
mining, leaving these for a future treatise that was apparently never written.
Essentially, the “Bergbüchlein” is about ores and where to find them. Given that
mining was on the rise in the Erzgebirge and there existed no such book(let)
before, I assume that Rülein’s work filled an important gap in a market desire for
knowledge in this area. This is supported by the fact that the “Bergbüchlein”
underwent no fewer than 10 printings between around 1500 and 1540 (cf. my
“Research Bibliography,” section B, for a comprehensive listing of the editions of
the “Bergbüchlein”).
The definitive scholarship on Rülein and his “Bergbüchlein” date
from the 1950s—Pieper’s book Ulrich Rülein, which includes a facsimile
reproduction of the first edition and a modern German translation, and the
critical edition by Mendels. There was a translation into English completed
in 1949, though this was marred by its over-reliance on the third edition of
1518 (Sisco & Smith). For the following discussion and in my critical
apparatus, I make use of the system of abbreviations for the editions of the
“Bergbüchlein” established in my “Research Bibliography”—B1 for the first
edition, B2 for the second, etc., with strictly chronological numbering by year
of publication. With the assumed dating of 1535-1538 for Ursprung,
Haselberg’s version of the “Bergbüchlein” is defined as B8.
68
The first edition, “Ein nutzlich bergbuchleyn” (“A useful booklet on
mining”) (B1) was produced anonymously around 1500 and was probably
prepared under Rülein’s direct supervision. Based on inspection of type fonts,
Darmstaedter identified the probable printer as Martin Landsberg of Leipzig
(112). B1 is a small booklet, 48 pages (24 leaves) in length; the pages are
unnumbered. It contains 13 woodcut images. Only two copies are known to
exist today (Paris; Augsburg). Pieper establishes the date of origin of
Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein” between 1497 and 1504 or early 1505—hence the
typical expression “around 1500.” On the one hand, Rülein was not involved
in mining before 1497; on the other hand, the second edition was produced in
May, 1505 (Pieper 140-43).
Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein” underwent several editions prior to its
adaptation for Haselberg’s compendium from the 1530s. The version in
Ursprung is four printings removed from the editio princeps. It is highly
doubtful that Rülein was personally involved with the production of any of
the later editions (Pieper 144, 148-150).
The second edition of the “Bergbüchlein,” B2, was produced by
Erhart Ratdolt in Augsburg and is dated May 6, 1505. Pieper calls Ratdolt
the most famous printer in Augsburg (147). B2 is based on B1. The title is
expanded over Rülein’s with words that emphasize the booklet’s wellorganized contents: “Ain wolgeordnetz: vnnd nuczlichs buchlin wie man
bergwerck suchen vnd erfinden sol von allerlay mettal” (“A well-ordered and
useful booklet on how to seek and find all types of metals”). The text
69
occupies 17 unnumbered leaves. As my edition shows, the text is
characterized by substantial errors and omissions over against B1,
presumably due to simple carelessness on the part of the typesetter. Similarly,
the woodcut images—especially the two compass illustrations—are degraded
in terms of technical specificity. With the exception of B4, all subsequent
16th- and 17th-century editions would stem from the highly imperfect version
B2.
Only a single copy of B2 is known to exist today (École nationale
supérieure des Mines, Paris), and this copy was unknown to scholars until
1951. This exemplar features the type of hand-painted coloration of woodcut
images associated with Augsburg printing since the mid-15th century (Pieper
143-47). Presumably wishing to convey this information to future readers,
the creator of the third edition (1518, B3) postpositioned simple textual
instructions for coloring the woodcuts (veins – yellow, water – blue, etc.) at
the conclusion of the “Bergbüchlein” text (see [39v]-[40r] in Ursprung).
The third edition of the “Bergbüchlein,” B3, was produced by Peter
Schöffer in Worms and is dated April 5, 1518. B3 is based on B2. The text
occupies 24 unnumbered leaves; the “expanded” title of B2 is used for this
edition also. This edition is less rare than the first two; Pieper lists eight
known copies (148-50). As my edition shows, the text is characterized by
substantial errors and omissions over against B2. In my view, some of the
errors can be attributed to the difficulty of reading B2, others simply to
carelessness on the part of the typesetter of B3. Similarly, the woodcut
70
images show further degradation in technical accuracy. The instructions for
coloring the woodcuts added to B3 were noted above; these instructions were
keyed to letters inserted into the woodcut images in the booklet—<g> for
“veins” (Gänge), <w> for “water” (Wasser), etc.
A glossary of mining and smelting terms was first published with B3
and was transmitted via B6 to Ursprung/B8. This glossary occupies the last 8
pages of B3 and will be discussed in further detail below. With the exception
of B4, all subsequent 16th- and 17th-century editions would stem from B3,
which in turn was based on B2.
The sixth edition of the “Bergbüchlein,” B6, was produced by
Heinrich Steyner in Augsburg and is derived from edition B3. The title
retains the wording of B3; it is dated October 3, 1534. Steyner was active as
a printer from 1524 to 1545. The text occupies 28 unnumbered leaves, with
the “Bergnamen” occupying the last 5 leaves/10 pages. Only four known
copies are listed by Pieper (156). The type font used by Steyner is relatively
larger and hence more “readable” than any of the earlier source editions. In
my collation I found that B6 reproduced the text of B3 with a high degree of
precision. However, a few additional errors in the execution and placement
of the woodcut images are noted by Pieper. New to B6 is the change of “12”
to “21” on the bottom of the compass; Ursprung would compound this error
by changing the other “12” to “21,” as well (cf. Figures 2.4 & 2.13, 4.4 &
4.13). B6 erroneously reversed the images (i.e., direction of slope) in the
figures corresponding to my Figures 2.7 & 2.8, 4.7 & 4.8; conspicuously, this
71
same error is made in Ursprung/B8. The instructions for coloring the
woodcuts are retained in B6 from B3.
My own textual collation of Ursprung against the earlier editions of
the “Bergbüchlein” is consistent with the stemma given by Pieper (179-180).
To review: B1 was used as the source for two editions: B2 (Augsburg, 1505)
and B4 (Erfurt, 1527—discussed briefly below). B2 would serve as the
source of B3 (Worms, 1518), which in turn was the source of B6 (Augsburg,
1534). Haselberg’s Ursprung/B8 was based on B6.
From my work with the editions of the “Bergbüchlein,” there can be
little doubt that B6 was the model for Ursprung/B8. Pieper (164) observes
that the fifth and sixth woodcut images were transposed in B6, which error
carries over into Ursprung/B8. The additional woodcut errors noted in B8
(“21” for “12;” reversal of directional captions) make the opposite possibility,
of Ursprung being the source for B6, extremely unlikely. Mendels is wrong
in asserting B3 as the direct source for Ursprung/B8 (“Bergbüchlein” xvi).
Four of the 16th century editions of the “Bergbüchlein” fall outside the
line of transmission for Ursprung/B8 and hence do not come under further
consideration for my study:
•
B4 (Erfurt: Johan Loersfelt, 1527). Based directly on B1, this edition,
titled “Ein nützlich Bergbüchlin,” would not serve as a source for any
of the later editions. An interesting feature of this edition is the
inclusion of images of the Roman gods associated with each
72
planet/metal (silver – moon – Diana; gold – sun – Apollo, etc.).
Pieper records the existence of three copies of B4 (150-54).
•
B5 (Frankfurt: Christian Egenolph, 1533). Based on B3, this edition
omits the “Bergnamen” but co-publishes a portion of the important
early manual on testing and processing of ores, the “Probierbüchlein.”
Four additional short metallurgical texts are included—Egenolph’s
title page indicates: “Gilbertus Cardinal vonn Soluiren vnnd
scheydungen aller Metal. Polirung allerhand Edelgesteyn.
Fürtrefliche Wasser zum Etzen/ Scheyden vnd Soluiren. Verhütung
vnd rath für gifftige dämpffe der Metal.” Of the book’s 39 sheets, 26
are occupied by the “Bergbüchlein.” Pieper lists five copies of B5
(154-55).
•
B7 (Frankfurt: Christian Egenolph, 1535) – a reprint of B5. Pieper
lists seven extant copies of B7 (156-58).
•
B9 (Augsburg: Heinrich Steyner, 1539) – postdates Ursprung, is
based on B6, and includes the “Bergnamen.” Pieper lists five known
copies (164-66).
After B9 in 1539, there would be no further editions of the
“Bergbüchlein” in the 16th century. As discussed in greater detail below, Der
Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht would be successively reprinted twice in the
17th century, in the compilations Ursprung vnd Ordnungen der Bergwerge
(Leipzig: Gross, 1616) and Corpus juris & Systema rerum Metallicarum,
Oder: Neu-verfaßtes Berg-Buch…. (Frankfurt: Zunner, 1698). The
73
corresponding versions of the “Bergbüchlein” that they contain are
designated in my numbering system as B10 and B11, respectively.
In sum, the succession of textual transmission of the “Bergbüchlein”
pertaining to Ursprung is:
B1 → B2 → B3* → B6 → B8 [Ursprung] → B10 → B11
[*The mining/smelting terms were added to B3 and are
retained in the subsequent versions listed here.]
In reviewing the editions of the “Bergbüchlein,” Pieper observes that
the successive editions became more visually attractive but more degraded in
terms of technical accuracy and value (180). He laments that Haselberg’s
Ursprung—with its lasting influence via Gross/1616 and Zunner/1698—was
not based on the superior first edition, B1 (180).
Immediately following the “Bergbüchlein” in Ursprung is the
glossary of German mining and smelting terms titled the “Bergnamen”
(literally, “mining names”) by Pieper. The glossary was composed and
inserted into B3 and constitutes the “earliest mining dictionary” (Pieper 150),
providing technical terms plus a brief definition of each. The first portion of
the “Bergnamen” covers general mining terms and bears no title or heading—
the listing simply begins at the close of the “Bergbüchlein.” The second
portion does bear a heading, identifying it as a list of smelting terms.
Mendels in her dissertation suggests of the B3 publisher,
Schöffer attempted to raise the value of the “Bergbüchlein”
through addition of a list of technical terms from the language of
74
mining and smelting. In this he creates the first dictionary of mining
and probably the first glossary of the vocabulary for any technical
language. (viii)
For the most part the listing does not define terms that occur in the
“Bergbüchlein.” Rather, it extends and expands upon Rülein’s scope by
defining an extensive (though unsystematic and non-alphabetically arranged)
collection of 93 words or phrases relating to mines, mining equipment, legal
concepts, and work issues. The second listing, devoted to smelting, contains
15 items. The mining and smelting terms in the “Bergnamen” tend to be
nouns (e.g., Fundgrub, Fierung), but adjectives and verbs are included (fest,
angesessen, Einkommen). Some phrases and collective definitions are
offered, as well (“Gezeuge damit man inn der gruben arbeytet,” “Seyl vnd
kübel eingeworffen,” “Zůsatz zům kupferärtz”).
Pieper observes that a copy of the manual on assaying, the
“Probierbüchlein,” housed in the Wolfenbüttel State Library also contains the
“Bergnamen.” He assumes that the “Bergnamen” were composed for the
“Bergbüchlein” by Schöffer in Worms in 1518 (B3) and added to the
“Probierbüchlein” subsequently (150). This suggestion is especially logical
given the promise in the concluding dialog of the “Bergbüchlein” that a
description of smelting would be forthcoming: “morgen wöllen wir auß der
Kaw/ in die hüten gehen” (“tomorrow we will go from the pit head to the
smelting hut”) (Pieper 112). Rülein apparently never composed such a text,
75
but Schöffer or one of his collaborators apparently tried to fill the gap by
compiling the “Bergnamen.”
In terms of a technical glossary on mining, the “Bergnamen” would
soon be emulated, after a fashion, in conjunction with Georg Agricola’s first
book, Bermannus, in 1530 (Ed. Wilsdorf et al. 167-72). In preparation for
publication of the work by Froben in Basel, Agricola’s friend Petrus
Plateanus, rector of the local Latin school, composed a Latin-German
glossary of 76 mining terms in alphabetical order to be appended to the book.
The two lists are comparable in length, but examining them side by side
suggests that Plateanus did not refer substantively—if at all—to the
“Bergnamen” associated with the “Bergbüchlein.” I find only 19 technical
terms in common between the two lists (and again—the “Bergnamen” were
German terms with German definitions, whereas Plateanus’ text was a LatinGerman glossary).
Agricola himself seems to have been satisfied with the concept of a
“Vocabula metallica,” if not precisely Plateanus’ execution of it. For the
1546 edition of Bermannus, Agricola significantly revised the earlier list and
expanded it to 127 items. He created an even lengthier German-Latin
glossary in a well-studied letter to his friend Wolfgang Meurer, professor of
philology and Greek at the University of Leipzig (Epistula 3). Well over
50% of the terms in Plateanus’/Agricola’s glossaries are names of metals,
ores, and minerals (including 10 forms of silver!), whereas such compositions
of matter are uncommon in the “Bergnamen” in Haselberg’s compilation.
76
The “Bergnamen” provide many more adjectives and short phrases
describing the equipment and daily activities of mining. Moreover, smelting
terminology is covered only in the “Bergnamen.”
In the late 17th century, Zunner’s Corpus juris… would include a 38page lexicon of “Redens-Arten bey Berg: Und Schmeltz-Wercken”
comprising hundreds of words in alphabetical order, split into sections on
mining and smelting. The “Redens-Arten” do not seem to derive directly
from the 16th-century “Bergnamen,” but I have determined that around twothirds of the terms in the “Bergnamen” are covered in the later resource. In
terms of a text type, the technical glossary from B3, that Haselberg provided
in Ursprung, was the first in a sequence of early reference guides to the
special lexicon of mining and metallurgy.
The texts in Ursprung: 3. Overviews of Bohemian mines, mining officials,
and oaths
The “Inventory of the mines subject to the Crown of Bohemia”
(“Verzeychnung der Bergkwerck der Cronen zů Beham vnderworffen”)
occupies a scanty 1½ pages ([43r]-[43v]) in Ursprung and begins with a fairly
mundane recitation of mining areas known to have been productive in
Bohemia. The oldest/most important is Iglau; then Schneeberg, St. Annaberg,
St. Joachimsthal, etc. To date I have been unable to identify the source for
this brief passage. The first two paragraphs seem innocuous enough, but we
77
are surprised in the third and final paragraph by a graphic account of the
Hussite rebellions and their impact on mining.
The Emperor Sigismund (1411-37) approved the execution by burning of religious
reformer Jan Hus at Constance in 1415. This sparked the Hussite rebellions, which
did not end until the Iglau treaty of 1436 (Agricola, De veteribus 129). In general,
the German miners were resistant to the Hussites’ point of view and supportive of
Sigismund, with violent confrontations noted especially at Kuttenberg (Schwarz 103106). Haselberg’s sentiments are against the rebels, implying that God had
suppressed or diminished mining in Bohemia as punishment. In the end, Haselberg
seems to create a sort of advertisement—there are rich mines to be (re)worked in
Bohemia if a ruler or wealthy patron is willing to invest in them.
The historical details on the origins of mining in Bohemia—on the
Czech “side” of the Erzgebirge—are somewhat uncertain. When did silver
mining begin? To what degree were Germans involved in its development, to
what degree Slavs? The issues are concisely reviewed by Schwarz (100-101).
In any case, by the 16th century the mining enterprise was well established in
Bohemia, as we can infer from the brief characterization in Haselberg’s
“Verzeychnung.”
Agricola may have been acquainted with the listing of mines in
Bohemia from Haselberg’s Ursprung. In his De veteribus et novis metallis
from the mid-1540s, Agricola echoes Haselberg’s comment that productive
mines had been standing idle since the Bohemians and Czechs were involved
in their protracted, destructive religious war. He reviews the events and
discusses by name most of the mines named by Haselberg (94, 97).
78
Ursprung constitutes essentially a (re)printing of existing texts, but
there are a few segments of the work that were authored by Haselberg—his
introductory letter and the paragraph titled “Von erkantnus der Berckwerck”
that introduces the “Bergbüchlein,” to name two. Because I have been
unable to identify a source for the “Verzeychnung” of mines in Bohemia, it is
possible that the passage could have been composed by Haselberg. This was
assumed by Zycha in his reading of Ursprung (vol. 2, xxix). However, given
the detailed content and polemical style—which Haselberg tended to avoid
(Roth 16)—this seems unlikely to me. A more likely source, as yet
unidentified, would be a chronicle or contemporary pamphlet—bodies of
writing that would certainly have been accessible and familiar to Haselberg
as a traveling book producer.
Haselberg is probably the writer of the next short passage in Ursprung,
a listing of required mining officials, “Wie vil amtleuth ein berckwerck zů
haben noturfftig ist” ([43v]-[44r]). I do not find an exact textual source for
the paragraph that lists the mining officials. From my review of the early
sources on mining law, however, I surmise that Haselberg composed the
paragraph by paraphrasing Article 2 of the Annaberg Bergordnung of 1509
(cf. Ermisch 164); the mine master’s oath that follows is nearly identical to
that of Annaberg.
Once again we call upon on Ermisch’s work, this time for his
transcription of the first print edition (1509) of the Annaberg Bergordnung
(fully titled “Herzog Georgs Bergordnung für Sanct Annaberg”), included in
79
his book Sächsisches Bergrecht (163-209). As documented in my critical
apparatus, we find that Annaberg article 2 lists the same mining officials as
Haselberg, in the same numbers (8 jurors, etc.), and in the same order,
excepting “Schmeltzer” and “Berckhawer” which are listed explicitly in
Ursprung but not Annaberg.
The mine manager’s oath (“Des berckmeisters eyd”, [44r]), we are
told, comprises a template applicable to all the officials named in the
previous paragraph. The source of this oath, the Annaberg code, included a
separate text for each official’s oath—Bergmeister, Schichtmeister,
Zehendner, etc. However, Haselberg elected to present only the oath for the
mine manager (Bergmeister). The language of the various oaths is
sufficiently similar and formulaic that Haselberg is able to declare that the
one oath is applicable by logical modification and extension to all of the
designated officials.
The concluding words of Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht reiterate
Haselberg’s name but unfortunately withhold the name of the printer, city
and the date of printing: “Durch Johan Haselberger auß der Reichenaw/ in
druck verordnet” ([44r]).
The texts in Ursprung: Summary
80
Looking back at the texts collected under the title Ursprung
gemeynner Berckrecht, we are struck by their considerable diversity of style
and content. In this compact volume we have:
•
Several legal codes from the Middle Ages transferred from
manuscript to the medium of print for the first time
•
The “state of the art” (ca. 1500) treatise on metals, metal ores and
where to find them—a version of Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein”
•
The first dictionary of terms relating to mining and smelting—the
“Bergnamen”
•
A historical census and status report on mines in Bohemia
•
A listing of the various officials typically appointed for mining and a
template for the oath of allegiance that they are to swear.
These texts, presented in this sequence in Ursprung, might at first
glance seem rather incongruous; their assembly rather haphazard. However,
I would argue also that we can discern an overarching, comprehensive unity,
albeit perhaps only by regarding the content of the texts in a logical sequence
other than the sequence that Haselberg used. Consider the series of questions
that might occur to a novice miner, a merchant or nobleman interested in
investing in mining, or a simply a “Renaissance man” curious about the
wonders of nature—and then consider the instruction afforded in Ursprung:
•
“What are the characteristics of metals, and what types of metals
exist?” For the answer, see “Bergbüchlein,” chapters 1, 4-10.
81
•
“Where can the different metal ores be found, and what are the best
locations for finding them?” See “Bergbüchlein,” chapters 2-3, with
additional details on individual metals in chapters 4-10.
•
“What types of equipment are used in mining, and what are the
different parts of the mine called?” These are included in the first
section of the “Bergnamen” ([40r]-[42v]).
•
“What are the legal rights, responsibilities, and practices related to
prospecting for ore and then laying claim if I find it?” Four outlines
are provided via the early mining codes.
•
“What officials are involved in the mining process, and what are their
roles?” Information is found in several places—in the Freiberg and
Iglau codes, the “Bergnamen,” and the final passages on mining
officials and their oaths.
•
“What are some prime mining locations, including some that might
warrant further exploration?” The inventory of specific mining
localities in Bohemia gives instruction, and Freiberg, Iglau, and the
Meissen region of the Erzgebirge are named in Ursprung.
•
“What are some of the solvents and techniques involved in smelting
the ores to obtain the precious metals?” The second part of the
“Bergnamen” is devoted to the processes and materials of smelting.
Just as we would not typically pick up a dictionary or field guide and
read it straight through from beginning to end, Haselberg’s compendium can
be viewed as a reference work, available to serve the various needs on an
82
occasional and “non-linear” basis. The title page lists the contents in the
order they occur in the book, and Haselberg provides adequate headings to
allow easy reference to any portion of interest to the reader. For someone
interested in taking up mining as a profession or in investing in mining
activities, this book had it all.
Mining historian Hans Prescher poses the question of why Georgius
Agricola didn’t deal extensively in his writings with issues of mining law. In
Prescher’s judgment, it is because in Haselberg’s Ursprung the most
important writings for mining law were easily accessible; Agricola could
assume their familiarity, though it is a little puzzling that he did not mention
Haselberg’s book explicitly (Georgius Agricola 15).
Mendels (“Nachfolger” 86) relates a few interesting observations that
illuminate the popularity and influence of Haselberg’s compilation in the
later 16th century. Peter Albinus published a Meißnische Land und Bergk
Chronica in 1590 that includes a discussion of Johann Mathesius, who had
published a series of sermons based on mining themes in 1562. Albinus
identifies the source of a passage in Mathesius as the “Bergbüchlein von
Johan Haselberger gedruckt,” even though Mathesius did not cite his source.
As further evidence of the sustained popularity of Haselberg’s Ursprung
gemeynner Berckrecht, it is reported that upon the death of Leipzig book
dealer Peter Schürer in 1549, thirteen copies of the book were found in his
possession.
83
Such anecdotes tempt us to wonder about the print run of Haselberg’s
Ursprung—how many copies might have been created? We do not know
specifically, but some basic facts and estimates are available for early printed
books generally, from which an educated guess is possible. As predominant
economic factors, the labor costs for setting up the type and operating the press
were low, but paper was very expensive and one wanted to be able to sell all the
copies that were printed. In the early decades after the invention of book printing,
print runs tended to be in the hundreds; by the close of the 15th century some of
the biggest publishers reached 1500 copies. After that, edition sizes generally
stayed around that level, even through the 18th century. Gaskell and Febvre &
Martin report many specific figures on print runs, which in sum suggest average
editions of 1,000 to 1,500 copies in the early 16th century, with occasional figures
above or below that (Febvre & Martin 216-220; Gaskell 160-162).
Haselberg and/or his printer were probably aware of the success of mining
in Erzgebirge at that time, and they may have been cognizant of the popularity of
Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein,” which had been through several printings in just a few
decades. These considerations might have motivated a print run of Ursprung
toward the upper end of the estimate—1500? (By contrast, given the royal
sponsorship and targeted purpose for the Bergkordnung Norwegen, I suspect a
lower total number of copies produced and a de facto narrower readership for this
text.)
84
The seventeenth-century editions of Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht
Haselberg’s Ursprung was reprinted in two successively larger
mining/metallurgical compendia assembled in the 17th century, which
suggests a long-lived utility and perception of value in Ursprung.
Some 80 years after Haselberg’s original publication, his work was
reprinted in a collection of mining laws produced by the press of Henning
Gross in Leipzig. The title of Gross’s collection from 1616, Ursprung vnd
Ordnungen der Bergwerge (“Origin and regulations of mines”) (Koch #461),
appears to be modeled in part on Haselberg’s title, but expands on it vastly by
collecting no fewer than eight additional 16th-century mining codes from
across the German-speaking lands. A diplomatic transcription of the title
page and table of contents is provided as Appendix E, but it is instructive to
survey the contents in summary fashion here:
I.
“VRsprung allgemeiner Bergkrecht” (= reprint of Haselberg’s
Ursprung, occupying pages 1-71 in Gross; Haselberg’s name
and prefatory letter are removed.)
II.
Mining regulations of St. Joachimsthal, based on the version
published in Zwickau by Meyerpeck in 1548 (cf. Koch #35)
III.
Regulations for the tin mines of Schlackenwald, Schönfeld,
and Lauterbach from 1548 (cf. Siems)
IV.
Imperial regulations for several tin mines in the Erzgebirge—
Hengst, etc.—from 1548
85
V.
Comprehensive Saxon mining laws originally compiled in
1573
VI.
Tin mining regulations for Eibenstock originating in 1534
VII.
Mining regulations for lower Austria from 1553
VIII.
Mining regulations for the Harz mountains (Braunschweig and
Lüneburg) from 1593
IX.
New mining regulations for the earldom Hohenstein from
1576
The dates of the above are the earliest cited publication dates provided
in Gross. The origins of many of the mining codes are complicated and
difficult to trace, and in some cases there will have been earlier printed
editions not known or indicated by Gross; for example, item II from
Joachimsthal in 1548 (Koch #35) was based on a printing in Mainz from
1542, which itself revised (“auffs newe gebessert”) an earlier version (cf.
Koch #34).
Henning Gross (or Grosz or Grosse) (1553-1621) has been called the
most important book dealer in Leipzig in the late 16th century (Lexikon,
“Grosse”). He became an apprentice with the printer Conrad König in 1566
and upon König’s death married his widow and took over the business.
Gross was active as a printer in the years 1575-1621, producing 938 books;
he produced the catalog for the first Leipzig book fair in 1595. After his
death in 1621 his son Gottfried (1591-1637) took over the business (Brauer).
86
Gross’s Ursprung vnd Ordnungen is in large folio format, with the
print occupying approximately 12 cm × 22 cm on the page. Haselberg’s
woodcut images are rendered in copper etchings. In my critical apparatus,
the version of Haselberg’s Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht contained in
Gross is abbreviated to UgB(1616).
Moving ahead another 80 years, the compendium Corpus juris et
systema rerum metallicarum oder neuverfaßtes Bergbuch from 1698 is the
largest and most diverse collection of texts relating to metals, mining, and
mining law of the pre-modern era (Paisey C1146; Holzmann & Bohatta
#10200b; Koch #101). The collection was produced in Frankfurt by the press
of Johann David Zunner. Pieper is somewhat dismissive of the contents as
“somewhat randomly gathered mining literature from the 16th and 17th
centuries” (168). In anthologies, one can always question why some texts
were included and others not. Zunner chose to assemble a technical tract on
metals, a large number of mining laws, and a glossary of mining and smelting
terms. The constituent texts will be discussed in detail below, but in general
terms we can say that Zunner replicated—in grander style—the tripartite
subject matter of Haselberg’s Ursprung. The Corpus juris… contained many
of the most important 16th- and 17th-century titles and nothing that is useless
or irrelevant to the fields of mining and metallurgy.
Zunner was a leading book dealer and printer active in Frankfurt in
the second quarter of the 17th century. He died in 1653, but his workshop
87
continued producing books under his name into the 18th century—including
our Corpus juris… (Lexikon, “Zunner”).
The book is in large folio format, with the print occupying
approximately 15 cm × 29 cm on the page. The compilation includes the
third and final printed editions of both Ursprung and Bergkordnung
Norwegen. In my critical apparatus, the version of Haselberg’s compilation
contained in Corpus juris… is abbreviated UgB(1698). (The version of
Bergkordnung Norwegen in Corpus juris… is analogously abbreviated
BN(1698).) A diplomatic transcription of the title page and table of contents
of Corpus juris… is provided as Appendix H.
Summarizing the contents briefly will serve to document the scope of
the Corpus juris… and to contextualize our two books in it. A brief prefatory
letter ascribed to “J. D. Z.” personifies the collection as a “silent teacher”—
“ein stummer Lehrmeister.” Some section headings and brief passages in
Corpus juris… are in Latin, but otherwise the compilation is all German; it
appears that Zunner wished to exude an impression of learned Latinity
through selected prominent use of captions, which are always also given in
German. The work contains five major sections:
1. De re metallica by Christoph Entzelt (or Encelius)—this work was
originally published in Latin in 1551 (Koch #128) and is not to be confused
with Agricola’s De re metallica published in 1556. Entzelt was a physician
in Thuringia, student of Luther, and friend of Agricola. His large lapidary
synthesizes the traditional conceptions and classifications of matter (Adams
88
161). The work is here translated into German for the first (and only) time.
It occupies 96 numbered pages.
2. An anonymous collection titled Institutiones metallicae, Das ist/
Wahr- und klarer Unterricht vom Edlen Bergwerck/ durch einen/ desselben
Liebhaber (“Mining instructions: That is, true and clear guidance on noble
mining by one of its enthusiasts”) originating in Wittenberg in 1687 (Koch
#226)—the seven chapters of this interesting text provide an orientation to
mining through an extended series of leading questions—starting with “Was
ist Bergwerck?” (“What is mining?”)—and answers to them. There is a
strong Christian element throughout, with success in mining tied to God’s
grace (e.g., question 8 on page 101). This text occupies pages numbered 97124 after Entzelt’s De re metallica.
3. Johann Deucer(us)’s Metallicorum corpus juris, Oder Bergk-Recht,
a compilation of mining laws and other texts printed in 1624 (Koch #116).
Deucer, a protestant minister in Schlackenwald, also published a series of
sermons organized around mining themes (Bergpredigten) in 1612 (Koch 4547). His Metallicorum corpus juris is a lengthy and detailed summa that
provides a biblical and historical summary of mining and explains mining
offices, jobs, laws and courts. A listing of Bohemian mines on the page
“numbered” as )(3 [sic] seems to expand on the listing of Bohemian mines
in Ursprung. Deucer’s work occupies 24 unnumbered and 72 numbered
pages for 96 total.
89
4. Ursprung und Ordnungen der Bergwercke—this is a complete
reprint of Gross’s compilation of mining laws from 1616 (including
reproductions of his copper etchings for the illustrations), though no
acknowledgment is made of Gross as the source. In terms of volume of text,
this is the largest section of Corpus juris…, encompassing 40 unnumbered
pages plus 312 numbered pages for the codes themselves—for a total of 352
pages. The unnumbered pages include a title page, detailed tables of contents,
and an alphabetical index at the end. The index here is comprehensive for all
of Corpus juris… thus far (i.e., starting with Entzelt). There is evidence that
some copies of Zunner’s compilation stopped here and were sold as such (for
example, one copy offered for sale by Antiquariat Rainer F. Meyer, Berlin
[www.meyerbuch.com] in 2002). Most copies, however, contain the
additional materials noted as item 5 below.
This 4th section of Corpus juris… republishes both Ursprung
gemeynner Berckrecht and the Bergkordnung Norwegen. In the description
above we saw that Gross’ compilation contained nine parts (I. through IX.)—
Haselberg’s Ursprung plus eight mining codes from different mining areas in
the German-speaking lands. The version of Ursprung vnd Ordnungen der
Bergwercke in Zunner’s Corpus juris…, however, adds a ninth mining
code—Christian III’s Norwegian mining code in its revised edition of 1647!
The table of contents for this portion of Zunner/1698 reproduces Gross/1616
essentially word-for-word but adds the Norwegian text as the tenth item:
90
X.
Königl. Dänische Berg-Ordnung und Freyheit über das Bergwerck
auffm Golmsberg/ im Reich Norwegen.
Zunner does not acknowledge Gross as his source; nor does he
indicate that the Bergkordnung Norwegen is his own ad hoc addition to the
earlier compilation. Zunner’s unacknowledged source for the Norwegian text
is the 2nd edition from Copenhagen in 1647—hence postdating Gross’s
compilation by some 30 years. The editions of the Bergkordnung Norwegen
will be discussed in further detail below.
Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht—titled “Ursprung allgemeiner BergRechte” by Gross—occupies pages 1-29 in Zunner; the Bergkordnung
Norwegen, pages 294-312.
Coincidentally, the source of section 3 in Corpus juris…—Johann
Deucer’s Metallicorum corpus juris—was produced by Gross’s heirs in 1624.
Similarly, Zunner did not acknowledge the publisher by name.
5. Abraham von Schönberg’s mining lexicon Außführliche BergInformation (Koch #420)—The author of the fifth and final section of
Corpus juris… Schönberg was a late 17th-century mining prefect in the
Erzgebirge region, and his work had been published in both Leipzig and
Zwickau in 1693—just a few years before Zunner’s collection (Koch 73).
The Außführliche Berg-Information, Zur dienlichen Nachricht vor Alle/ Die
Bey dem Berg- und Schmeltzwesen zu schaffen (“Comprehensive mining
information, for the useful edification of all who are involved in mining and
smelting”) consists of two parts. The first part is a 73-page alphabetical
91
description of the various professions and officials associated with mining—
detailed definitions of many of the positions listed in Ursprung and
Bergkordnung Norwegen such as Bergmeister, Gegenschreiber,
Geschworene, etc. The second part is a 38-page glossary of “Redens-Arten
Bey Berg: Und Schmeltz-Wercken.” Although the “Bergnamen” from
Ursprung are not the direct source for the definitions offered here, the
similarity of text-type is obvious. Like the “Bergnamen,” separate listings of
words and their definitions are generated for mining versus smelting.
We surmise that Zunner’s Corpus juris… was a relatively successful
book, because just a few years later—in 1703—it was reprinted in Vienna
under the title Continuatio corporis juris et systematis rerum metallicarum
(Koch #100), having been supplemented with an additional “Hungarian
mining law” (“der Cron Ungarn, als auch Schemnitz, Königsberg und
andere”) (Koch 73). Lastly we note that Christoph Herttwig’s Neues
Bergbuch printed in 1710 and reprinted in 1734 (Koch #208) made use of and
quoted Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht in several places (Mendels,
“Nachfolger” 93-94).
In sum, the textual material collected by Haselberg has its origins as
early as the 12th and 13th centuries, and his compendium held its value as a
reference and resource for metals, mining, and mining law well into the 18th
century.
92
1.5 The “Norwegian” Bergkordnung of 1540
The other text under study is titled Bergkordnung des Löblichen
newen Bergkwergs/ auff dem Golmsbergk/ im Königreich Norwegen
(“Mining Regulation for the praiseworthy new mine at Gullnes in the
Kingdom of Norway”), published by Wolfgang Meyerpeck in Zwickau in
1540. Koch’s bibliography lists this text as item #32 (albeit with a
misspelling, “Holmsberg” instead of “Golmsberg”). The book, sponsored by
the Danish-Norwegian King Christian III, constitutes the first mining
regulation commissioned in Germany for use in another country (Koch 28).
However, it is modeled on and clearly summarizes contemporary prevailing
German legal practices and customs. A second edition was produced in 1647
in Copenhagen by King Christian IV.
The German influence on mining in Norway and the creation of the
Bergkordnung Norwegen
We noted above that German expertise in mining was influential and
desired in a number of European countries in the later Middle Ages. German
influence in Norwegian mining and mining law has been discussed in the
literature several times in the last 65 years (chronologically: Boldt, Matthes,
Bärtling, Thuesen & Lindtveit, Schellhas, Nagel, and Berg). In his book and
article, Boldt stresses the “close legal connections that have existed for
centuries between German mining law and Norwegian mining law, which in
its origin goes back to German legal tradition” (Norwegische, “Vorwort”).
93
I approached Boldt’s work with a sense of misgiving, since his involvement
with Norwegian mining was connected to the Nazi occupation of Norway.
However, he appears to provide reliable historical information on early
mining there.
The underlying historical narrative pertinent to the Bergordnung
Norwegen is relatively straightforward. Christian II and Frederik I, kings of
Denmark and Norway from 1513-1523 and 1524-1536 respectively, promoted
copper and silver mining in Norway (Thuesen & Lindtveit 48; Boldt,
Norwegische 11). Gullnes (rendered “Golmsberg” in German) southwest of
Oslo was the first organized mine in Norway, established in 1524. The next
king, Christian III (1536-1559), invited German mining experts and miners to
work the new Norwegian silver mines in 1537 (Norwegische 11; Matthes 8).
In 1538, he asked his uncle, the Saxon Elector Johann Friedrich, to produce a
set of mining regulations to support the development of mining activities at
Gullnes.
The text resulting from Christian III’s request for German assistance
was the Bergkordnung des Löblichen newen Bergkwergs/ auff dem
Golmsberg/ im Königreich Norwegen. Though there were references to metal
mining in some early medieval Norwegian laws, Bergkordnung Norwegen
became the first comprehensive regulation of mining law for use in Norway
(Boldt, Norwegische 23). Though specifically authorized for Gullnes, this
text became in effect the authority mining law for all of Norway (Nagel 145,
147). One might question, however, how much influence the German94
language text had on the conduct of the Norwegian populace (Boldt,
Norwegische 23, 25).
In drawing a contrast to the development of mining law in Sweden,
Bärtling calls the earliest Norwegian regulations simply an import commodity
(“Importware”) from Germany and purely a German creation (9-10; see also
Boldt, Norwegische 23). Of mining in Norway generally, Schellhas states
ambitiously that, “all Norwegian mining was set up with the help of German
mineralogical expertise” (87). The situation with German miners in Norway
was at times uneasy. Mining was basically an “alien activity” there (Nagel
137), imposed by the state/King as an “uninvited guest” among the Norwegian
people (Berg, “Bergarbeit” 202). Agricola recounts an incident from 1540 in
which Danish troops were required to protect the German miners from the
Norwegian residents of Gullnes; the miners prevailed (De veteribus 117).
In this context, it seems likely that the primary audience for the
Norwegian Bergkordnung was the German miners working in Norway—in
particular, the literate mine managers and other officials in Norway who
needed instructions and a legal framework in which to operate. The mining
laws upon which the Norwegian text was based were in German. Undertaking
a translation into Danish, Norwegian, or Latin would have meant substantial
extra work and not served the needs of its users as well. Although the
Bergkordnung Norwegen stands out as the first mining code from Germany
written for use in another country, its application in that country was in fact
carried out primarily by Germans.
95
Norwegian metal mining was not very successful in the long run.
Within 10 years the work around Gullnes slowed; the underground silver
deposits diminished (Nagel 138). In his De veteribus et novis metallis of the
mid-1540s, Agricola makes only occasional reference to mining in Norway
(87, 97, 100, 102). In the early 17th century, there was some success with
silver mining in southern Norway, which led to the establishment of
Kongsberg by Christian IV (ruled 1588-1648). German miners were again
brought to Norway (Thuesen & Lindtveit 482), and Christian IV reissued the
Norwegian Bergkordnung of 1540 in an edition that will be discussed in
detail below. Elsewhere in Norway, silver mining only attained marginal
success (Boldt, Norwegische 11-12). The name Gullnes is not mentioned at
all in an anonymous report on Norwegian mining from 1648 (Kurtze/ doch
warhafftige Beschreibung…).
The Bergkordnung Norwegen was composed in 1539-1540 and
completed by the spring of 1540. Christian III’s statement of “freedoms” is
dated June 9, 1539 (“Odensehe, am Montage nach Corporis Christi/ Anno M.
D. XXXjX.”). Nagel relates that, after the king signed off on the law,
Bergmeister Hans Glaser was sent back to Saxony to get the law printed,
which occurred by mid-1540 (145). The concluding passage, “Beschluss
dieser Ordnung” ([46v]-[47r]) is dated May, 1540, and the colophon a few
pages later ([47v]) gives the date April, 1540. We are told in a brief,
concluding “charge to the reader” (“Ordnung zum Leser”) in verse,
Anthoni Beutther stellet mich
96
Wolff Meyrpeck hat gedrucket mich.
(“Anthon Beuther prepared me; Wolf Meyerpeck printed me.”) ([47v])
Mich is here a personification of the book itself. Based on this passage,
Anthon Beuther is credited as the author of the Bergkordnung. A few facts on
his life are provided in Wilsdorf et al.’s commentary on Agricola’s
Bermannus (271): Beuther was born around 1485 in Römhild bei
Meiningen—he is referred to in Latin by Agricola as “Romhildus.” He
studied in Leipzig in the first decade of the 1500s. Beuther held paralegal
positions in Joachimsthal (Stadtschreiber, Syndikus) and later in Zwickau. In
1539 he revised the Zwickau city ordinances and is credited with the
Norwegian Bergkordnung in 1540. Beuther died in Zwickau in 1547.
The Bergkordnung Norwegen was produced by the Zwickau printer
Wolfgang Meyerpeck. Meyerpeck was active as a printer in Zwickau from
1530 to 1550 (Benzing, Buchdruckerlexikon 195). He worked with the
“Schwabacher” type stock that he obtained when his master Kantz died and he
married the widow Kantz in 1529 (Claus 17).
Meyerpeck produced several other mining texts in the later 1540s, but
our Norwegian title is his earliest known publication in this subject area. The
nature and extent of influence of Bergkordnung Norwegen on Meyerpeck’s
later published mining codes would be an interesting topic for future research.
We know, for example, that the woodcut image of miners from the 1540
Norwegian mining code ([1v]) was reused in two mining codes that
Meyerpeck printed in 1548 (Claus 54, 120-21). From 1550 until his death in
97
1578, Meyerpeck was located in Freiberg and printed a number of additional
mining regulations there (Lexikon, “Meyerpeck”).
The Bergkordnung Norwegen begins with two texts sponsored by
King Christian III. The first ([2r]-[2v]) is a general account of why the
Bergkordnung was composed—to further mining in the kingdom—and
identifies the reliance on Saxon legal models and traditions (“nach recht/
ordnung vnd geprauch der Bergkwerge im Chur: vnd Fürstenthumb zu
Sachssen gelegen”). Secondly ([3r]-[4r]), the king defines the rights and
privileges or Freiheiten granted in association with mining in Norway. Page
[4v] offers a table of contents for the Bergkordnung.
The body of the text is subdivided into four parts:
(a) On the roles and responsibilities of mine workers and officials (13
Artickel on the topic of “Amptleute vnd diener”) ([5r]-[14r])
(b) On the administration and operation of mines (62 articles on
“Bergkwergk/ vnd desselben anhangenden vnd zugehörenden hendeln
vnd sachen”) ([14v]-[36r])
(c) On adits (11 articles on Stollen, the horizontal tunnels or adits
below the elevation of the mines for ventilation and drainage of water)
([36v]-[40r])
(d) On metallurgical processing (20 articles on Hütten) ([40v]-[46v]).
The text would be republished twice in the 17th century—in 1647 and
in 1698. These editions will be discussed below. Although the Bergkordnung
Norwegen was composed and printed in German and was never translated into
98
Norwegian, this code from 1540 formed the legal basis for mining in Norway
until 1812 (Boldt, Norwegische 24-25). Its content is informed by the
Annaberg Bergordnung of 1509, which code in turn had been influenced by
the earlier Freiberg and Iglau codes contained in Ursprung; the Annaberg law
would influence the majority of subsequent 16th-century German legal codes
(Ermisch vii).
As a result, the Norwegian text is instructive not only for mining in
Norway but also as an embodiment of the state-of-the-art in German legal
principles and practices. The clarity and comprehensiveness of Bergkordnung
Norwegen were recognized by Boldt, who praised its clear presentation and
comprehensive discussion of “all possible questions about mining at that
time” (Norwegische 24).
The Bergkordnung Norwegen: Physical description and inventory of known
exemplars
The first edition of the Bergkordnung Norwegen is a small book in
quarto format. Like Ursprung, the book contains no page numbers. The text
occupies 47 leaves (with [48r] containing a woodcut illustration and [48v] left
blank). From my inspection of the copy catalogued XIV 146 in the
Bergakademie library in Freiberg I found the page size to be approximately
14.5 cm wide by 19.5 cm high, with the printed text occupying approximately
9.8 cm × 15.3 cm (including catchword) of each page. The book includes 12
99
signatures, A-H and J-M, labeled as follows: [2r] A ij ~ [3r] A iij ~ [5r] B ~
[6r] Bij ~ [7r] B iij, etc., through [47r] M iij.
There are three font sizes used in the book. The largest is a frequently
used title font of up to 1.3 cm tall. The next smaller size (0.6 cm) is used for
article headings or section subheadings. The body of the text is in a readable
type font of approx. 0.4 cm which fits 32 lines (including catchword) on a
page. A sample page, [36v], is reproduced as Appendix D.
Even though Bergkordnung Norwegen occupies slightly more pages
than Ursprung, because of the large font sizes and generally more “open”,
outline-style presentation, the text itself of Bergkordnung Norwegen is
significantly shorter. By estimated word count, the length of Bergkordnung
Norwegen is probably only some 60% that of Ursprung.
The first edition of the Bergkordnung Norwegen is an extremely rare
item. Despite extensive research into library holdings in Europe and North
America, to date I have documented the existence of only nine copies, some
of these exclusively via Claus’s bibliography (94); one exclusively via the online Hand Press Book (HPB) database. A facsimile reproduction of 1000
copies was issued by a technical college in Trondheim, Norway, in 1963.
A second edition of the Bergkordnung Norwegen was printed in
Copenhagen “Ex officina Martzaniana” in 1647 in quarto format. The
background of this edition is discussed in detail below, but because this text
appears to be virtually unknown in the scholarly literature I include it in my
bibliographic account here. Unlike the first edition, the edition of 1647
100
contains page numbers—Arabic numerals centered on the top of the page—
from pages 2 through 68; an unnumbered “69th” page contains a brief listing
of errata.
The text of the second edition occupies 36 leaves. The page size is
approximately 14.5 cm wide by 19.0 cm high, with the printed text occupying
approximately 10.2 cm × 16.6 cm (including catchword) of each page. The
book includes 9 signatures, A-H and J, labeled as follows: Page 1 = A ij; page
3 = A iij; page 7 = B, etc., through page 67 = J iij. Four font sizes are
prevalent, used generally to reproduce the clear, hierarchical presentation of
the 1st edition.
The 1647 edition of Bergkordnung Norwegen appears to be even rarer
than the 1540 edition. The copies of the first two editions of the
Bergkordnung Norwegen that I have been able to locate are tabulated below:
101
Known copies and editions of the Bergkordnung Norwegen, 1st edition (Zwickau, 1540)
Location
Copenhagen
(1)
Copenhagen
(2)
Freiberg
(1)
Royal Library (Det
Kongelige
Bibliotek)
University Library
Cat. no., web
link
http://rex.kb.dk/;
Cat. no.
002125724
-
Comments
Cited by Claus
Cited by Claus
Bergakademie TUFreiberg, GeorgiusAgricola-Bibliothek
Bergakademie
Freiberg
Cat. no. XIV
39.4o
Cited by Claus
Cat. no. XIV 146
Jena
Thüringer
Universitäts- und
Staatsbibliothek
Cat. no. 4 Bud.
Var. 558;
http://jenopc4.th
ulb.uni-jena.de
Leipzig
Universitätsbibliothek Leipzig
Munich
Bayerische
Staatsbibliothek
Nürnberg
Stadtbibliothek
Nürnberg
Cat. no.
3443774;
Dt.Pr.R. 320 x;
http://www.bszbw.de
4o Metall. 7 m;
http://www.cerl.
org/HPB
http://www.stadt
bibliothek.nuern
berg.de/; Solg.
2117.4o
http://wgate.bibs
ys.no/search/
-
Basis of present edition;
missing Signature A;
bound together with
XIV 145 (Ursprung); ex
libris Werner
Cited by Claus and in
HPB; “Golmsberg”
misspelled
“Holfnisbergk” in
library catalog
Cited in HPB and by
Claus (with notation
“Bl. M4 fehlt”)
Freiberg
(2)
Oslo
National Library –
Oslo
Facsimilia scientia et technical
Norvergica vol. 13. Trondheim:
NTH-Trykk, 1963. Ed. Knut
Thalberg. (Facsimile edition)
Located only via HPB
database
Cited by Claus; cat. no.
“6. Beiband” in
Solg.2117.4o verified
by letter 9/27/05
Facsimile reproduction
in 1000 copies; checked
against Freiberg (2)
copy in my preparation
of present edition
Table 1.3 Copies and editions of Bergkordnung Norwegen, 1st and 2nd editions
102
Table 1.3 Copies and editions of Bergkordnung Norwegen (continued)
Known copies and editions of the Bergkordnung Norwegen, 2nd edition (Copenhagen, 1647)
Location
Copenhagen
Oslo
Det Kongelige
Bibliotek
National Library Oslo
TrondUniversitetsheim
biblioteket i
Trondheim
British Library, London. (Microfilm
version)
Cat. no., web
link
Cat. no.: Nge.
4514 4o;
http://www.kb.d
k/kb/
http://wgate.bibs
ys.no/search/
LibR Oct. 5295;
http://wgate.bibs
ys.no/search/
Cat. no.
Mic.A.9185;
http://blpc.bl.uk/
103
Comments
-
Made from the copy in
Royal Library,
Copenhagen; used for
present edition
The Bergkordnung Norwegen: Summary of contents
The Bergkordnung Norwegen of 1540 begins with a dedicatory letter
from King Christian III. The mining regulations, he explains, shall bring
order and justice to the pursuit of mining in his realm. He has sought the
advice of mining experts and brought the document to press. Any legal issue
not covered in these regulations is deferred to the old, established mining
laws and customs of Saxony. The king assures his protection to those mining
in Norway. He outlines certain “freedoms” to miners in a second letter—
again with reference to Saxon precedents and practices—after asserting that
rich ores have been found in the realm. Hans Glaser is appointed royal
manager of mines (Bergmeister).
Glaser was born around 1480 and from 1515 is documented as a
mining official in and around Schneeberg, an important mining center in the
Erzgebirge. He was called to Norway in 1538 and was named to the post of
mine master on October 17 following an exploratory trip sponsored by the
King. Among gifts that he had presented to the King was allegedly a written
draft of a mining code. Glaser returned to Schneeberg to hire miners,
offering attractive incentives given the distance and foreignness of the
Norwegian work location. He also arranged for the creation of a mine court
and the legal code for Norway. Life and work for Glaser and the German
miners he attracted to Norway were hard; his achievement has been called an
“act of pioneering of the highest order” (“Pioniertat ersten Ranges”). After
104
several years in Norway, Glaser was summoned back to Germany, but due to
ill health he had to refuse; he died in late 1545 in Norway (Matthes 8-10).
The text of the Bergkordnung Norwegen is divided into four parts.
The first part describes the duties of the various mining officials. The listing
is hierarchical in reverse, beginning with the highest-ranking officials and
working down to the common laborers. Part two is by far the lengthiest
section, surveying the logistics and affairs of the mines proper—prospecting,
claiming, and working them. Part three covers drainage and ventilation
tunnels, without which deep underground mines could not be developed and
worked successfully. The fourth part, finally, describes the legal aspects of
smelting the ores to obtain the precious metals contained in them. The clear
and logical presentation of the subject matter is novel in the history of mining
codes as far as I can discern. Earlier mining regulations—including our own
Freiberg ‘A’, Iglau, Freiberg ‘B’, and the important Annaberg code of
1509—generally contained subject headings, but these tended to be vague
and often inaccurate. The overarching four-part structure in Bergkordnung
Norwegen is especially helpful to guide the reader in the text.
Although a German readership was anticipated, to a certain degree
Beuther seems to have anticipated an audience unfamiliar with mining. This
could have included Norwegian natives or inexperienced Saxons recruited for
the Norwegian operations. In many passages in the text, Beuther expends
effort to instruct in great detail—on a level that might have struck some
readers as pedantic. Consider, for example, the job description of the mine
105
foreman (Schichtmeister) in [BN I,11]. Instructions on purchasing mine
supplies include a list of all those supplies: “tallow, iron spikes, rope, ore
cradles, buckets, wood posts, boards, nails…” Persons familiar with mining
even peripherally probably would not have required this exacting treatment.
A similar example is noted in [BN II,61], where the mine manager’s
jurisdiction for punishing wrong-doers is enumerated at length: “at the mines,
underground in the mine, on paths and walkways…, the smelting huts,” etc.
These explicit details are also instructive for us, separated as we are by
several centuries from the subjects being described.
The seventeenth-century editions of the Norwegian Bergkordnung
The 2nd edition of Bergkordnung Norwegen was sponsored by King
Christian IV (1588-1648) in 1647, shortly before his death. In 1630, Christian
IV had asked the Electoral Prince of Saxony to send him some mining
specialists from Freiberg—which by now had a mining academy—to the
newly-discovered silver deposits at Kongsberg, Norway, hence in effect
replicating Christian III’s attempt to develop mining with German help a
century before. Christian IV had high hopes for silver mining in Norway and
was heavily involved in managing the affairs of state, so his sponsoring of a
reprint of his grandfather’s mining code in 1647 does not surprise us.
Boldt asserts that Christian IV’s version of Christian III’s mining code
was reprinted in “slightly revised form” (Norwegische 26). This is an
understatement. Although represented on the title page as a reprint of the
106
1540 code, the 1647 text in fact represents a substantial revision; this will be
discussed in detail below. Further, Christian IV caused some legal
ambiguities by separately issuing a number of ordinances that were sometimes
contradictory to the code, so that upon his death in 1648 one could say that
there was no unified mining law in Norway (Norwegische 26-27).
The final edition of the Norwegian mining code was produced in 1698.
As discussed above in connection with Haselberg, Zunner’s compilation
Corpus juris… contained versions not only of Haselberg’s Ursprung but also
the Norwegian Bergkordnung. Zunner tacitly appended the 1647 edition of
the Norwegian text to Gross’s 1616 compilation, Ursprung und Ordnungen
der Bergwerge. Zunner omits the publication details from the title page—
Copenhagen: Martzaniana, 1647—and the errata from 1647 (without
correcting said errors!). Otherwise, the 1647 text is reproduced almost exactly.
It is worthy noting, finally, that there was also a translation of the
1647 version into Latin in 1776, prepared in conjunction with a biography of
King Christian III (Krags & Stephanius, vol. 1).
Review of Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht and Bergkordnung Norwegen in
their historical context
To review the above discussion in brief, I conclude this section by
providing a graphical representation of the two books under study in their
textual-historical context. All items are labeled with letters in square
brackets, e.g., [a], which are keyed to a text summary that follows. In the
107
figure, specific texts are indicated in rectangles; areas of knowledge or
general oral/textual traditions, in ovals:
108
Experience &
observation as
basis for metal mining [a]
Development of medieval
German legal practices,
“Gewohnheitsrecht”,
“Berggebräuche” [b]
Classical/
medieval
metallurgical
traditions, e.g.,
Albertus
Magnus [l]
Freiberg
code ‘A’
(13th-14th
c.) [c]
C. Entzelt, De re
metallica (1551) [t]
Iglau code
(13th-14th
c.) [d]
Freiberg ‘B’
(14th c.) [e]
German
presence/
influence on
mining in
Norway [j]
“Bergbüchlein”
editions:
B2 - 1505
B3 - 1518
B6 - 1534 [n]
Der Ursprung
gemeynner
Berckrecht (ed.
Haselberg, 153558) [i]
Other 15th–16th c.
German mining
legal texts [f]
Annaberg
code (1509)
[g]
Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein” B1
(ca. 1500) [m]
Waldenburg/Meissen
treaty (1407) [h]
Ursprung und
Ordnungen der
Bergwerge (ed.
Gross, 1616)
I. (Haselberg’s)
Ursprung [q]
Bergkordnung
Norwegen, 1540
[k]
2nd edition, Copenhagen 1647 [r]
Corpus Juris & Systema
rerum metallicarum (ed.
Zunner, 1698)
[Bergkordnung Norwegen
appended as item X. to
Ursprung und Ordnungen]
[s]
“Bergnamen”
(glossary) added
to
“Bergbüchlein”
B3 – 1518 [o]
Legal codes added to Gross:
II. Joachimsthal (1548)
III. Schlackenwald etc. (1548)
IV. Hengst etc. (1548)
V. Sächsische Bergordnung
(1573)
VI. Eibenstock (1534)
VII. Niederösterreich (1553)
VIII. Braunschweig-Lüneburg
(1593)
IX. Hohenstein (1576) [p]
1st German translation
of Entzelt’s De re
metallica [u]
Other texts added to Zunner:
- “Institutiones metallicae”
- M. Deucerus
- A. Schönberg’s
“Berginformationen”
- “Redens-Arten bey Bergund Schmeltz-Wercken” [v]
Continuatio, 1703 [w]
Figure 1.1: Der Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht and the Bergkordnung
Norwegen in the context of early German mining literature
109
The texts illustrated on the chart fall into two major subject areas:
Mining laws and technical treatises on metals and mining. The two subjects
would be merged in Haselberg’s Ursprung and the 17th-century compendia. I
shall summarize the development of the laws first, then consider the technical
treatises.
Metal mining developed in Germany during the Middle Ages, first in
the Harz mountains, its techniques based on inherited practice and empirical
observation [a]. The importance of mining and the value of metals prompted
the establishment of formalized mining customs and practices that would be
initially transmitted orally but reduced to writing in the later Middle Ages [b].
The earliest known mining code preserved in manuscript form in Saxony was
the first Freiberg code (or “Freiberg ‘A’”) [c], which in turn would influence
the composition of the Iglau code [d]. The later Freiberg code (‘B’)
comprised a synthesis of Freiberg ‘A’ and Iglau [e]. Paralleling the rise of
mining and the spread of printing, additional mining laws were composed for
other mining localities in the Saxon and Bohemian Erzgebirge [f],
culminating in the important Annaberg code of 1509 [g]. Some texts took the
form of treaties or contracts such as the Waldenburg/Meissen text of 1407 [h].
Working in the 1530s, Haselberg gathered a number of early mining
legal texts for publication in his Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht [i],
including items [c], [d], [e], and [h] in their entirety and a passage pertaining
to mining officials and oaths from [g].
110
German miners were active in Norway around this same time [j], and
the mining code for Norway, Bergkordnung Norwegen [k], was largely
derived from the content of the Annaberg code [g].
Classical/alchemical theories and accounts of metals (via Pliny,
Albertus Magnus) [l] held sway during the 15th and 16th centuries, and were
combined with lived mining experience and wisdom by Ulrich Rülein von
Kalbe around 1500 in his “Bergbüchlein” [m]. The “Bergbüchlein” went
through several editions in the following four decades [n], including addition
of a glossary of mining/smelting terminology added to the 3rd edition of 1518
[o]. A reprint of the “Bergbüchlein” (with the glossary) was included by
Haselberg in his Ursprung [i], along with the mining laws mentioned above.
Agricola’s works in Latin from the 1530s-1550s surveyed the entire
field of contemporary metal mining. His works, however, mostly postdate
Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen and do not figure explicitly into them
or into the 17th-century compilations.
In 1616, Gross’ publishing house in Leipzig collected and published a
large number of 16th-century German mining codes [p], positioning a reprint
of Ursprung first in the compilation. The Gross collection was titled
Ursprung vnd Ordnungen der Bergwerge [q], expanding on the name that
Haselberg had used for his collection.
The Bergkordnung Norwegen of 1540 went through a 2nd,
significantly revised edition in 1647 [r].
111
The largest collection of mining texts from the pre-modern age was
produced by Zunner in Frankfurt in 1698. Zunner’s Corpus juris et systema
rerum metallicarum [s] reproduced Gross in its entirety—without attributing
its source, and adding our Bergkordnung Norwegen (1647 edition) as the
tenth (X.) item to the nine original selections from Gross. Corpus juris…
contained the first and only German translation of the 16th century lapidary
De re metallica by Entzelt [t]-[u], and a host of other texts on mining,
metallurgy, and mining law [v]. Zunner’s compilation was reprinted in a
slightly expanded form with a Continuatio a few years later [w].
In the preceding sections I have presented two books from the early
German literature on metal mining in their historical context. I turn now to
an exploration of two interpretive themes relating to the form, content, and
impact of Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen. The first of these themes
is discussed under the title, “compilation of technical information,” and
explores the various anthologizing strategies associated with the two books in
their historical context. Second, under the heading, “change and continuity,”
I compare and contrast the different versions or historical stages of the texts.
The texts as printed in Ursprung will be found to embody substantially
flawed or corrupted versions of the texts collected, when compared and
contrasted against their earlier versions. The Bergkordnung Norwegen from
1540, on the other hand, underwent a very different transformation in its
second edition in 1647, being substantially revised and expanded in
phraseology. If the analysis of compilation practices generates a positive
112
valuation for the books in the history of technical communication, the second
point of analysis is likely to have the opposite impact.
1.6 Compilation of Technical Information: Accumulation of knowledge and
the formation of a text type in Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen
Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht is the first printed compendium of
texts on mining and mining law. Bergkordnung Norwegen is the first mining
law commissioned in Germany for use in another country (Koch 28). My
analysis in this section will review the compilation of technical (legal,
“scientific”) information within and among the various versions of Ursprung
and Bergkordnung Norwegen in their histories-in-print. I shall explore the
varieties of compilatory or “anthologizing” steps that are evident in the
histories of these texts. By doing so, I hope to outline some distinctive
characteristics and identify some developmental stages of the pre-modern
technical compilation or compendium as a distinct and meaningful text type
or genre, as witnessed in/with the texts under study here. The word “genre”
might be more familiar than the phrase “text type” but carries the risk of
association with poetic/literary works, which are not the subject of the
present study.
By “compilation” I mean here the gathering of texts (or portions
excerpted from larger texts) not written by the compiler and assembling them
into a novel collection or compendium of texts, the novel form assuming a
distinctive identity as a cohesive whole in its own right (Connolly, “Ulrich
113
Rülein’s” 350-57; cf. Pahta & Taavitsainen 2). The collections published by
Haselberg, Gross, and Zunner have been discussed at length above; the
following analysis builds on that discussion and attempts to delineate a
framework by which to better understand the nature of these works in their
historical contexts.
Crossgrove observes that textual studies are generally carried out on
the level of the “single text” (77). He points out, however, that in doing so
we risk superimposing modern unifying assumptions and definitions on the
texts that we study—and that most medieval writers were not “authors” so
much as compilers. In the pre-print era, it is uncommon for a single “work”
to comprise the only text bound up in a volume. Manuscript books were
copied—often compiled from various source texts—with the needs and
wishes of the intended recipient in mind (77). Crossgrove pinpoints the 15th
century as a time of dramatically increased production of textual
compilations (“Sammel- und Kompilationseifer”) in manuscript form based
on a growing desire for knowledge and reading material (115).
A recent collection of papers on the medieval miscellany edited by
Nichols & Wenzel offers studies of possible collective meanings and modes
of coherence underlying multiple texts gathered in single codices. The
approach—labeled “materialist philology”—considers the constituent texts in
manuscripts in their co-textual configurations to seek an overarching unity of
content or utility if not form. A given manuscript may “present its text(s)
according to its own agenda, as worked out by the person who planned and
114
supervised the production of the manuscript” (2). Though specific to a
certain type of medieval manuscript, this line of inquiry is suggestive for the
print medium as well.
Moving into the 16th and 17th centuries, we encounter similar
motivations and complexities associated with the collection, publication,
dissemination, and republication of the printed texts Ursprung and
Bergkordnung Norwegen. These issues belie a simple definition of our two
books as single, unchanging scientific “works” of the pre-modern age.
Starting on the most elemental level, insofar as “texts” are understood
as verbal as well as written discourses, there is a process of collection or
compilation underlying most of the contents of Ursprung and Bergkordnung
Norwegen. Certainly the early mining codes collect and summarize in
written form the extensive sets of miners’ customs and patterns of royal
involvement in mines that had developed over centuries—and had existed as
oral tradition or “pre-textual” practices in the field. Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein”
collects the empirical observations gained through generations of successful
mining in Saxony and couples them with classical wisdom on the nature of
metals. The glossary called the “Bergnamen” constitutes a rich and
pragmatic gathering of terminology useful in mining. The Bergkordnung
Norwegen imposes novel order and structure onto earlier written/printed laws.
In sum, most of the texts featured in this study themselves represent
syntheses or reconfigurations of information for reference and edification;
there is virtually no component of creatively generated, novel “content.” The
115
“artistic” or cultural accomplishment of Haselberg, Beuther/Meyerpeck,
Gross, and Zunner lies in their works’ utility as databases, in their success at
choosing and uniting in print texts of high informational value to their
readership.
As noted in section 1.4, there are a couple of compilatory steps
underlying some of the texts in Ursprung. First, we saw that the first mining
code in Ursprung, Freiberg ‘B’, is largely an amalgam of Iglau and Freiberg
‘A’. As traced by Ermisch in his archival studies of the 1880s, these three
codes were repeatedly concatenated in this sequence in the manuscript
tradition. The “Bergnamen” were published starting with the 3rd edition of
the “Bergbüchlein” of 1518 by an unknown author (most certainly not
Rülein). The successive editions of the “Bergbüchlein” do not retain any
publication information from earlier editions, and Ursprung is actually based
on the 6th edition from 1534. These details were most probably unknown or
unnoticed by Haselberg but are interesting bits of information for us in
tracing how different types of technical information are gathered and
propagated in print.
We turn now to Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht to reflect in more
detail on its status and nature as a compilation. It was observed above that
Haselberg’s title page is filled with a very lengthy title, about a dozen lines
on the printed page ([1r]). The short form, “Ursprung gemeynner
Berckrecht,” has long served as a convenient truncation. Unfortunately,
however, use of the short form distorts the true scope of the compilation. The
116
“origin of common mining laws” that Haselberg is presenting resides in the
first four selections in the anthology—the two Freiberg codes, the Iglau code,
and the treaty of Meissen/Waldenburg. Careful parsing of the full title (page)
shows, however, that Haselberg presents a grammatical balance between the
old mining codes that start off the collection and the second major portion:
“Auch ein anzeygung der clüfft vnd geng des Metallischen ärtz…” (“Also a
guide to stringers and veins of metallic ore…”). Obviously, the latter portion
of the title page corresponds to Haselberg’s version of the “Bergbüchlein.”
In a separate caption that follows, the title page indicates the census of mines
in Bohemia and information on mining officials.
We probably can never know why Haselberg selected exactly the
texts that he selected for Ursprung or where he found them. He might have
had an overarching purpose or plan in mind (a “contribution to knowledge”?)
with the compendium, but given Haselberg’s career and the lack of technical
writings in his printed oeuvre, this seems unlikely. Rather, he had probably
witnessed the success and wealth associated with mining in the Erzgebirge at
that time and antipicated a lucrative “market” for textual products on mining.
Haselberg obviously had access to a wide range of texts. His work
with the texts shows a relative lack of technical knowledge, and yet he chose
some of the most relevant earlier mining and legal texts that exist. Haselberg
perhaps had a friend or assistant who did have the knowledge and
recommended the texts that ended up in Ursprung.
117
The “Bergbüchlein” (with “Bergnamen”) would have been an obvious
choice, having been through no fewer than seven printings between 1500 and
1534. For the four early legal texts I postulate that Haselberg transcribed the
texts from a manuscript in an archive or library in Upper Saxony and later
used that transcription in order to create the printed versions in Ursprung.
We do not know for certain, but it seems unlikely that the requisite
manuscript collection for the texts in Ursprung would have been available to
Haselberg outside the Upper Saxon region (e.g., in Strasbourg or Nürnberg)
or that he would have been allowed to take archival texts to the printers’ shop.
It is possible that Haselberg had one or more assistants who performed some
of the steps in acquiring texts and producing Ursprung. As noted above,
however, Haselberg may have been impoverished at this late stage in his life,
so he probably lacked the means to hire assistants for his work.
A key to assessing the compilation Ursprung is its essentially
pragmatic and interdisciplinary nature. On the one hand, since classical times
we find encyclopedic works such as Konrad von Megenberg’s Buch der
Natur, Isidore’s Etymologies, or Pliny’s Natural History—these attempt
comprehensive and systematic presentations of what is known in the natural
order. On the other hand, especially with the advent of print we find various
treatises or Büchlein on specific subject matter (“Bergbüchlein” for metals,
“Probierbüchlein” for smelting/assaying ores, etc.). Haselberg, on the other
hand, has broadened his field of vision to encompass the “Bergbüchlein” as
well as the legal dimensions of mining (the codes; the passages on mining
118
officials and their oaths). The idea of bringing together such disparate texts
strikes me as innovative on Haselberg’s part. It is true that the selections in
Ursprung all pertain to metal mining, but they address very different aspect of
mining. Moreover, the coverage of the various areas is not systematic—
rather, it is pragmatic. Haselberg has identified the key technical knowledge,
activities, and legal issues that a learning miner or prospective investor
should need to know for success in mining, and he has assembled texts to
instruct his readers in these areas.
In his dedicatory letter to the imperial aide Johan Lucas ([1v]),
Haselberg overtly identifies his intended readership. First, the book is
intended for Lucas himself (“E. G. zů ehrn vnnd gefallen”) and probably by
logical extension for a noble/courtly audience generally. But in particular the
book is aimed at miners who might find it useful (“in sonderheyt
Berckleuten”). The word Bergleute should be understood as “miners” in the
broad sense of the word—all persons employed in the mining enterprise, as
laborers, master miners, supervisors, owners, etc. They would find the book
useful for understanding the origins of mining law and how it has “improved”
up to the current day (“von tag zů tag gebessert”), and they would benefit
from the systematic presentation of metals (in the “Bergbüchlein” portion).
Haselberg’s name and illuminating letter to Johan Lucas would not be
retained when Ursprung was reprinted in 1616 (or, by extension, in 1698).
Considering the possible readership of Ursprung is an important if
elusive issue. Of course, in contrast to today we cannot assume predominant
119
literacy among the people. The level of reading for our texts is probably well
articulated in the formula offered by Pahta & Taavitsainen for pre-modern
literacy, “below the classroom but above the street” (10); they posit a
“heterogeneity” of readership for technical texts (in their study, medical texts)
(17). This is probably a fitting assumption for Ursprung— as Haselberg
himself suggests. Estimates of literacy for the 15th to 17th centuries vary.
Some data points collected by Pahta & Taavitsainen include the following
(15): “Fairly advanced” literacy was probably widespread among both male
and female members of the aristocracy. Given the growth of urban society
and the middle class, practical literacy was spreading outside the upper
classes. In one assessment, an estimated 30% of the population in the 15th
century could read and write, and perhaps a higher percentage in the large
urban centers. For the 16th century, Cipolla concludes that illiteracy rates
among adults in Western Europe was “below 50 percent in the towns of the
relatively more advanced areas and above 50 percent in all rural areas as well
as in the towns of the backward areas” (60).
Assessing how or why certain texts or pieces of information were
assembled for publication in the 16th or 17th century is certainly challenging
for us modern readers, biased as we are towards modern textbooks, technical
manuals, or anthologies that tend to present their material in a logical, linear
order, well explained and well documented. By contrast, Ursprung appears
somewhat haphazard and non-linear in structure, with little in the way of
explicit annotation or commentary to impart transparency and cohesion to the
120
collection of texts. The broad scope of the work is outlined in its full title
presented on the title page, but the reader is left to pick and choose, to read
through and locate the pertinent passages, in order to impart order and
meaning to the work as he or she needs it.
The next step in our consideration of “anthologizing practices”
associated with the texts under study is perhaps an unconventional one,
because it goes beyond the role of the compiler/publisher in creating books to
document an active role for the reader and/or bookbinder in the process of
compiling technical texts as well.
The rare books collection in the library at the Technical University
(“Bergakademie”) Freiberg contains a copy of Ursprung from the library of
famed Freiberg geologist Abraham Gottlob Werner (1749-1817). In June,
1999 I found that this copy of Ursprung was bound together with one of the
few known copies of the Bergkordnung Norwegen. The binding cannot be
dated with precision, but the two volumes appear to have been bound together
at an early stage to form a single volume. Was the binding together of these
two booklets purely coincidental? Or might the technical and legal
“background” information compiled in Ursprung have been brought together
intentionally by a pre-modern reader with the “newer” information
synthesized in the Norwegian mining code?
Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen each have intrinsic value and
interest in their own right for the history of early mining literature. However,
my study of the two texts in tandem also mirrors the curious physical
121
circumstance of the copies found bound together in Freiberg. And through
my research I have learned that at least two other copies of Ursprung were
combined with other mining codes in similar fashion (though not the
Norwegian Bergkordnung). One is reported in the literature as coming from
Prague; the other is located in Dresden.
The Freiberg exemplar represents an enigmatic witness to the history
of the Bergkordnung Norwegen. This copy of the Norwegian text is missing
the first gathering (“A”) of four leaves, i.e., fols. [1r]-[4v]—the title page,
Danish royal letter of dedication, and statement of mining “freedoms.” For
the sake of completeness I have supplied the passages from [1r] to [4v] in my
edition and translation from a complete copy of the text.
In lieu of the ‘A’ gathering, the final single sheet from signature M,
fol. 48, is moved to the front in the bound Freiberg copy. This page contains
no text but only the woodcut print of the Danish-Norwegian coat-of-arms,
repeated from the title page of the Bergkordnung Norwegen. The Freiberg
object represents an imperfect exemplar of the textual product. It might
reflect a penultimate stage in the preparation of the final version, or it is
perhaps an incomplete copy assembled from “left-overs” from the printing
process lacking the first gathering. Because the Norway-specific prefatory
materials are absent, it is possible that the creator of this exemplar had no
interest or involvement in Norwegian mining per se, but rather was only
interested in the general instruction in prevalent Saxon practices and
regulations gathered there.
122
In the 1880s, the distinguished miner and geologist Heinrich von
Dechen (1800-1889) produced the first critical edition of Rülein’s
“Bergbüchlein,” using the 1539 edition B9 as his base text (Pieper 173-174).
His study of the “Bergbüchlein” includes the first modern scholarly and
bibliographic account of Haselberg’s Ursprung. Dechen recounts that two
colleagues from Prague (G. C. Laube and Peter Ritter von Bibus) lent him a
copy of a work bearing the title “Der Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht” (47).
He proceeds to describe the contents of Ursprung insofar as they were
understood at that time (47-48). After quoting the attribution to Haselberg on
[44r] that marks the end of Ursprung, “Durch Johan Haselberger auß der
Reichenaw/ in durck verordnet,” Dechen proceeds to describe two texts that
follow in the bound collection.
Dechen names a mining code from 1532 “obviously related in
content” to the preceding text—in Dechen’s transcription, “Ordenung des
freyen vnd löblichen bergkwercks in Sant Joachimsthal.” The numbering of
signatures starts over with ‘A’, and the colophon for the St. Joachimsthal
mining code reads “Gedruckt tzů Nürmberg durch Friderich Peypuß. Jm Jar
M. D. xxxij.” (48). Dechen notes that the title page contains a woodcut of the
coat-of-arms for the Saxon Count Stefan von Schlick. This is in fact one
printing in a known sequence of editions of the mining laws for the town of
St. Joachimsthal first published in 1518 (Koch 27). Koch’s bibliography
documents a succession of four editions, printed in 1518, 1532, 1542, and
1548, respectively:
123
•
“Ordnung des freyen und löbl. Bergwerks in St. Joachimsthal, erlaßen
von Stephan Schlick 1518. Nürnberg 1532.” (Koch #357; emphasis
added—this is the text noted by Dechen.)
•
“Bergkordnung des freyen löblichen Bergkwerks Sanct Joachimsthal
auffs newe gebessert anno Domini MDXLI. Mainz 1542.” (#34) [The
text was completed in 1541 and published in 1542 (Koch 27).]
•
“Bergkordnung des freyen Königlichen Bergkwercks Sanct
Joachimsthal. Auffs newe gebessert. Zwickau 1548.” (#35) [This
version would serve as the source of one of the texts gathered in
Gross’ compilation of 1616 and thence Zunner/1698. It was printed by
Meyerpeck, who also produced our Bergkordnung Norwegen.]
In addition, Dechen reports a third text bound into the Prague
exemplar of Ursprung, a contract between Count von Schlick and local miners,
“Aufgerichte handlung zu notdurft vnd forderung des Bergkwerges bneben
zuuor angenomner vnd außgegangner Ordnung/ Jn S. Joachims Thale.” This
text was also printed by Peypus in Nürnberg in 1532: “Gedruckt zů
Nürmberg durch Friderich Peypus. M. D. XXXij.”
Despite extensive library catalog searches and inquiries, to date I have
not been able to locate the volume Dechen described. Mendels in researching
her dissertation in the 1950s similarly had no success in locating it
(“Bergbüchlein” x).
Hence we find in Dechen’s detailed study a second documented
instance of Ursprung bound together with legal mining texts of more current,
124
localized relevance. In Ermisch’s discussion of Dechen, then, I was alerted to
a third case involving the copy of Ursprung in Dresden.
Ermisch challenges Dechen’s dating of Ursprung to 1532, which
Dechen had asserted by analogy to the two co-bound texts discussed above.
To emphasize this point, Ermisch observes that the Dresden exemplar of
Ursprung has, in similar fashion, other texts bound together with it (cx-cxi),
most notably the Annaberg Bergordnung of 1509 in its 1520 reprint (cf. Koch
#30). Given the central importance of the Annaberg regulations for
subsequent German mining law, it is perhaps surprising that this text was not
one of the texts taken up in Gross/1616 or Zunner/1698.
Ermisch notes additionally the presence of some other texts bound to
the Dresden volume containing Ursprung. A letter from the state/university
library in Dresden (dated Sept. 6, 2005) confirms a total of six additional
printed documents contemporary with Haselberg bound into this exemplar, in
the following order after Ursprung. I list these below; the exact titles are not
so important as the more general observation that we have once again a
gathering of early legal texts on mining—including several on mintage of
coins—in a constellation where the Ursprung was “canonically” placed first to
set the stage for the other texts:
•
“Disz ist Bergkrecht in unser herrn der Margkgrauen zu Meissen landt/
unnd was darzu gehörig ist.” (“Meissen mining law,” no date or printer
listed, ca. 55 pages.)
125
•
The Annaberg Bergordnung referenced above, under the title,
“Bergkordenung mit etzlichen vil newen artickeln, welche die aldenn
tzum teyle auffheben ond tzum teyle deuten ond erkleren.” (The
colophon reads: “Tzum Leyptzik gedruckt Melchior Lotter”; the copy
is undated but “1519” has been inserted in pencil; ca. 90 pages.)
•
“Des Churfursten und Herzog Georgen zu Sachsen etc. Muntz
Ordnung.” (Mintage law printed in Dresden in 1534, but the printer is
not named; 18 pages.)
•
“Gemeine stimmen von der Muntz/ und ob es dem Hawsze und
Furstenthum zu Sachssen Ehrlicher und zutreglicher sey die alte guthe
Müntz zubehalten/ oder geringere anzunehmen.” (A discussion of
mintage issues, with the colophon: “Gedrugkt zu Dreszden durch
Wolffgang Stöckel. M D XXX.”; 14 pages.)
•
“Die Müntz Belangende Antwort und bericht: der furnemesten punct
und Artikel/ auff das Büchlein/ do der Müntzhalben/ in der Chur und
Fursten zu Sachssen/ Landen/ mit dem Titel/ Der Gemeinen stymmen/
jdoch sunder namen/ kürtzlich im druck ausgangen ist/ von denen so
dagegen die wolfart der Lande/ aus unterthenickeit auch wol meinen.
Anno Domini. M. D. XXX.” (A “response” to the previous text, with
the colophon: “Gedruckt zu Wittemberg durch Georgen Eham.” 58
pages.)
•
“Die New gegebene Bergkfreyheit ober die Vichtelbergischen
Ertzgebirge.” (Mining “freedoms” declaration for the Fichtel
126
mountains; colophon: “Gedruckt zu Zwickaw durch Wolffgang
Meyerpeck. Im Jare/ M. D. L.” 14 pages.)
Hence we have a third case of Ursprung placed first in a bound
collection of texts relating to mining. Finding one example of such a
binding/compilation would seem a curious anomaly (Freiberg); a second
example (Prague), a coincidence. But a third example seems suggestive of a
larger trend. We start to discern a pattern of usage among recipients/readers
of Haselberg’s Ursprung, of ad hoc creation of textual constellations
instigated by users’ needs and priorities.
Of course, a problem in the above analysis is our inability to date the
bindings precisely. If we postulate, however, that the collections of texts date
from the 16th or even the 17th century, the three cases documented above
would seem to indicate a more than coincidental perception of utility in
combining Ursprung with other mining laws to complement or contextualize
them. Given the importance of the Freiberg and Iglau mining laws and of the
“Bergbüchlein” in the early mining literature, the desirability of combining
these with other, more regionally specific texts is easy to imagine. Knowing
(from section 1.4 above) that Ursprung would be republished in 1616 and
again in 1698 as the first text in a sequence of mining codes makes the three
cases described above all the more intriguing.
The three documented bindings of Ursprung with other mining
codes—Ursprung + Bergkordnung Norwegen (1540), Ursprung + St.
Joachimsthal etc., and Ursprung + Annaberg etc.—seem to represent
127
“experiments in compilation” or “transition states” that anticipate the
substantial collections of Ursprung plus other texts that would be published in
the 17th century. There seems to have been a perceived conceptual and
pragmatic affinity between (a) the historical context and technical
information provided in Ursprung and (b) the contemporary regional
embodiments of laws and practices in the adjoined text(s).
The act of compilation being documented here is not “authorial” or
even “editorial” (in the sense of an editor working with a publisher to create
the printed work). Rather, the instances of textual compilation delineated
above enter the sphere of individual readers or patrons of books and the book
binders who prepare the volumes of interest to their customers. There is
nothing new or surprising about bookbinders creating volumes as directed by
their clientele. But there is something distinctive in the reception and
perception of Ursprung that made it appealing in a specific compilatory cotextual relationship with other mining texts, and in this occurring among
multiple customers. The opportunity to view direct premodern evidence of
the bookbinder’s customer engaged in the act of organizing the information
of interest to him (her?), in a replicated pattern of juxtaposition, seems
elusive, but we have perhaps been able to do so here. A few case studies
have moved us beyond the theoretical realm of reader reception to witness
actual text recipients’ behaviors with their books.
Again, the individual cases of Ursprung bound together with other
texts rehearse the editorial decision 80 years after Haselberg’s work, in the
128
Leipzig workshop of Gross, to preposition the compilation before a sequence
of eight mining codes documenting 16th century legal practice across the
German-speaking lands. In addition to documents focused on silver mining,
these would include tin mining regulations as well.
The title of Gross’s collection from 1616, Ursprung vnd Ordnungen
der Bergwerge, is a succinct and accurate depiction of the contents. First is
the text Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht as section I, then sections II-IX
comprise the individual Ordnungen. Koch, quoting Pieper, calls Gross’
volume a “repetition and continuation” of Haselberg’s Ursprung (Koch 72,
Pieper 166). This characterization is understated, however, as Ursprung und
Ordnungen represents a huge increase over the volume of information in
Haselberg’s work from the previous century. Gross’ Ursprung und
Ordnungen is around 300 pages in length, in a large folio format, compared
to the approximately 90 pages, in smaller 4o, of Haselberg. The Gross
compilation from 1616 is the largest anthology of mining laws that had been
published to that date—and it would remain so until the appearance of
Zunner’s compilation at the end of the 17th century. The content and
dimensions of Haselberg’s collection suggest a field guide for active use and
quick reference. By contrast, Gross’ collection seems intended as an
encyclopedic work for study and scholarship.
One of the important factors in the history of book production is the
provision of textual mechanisms to facilitate the reader’s “navigation” within
the text—chapter and section headings, tables of content, alphabetical index,
129
etc. Parkes has described these developments in the manuscript books of the
later Middle Ages, tracing a gradual trend towards clarity of organization (or
ordinatio) of the materials. Significant advances in Gross over Haselberg
include the addition of a detailed table of contents at the beginning and a
comprehensive alphabetical index at the end of Ursprung vnd Ordnungen.
The table of contents occupies two unnumbered pages ([2r]-[2v]) and is
transcribed as Appendix E. The index is 16 pages long.
Moving ahead to the end of the 17th century, we find the final edition
of Ursprung, a reprint in Corpus juris et systema rerum metallicarum,
produced by the press of Johann David Zunner in Frankfurt in 1698. Gross’
collection of 1616 had represented an approximately four-fold increase over
the volume of Haselberg’s work. The Zunner anthology Corpus juris…, in
turn, represents approximately a doubling of the volume of Gross.
Gross’ anthology had been devoted almost exclusively to mining laws.
Zunner not only expands on the volume of Gross but also on the subject
matter and scope of the earlier anthology, adding more general treatises on
metals and mining, large glossaries, etc.
As a text type, corpus (Latin for “body”) refers generally to a
compilation or collection—especially with reference to laws (juris), starting
with the 6th century collection of Roman civil law Corpus juris civilis. There
were numerous corpora juris compiled and used in Europe from the 13th
through 19th centuries (Lexikon, “Corpus”). The majority of the Zunner
corpus is indeed legal texts, but a large number of strictly technical or
130
“scientific” texts is included also, hence the innovative addition, systema
rerum metallicarum, forming the second half of Zunner’s title. The pattern
established by Haselberg of combining legal and scientific mining texts was
replicated on a truly grand scale in Zunner’s Corpus juris….
We recall the surprising discovery, discussed above, of the copy of
Haselberg’s Ursprung bound together with the Bergkordnung Norwegen in
the university library at Freiberg. I went on to postulate a pattern of
perceived affinity among Haselberg’s readers between Ursprung and other
mining texts. This affinity would be replicated in the anthology Ursprung
und Ordnung published in 1616. It is an interesting coincidence, then, to
discover the Bergkordnung Norwegen published in Zunner’s Corpus juris…,
supplementing the reprint of Gross as the “tenth” (“X.”) item in the collection
of mining laws.
It is important to note that Zunner used a copy of the second edition
of the Bergkordnung Norwegen from Copenhagen in 1647 rather than the
first edition from 1540. The presentation of the Norwegian text in Zunner
illustrates how elusive it can be to attempt dating or tracing the history of a
text between or among early editions. First, it takes a careful eye and
substantial library resources even to discover that Zunner tacitly and
seamlessly added the Bergkordnung Norwegen to Gross’ collection, as if it
had belonged there in the earlier collection as well.
Corpus juris... does present most of the title page from the second
edition of Bergkordnung Norwegen, which identifies the edition as a revision
131
of the original authorized by King Christian IV (“wiederumb… etwas
deutlicher gegeben und auffgelegt”; cf. Appendix F). However, the location
and date of publication (Copenhagen, 1647) are omitted. Corpus juris…
includes the materials from Christian III, bearing the dates 1539-40.
However, these texts had been rewritten almost beyond recognition from the
1st edition. As noted above, the attribution in the 1540 edition to Beuther and
Meyerpeck had disappeared in the 1647 edition.
To review, I have used two texts from the late 1530s, Haselberg’s
Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht and the Bergkordnung Norwegen printed by
Meyerpeck, to document some of the ways and means by which technical
(scientific, legal) information was collected, disseminated, re-collected, and
re-disseminated in the 16th and 17th centuries. We have, to quote McKenzie,
witnessed “illustration[s] of the transmission of texts as the creation of the
new versions which form, in turn, the new books” (21). The books by
Haselberg and Beuther/Meyerpeck can themselves be interpreted as products
of information gathering and synthesis. Isolated exemplars of Haselberg’s
Ursprung bound together with one or more other mining laws—such as the
Bergkordnung Norwegen—seem to indicate a perceived relevance of the
older, broader information in Ursprung to complement texts of more
localized or regional focus. And the perception of value in these texts seems
to have extended through the 17th century, as witnessed in the successive
reprints of Gross/1616 and Zunner/1698.
132
In all steps of textual transmission examined here, it always appears
to be the case a later edition is based solely on its immediate predecessor and
never with reference to or use of two or more earlier versions. In other words,
Ursprung in Zunner/1698 is based only on Gross/1616; Gross/1616 is based
only on Haselberg’s Ursprung; the “Bergbüchlein” in Ursprung was based
only on the 6th edition (B6) from 1534, and so on—with no additional earlier
texts available with which to compare and contrast. The compilation and
expansion of mining knowledge here occurred in a linear sequence of one
text serving as the sole source for the next.
An observation linked to the above is that later versions of texts do
not credit or give full publication information on their earlier (source)
versions. Haselberg(er)’s name disappears from Ursprung in the 1616 and
therefore also in the 1698 reprinting. The author and publisher names from
1540, Beuther and Meyerpeck, disappear from the Bergkordnung Norwegen
in its 2nd edition of 1647 and therefore also in the 1698 version, although
documentation of the original sponsorship by Christian III in 1539-1540 was
retained, albeit in distorted form. In other words, each printed text is partially
or completely “orphaned” from its antecedent in terms of credited authorship
or previous publication information. For these situations, we might
nowadays be tempted to use the terms “piracy” or “plagiarism.” However,
this would reflect modern prejudices regarding the status of authorship and
copyright. Not crediting one’s source is more the norm than the exception in
the early centuries of book printing under study here (cf. Johns, Nature xx).
133
In his book Fachsprachen, Fluck calls on researchers to better
distinguish and characterize the pre-modern technical texts and development
of text types (222). He is especially interested in how pre-modern forms of
technical communication influenced the formation of today’s technical
languages and texts (190). The intertwined histories of Ursprung and the
Bergkordnung Norwegen present a range of “anthologizing practices” or
tendencies that span several centuries and inform our understanding of the
gradual development of technical discourse in its modern embodiments.
To a certain degree, the compilation patterns and practices observed
with Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen fit the definition offered by
Kästner et al. (“‘Dem gmainen Mann’”) of technical compendia
(Fachkompendia), a text type in print that spread rapidly starting in the late
15th century by such authors as Agricola, Paracelsus, Sebastian Münster, and
others. The Fachkompendium is presented as a “special text type” of ENHG
technical prose collected in handbook form, designed to gather and
disseminate specialized knowledge among a wider readership in the
vernacular for the first time (206-07). This was accomplished, according to
Kästner et al., through a number of textual features (rhetorical figures,
inclusion of glossaries, woodcut images, etc.) used to make the information
more readily accessible “to the common man” (“dem gmainen mann”) (20916).
The argument seems forced, however, if Agricola is to be the prime
representative for the mining field—he wrote in Latin (as Kästner et al.
134
acknowledge); his huge tomes can hardly be considered handbooks for
reference by the common man; and he was not the first to write about mining.
Though Haselberg’s inelegant collection can hardly be compared to
Agricola’s masterpiece De re metallica in quality and scope, the
accomplishment of presenting a Fachkompendium of mining to an interested
public would seem more appropriately attributed to Haselberg than to
Agricola. Perhaps one of the things we learn through this discussion is the
conceptual challenge associated with objectifying books with such labels as
“text type” and “technical compendia.”
In exploring the authority of written sources in MHG court epics,
Lofmark makes twin observations that (a) medieval civilization “valued its
books as sources of truth” (11) and (b) “a new book [could not] be more
authoritative than its source” (16). He uses these points to emphasize the
importance of fidelity to one’s source text. Lofmark’s latter point about
“conservation of authority” might offer a point to ponder as we approach the
topic of anthologizing of technical texts here. Perhaps a mindset operational
in the milieu of 16th- and 17th-century technical publishing was, on the one
hand, to preserve the authority of one’s source by reprinting it, but to improve
upon it—advance the cause of knowledge?—by adding texts to it, but in an
uncritical, agglutinative fashion.
The 16th and 17th centuries have been characterized as an “era of
expansion and transformation of text types” in the German language (Hahn
29). In this section we have explored some of the ways in which segments of
135
early textual matter on mining were appropriated and brought together in
successively expanding constellations that we can refer to, on varying levels
and in different ways, as compendia. In doing so we have hopefully gained a
more grounded appreciation for some of the methods and conditions in which
knowledge was “made”—both figuratively and literally—and utilized in the
Early Modern period.
1.7 Transmission of Technical Information: Aspects of change and continuity
in the histories-in-print of Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen
In the above analysis, I have explored how the histories-in-print of the
books Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen afford new insights into
compilation practices and “strategies” for the growth of technical knowledge in
the early period of book printing. Among the texts we found a variety of
“experiments in anthologizing” that were facilitated by the print medium.
Perhaps ironically, in this section I shall explore the “other side of the coin,” so to
speak—loss, degradation, or other textual changes in that same knowledge
through the same set of transmission steps.
A point made in the previous section is important in this context, too: In
all steps of transmission among the texts under study, it appears always to be the
case that a later text is based only on the single immediate predecessor; never with
reference to or use of multiple earlier versions. Any error introduced into a given
version of a text was almost always certain to be propagated through all
subsequent versions.
136
In Haselberg’s Ursprung we found a novel concentration of legal and
scientific information, a database of knowledge reaching back to the medieval
origins of mining law in the Erzgebirge and conveying the state-of-the-art in
knowledge of metals by reprinting Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein.” In the well written
Bergkordnung Norwegen we found the first mining code summarizing German
practices for use in another country. As modern readers we generally expect
printed texts to be stable or “fixed” from one edition to the next. This is one of
the chief virtues that Elizabeth Eisenstein famously associated with the invention
of the printing press—the fixity of printed text over against the corruption and
instability inevitable as medieval manuscripts were transcribed by hand to another
copy, and another, and so on.
In this section I shall consider the relative stability—or lack thereof—
discerned between and among the precursors and the later reprints of Ursprung
and Bergkordnung Norwegen. The analysis will be subdivided into three major
parts, based on the distinctive histories and issues associated with the texts
involved. I will draw upon textual evidence from my editions (Chapters 2 and 3),
and for ease of reference I will utilize the abbreviations from them:
•
The mining codes from Ursprung: (newer) Freiberg ‘B’, Iglau, (older)
Freiberg ‘A’ and the Waldenburg/Meissen treaty—abbreviated FrB, Ig,
FrA, and W/M respectively
•
Haselberg’s version of the “Bergbüchlein,” produced under the title, “Von
erkantnus der Berckwerck”
•
The Bergkordnung Norwegen—abbreviated BN.
137
Ursprung contains the first print edition of the mining codes Freiberg ‘B’,
Iglau, and Freiberg ‘A’. Haselberg himself emphasizes their obscurity (“lange
zeit verdunckelt gewesen” [1v]), and he implies—though without saying so
explicitly—that they have not been made available in print before now. This
would mean that Haselberg—and/or a copyist or typesetter hired by him—worked
from a manuscript version to create the texts in his compilation. As discussed
above, Ermisch documented the existence of many surviving manuscript versions
of these early texts.
In collating the legal texts in Ursprung with Ermisch’s edition, I quickly
discovered a high frequency of errors and omissions in Haselberg’s text. Ermisch
had also noted the relatively high incidence of error in Ursprung but did not
analyze it in detail (Urkundenbuch xxix). There are innumerable orthographic
variants among versions/editions—as noted above, Haselberg updated MHG/East
Central German spellings to ENHG spellings typical of book printing, that was
expanding rapidly in the decades of Martin Luther. The errors to be accounted for
in the present discussion, however, are actual wrong words or phrases over
against the original ones, the results of which errors are degraded technical
information and likely impoverished comprehension of the text.
For example, in one place Ursprung contains the word “here” <hier>
([23r]), which makes no sense in the context; comparison with the manuscriptbased edition by Ermisch shows “beer” <bier>, which is obviously what the
passage is referring to. In another case, Ursprung contains <selbin> (“same,
self”) where the manuscript shows <sieben> (“seven”)—a logical meaning in the
138
context. We can wonder whether—or to what extent—Haselberg’s readers were
capable of inferring and supplying the right word in these places. These types of
“recovered readings” were pervasive in my analysis of the four legal texts that
begin Haselberg’s Ursprung. (By contrast, we will find below that the types and
number of typographical errors are fewer in the portion of Ursprung that reprints
the “Bergbüchlein.”)
This problem was sufficiently persistent in the Freiberg, Iglau, and
Waldenburg/Meissen documents that I have inserted two special symbols, ■ and
□, into the critical apparatus for these texts. The first symbol, ■ , indicates that
the particular word or phrase is sufficiently corrupted in Ursprung that it impedes
or distorts the original meaning. Some of Haselberg’s misreadings—the word
“here” for “beer”, “same” for “seven”—are so grave that his readers probably
found the passages incomprehensible. (Coupled with most instances of ■ is a
designation in the apparatus of the form [* n] where n is a digit keyed to a
corresponding emendation in the English translation.) The symbol □ identifies
cases in which the later versions of Ursprung—those of Gross/1616 and/or
Zunner/1698—contain errors that significantly degrade or distort the meaning
over against Haselberg’s text.
In the 18 pages of Ursprung containing Freiberg ‘B’ ([2r]-[10v]), I find no
fewer than 108 instances of textual degradation noted with ■ in my apparatus.
The reprints of Ursprung by Gross in 1616 and Zunner in 1698, by contrast, are
relatively faithful to Haselberg’s text but also contain some typographical errors
as noted by the symbol □. In Freiberg ‘B’, we find 18 such cases, i.e., a small
139
number compared to the transition from manuscript to print in Haselberg’s
compilation. The assignment of symbols ■ and □ is of course subjective to some
degree; the level of textual alteration that “impedes or distorts the original
meaning” will vary from editor to editor—and from reader to reader. However, I
feel that I have been diligent and consistent in my designations throughout
Haselberg’s four legal tracts.
In effect, my edition with its critical apparatus facilitates the reader’s
direct observation of the textual degradation. The distressed text, annotated with
symbols ■ and □, speaks for itself. However, for the present discussion I present
a large, random selection of these cases of manuscript-to-print shifts or
corruptions in the table below for Freiberg ‘B’. In the table, I provide:
•
The section number from which the example is taken
•
The phrase containing the problem word(s) from Ursprung, with italics
added to emphasize corrupted forms (Note: all examples correspond to
labels ■ in my edition.)
•
The manuscript version given by Ermisch
•
A brief comment in English to explain the passage.
The corresponding phrases in the later versions of Ursprung (i.e., Gross/1616 and
Zunner/1698) are identical, excepting updated orthography in some cases, so I
have not included them in the table.
140
Section
‘Ursprung’ (UgB)
MS (Ermisch edition;
abbrev. Erm)
Von dem lyher, wy der
lyhen sal
1
FrB 2
2
FrB 4
3
FrB 6
4
FrB 8
5
FrB 15
6
FrB 15
7
FrB 17
Von dem lehen/ vnnd
wie man die leihen
soll.
Von erb zů bereyten/
vnnd wie man die
bereytten soll.
wer seine wasser
siech annimpt
strengen auch die
gewercken den stoln
allen denen
entscheiden
welcher dann aber
ertz findet
das heissen rudelffter
lehen
Von erbe czu beryten
und wy man dy buwen
sal
wo er syne wassirseyge
annympt
Brengen ouch dy
gewerkyn den stollen
dy sollen denne daz
entscheiden
Welycher denne er ercz
fyndet
daz heysen endelste
lehen
8
FrB 19
9
FrB 20
von den gengen der
selben lehen
vnder teuffe
von den gengen der
sybyn lehen
yn der tueffe
10
11
FrB 22
FrB 22
Von clage um teyl.
zcu husse unde zu hofe
12
FrB 23
13
FrB 27
14
FrB 28
Von klag vnd teil.
zů bůße/ vnnd zů
hoffe
kleger/ oder
beklagten
zů schanden
kommen
qwemen knie herte
15
16
FrB 32
FrB 36
17
FrB 39
nit ein gebiet
Gehet aber das Ertz
übersich
die weil sie
waltworchten folgen
nycht engybt
Get abir das ercz vor
sych
dy wyle sy waltwerg
phlegen
18
FrB 43
Sie wolden den
lassen
sy wolden den yz lazen
stufensleger
zcu schaden komen
quemen an eyne herte
Table 1.4: Examples of textual change, Freiberg ‘B’
[Emphasis added in italics]
141
Comment
UgB replaces agent
(granter of claims) with
action (granting)
UgB repeats verb
“bereyten” (incorrect)
UgB “who” | Erm “where
he”
UgB “strengen”
nonsensical here
UgB words are
nonsensical
UgB “however” | Erm
“first”
UgB word is invented,
doesn’t exist in mining;
see discussion below of
1616/1698 versions
UgB “same” | Erm
“seven”
UgB “under” | Erm “in
the”
UgB “and” | Erm “about”
UgB “fine, fee” | Erm
“home”
UgB words are wrong in
the context
UgB “shame” | Erm
“damages”
UgB words are
nonsensical; see
discussion below of
1616/1698
See discussion below
UgB “up, above” | Erm
“ahead”
Wrong word
“waltworcht”
(“woodcutter”) repeated
from line above; wrong
verb
See discussion below
The above table is just a small sample of the types of textual problems
created when the Freiberg law was transcribed to print for the first time. We can
speculate on a number of factors that might have contributed to the problems. It
seems likely that Haselberg (and/or those under his employ) did not have
knowledge in the field of mining or mining law. In many cases, the letters
making up “wrong” words in Ursprung are approximately the same size and shape
of those probably found in a manuscript original but are blatantly different in
meaning; e.g., <strengen> ~ <Brengen>, <weit> ~ <wert>, <bůße> ~ <husse>. In
some cases, ambiguous word division issues seem to have caused
misreadings/guesses on Haselberg’s part, e.g., <vnder> ~ <yn der>.
The orthography of the manuscript source reflected the East Central
German/Upper Saxon dialectal origin of the texts, and this might have sometimes
challenged Haselberg in terms of vocalism or consonantism. The most
conspicuous example is the variation between dialectal short /a/ ~ “standard”
short /o/, hence Ermisch transcribes forms < ab sall ader ydach > for “ob,
soll, oder, jedoch” (cf. Ebert et al.38). Another is the variant treatment of the
affricate /ts/, e.g., < kraczczen
nuczcze > for “Kratzen, Nutze” (cf. Philipp 29).
The manuscripts frequently show <i> for unstressed “schwa,” e.g., < abir
irczeügen allirerst sullin > for “aber, erzeugen, allererst, sollen” (cf. Ebert et
al. 78-79).
In some cases Haselberg appears to have had trouble with the antiquated
MHG phraseology. An example of this is shown in item #15, in which the
142
negative is intensified with the prefix /en-/ as is common in MHG but not in
ENHG: <nycht engybt> (“does not give”). Haselberg transcribed this as <nit ein
gebiet> (“not a region”); it is possible that he meant to produce “nit eingiebet”
(“does not present”), which reading is closer to the sense of the passage. Another
example is Haselberg’s misreading of the manuscript adverb <den> (MSG denn)
in example #18, making it the object of the verb “lassen” while taking away the
original object pronoun <yz> (MSG es). This example also gives a rare instance
of Gross/1616 correcting the original sense based on the logic of the passage, with
the form <sie wolten es denn lassen>.
Item #7 is an example of Haselberg inventing a term, presumably based on
unfamiliar or unclear words in his manuscript source: <rudelffter> for
<endelste>. Haselberg’s coinage gives a word not existing in German mining
terminology. The typesetters working for Gross in 1616 and Zunner in 1698
faithfully passed on the form: <rudelffter>. They probably would not have had
the time, interest, or knowledge to question the strange adjective.
Item #14 on the table, UgB <qwemen knie herte> ~ Erm <quemen>, gives
a good example of the occasional further textual degradation in the reprints of
Ursprung in Gross/1616 and Zunner/1698. Gross’ typesetter seems to have found
Haselberg’s words “quemen knie herte” (“come knee hard”?) so disorienting that
he emended the verb and word division to <nemen knieherte>. In Zunner’s
workshop nearly a century after Gross, the typesetters undertook orthographic
modernization over against the 1616 version and decided that the second word
was probably a noun requiring capitalization, hence: <nehmen Knieherte>. In
143
sum, examples such as #7 and #14 document a phenomenon of neologism through
simple steps of successive misreading/unknowing in the history-in-print of our
texts. Even an experienced miner in 16th-century Saxony would have been
confused by Haselberg in such passages—printers with no mining knowledge in
17th century Frankfurt, even more so!
Similar patterns of error are noted for the three other legal tracts in
Ursprung. In my critical apparatus I have annotated errors in these texts similarly
to Freiberg ‘B’ with the symbols ■ and □. I have compiled a table below
enumerating selected typographical errors from Iglau, Freiberg ‘A’, and the
Waldenburg/Meissen document.
144
Section
‘Ursprung’ (UgB)
MS (Ermisch edition;
abbrev. Erm)
mit rate der burger
1
Ig 1
mit recht/ der burger
2
Ig 1
3
Ig 3
des Künigs mitte/ vnd
des Künigs gebirge
fürderung
ein wasserseiges feldt
eyn wasserigis felt
4
Ig 3
wo er der teuffe nicht
reihet
wo er der tüffe nicht
enhat
5
Ig 4
Alle die selben lehen
Alle dy sebin lehen
6
Ig 5
an der lehen
Andir lehen
7
8
Ig 10
Ig 13
in jare vnd .xij. tagen
hat er mer schlechte
yn jare unde yn tage
Hat er mer schechte
9
Ig 14
mit dreien schichten
mit dreyen schechten
10
11
12
Ig 14
Ig 15
Ig 19
vuntgruben
Büwet eyn man
eyner mag dem andern
13
Ig 24
14
FrA 1
vnd grůben
Hawet jmandt
einer nach nach dem
andern
seiner eigenschafft
nicht entgehet
Der behelt sieben
lehen/ vnd vierthalb
lachter in sein ligends
15
FrA 1
von den selben
massen
syner eygenschaft nicht
engebit
der beheldet syben
lehen unde vierdehalb
lachter yn syn
hangendis unde
vierdehalb lachter yn
syn lygendis
von dem sal man
messen
16
FrA 10
so ist eyn buder
vorleget
So ist ein bu, der
vorlygt
des koniges nucz unde
des gebirges fürderung
Comment
UgB “by law” | Erm “with
advice from”
Substantial misreading in
Ursprung
UgB “water ditch” | Erm
“wet”
Misreading of prefixing
negative particular, cf.
example #15 for FrB
Same error as in example #8
for FrB
Error in word division
comparable to example #9 for
FrB
See discussion below
Specialized mining term
“shafts” misread as the
common adjective “bad”
(“schlecht”)
Cf. previous entry #8: This
time, “shafts” confused with
another technical term, but
from mining law: “shifts”
(“schichten”)
See discussion below
See discussion below
Strange oversight/word
repetition in Ursprung
Likely misreading of <b> for
<h>
Example of loss of whole
phrase important to the
meaning, probably due to
highly repetitive wording in
the passage
Inadvertent change of
subordinate clause to
nonsensical prepositional
phrase
Word division issue; becomes
<Buder verleget> in
Zunner/1698
Table 1.5: Examples of textual change, Iglau, Freiberg ‘A’, Waldenburg/Meissen
treaty
145
Table 1.5: Examples of textual change, Iglau, Freiberg ‘A’, Waldenburg/Meissen
treaty (continued)
Section
‘Ursprung’ (UgB)
MS (Ermisch edition;
abbrev. Erm)
buwet her sy, alz recht is.
17
FrA 12
18
FrA 15
19
FrA 19
20
FrA 19
Bawet er sie nicht als
recht ist
Der můß clagen die
erbente tag
ob er jn wolt behalten
die zeche
jr alder vnd jr arbeit
der mus clagen dry
erbeitende tage
ab her yn welle lyen dy
czeche
ir silber und ire erbeit
21
FrA 21
ob es nach geschiet
ab is not geschit
22
FrA 23
allen rechten
alle waltworchten
23
M/W
24
M/W
25
M/W
26
M/W
vier lehen auff dz
hangengt
neme sie nicht meer
eynen hauffen
soll man ob das gold
vnd silber
entwer den
vierdehalb lehen uff daz
hengende
nemen sie mer denne einen
hauffen
sal man alle daz gold und
silber
entwerten
27
M/W
Sundern bier, ab daz
ymand da schengken wolde
28
M/W
sunder hier ob das
jemandt schencken
woldte
so sollen die zingeng
stiller ligen
so sulden die zcehengenge
stille legen
146
Comment
Incorrect negation of
clause
UgB “the” | Erm “three”
UgB “keep” | Erm
“grant”
Non-word <alder>
retained in Gross/1616,
capitalized as noun in
Zunner/1698: <Alder>
UgB “afterwards, still” |
Erm “need”
UgB “rights” | Erm
“woodworkers”
UgB “four” | Erm “3½”
Incorrect negation of
clause
UgB “if, whether” | Erm
“all”
Becomes <entweder> in
Zunner/1698
UgB “here” | Erm “beer”;
corrected to <Bier> in
Zunner/1698
Haselberg incorrectly
gives comparative form;
restored to “stille” in
Gross/1616 and
Zunner/1698
From the examples in this table, some additional observations can be made
about the challenges that Haselberg faced in transcribing his manuscript source.
Example #2 involves likely minim confusion between <nucze> and <mitte>, i.e.,
with word-initial <ıııı> in the manuscript. Similarly, in example #7 Haselberg
distorted the standard legal formula “in one year and a day” to “one year and 12
days” by misreading the second <yn> as <xıı> and printing the number <.xij.>;
logically, he changed the following word “day” to plural “days” (<tagen>).
Example #11 shows the ease with which capital <H> and <B> can be confused,
especially in a case like this where either verb, “bauen” vs. “hauen,” is a possible
reading; we find that Gross in 1616 restored the <B>: <BAuet>.
Ermisch’s critical apparatus tracks variants among the other major
manuscripts, and on occasion errors in Haselberg’s text are documented in one or
more of the manuscripts, too. One such case is example #10 from Iglau above—
the conflation of “vuntgruben” versus “und gruben” occurs among several of the
manuscripts. In this context, “und gruben” is actually the stronger reading.
However, the overwhelming majority of problems I have identified appear to be
unique to—i.e., introduced by—Haselberg.
To summarize the incidence of error in the four legal texts as printed in
Ursprung:
•
Haselberg’s Freiberg ‘B’ contained 108 examples of degraded
readability/intelligibility in the 18 pages of printed text in Ursprung
(about 6 per page).
147
•
The Iglau mining code contained 53 errors in 10 pages of text (5 per
page).
•
Freiberg ‘A’ contained 57 errors in 12 pages (5 per page).
•
The Waldenburg/Meissen treaty contained 14 errors in 3 pages (about
5 per page).
•
For all texts, relatively few instances of corruption were introduced in
the Gross/1616 and Zunner/1698 reprints (noted with symbol □ in the
critical apparatus).
The history-in-print of the legal tracts in Haselberg’s Ursprung in manuscript and
print form may be formulated in the following sequence:
MS → Ursprung → Gross/1616 → Zunner/1698
(The underlining is intended to highlight the step in transmission at which
the most substantive textual changes occurred.)
I posit a manuscript source for the legal tracts in Haselberg’s Ursprung. I
have documented a high frequency of substantial errors—wrong words and
incomprehensible phrases in Ursprung—that were almost certainly caused by
misreading or misunderstanding of an early manuscript. By contrast, the later
steps in transmission in print, to Gross’ Ursprung vnd Ordnungen in 1616, thence
to Zunner’s Corpus juris… in 1698, were highly conservative in nature,
preserving quite precisely the 1530s text of Ursprung, aside from modestly
modernized spelling and grammar.
Haselberg’s reprint of Ulrich Rülein von Kalbe’s “Bergbüchlein” presents
a different textual “situation” and history compared to the legal texts in Ursprung.
148
For the “Bergbüchlein” we are dealing strictly with a product of the print age, and
all earlier printed editions are known and available to us. Generally Haselberg
was more successful in reprinting the text from its print source than he was in
transcribing the early legal manuscript to the print medium.
As outlined above, Haselberg’s version of the “Bergbüchlein” is
chronologically the 8th edition (B8 in my notation system). Its immediate source
is the edition by Steiner (Augsburg, 1534 – B6), which in turn derives from the
edition by Schöfer (Worms, 1518 – B3). The Schöfer edition is based on the 2nd
edition by Ratdolt (Augsburg, 1505 – B2). The 1st edition (B1) is supposed to
have been overseen by Rülein himself and is justifiably recognized as the best
version.
Through my critical apparatus and analysis I have attempted to trace the
textual shifts that occurred through the successive editions of the “Bergbüchlein.”
As with the legal texts above, I have collected representative sample passages in
the form of a table, working “backwards” with columns going from B8 > B6 > B3
> B2 > B1. The examples are keyed to the numbered chapters of the
“Bergbüchlein.” Again, the text in the 17th-century compendia by Gross and
Zunner was found to be highly conservative in nature, conveying Haselberg’s
version quite precisely in most cases.
As a general observation, the number and severity of errors encountered in
the history-in-print of the “Bergbüchlein” are modest. For the most part the
critical apparatus tracks relatively subtle differences in orthography or wording,
as opposed to the many gross distortions we saw above in the legal tracts.
149
Accordingly, I have not found it productive to attempt to insert symbols into the
critical apparatus to track particular error types (cf. ■ and □ above).
150
1
Chapter
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
2
6
3
7
3
8
3
9
3
10
3
11
3
12
3
13
3
14
4
15
4
16
4
‘Ursprung’
B6
B3
B2
B1
Das erst
Capitel
Das erst
Capitel
Das erst
capitel
Das erst
Capitel oder
der erst tail
waschung
[incorrect]
nach der
maynung vnd
von
werden
verayniget
ain flaches
abgesengtes tal
das erste
capitel ader
der erste teil
waschung
wachsung
[correct]
nach der
maynung
wachsung
wachsung
nach der
maynung
nach der
meynung
verayniget
hat
ein flachs
abgesengts
teyl
gesteyn des
bürgs
das feld
gebew
- [see critical
apparatus
for [30v]]
verayniget
vereyniget
ein flachs
abgesengts
thail
gestayn des
bürgs
das feldgebew
eyn flachs
abgesengts
teyl
gesteyn deß
pirgs
das veldgebew
gestain des
gepürgs
das feld
gepeüd
- [phrase
omitted from
B2]
gestein deß
gepirgß
dz feld gepeud
-
-
des eisenen
gäbelins
Biß vor
viere
- [see critical
apparatus
for [31v]]
deut alle zeit
des eysenen
gäbelins
biß vor viere
deß eisernen
gebbelins
biß vor viere
-
-
deüt alle zeyt
deutt allzeit
des eysereins
gebeleins
hünczt biß vor
vier
- [phrase
omitted from
B2]
bedeüt albegen
zwerch
klüfft
durch
bequemme
ordnung
von
vrsprung der
gebärung
die
wirckung
des
Silberärtzs
dester
volkomner
zwerch klüfft
zwerchklüfft
querklufft
durch
bequemme
ordnung
von vrsprung
vnd geberung
durch
beqweme
ordnung
von vrsprung
vnd geberung
ein bequeme
ordnung
von vrsprung
vnd geberung
nach eyner
bequeme
ordenung
von vrsprung
vnd geberung
die wyrckung
des Silberärtzs
dester
volkommner
die wirckung
deß Silberertzs
desto
volkomner
die daungk des
silber ärcz also
volkumer
die daungk des
silberertz also
volkummener
nach der
meynug vnd
won
werden
voreynyget
ein flaches
abgesengtes tal
vnd dise
hangends vnd
ligends der
geng mogen
des eyserens
gebelein
vntzt byß vor
vier
ytzund nach
achte byß nach
viere
bedeut
alwegen
quer klufft
Table 1.6: Examples of textual change in editions of Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein”
151
Table 1.6: Examples of textual change in editions of Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein”
(continued)
17
Chapter
4
‘Ursprung’
B6
B3
B2
B1
auß
fürsichtigkeyt
verzeret vnd
verbrennet
ein lauterer
schwefel
zů geeygent
auß
fürsichtigkeyt
auß
vorsichtickeyt
verzeret vnd
verbrennet
ein lauterer
schwefel
zůgeaygendt
verzert vnnd
verbrant
eyn lautrer
schwefel
zůgeeygent
aus
vorsichtikait
vnd [sic]
verbrandt vnd
verzert
sein lauter
schweffel
zů
geaigentlichem
durch
mancherlay
steten
auß
vorsichtigkeyt
vnd kunst
vorbrandt vnd
vortzert
sein lauter
schweffel
tzugeeygentlic
hen
durch
mancherley
weyß vn an
mancherley
steten
wildigkeit
wirt gewirckt
auß influs des
planeten
iupiter
von dem
streichen vnd
voradelung
schweffel
18
5
19
5
20
5
21
5
in
mancherley
stätten
inn
mancherlay
stetten
in mancherley
stätten
22
23
5
6
24
7
wirdigkeyt
würt auß
Jupiters
eynfluß
gewirckt
von der
veradlung
wildigkeyt
wirt auß
Juppiters
eynfluß
gewirckt
von der
veradelung
wildickeyt
wirt auß
Jupiters
einfluß
gewirckt
von der
veradelung
wildigkait
wirt gewürckt
aus in fluß des
planeten
Jupiter
von dem vnd
veradelung
25
9
Schwebel
Schwebel
schwefel
schweffel
152
The examples tabulated above show some of the most substantial
differences among the early editions of the “Bergbüchlein.” Overall, the most
significant textual degradations in the “Bergbüchlein” are found to occur in the
first two transmission “steps”—from B1 to B2 and from B2 to B3. The types of
errors and omissions that occurred are reflected in the table.
A few aspects of the different versions merit attention. Orthographically,
B2 differs greatly from B1 with its notable Upper German characteristics. Some
dialectal differences are in evidence among the different printings, such as the
<quer> ~ <zwerch> alternation in example #13. We note the loss of
regional/archaic <untzt>/<hünczt> (cf. MHG <unze>) subsequent to B2. B2
changes or omits important words—sometimes whole phrases—in several places.
This is exemplified in the examples #3 and #11, which show important phrases
from B1 dropped in B2, probably due to eye-skip by the compositor; once lost,
they were of course never recovered in later editions. Example #17 aptly
demonstrates the carelessness adherent to B2: B1 contains two nouns, “caution
and skill”; B2 inadvertently drops the second noun (“caution and [?]”); B3 and the
later editions eliminate the dangling “and.” In example #21, a phrase in B1 is
shortened in B2, and shortened further in B3 and later editions (<durch> to <in>).
Similar loss of words from B1 > B2 and then B2 > B3 is documented in example
#24.
The compiler of B3, working from B2, may have found himself
disoriented by it, because we find that the most extensive changes in wording
occur between B2 and B3. The text of B2 is quite unattractive and difficult to
153
read. Most of the text—including chapter headings—is printed in a single font
size, with words and lines of text very cluttered on the page. Punctuation is
almost non-existent, and the woodcuts are significantly degraded in technical
accuracy and quality of image. We thus identify the majority of substantive
textual changes in the “Bergbüchlein” as occurring in the transmission steps of B1
> B2 and B2 > B3. The integrity of the text is relatively well sustained in the
subsequent editions.
Only a small number of errors were introduced by Haselberg, such as
example #15. A case of modernizing syntax is seen in example #23, with
movement of the past participle (“gewirckt”) to final position in the clause.
In conclusion, the history-in-print of the “Bergbüchlein” as it relates to
Ursprung may be summarized as follows—with the first two reprintings causing
the greatest disruptions in the quality of the text:
B1 → B2 → B3 → B6 → B8 [Ursprung] → Gross/1616 → Zunner/1698
The glossary of mining terms known as the “Bergnamen” were not
added to the “Bergbüchlein” until B3. These are relatively faithfully
reproduced in B6 and then in Ursprung/B8. As discussed above, I have been
unable to locate the original document for the census of mines in Bohemia
(“Verzeychnung der Bergkwerck…”) in Ursprung; therefore, we are not in a
position to view Haselberg’s level of fidelity against his source. The final
passages in the compilation Ursprung relate to mining officials and their
oaths; Haselberg’s text is found to derive from the Annaberg mining code
printed in 1509. The oath is taken virtually word-for-word.
154
The third and final major step in assessing “change and continuity” of
technical information in my texts involves the Bergkordnung Norwegen.
Haselberg’s compendium was formed by assembling a variety of smaller,
pre-existing texts relating to mining and mining law. Rülein’s
“Bergbüchlein”—one of Haselberg’s texts—had been reprinted half a dozen
times in preceding decades. The mining codes from Freiberg and Iglau had
existed in myriad manuscript embodiments for a couple of centuries. By
contrast, the Bergkordnung Norwegen is essentially a new text, composed in
1539-1540 for a new purpose—royal support of the developing mining
enterprise in Norway. It is true that the content of the Norwegian text is
substantially modeled on the content of the Annaberg mining code of 1509,
but it is no reprint. Indeed, holding the two texts side-by-side, we easily see
that Bergkordnung Norwegen represents a major step forward in terms of
organization and clarity of presentation.
Accordingly, the history of transmission of the Bergkordnung
Norwegen is substantially simpler than that of Ursprung. First published by
Meyerpeck in 1540, the Bergkordnung Norwegen would not be reprinted for
over 100 years—in Copenhagen in 1647. The third and final edition was
Zunner’s reprint of the 1647 edition in Corpus juris… in 1698. The situation
with the Bergkordnung Norwegen presents a very interesting counterpoint to
Haselberg’s Ursprung in terms of “change and continuity” of technical
information.
155
With Ursprung we generally tracked a flawed attempts to preserve the
source matter. In the 1647 edition of Bergkordnung Norwegen, by contrast,
there was no such attempt at exact fidelity to the earlier text. The 1647 title
page, transcribed as Appendix F, states that some revision has occurred—
“somewhat more clearly rendered” (“in etwas deutlicher gegeben”)—but the
true extent of revision is surprising and substantial.
In effect, the clear Renaissance presentation of mining regulations in
1540 was recast in 1647 in a more Baroque style. In some passages the
revision was so extensive as to render the source scarcely recognizable. In
my apparatus I have conveyed the frequent and sometimes substantial points
of divergence diligently.
King Christian III’s prefatory materials (dedication letter, listing of
“freedoms”) were essentially rewritten, and because of this these two items
have been transcribed in their 1647 version as Appendix G. Interestingly,
Christian IV’s revision in 1647 seems to have been undertaken with no
concern for fidelity to the earlier king’s words. Meyerpeck’s colophon and
the small verse “charge to the reader” are removed from the end of the 1647
edition of the Bergkordnung Norwegen. Hence, the 2nd edition retains the
date of the 1st edition (1539-1540); it names King Christian III as the
originator of the text, but it grossly distorts his words. It eliminates the
references to Anton Beuther and Wolf Meyerpeck as the creators of the
original text. In effect, the 2nd edition strips the book of much of the textual
evidence of its genesis. In this way, it joins the tradition of successive
156
uncredited reprints of the “Bergbüchlein” and the Ursprung gemeynner
Berckrecht.
As with the Haselberg texts above, I have collected a small but
instructive set of textual passages from Bergkordnung Norwegen in table
form. Recall that the text comprises four parts, each containing a number of
short “articles;” the source of quotations is so labeled. For the edition of
1647, italics reflect use of a Roman type font rather than the traditional
German Fraktur.
157
1st edition (Zwickau, 1540)
2nd edition (Copenhagen, 1647)
DAmit gemeinem Bergkwerck
sollen mit Eydes pflichten
angenommen werden
inn allen zimlichen sachen
seine Auspeut zuuerrichten schuldig
sein
sol einen vorstandt machen
alle gmutte/ Alte vnd newe Zechen
auffs beste zubestellen haben
DAmit nun dem gemeinen Bergwercke
sollen in gebührliche Eydespflicht
genommen werden
in allen ziemblichen Dingen vnd Sachen
seine Außbeute nochmahls zuentrichten
vnd gutzuthun schuldig seyn
sol Caution vnnd Vorstandt leisten
alle gemuhtete alte vnd newe Zechen
jhrem besten gutachten nach/ zu
determiniren vnd zu ernennen wissen/
vnd macht haben
nach Proportion jhrer Mühe vnnd Arbeit/
auch jhren Qvalitäten vnd Verstande
1
2
Part,
article
BN I,1
BN I,3
3
4
BN I,4
BN I,8
5
6
7
BN I,9
BN I,10
BN I,11
8
BN I,12
9
BN II,5
10
BN II,11
11
BN II,14
12
13
14
BN II,14
BN II,17
BN II,17
15
16
BN II,21
BN II,22
nach grösse ihrer mühe vnd arbeyt/
auch nach ihrem verstande vnd
geschicklichkeit
Auch ins Lehenbuch/ in massen
oben verordent ist/ verleyben lassen
sol.
mit nachlassung vnsers
Bergkmeisters
als dann auff ernanten tagk
vermessen
einen leiplichen Eydt schweren
wie dieselb angelegt sol werden
die sol zu notturfft der Gewercken
vnd gepeude/ angewendet werden.
Die selben Retardat teyl
vnd zur Quartal rechnung fürlegen.
17
BN II,26
vnuorsetzliche irrungen
18
BN II,26
nach gebrauch gestrafft werden
19
BN II,29
20
BN II,31
21
BN II,33
ein ieder an gepürliche stelle seiner
erbeyt/ sich finden
außlendische Bergkleuthe/ als die
auff vnserm Bergkwerge zu
Norwegen nicht wohnen
Es wehre dann in diesem vnd
nehistem Artickel oben
22
BN II,46
dasselb Ertzt/ sol der
Gewergkschafft/ die es gehawen
hat/ als das yhre/ bleyben
vnd dem Lehenbuch/ immassen oben
bereits gemeldet ist/ so forth einverleiben
lassen soll.
auff consens vnd vergünstigung Vnsers
Bergmeisters
vnd alßdann auff den ernändten Tag mit
dem vermessen verfahren
einen leiblichen äydt zu GOTt schweren
wie dieselbe sol angelegt werden
welche hernach zur Notturfft solcher
Gewercken vnd Gebäwden anzuwenden.
Sothane Retardat theile
vnd bey der Quartal-Rechnung
wiederumb zu produciren vnd
vorzubringen.
vnversehene vnnd nicht vohrsetzliche
Jrrungen
nach dem gebrauch/ vnnd wie es
anderßwo herkommen/ gestraffet vnd
angesehen werden
ein jedweder an gebührlichen Orthe bey
seiner angewiesenen Arbeit finden
außländische Bergleute/ so auff Vnserm
Bergwercke oder im Reich Norwegen
nicht wohnen
Es were dann Sache/ daß die Parten selbst
in diesem vnnd negst vorhergehendem
Articul
so soll deroselben/ so es gehawen hat/
solch Ertz/ als das jhrige/ verbleiben
Table 1.7: Examples of textual change, Bergkordnung Norwegen (BN)
158
Table 1.7: Examples of textual change, Bergkordnung Norwegen (BN) (continued)
23
Part,
article
BN II,61
24
BN III,1
25
BN III,10
26
27
BN IV,3
BN IV,11
28
BN IV,14
29
BN IV,20
30
Beschluß
31
Beschluß
1st edition (Zwickau, 1540)
2nd edition (Copenhagen, 1647)
freffeler/ vnnd vbelthetter antastenn/
vnnd in fengknus einziehen
die Freffveler vnd Vbelthäter alsoforth
greiffen vnd antasten/ auch zum
Gefängknus ziehen
auff diesem vnd anderen Vns zugehörigen
Bergwercken
des Ortes/ da er weiterbringet vnd Wasser
beniehmet
Ohne absonderliche erlaubnus
Von den Hüttenmeistern/ vnd wessen sie
sich zuverhalten.
Niemandt mit Gewalt in Hütten
zuzwingen/ noch mit Worten oder
Verheissungen darein zumüssigen vnnd
zulocken.
sol derselbe allemahl vor vnd bey dem
an- vnd außlassen
persöhnlich zugegen sein
die Wir Vns dann billich so forth im
Anfang vorbehalten
von männiglich vnverbrüch- vnnd
festiglich gehalten
auff diesen vnd zugehörenden
Bergkwergen
des orts/ do er wetther brenget/ vnd
wasser benimmet
One laub
Von den Hüttenmeistern/ vnd wes
sie sich halten söllen.
Niemandes in Hütten zu zwingen/
noch mit liebnus/ darein zu
müssigen.
der sol allemahl vor dem anlassen/
des gleichen bey dem auslassen/
persönlich entkegen sein
so wir vns vorbehalten haben
von mennigklich/ vnübergangen
gehalten
159
The extracted phrases placed in this table illustrate a number of points
of comparison and contrast between the 1st edition of the Bergkordnung
Norwegen from 1540 and the 2nd edition produced over a century later in
1647. First, the 2nd edition tends to be much wordier than the 1st; most of the
31 examples presented above are lengthier in the 1647 version. Interestingly,
however, in most cases the elaborated wording in 1647 does not constitute a
significant alteration in the meaning of the text—the increase in textual
“volume” is primarily stylistic and rhetorical rather than substantive.
The orthography from 1647, including capitalization of most nouns, is
decidedly closer to that of MSG. French linguistic influence, especially in
the royal/courtly milieu, increased in Germany in the 17th century, and this
influence is visible in the printed language—literally visible in our text from
1647, by the frequent usage of Roman type font rather than traditional
German type for words of obvious foreign (read: French) origin (see
examples #5, #7, #8, #10, #15, #16, #21 in the table). This phenomenon is
not uncommon during this time (Philipp 20-21); note, for example, the Tarot
and Bender editions of Grimmelshausen’s works, which date from the 1660s.
In many cases, the 1647 edition adds a synonym to the word in the
1540 version. This practice of terminological duplication might have served
to facilitate the reader’s understanding of the text, especially for technical
legal or mining terms (Connolly, “Ulrich Rülein” 357-58). In example #3,
the noun <sachen> from the 1st edition is expanded to the two nouns <Dingen
vnd Sachen> in the 2nd edition; sometimes the added word is a French
160
loanword, as in example #5: <vorstandt> ~ <Caution vnnd Vorstandt>. In
example #8, <verstande vnd geschicklichkeit> becomes <Qvalitäten vnd
Verstande>.
More typically, one or two new words are substituted in the 2nd
edition for a single term in the 1st, e.g., <zuentrichten vnd gutzuthun> for
<zuuerrichten> in example #4. In example #8, <grösse> in the 1st edition is
replaced by the French <Proportion> in the 2nd. In example #10,
<nachlassung> is updated to <consens vnd vergünstigung>. Similar
examples include #16, #17, #23, #28, #31.
Sometimes the 2nd edition restores syllables elided in the 1st; in
example #6, <gmutte> from 1540 is expanded to the more recognizable
<gemuhtete> (emphasis added) in 1647. Similarly we note the adjective
ending supplied in example #13: <dieselb> ~ <dieselbe>. Subtle variations
in syntax are not uncommon, as seen in the verb placement in example #13.
A stylistic tendency in 17th century prose is omission of the auxiliary
verb in subordinate clauses, and this is observed in the 2nd edition of the
Bergkordnung Norwegen. In example #30, the form in the 1st edition,
<vorbehalten haben>, is truncated to <vorbehalten>. Similar constructions
are found in examples #14 and #27.
In some cases, the 2nd edition uses prefixes and suffixes in unnaturalsounding combinatorial constructions. The words <anlassen> and
<auslassen> from the 1st edition in example #29 are merged to <an- vnd
außlassen> in the 2nd edition. Similarly, the ending /-lich/ is made divalent in
161
the construction <vnverbrüch- vnnd festiglich> (i.e., /unverbrüchlich und
festiglich/) in example #31.
Contrary to the larger tendency, in some cases the 2nd edition
compresses the wording from the 1st, as seen in example #29. Example #20
shows an example of the occasional expansion in meaning introduced in the
2nd edition—the expression “at our mine in Norway” from the 1st edition is
subtly broadened in the 2nd edition to “at our mine or in Norway.” Only
occasionally are errors introduced in the 2nd edition, but one such case
involving a technical term is example #25: When a tunnel provides
ventilation, this is characterized as bringing “weather” (<wetther brenget>);
this unusual phrase was erroneously rendered as bringing “further”
(<weiterbringet>) in the 2nd edition. (This form was, however, restored in
Zunner/1698 to <Wetter bringet>.)
A slightly more religious outlook in the 2nd edition might be
evidenced in example #12, which adds words to clarify that the oath is an
oath “to God” (<zu GOTt>). In general, a more regimented and legalistic
tone is noted among the editorial insertions of 1647. Many of the additions to
the 2nd edition add precision or emphasis on legal steps, actions, or oversight.
Note the addition of the adjective “appropriate” (<gebührliche>) in example
#2; the qualification “immediately” (<so forth>) in example #9; the
elaboration on punishment and imprisonment in examples #18 and #23.
One important observation on the “Baroque” version of
Bergkordnung Norwegen is not viewable in the tabulated examples. Namely,
162
the extent of revision over the 1540 edition varies from part to part and article
to article. A scan of the two editions side by side shows that, for example,
the following are relatively unchanged in the 1647 version: [BN I,6], [II,8],
[II,16], [II,59], [III,3], [IV,10]. On the other hand, the following are
relatively heavily altered and/or augmented in the 1647 edition: [BN I,1],
[I,9], [I,11], [II,1], [II,2], [II,15], [II,23], [II,27], [II,31], [II,47], [II,48], [IV,6],
[IV,14].
I have not been able to discern a clear pattern of more extensive
versus less extensive revisions among the different articles, except that issues
of legal oversight, enforcement of rules, and punishments seem on the whole
more embellished and detailed in the 1647 edition. Again, despite the many
textual changes between the 1st and 2nd editions, there is an overall
conservation of objective meaning of the laws and practices delineated in
them.
Both the 1st and 2nd editions of the Bergkordnung Norwegen contain
lists of errata at the end of the text. As reflected in my critical apparatus, the
errata appended to the 1st edition of 1540 were diligently accounted for and
incorporated into the body of the text in the 2nd edition in 1647. The 2nd
edition, in turn, had its own set of errata, but none of these items were
corrected in the 3rd edition, i.e., in Zunner/1698.
In summary, the history of the Bergkordnung Norwegen may be
characterized as follows:
BN [1540] → BN(1647) → Zunner/1698
163
As explored in detail in the discussion above, the first step in the
history-in-print of the Norwegian mining code represents a radical disruption
in the text itself. Unlike the situation in Haselberg’s compilation Ursprung
gemeynner Berckrecht, the alterations in the Bergkordnung Norwegen can
hardly be labeled degradation or corruption. Rather, a process of willful
restyling based on new stylistic (aesthetic?) criteria for governmental
discourse is indicated.
The histories-in-print of the three major subdivisions of text share two
broad characteristics. The first is the significant distortion—errors in
wording, omission of words or lines, tacit revision—witnessed in the initial
publication step(s). For the legal texts in Haselberg’s Ursprung gemeynner
Berckrecht, many errors appear to have been introduced in the crucial step of
committing manuscript text to the print medium. For the first printed book
on mining, Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein,” we noted a pattern of accrued
degradation of technical content, with the most serious discontinuities
between the 1st and 2nd editions and between the 2nd and 3rd editions. The
textual distortion in the Bergkordnung Norwegen, on the other hand,
involved the extensive revision—in wording and style if not legal content—
in its second edition.
The second characteristic held in common among the three major
parts is the relative stability or continuity of text in the later edition(s).
Neither corruption nor correction are noted to any significant level. The legal
codes as transcribed by Haselberg were reprinted—errors and all—with
164
almost slavish precision in the 17th-century compilations by Gross and
Zunner. We noted only modest textual changes in moving among reprints of
the “Bergbüchlein” subsequent to the 3rd edition. The substantial damage had
been done, so to speak, by then. The Zunner reprint of Bergkordnung
Norwegen was found to accurately reproduce the 2nd edition from 1647.
Again, later printers/publishers seem in all instances to have been
working from a single antecedent text, rather than collating multiple previous
editions. Once errors entered into a printed text, they were almost never
corrected. In general, the earliest versions of the texts were authored by (or
in association with) experts in the mining field. We know this to be the case
with the “Bergbüchlein” and Bergkordnung Norwegen; and we suspect it in
the written manuscript tradition of the early mining codes, understanding that
the earliest manuscript witnesses probably do not survive today.
In his discussion of editing Middle English scientific and practical
writings, Keiser raises the question of “how much weight to give to a later,
derivative version of a text” (119). In this section, we have seen that just
such a focus can provide surprising insights about unintentional corruptions
or intentional revisions that can insinuate themselves into the histories of
texts in print.
In section 1.6 I enumerated various anthologizing practices operating
in the growth and expansion of technical knowledge through the books
Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen. The growth and expansion were
literal as much as conceptual, and scale of vision large—books added to
165
books to form even larger books. By contrast, the focus in this section has
been quite microscopic. Through collation and discovery on the level of the
phrase and the individual word, I have shown in a very real sense the
corruptions and distortions adherent to the histories of these books.
1.8 The Text Editions and English Translations
Editions, critical apparatuses, and translations—Rationale and methodology
In this section I review first the overall rationale and methodology
used in creating the German text editions and translations into English. I then
survey the linguistic issues and characteristics for the German language as it
is encountered in Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen. I provide more
specific and comprehensive documentation of my editorial practices and
assumptions. Finally, I point out some of the issues involved in creating the
English translations of my texts. The German edition of Ursprung is Chapter
2 of this dissertation; Bergkordnung Norwegen, Chapter 3. The translations
of these texts are chapters 4 and 5, respectively.
Tanselle provides a useful hierarchy of issues and decisions in
scholarly editing (10 ff.), which will serve to contextualize my work here.
Defining editing as “the considered act of reproducing or altering texts” (10),
the first consideration is whether the intent is non-historical or historical. By
historical, Tanselle understands “receiv[ing] communications from the past”
166
with the “goal of historical understanding” (9-10)—this is most certainly the
case with Ursprung and the Bergkordnung Norwegen.
A second decision involves fidelity to the original in producing the
edition: Does the edition reproduce documentary texts without alteration (in
facsimile or literal/diplomatic transcription), or does it introduce alterations
based on editorial judgment? If the latter, are the critical editorial
interventions minimized? For the base text of my editions, I have maintained
a diplomatic approach to the greatest extent possible. Greetham’s
characterization of the diplomatic edition is descriptive of my methodology;
namely, I have “dispense[d] with… scrupulous fidelity to appearance and
concentrate[d] on the textual context, reproducing the exact spelling,
punctuation, and capitalization but not necessarily observing the lineation…
or the type sizes of the original” (“Textual” 114). Full details will be
elaborated below, but my aim has been strict replication of the texts as
produced and presented in the 1530s-1540s. Editorial alterations have been
kept to a minimum. Any insertions such as section or page numbers are
clearly set off in square brackets ([ ]).
Tanselle’s next editorial criterion relates to the relative emphasis
placed on the authorship or “producer” of the text: Is the work viewed as the
“product of an individual” (e.g., poet, novelist) or as a social or
“collaborative” product? My texts are recognized to a certain degree as
products of individuals whose names are known to us—Haselberg, Rülein,
Beuther. The most distinctive authorial role in our texts is Rülein’s as the
167
writer of the “Bergbüchlein”—though his text was published anonymously.
However, the historical function and impact of Ursprung and Bergkordnung
Norwegen are what primarily motivate my interest in them. Ursprung was
essentially a compilation of texts appropriated by Haselberg from a number
of uncredited sources; the Bergkordnung Norwegen came to exist solely
through governmental action and royal sponsorship. In this light, these works
are best viewed as “collaborative,” in the sense that the words they comprise
and the information they gather is primarily aimed “outward” at a reading
public rather than “inward” as reflective of ideas or aesthetic motivations of
the writers/compilers. Assion characterizes Fachliteratur as essentially
“social literature” (“gesellschaftliche Literatur”) (18).
One might ask why we should have an edition and study of
Haselberg’s Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht. After all, we have seen in the
analysis above that the text is highly imperfect. For most of the constituent
texts in the compendium we looked back to known sources of demonstrably
superior quality. However, we have also seen that Haselberg’s compilation
was received and viewed as important in its historical context. On a
practical and pragmatic level, the publication/reception history of the various
texts in Ursprung is tied to the history of Haselberg’s book itself, for all its
many faults.
Most pre-modern German mining law was ultimately derived from
the early texts from Freiberg and Iglau; and the reading public of the
Renaissance and Baroque eras had no source for these texts other than
168
Haselberg’s compilation. Ursprung (and its expanded 17th-century
embodiments by Gross and Zunner) provided the only edition of the
important early mining codes in German until Klotzsch’s in the 1760s.
Haselberg’s adaptation of the “Bergbüchlein” and “Bergnamen” present
some interesting points of contrast to the earlier editions. We have seen
above that, as a collection of disparate mining-related texts, Ursprung was
perceived to be appropriate for reference alongside—i.e., bound to or
anthologized with—other specific mining texts of the 16th century. There is
no other text in the early mining literature for which this observation can be
made.
Among the various early printed mining regulations, one might
similarly question the value of editing and studying the Bergkordnung
Norwegen. Here again, the creation of the text was motivated by practical
issues in a historical context. As a textual witness to history, the Norwegian
code was not only a source of information on German mining practice; it
defined and embodied mining practice in Norway with the force of law.
The first focus of my editions of Ursprung and Bergkordnung
Norwegen, accordingly, has been fidelity to the textual product that was
created for and disseminated among a readership in the late 1530s and 1540s.
With the benefit of hindsight, we recognize that these texts would be viewed
as important in the reading “marketplace” for information on mining
throughout the later 16th and 17th centuries.
169
My second focus has been to present the modern reader with a view
of the earlier and later historical stages of the texts, and I created my textual
apparatuses with this goal in mind. Considering that each version has some
claim to be edited and understood in its own right, I have aimed to present the
“total texts,” comprising all their historically relevant states, in a diachronous
structure that correlates different synchronous versions (cf. Gabler,
“Synchrony;” McKenzie 2). We have seen above that rich and diverse
textual histories underlie Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen. Indeed,
the works are intricately connected to the development of mining and mining
literature throughout the medieval and early modern periods.
The apparatuses are designed to reflect the texts’ “genealogy of
witnesses” (Greetham 116) and provide the reader a convenient mechanism
for restoration of substantive earlier or later variants in the texts’ histories-inprint. It is important to note that my apparatuses do not record every
orthographic difference encountered among earlier and later versions of the
texts. Rather, I have taken a critical approach to the recension, including
those variant forms that show differences in morphology, grammatical
category (“part of speech”), lexicon, phraseology—in short, I have attempted
to discern the variant meaning-bearing elements among the versions. My
criteria are delineated in greater detail below.
My apparatus is designed to facilitate the reader’s view of the
different stages in the texts’ development and dissemination. As described in
detail below, I have used a footnoting style of annotation recommended by
170
the “Arbeitsgemeinschaft außeruniversitärer historischer
Forschungseinrichtungen” (“Association of independent historical research
institutions”) to key the variants directly and unambiguously to the
corresponding word or words in the base text. This allows the reader to
quickly and unambiguously track or review the evolutionary stages in the
texts. This facility of view is especially helpful in the case of Ursprung, since
the versions of its constituent texts span several centuries—the oldest texts in
Ursprung date to the early 14th century; the collection’s last reprint is from
the end of the 17th century.
From the analysis in the preceding sections, we saw that the textual
histories of the two texts under study are rich and diverse. Preparing the
editions that follow presented many challenges, both practical and conceptual
in nature, involving both synchronic and diachronic aspects of the texts in
question. Sorting out the meaning-bearing variants from the innumerable
orthographic variants and inconsistencies required constant, exacting
attention to detail.
Moreover, in the case of Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht, the
transcription involved a poor quality, sometimes scarcely legible original text.
As discussed above, Ursprung was marred by typographical errors, especially
in those portions where a manuscript source document is assumed.
By contrast, the Norwegian Bergkordnung from 1540 was relatively
straightforward to transcribe, but the 2nd edition (1647) was found to be a
significantly revised version. New words and phrases were added; whole
171
passages were essentially rewritten. As studied above, a frequent wording
change involved “terminological duplication”—addition of a synonymous
word or phrase, often a French loanword, to clarify the meaning of the first
(Connolly, “Ulrich Rülein” 357-58). In effect, the 1st edition was a
Renaissance book; the 2nd edition was a Baroque book.
By way of summary, I note that my editions conform quite precisely
to Gabler’s characterization of the typical German critical edition (historischkritische Ausgabe):
An edition provides as its edited text… a segment or slice
from the text’s history. In practical terms, an edition commonly
prints, or reprints, an historically defined version of the work as edited
text. Around and toward it, the edition organizes the entire textual
history in apparatus form. License to modify the edited text is
restricted to an absolute minimum, emendation functioning
exclusively to remove the textual error. (“Introduction” 3)
And further:
[T]he German scholarly edition… bases its claim to being a scholarly
edition on how well it encodes the text in the history of its material
writing and transmission by an appropriate and adequate apparatus
format. (“Introduction” 7)
172
The German language in Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen
In order to properly contextualize my text editions, an overall linguistic
characterization of the German vernacular in the works is needed. As noted
elsewhere, the books Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen belong to the
linguistic period referred to as Early New High German (ENHG). ENHG is used
to describe the High German spoken dialects and written varieties of the central
and southern German-speaking lands (as opposed to “Low German” from the
northern part of Germany). ENHG is generally dated from 1350 to
1650. However, linguistic issues associated with ENHG, including the
assignment of dates to the period, are complex (see especially Philipp 4-8 and
Ebert et al. 5).
The history of the German language in the 16th century is generally
discussed in connection with a small number of key historical developments—all
of which coincide in time, location, and impact with Ursprung and Bergkordnung
Norwegen:
•
Developments in written legal chancery language, e.g., 15th-century
Prague and Upper Saxony
•
The spread of book printing and development of “printers’ languages”
(Druckersprachen)
•
Luther and influence of his Bible translation and other religious
writings starting in the 1520s
•
Partial establishment of transregional standards, notably based on East
Central German varieties
173
These phenomena are generally cited—though not unproblematically—as
factors in the process of developing a standard form of written German
(Schriftsprache), though this standard would ultimately remain elusive into the
19th century. Philipp correctly ascribes to ENHG texts a “scarcely imaginable
abundance of linguistic variants” (xi) that is “lacking identifiable general rules
and norms” (3).
Reflecting on the above in the case of Ursprung and Bergkordnung
Norwegen, we find texts quite typical of the printed High German, with some
East Central German traits, of the 16th century. Overall, Philipp’s strident tone is
overstated for the level of linguistic variation encountered in the two books.
While variant orthographic and morphological forms are common, on the whole
these tend to be fairly typical ones and do not significantly impede the
intelligibility or impart a highly localized or dialectal character to the texts. The
characterization by Ebert et al. of ENHG linguistic “heterogeneity”
(Heterogenität) (5) is fitting.
Turning to the medium of print in particular, there are arguments both for
and against it as a normalizing factor. Wells observes that printers tended to
move around and often did not originate from the towns in which they worked;
hence they did not necessarily adopt local written traditions. Printing centers and
individual shops might have tended towards standarization, but “the evidence for
any conscious striving for supra-regional norms is purely circumstantial;” mostly
the early printers of vernacular texts show a “tolerant attitude” to variable
spellings (Wells 184).
174
In this context, I find dubious value in attempting to read too much into
the orthographic characteristics in order to attempt to identify the dialectal point
of origin of printed texts. This is especially true for Ursprung and Bergkordnung
Norwegen given their essentially collaborative and trans-regional histories-inprint. The “Bergbüchlein” had passed through many presses and regions of
Germany before ending up a part of Haselberg's project. The ENHG language in
Ursprung appears modernized over against the known medieval manuscript
originals. Finally, the orthography of Meyerpeck’s Bergkordnung Norwegen is
observed to be relatively consistent and routine for printed ENHG texts of this
period.
The language of Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen conforms to the
ENHG characteristics outlined by Philipp (26-32). In both books we note
consistent operation of the High German sound shift. The most distinctive
phonological and/or graphemic features for the reader of Modern Standard
German will include the following:
•
Frequent devoicing of /b/ to /p/, typical in Upper German but also
widespread in East Central German through the ENHG period (Ebert et al.
84-90; Philipp 45-46), especially word-initially, e.g., < pahr geldt pald
poten >; and at syllable boundaries, e.g., < Auspeut gepawet gepessert
gepürlichen liepnis >
•
Occasional alternation of /g/ ~ /k/: E.g., < Berck kegenwart> but note
also: < Bergkwerg >
175
•
Short /a/ for standard short /o/: E.g., < ab > (for MSG ob), < nach >
(“noch”), < domit > (“damit”)
•
•
Conflation of <s> and <ß>: < auß
biß daß [definite article] deß > ~
< das [subordinating conjunction]
heist
mas >
Interchangeable <i> and <y>, especially in diphthongs: < Bergkmeyster
bey erzeygung eyn sonderheyt stayn yetz ymer > ~
< Bergmeister
•
meinem treibet >
<i> corresponding to long /i:/ in MSG: < dise ligends siben Souil >
but note: < hielt
•
beweisen
Sielber
tieff
wiewol >
Schwa apocope, e.g. < Berckleut creutzweiß erd fundtgrub
zyngeng >
•
Occasional /u/ alongside diphthong /au/: < vff > but < auff >
In sum, the language of Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen is
obviously archaic to the modern reader. However, for the most part the
orthography found in both conforms to the typical ENHG patterns of vocalism
and consonantism. And the trend toward modernization and standardization
would continue in the 17th-century versions of the texts.
Notes on the Transcriptions:
For the present editions I have been guided by the recommendations
of the Modern Language Association’s Committee on Scholarly Editions
(CSE), the Society for Textual Scholarship (STS), and the
Arbeitsgemeinschaft außeruniversitärer historischer Forschungseinrichtungen
176
(AHF). I have implemented the AHF’s recommendations for the editing of
Early Modern texts with regard to establishment of the base text. However,
in a few cases (as noted below) I have retained a slightly stricter diplomatic
approach in transcription.
My renditions of the base texts for Ursprung and Bergkordnung
Norwegen are diplomatic transcriptions to the greatest practical extent. I
have transcribed the basic text from the first editions of each, then checked
these transcriptions against a second exemplar of each text, which process not
only verified the transcription but also indicated the lack of any differences in
the printed text between the copies, e.g., “stop-press” corrections. All
transcriptions in the critical apparatuses adhere to the same level of fidelity to
the original texts; it is important to remember that, for the early legal codes in
Ursprung, my variants are taken from the critical editions of Ermisch and not
directly from a manuscript.
Given my aim of presenting the texts as historical objects, i.e., as
created and disseminated in print, I have taken a highly conservative
approach to the transcription. Emendations to the base text are reserved for
cases in which the copy-text is manifestly wrong—and these cases are
identified as such. Notably, in a few places I have corrected very obvious
typographical errors, but the corrected letters are shown in italics in the base
text and the changes noted in the apparatus.
The letters < u v i j U V I J > have been strictly retained as set in
the original type font, e.g., <vnd> for Modern German “und”, <Zůuoran>
177
equivalent to <zuvoran>. I have preserved <u> with superposed small <o>
where shown in the text: <ů>.
Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen show the typical ENHG
positional distribution of the two forms of “s”— <s> and <ſ>. The “long
form” <ſ> appears word-initially and word-internally, the other form in wordfinal position; e.g., <das ſie wiſſen>. In conformation with common editorial
practice for ENHG texts, the distinction between the forms <s> and <ſ> is not
retained in my transcription—all are rendered <s> (Philipp 31). Doubled
consonants <ss> or < ſ ſ> are shown as <ss> in the transcriptions.
The digraph <ß> occurs in modern recognizable form in both books
and is transcribed faithfully. Occasionally, its origin as <ſ> + <z> (“es-tset”)
is visible in forms resembling <ſs> or <ſz> in some of the early editions of
the “Bergbüchlein;” where these are transcribed in the apparatus I have used
the digraph <ß> as well.
Umlauted vowels are usually represented in the originals with
superposed small <e>, but sometimes with the modern (“double-dot”) umlaut.
In all cases these have been transcribed with umlaut: < ä ö ü ẅ Ä Ö Ü >.
Use of the macron, a horizontal bar superposed over a letter, is
frequent throughout the texts. The macron is placed over a vowel to indicate
a following nasal consonant /m/ or /n/. In these cases the requisite /m/ or /n/
has been supplied in the transcription but is shown in italics to signal the
occurrence of the macron in the printed text. For example, the printed form
<gezogē> is transcribed to <gezogen>. The choice between assigning <m>
178
or <n> was found to be unambiguous in almost all cases. For example, from
the mining terminology in the “Bergbüchlein” we know that <bradē> is
properly <bradem> not <braden*>; <exallaciōs> is <exallacions> not
<exallacioms*>.
Other, less frequent uses of the macron are noted in the texts. The
macrons are sometimes printed over a nasal consonant to designate doubling
of said consonant or over <n> to indicate addition of the /d/ in <vnd>. These
cases have similarly been handled by supplying said consonant in italics, as
in <kummen> or <vnd>.
A few other special characters or symbols occur in the first edition of
the “Bergbüchlein” and hence can be reflected in the apparatus for Ursprung.
The “looping” brevigraph attached to the end of a word stands for addition of
/er/ or /us/ to a word, and these cases have been resolved in italics in the
transcription, e.g., <oder>. A variant of /m/ is found that resembles the
number “3”; these have been resolved to <m>.
In all cases I have transcribed Arabic and Roman numerals exactly as
shown; these are often demarcated in the original printed texts by following
and/or preceding periods, e.g., < 12 12. .12. xij xij. >.
In the 1647 edition of the Norwegian Bergkordnung, it is important to
remember that the printer used Roman type, rather than the Fraktur, for many
words or portions of words of obvious French or Latin origin. This is a
known practice in seventeenth-century German-language printing, perhaps
showing a sensitivity to the “foreignness” of certain courtly or learned
179
vocabulary (Philipp 20-21). These words or parts of words are shown in
italics in the transcription as needed. In summary, the occurrence of
italicized letters in the transcription or apparatus should alert the reader to (a)
resolved special characters, (b) special type face in the original print, or (c)
incorrect orthography (always accompanied by a footnote). No cases of
possible interference or overlap among these three uses of italics occur in the
edition.
I have preserved the original punctuation from Ursprung and
Bergkordnung Norwegen. As is typical for early printed books, this involves
almost universal use of the virgule or “forward slash” < / > to demarcate
phrases, with the period < . > to terminate paragraphs in the text. Within a
paragraph, the virgule designates clause boundaries, analogous to the modern
comma, semicolon, or period. In addition, more abundant virgules are
supplied to impart emphasis or rhetorical effect, for example in lists of
important nouns. For the sake of consistency and readability of the
transcriptions, I have placed the virgule immediately after the preceding word
and inserted a single space after, as in <Bergkwergs/ auff> or
<Golmsbergk/ im> (emphasis added), regardless of the exact spacing that
might or might not be shown in the original printed edition.
Parentheses are occasionally used in the modern fashion to set off
words or phrases. There are no occurrences of commas < , >, semicolons
< ; >, question marks < ? > or exclamation marks < ! > in either book. There
are no occurrences of the colon <:> except for occasional use in abbreviations
180
or headings in Bergkordnung Norwegen, e.g., <Chur: vnd Fürstenthumb>
(Cf. Ebert et al. 28-31; Philipp 33-34.)
Word division between lines is extremely common in the two books
under study and is generally marked with a hyphen < - > or “double-hyphen”
< = >. Word divisions in Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen almost
always occur at syllable boundaries. In my transcriptions, any words divided
in the originals have been rejoined with no indication provided of the
interlinear break, with two exceptions: First, in cases where a word is
divided between two pages, the word division has been preserved with the
pagination I have supplied, as in < ge=[9r]nanten >, where the word is
divided between fols. [8v] and [9r]. Second, centered chapter or section
headings preserve word division in order to remain true to the lineation of the
original. An example can be seen in the interlinear <ei= | nem> in the section
title shown in Appendix C.
Catchwords are used almost universally in Ursprung and
Bergkordnung Norwegen, but I have not attempted to preserve these in the
editions.
The transcribed text has been right- and left-justified, in conformation
with the Satzspiegel or type area of the printed page. In the original texts, the
title pages, colophons, section and chapter headings are typically centered,
and have been centered in my transcriptions as well. Larger type fonts were
typically used by the printers for such headings—indeed, in some texts a
three- or four-way hierarchy of font sizes—but these font-size distinctions
181
have not been retained in the present editions. Rather, a 12-point font size
has been used throughout the transcriptions, a 10-point font size in the critical
apparatuses and footnotes. Attempting to emulate the differences in font size
in my editions would have resulted in a cumbersome and potentially
expansive layout on the page—of marginal interpretive value, in my view.
I have preserved the paragraph divisions of Ursprung and
Bergkordnung Norwegen, both in the editions and in my translations. Mostly
the originals are divided into paragraphs in a logical and intuitive fashion.
Some overly long paragraphs are encountered, but in the interest of fidelity to
the original I have resisted the temptation to introduce new paragraph
divisions.
The title page of Ursprung ([1r]) contains a woodcut illustration of
miners at work, including the earliest known depiction of miners pushing an
ore cart on tracks. The same woodcut is reused at the beginning of chapter 1
of the “Bergbüchlein” ([24r]). A total of 12 additional woodcut images are
used as illustrations in “Bergbüchlein” chapters 2 ([25v], [26v]), 3 ([27r],
[27v], [28r], [28v], [29r], [29v], [30r], [30v], [31v]), and 5 ([36r]).
Bergkordnung Norwegen features three woodcut images: The
Danish/Norwegian royal coat-of-arms on the title page ([1r]) and the last
page ([48r]), and a small, well-executed image of miners at work ([1v]). In
all cases the original images have been scanned and inserted into the editions
and translations in the proper locations and at their original sizes. The
woodcut images are labeled as Figures. For the English translations I have
182
inserted footnotes to explain the images and provide translations of the
captions, as needed.
An editorial insertion on my part was the use of a table grid to frame
the mining glossary or “Bergnamen” (Ursprung, [40r]-[43r]). The left
column presents the word or phrase; the right column contains the definition
of it. There is no such grid in the original. In the original printing, the
glossary is challenging to read, because the word or phrase to be defined lies
in the outer margin (right margin for recto sides; left margin for verso), in
tiny type font, in some cases slightly misaligned with its definition!
Aside from the footnoted references to the apparatus (described
below), any editorial insertions in the transcriptions are placed in square
brackets: [ ]. (No square brackets occur anywhere in the original texts of
Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen.) As noted elsewhere, page numbers
are absent in the originals, so I have numbered the leaves, with r (recto) and v
(verso), and placed these numbers in the transcriptions in square brackets,
e.g., [1r], [1v], etc. In addition, for the mining codes in Ursprung and the
Norwegen text, I have defined and inserted section numbers to facilitate
reference to the texts; the formats are exemplified as follows:
[FrA 4] = article 4 of the mining regulations Freiberg ‘A’
[Ig 10] = article 10 of Iglau
[FrB 28] = article 28 of Freiberg ‘B’
[IV,9] or [BN IV,9] = article 9 of part IV of the Bergkordnung
Norwegen (The text contains four parts, which I have labeled I-IV.)
183
In order to assist the reader, in the German base text I have sometimes
inserted modern punctuation, always in square brackets ([ ]), where it seemed
that the readability of the text was impeded otherwise. For example, the
following clause contains a period in the original, but in context it is clearly a
question, so I have supplied the question mark in brackets immediately after
the period: < wann er es mit clag gewunnen hat.[?] >.
Transcriptions in the various appendices adhere to the transcription
practices and rules described above.
It has been noted above that critical editions of the “Bergbüchlein”
were created in 1885 by Dechen and in 1953 by Mendels. I have referred to
each on occasion but have not made use of any text data from them.
Notes on the critical apparatuses
As with the transcription of the copy-text, I have been guided most
closely by the AHF recommendations for the textual or critical apparatuses of
my two books. For each case I have designed the textual apparatus to fulfill
“the all-important purpose of making the edited text more easily accessible
and comprehensible” (Keiser 122). I decided upon the optimal form for the
apparatus after having established an intimate familiarity with the frequency
and types of textual variation and change found in the histories-in-print of the
Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht and Norwegian Bergkordnung. In some
cases the apparatus needed to convey relatively minor differences among
printed editions, e.g., the editions of Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein.” Elsewhere,
184
substantial additions to or deletions from the text were recorded, e.g., in the
2nd (1647) edition of the Norwegian text of 1540. Indeed, a few passages of
this edition were found to be revised so extensively that I have chosen instead
to present separate transcriptions; see appendices F and G.
In the apparatus, textual evidence is adduced from no fewer than four
centuries—ranging from the medieval manuscript origins of Saxon mining
laws to the encyclopedic Corpus juris… from the late Baroque period. Given
the technical and more or less “anonymous” nature of the texts involved, the
apparatus is aimed at documenting historical stages or versions of the text(s)
as printed and received by an audience interested in technical and regulatory
aspects of metal mining.
It is a common practice with scholarly editions to create a code of
arbitrary logograms as sigla (Edition A, B, C etc.) for labeling the sources of
variants in the apparatus. Given my wish for transparency and the number of
texts involved in my historical collation, I have adopted a relatively intuitive
citation system for the historically relevant witnesses to the two books under
study. The following abbreviations will facilitate the reader’s view of the
genesis and history-in-print of the various versions of texts under study.
For the Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht, I have adopted the
following abbreviations, which are always shown in italics in the apparatus.
Full bibliographic details are provided in the bibliography:
UgB = Der Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht. Ed. Johann Haselberg,
1535-1538.
185
Erm = (1) For the Freiberg and Iglau mining codes ([2r]-[22r]) and
listing of mining officials’ duties/oath ([43v]-[44r]): Ermisch, Hubert. Das
sächsische Bergrecht des Mittelalters. Leipzig, 1887. (2) For the
Waldenburg/Meissen treaty ([22r]-[23r]): Urkundenbuch der Stadt Freiberg
in Sachsen. Vol. 2. Bergbau, Bergrecht, Münze. Ed. Hubert Ermisch.
Leipzig, 1886.
UgB(1616) = Version of Haselberg’s Ursprung as reprinted in: Ursprung
vnd Ordnungen der Bergwerge. Leipzig, 1616.
UgB(1698) = Version of Haselberg’s Ursprung as reprinted in: Corpus
juris & Systema rerum Metallicarum, Oder: Neu-verfaßtes Berg-Buch ….
Frankfurt, 1698.
Kö = Köhler, Friedrich Wilhelm. Historische Nachrichten von der
chursächsischen alten freyen Bergstadt Wolkenstein im meissnisch
Obererzgebürge... Schneeberg: Fulde, 1781. (Pages 260-265 contain a
transcription of the Waldenburg/Meissen treaty – Ursprung, [22r]-[23r].)
B1 = Editio princeps of Ulrich Rülein von Kalbe’s “Bergbüchlein”, from
ca. 1500, reproduced in facsimile in: Pieper, Wilhelm. Ulrich Rülein von Calw
Berlin, 1955.
B2 = “Bergbüchlein”, 2nd edition. Augsburg: Ratdolt, 1505.
B3 = “Bergbüchlein”, 3rd edition. Worms: Schöfer, 1518.
B6 = “Bergbüchlein”, 6th edition. Augsburg: Steyner, 1534.
For the Bergkordnung Norwegen, the overwhelming majority of textual
variants derive from the second edition of the text, printed in Copenhagen in 1647.
186
Because of this, in the apparatus I have adopted a style of leaving off the label
BN(1647) in most cases. The third edition, BN(1698), occurs in the compilation
Corpus juris… (Frankfurt, 1698). Because the 1698 edition is a nearly verbatim
reprint of the 1647 edition, rather than the 1540, the apparatus wordings for
BN(1647) are implicitly indicative of BN(1698) unless noted otherwise. To give a
simple example, in one place in [BN II,25], I note the insertion of adjectives with
different case endings between 1647 and 1698: <verordnetem> BN(1647) versus
<verordneten> BN(1698). In many cases the 1698 version shows slightly
different, “modernized” spellings, but these are not noted in my apparatus. In
other words, the variants lacking an explicit label in the apparatus for BN derive
from the 1647 edition and also reflect the wording, if not precise orthography, of
the 1698 edition.
For citations in the textual apparatus, the AHF guidelines call for use of
either line numbers or exponents (paragraph 3.2) with footnotes. “There can be
no ‘formula’ for the ideal edition” (Anne Hudson, qtd. in Keiser 115), but I have
chosen the latter as being more suited to the texts at hand. The AHF
recommendation is for use of letters for citing the text-critical annotations and
digits for more general textual commentary. For the present project, I have
supplied the latter commentary in the English translations rather than the German
edition. Variants among the relevant texts are very numerous, and more so in
some portions of the text than others. Again motivated by clarity and ease of
reference for the reader, letter exponents re-start at “a” on each page, rather than a
187
longer-running sequence that would quickly involve multiple levels of citation
(“aa,” “aaa”, etc.).
Importantly, the “footnoting” approach that I have used also lays the
groundwork for a possible technological extension of my work with these texts in
the future. By the operation of Microsoft Word software, every footnote is
hyperlinked to its text, so that in an electronic version of my editions, the reader’s
movement of the cursor over the letter exponent in the base text would invoke a
text window to display the footnoted variant instantly. In effect, an electronic
edition of my texts would not require “footnotes” at all, but rather give the reader
a seamless view of the pertinent variants as she or he moves through the text.
My selection of variants for inclusion in the apparatus conforms exactly to
the AHF guideline:
Variants in the textual transmission history should be included in the textcritical apparatus only in those cases where doing so documents changes
in meaning (lexical or syntactic variants: word choice, word formation,
sequence of words, case, number, tense). (Paragraph 3.3.3).
To illustrate the categories enumerated above, I present selected
examples below of the types of variants that I have included in the critical
apparatus. First, in the area of syntax:
•
Base text of Bergkordnung Norwegen [BN II,17] contains:
<angelegt sol werden> ~ The apparatus records the variant from
the 2nd (1647) edition: <sol angelegt werden>
•
[BN II,44] <sol werden> ~ <werden soll>
188
•
[“Bergbüchlein,” chapter 5, in Ursprung] <eyn Schwebender gang
genant> ~ <genandt eyn schwebender ganng> B1
Differences in wording are of course always noted:
•
[FrA 3] <her ynent werten> ~ <heryn antworten> Erm ~ <herein
antworten> UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
•
[BN II,15] <dem fürgenommen> ~ <solchem vorhabenden> in
the 1647 edition
Examples of variance in individual word choice for the critical
apparatus include the following:
•
[FrB 32] <herschafft> ~ <lehenschaft> Erm
•
[Ig 11] <erb> ~ <urbarer> Erm
•
[Ig 12] <geschiessen> ~ <schiessen> UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
•
[BN II,10] <finden> ~ <vorfinden> BN(1647)
Differences in declension or conjugation (i.e., in case, number, tense,
etc.) among the texts are always noted in the apparatus:
•
[FrB 33] <jhn> ~ <ym> Erm
•
[BN II,10] <würden> ~ <werden> BN(1647)
•
[FrB 12] <heist reitten> ~ <ryten> Erm
Cases of probable difference in consonantism and vocalism are
generally noted in the apparatus, e.g.:
•
<orten> ~ <örtern>
•
<welt> ~ <werlt> ~ <werld>
•
<biethen> ~ <bitten>
189
•
<bawen> ~ <pawen>
Common orthographic variants in morphology, including older versus newer
forms, or orthographic variants for very frequently occurring words, however,
such as <zů> ~ <zu> or <seyn> ~ <seind>, are not recorded in the critical
apparatus. Some other variants have been added on a more occasional basis;
for example, highly unusual spellings, such as <woh> for MSG wo (“where”)
or variant presentations of technical terms such as <Berg-Recht> for
Bergrecht.
I turn briefly to the opposite situation—minor textual variants that are
omitted because, in my judgment, they do not represent historically
meaningful changes in the text. Reviewing just the single sample pages
reproduced as appendices C and D, we note the following orthographic
inconsistencies within the text:
•
“And” – occurs as both <vnd> and <vnnd>
•
“Mountainous area” – <gebirg> and <gebirge>
•
“Place, location” – <statt> and <stadt>
Of course, between my base texts and the earlier/later versions of them, the
frequency and extent of variation proliferate further. These innumerable
superficial differences between and among the relevant texts are not taken up
in the apparatus, e.g., in:
•
orthography (<vnd> versus <vnnd> versus <und>; <sol> ~
<soll>),
•
capitalization practices (<recht> ~ <Recht>), and
190
•
variant punctuation (generally, addition or deletion of virgules).
Entries in the apparatus are created according to the following simple
formats, to clearly designate deviations from the base texts of the Ursprung
gemeynner Berckrecht and the Norwegian Bergkordnung:
•
For an alternate word in one or more of the texts, said variant is
supplied, with identification of the edition(s) in question. For
example, the text might contain the following designation:
“Mona”, for which the corresponding equivalents are cited in the
apparatus, e.g., a Mond B2, der Mond B3
•
In variants involving substitution of a different word, so that
clarity of reference might be challenged, the equivalent word from
the base text is shown, with “=” to show the variant wording, e.g.,
or a noch = wol Erm. (The transcribed form from the base text is on
the left, here <noch>; the variant is listed on the right, here <wol>
taken from Ermisch.)
•
In all cases where multiple words from the base text are cited in
the apparatus, the format with “=” is used, e.g., a vom Jupiter = von
ioue B1, B2 . This approach is very important for clarity in
depicting significantly revised wording, e.g., a das sol er nicht
weigern = sol er solches nicht verweigern.
•
Addition of a word or words into the base text is designated with
the word insert in italics, as in: a insert vnd won B1, insert vnd von B2.
(Note repetition of insert.) This means that the word(s) are to be
191
added or “read into” the base text at the point where the footnote
is defined in the base text.
•
Omission of a word or words is designated by the word absent, as
in: a DEr gemein vrsprung der ertz/ absent B1, B2, B3 (The phrase
occurs in the base text but is absent in the designated editions of
the “Bergbüchlein.”)
•
In cases where variants from multiple sources are recorded, these
proceed from oldest to newest, e.g., a gepirgß B1, gepürgs B2, pirgs
B3, bürgs B6, Birgs UgB(1616), Bergs UgB(1698) (B1 is the earliest
text, UgB(1698) the latest). If multiple sources contain the same
variant, the common variant is referenced as shown in this
example: a streckung B1, B2, B3, B6.
•
Any English-language editorial commentary inserted into the
critical apparatus notes is set off in square brackets, e.g.,
a
•
Ampleute [corrected to <Ambtleute> in BN(1647) Errata].
As noted above, for the four early mining codes in Ursprung I
have inserted the special symbol ■ to designate cases where the
meaning in Ermisch’s edition varies substantially from the printed
text of Ursprung; with some of these reflected in the English
translation, keyed to the German version by a system of notation
[* n] where n = number.
192
•
Also for the early mining codes in Ursprung I have used the
special symbol □ to indicate differences in meaning found in
UgB(1616) and/or UgB (1698).
Transcription of variants in the critical apparatus and the various
appendices adheres to the transcription practices and rules described above
for the copy-text.
Notes on the Translations
So far as I am aware, the translations offered here of the legal texts in
Ursprung and of the Norwegian code are the first Modern English versions of
any early German mining codes. In addition, I hope to have improved
substantially on the English translation by Sisco & Smith from 1949 of the
“Bergbüchlein.” My translation is of course of the version produced in
Ursprung, but refering to Rülein’s B1 where necessary to provide a reliable
rendition. I have compared my translation to Sisco & Smith’s and made
occasional modest changes to mine based on this review. However, their
translation was marred by its overreliance on the 3rd (1518) edition of the
“Bergbüchlein,” without reference to B1 and hence leaving some cruxes
unresolved. Strangely, the mining glossary or “Bergnamen” printed with the
1518 edition was not translated by Sisco & Smith, so my translation here is a
novel contribution.
I have attempted a clear and readable rendition, though this is a
challenge given the specialized vocabulary required from the two technical
193
areas involved—metal mining on the one hand, law on the other. In cases
where it seemed illustrative, the English translation of specialized (legal,
scientific) words or phrases is followed in the text by the original German
word(s) in square brackets, […], for clarity and ease of reference.
I have translated Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen as literally
and accurately as possible. Often this has yielded somewhat awkward style
and unwieldy sentences, but this seemed preferable to a “smoother” but freer
translation. In some cases I have broken up very lengthy run-on sentences
into two or more shorter sentences, replacing pronouns with their antecedents
to disambiguate and clarify the meaning.
I used numbered footnotes to clarify or explain technical, historical,
or linguistic features of the text. Given the level of background details and
information provided in my Introduction, however, I have not found it
necessary to annotate the English translations heavily. In general, my textual
notes are limited to occasional explanations of technical terms, historical
terms, or unusual phraseology.
Part of my analysis of Ursprung above involved corruption and
degradation of text, whereas in my analysis of Bergkordnung Norwegen, I
document the stylistic revision and “expansion” of the text. The history of
these books is in a very real sense “a history of misreadings” (McKenzie 25).
However, I have not annotated the English versions to delineate all of these
textual changes for the English-speaking audience. The prospect of
194
attempting to translate not only the base text but also the range of errors and
modifications to the texts seemed unwieldy and ultimately unproductive.
I do, however, offer an intermediate gesture between complete
translation of errors and none at all: The mining codes from Freiberg and
Iglau and the Waldenburg/Meissen treaty contained many substantive
typographical errors and omissions. In places where literal translation of the
words in these texts would have yielded an incomprehensible text, I have
emended the translation by reference to the alternate versions (in almost all
cases, Ermisch’s version of the manuscript sources). At these points in the
translation, I have included an asterisk in square brackets, plus a numerical
designation, i.e., [* n], where the number n provides a key between the
emended translation and the corresponding problematic variant in the
German textual apparatus, e.g., [*15]. (A total of 152 such cases occurred in
the Freiberg, Iglau, and Waldenburg/Meissen texts.) In most but not all cases,
the instances of ■ in the apparatus of the German edition will correlate to
placement of the tag [* n]. In cases of some especially striking errors, I have
also added a footnote to explain the error to the English reader.
1.9 Concluding Synthesis
The early sections of this Introduction presented a relatively
straightforward description of two German texts on mining and mining law—the
compendium Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht compiled by Johan Haselberg(er)
in the late 1530s, and the first mining code written in Germany for use in another
195
country, the Bergkordnung des Löblichen newen Bergkwergs/ auff dem
Golmsbergk/ im Königreich Norwegen composed by Anton Beuther and
published by Wolfgang Meyerpeck in Zwickau in 1540. The main strands of
metal mining in history, the development of writings on mining (“mining
literature”), and scholarship in these areas were rehearsed in sections 1.1, 1.2, and
1.3, respectively, to situate the two books in their historical context and to justify
my project in its scholarly context.
Detailed accounts of Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen in sections
1.4 and 1.5 enumerated the textual “circumstances” underlying the two books.
The varied and problematic origins of the constituent texts in Haselberg’s
Ursprung were surveyed. The 17th-century reprints of both Ursprung and
Bergkordnung Norwegen gave further food for thought. Given the complexities
of the histories-in-print of the two books, my primary goal in these sections was
simply to present a clear and intelligible overview.
The first half of this introductory chapter comprised the fairly
conventional, requisite bio-bibliographical commentary expected with a critical
edition and translation of a text. Pre-modern texts from specialized fields or
activities such as mining are especially in need of such explication. I was initially
attracted to these two books because of their significance in the history of German
mining literature. Both represent “firsts”—Ursprung, the earliest compendium of
texts on mining, metallurgy, and mining law; Bergkordnung Norwegen, the first
instance of a German mining law “manufactured for export.”
196
Early in my acquaintance with the early mining literature I spent much
effort on Ulrich Rülein von Kalbe’s “Bergbüchlein,” and I was intrigued by the
Haselberg’s novel juxtaposition of the work in his anthology Ursprung. And on
the subject of juxtaposition—my first encounter with the Norwegian code was in
the co-bound exemplar with Ursprung in the mining academy library in Freiberg.
Why would these two books have been bound together in this fashion?
With further exploration, the subject matter of section 1.6 took shape. In
pursuing my interests in the histories of science, of technical communication, and
of book printing, it became apparent that Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen
demonstrate a variety of co-textual patterns and compilatory practices for
collections of technical (scientific, legal) information in print. The various
formative experiments in the text type of the compendium that I have discussed
above perhaps prove ultimately unsatisfying to us modern readers, because they
comprise primarily quantitative expansions and reprints, rather than qualitative
advances in knowledge or critical amplifications of the previous textual products.
Moreover, in section 1.7 we found that the (re)prints involved in my two
books’ histories were frequently less than “slavish.” Rather, a distinctly tripartite
typology of textual degradation and distortion was exposed. First were the
misreadings and loss in the transcription into print in the case of the early mining
codes in Ursprung. Then, textual degradations among the first three editions of
the “Bergbüchlein” were inherited in Haselberg’s version. And finally, massive
stylistic revision in the 17th-century edition of the Norwegian mining code was
found. The state of technical knowledge was not advanced in these textual
197
transmission steps; the question simply became one of whether it was preserved
intact in the successive editions.
In a sense, sections 1.6 and 1.7, are not just “about” mining. My findings
there have a relevance and applicability beyond the historical circumstances of
mining in Germany or Norway. The books’ histories-in-print are instructive for
the development of technical literature generally. My analysis adds to the
originally French field of scholarly discourse generally referred to as the “history
of the book.” As an interpretive endeavor, this field emphasizes the book’s
historical and material circumstances, those of its origin and reception, over
against the traditional emphasis on “texts” per se.
In terms of the scholarship, the history of the book is perhaps most readily
bracketed by Febvre & Martin’s formative book, L’Apparition du livre, in 1958
(translated as The Coming of the Book in 1976) and the Book History Reader
from 2002, an anthology edited by Finkelstein & McCleery. Febvre & Martin
trace the emergence of the book from manuscript to print, viewing it both as a
“material object implicated in particular social relations” and a “cultural object
engaged in the growth of vernacular culture, individualism and humanism”
(Foreword).
As we have seen in my analysis above, the significance of Ursprung and
Bergkordnung Norwegen—and their earlier and later embodiments—lies not only
in the texts they contain or in their technical content. Rather, their meaning can
also be construed in a broader context—that they were created in their particular
forms, at particular times, for particular purposes.
198
More specifically pertinent to my study is the work of historian Elizabeth
Eisenstein, who produced a huge and hugely influential two-volume study in 1979,
The Printing Press as an Agent of Change. A revised and abridged version was
published in 1983 under the title The Printing Revolution in Early Modern Europe.
While Ong examined how “writing restructure[d] consciousness” over against
orality in human history (Orality, chapter 4), Eisenstein’s focus is the “shift of one
kind of literate culture to another”—namely, that of the printed text as a 15thcentury innovation over the hand-written (or -copied) texts of prior centuries
(Revolution xii). Her wide-ranging analysis explores the “cumulative and
irreversible” effects of print on such Early Modern phenomena as the Italian
Renaissance, Luther and Protestantism, capitalism, exploration and navigation,
and the rise of the modern natural sciences.
One of the “features of print culture” that Eisenstein outlines is the “fixity”
of the printed text (Revolution, chapter 3). Among other effects, the mechanically
duplicated and widely distributed texts in print contributed to standardization of
the European vernacular languages. Associated with fixity was a novel,
cumulative process of data collection in print. Rather than allowing the
corruptions—inaccuracies, omissions, revisions—adherent to successive copies of
manuscripts, print enabled a format for consistent presentation and the
improvement of technical information in successive editions. Viewing a given
print edition as a baseline, a “feedback” effect allowed the errors to be identified
and corrected in later editions; this dynamic is inconceivable in the transmission
199
of hand-written texts. “[T]he immemorial drift of scribal culture had been not
merely arrested but actually reversed” (Revolution 73).
Eisenstein connects the print paradigm to the growth of learning generally,
and to particular areas of inquiry and specialized activity—including those that
would turn into the modern “natural sciences.” The cumulative and shared nature
of knowledge in print form allowed this to happen: “Once a finding could be
permanently secured by being registered in print, the way was paved for an
unending series of discoveries and for the systematic development of
investigatory techniques” (Revolution 127).
Again, in a cumulating process of feedback, correction, and new data,
print allowed—in a literal and pragmatic level—the growth of knowledge of
nature and the progress of science through successive improved editions. The
entire life’s work of a scientist would be permanently preserved in print and used
as a starting point for another scientist—rather than the latter needing to “start
from scratch” in collecting observations de novo. The cumulative “literature
search” in conducting scientific research became a dependable and efficient
component of scientific inquiry (Revolution 200).
Eisenstein is essentially correct in many of her appraisals of the impact of
printing. In her one title she wisely uses the words, “the printing press as an agent
of change” (emphasis added)—recognizing that it is not the only agent of change
in premodern Europe. However, the words in her other title, “the printing
revolution” (emphasis added) are certainly not overstated. There is much from
Eisenstein that is illuminating in our consideration of Ursprung gemeynner
200
Berckrecht and the Norwegian Bergkordnung. These two printed books would
play an important role in the synthesis and dissemination of technical information
and legal guidance on mining in areas where these were lacking—or at least, were
not previously available to as wide a readership.
The customs and “laws” governing medieval mining have their origins in
orality and practice but were eventually committed to writing in various
manuscripts, some of which survive but most of which probably do not. These
texts in manuscript form, however, will not have been available to or referenced
by most practitioners in the field on a regular basis. But once the essential texts
were offered in print in Haselberg’s Ursprung we can no longer say this.
Moreover, if one spoke of customs and practices from “time immemorial,” there
was now a standard reference text against which such claims could be checked
(Press 119). Similarly, most learned practices and sets of observations about
metals and mining existed only orally—“pre-textually”—before Rülein’s
“Bergbüchlein,” a version of which would also be offered by Haselberg in novel
juxtaposition with the earliest mining laws.
Eisenstein emphasizes the novel strategies in rationalizing information and
the improved organization of it that were enabled by print: “Editorial decisions…
with regard to layout and presentation probably helped to reorganize the thinking
of readers” (Revolution 64). One of the considerable virtues of the Bergkordnung
Norwegen was precisely its logical organization and clarity of presentation over
against the earlier mining codes that we have. In a sense, Ursprung—by itself and
in the various co-textual constellations described above—embodies the
201
“cumulative change” envisaged by Eisenstein as part of the power of print
(Revolution 78).
In several important ways, however, my account of the textual issues in
Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen—of compilation, change and continuity
in their histories-in-print—seems an imperfect fit with some of Eisenstein’s main
theses. In the discussion of the early Freiberg, Iglau, and Waldenburg/Meissen
legal tracts, the text of Haselberg’s editio princeps was shown to be substantially
flawed over against the manuscript tradition. The errors were in dozens of cases
so substantial as to render Ursprung inaccurate—in some passages even
incomprehensible. The text seems to have been used heavily in the later 16th
century; it was reprinted twice in the 17th century, but without any corrective
feedback causing Haselberg’s errors to be rectified. Among the readership there
were likely persons experienced in mining, and these readers might have been
able to recognize and discern many of the errors. However—and here lies a
pragmatic circumstance not identified by Eisenstein—there is no indication that
expert miners were involved in revising the text or typesetting of later reprints.
Eisenstein’s view of advancing knowledge through print seems to require an
almost modern peer review or editorial review mechanism which is certainly at
odds with the reality of most book printing in the 16th and 17th centuries.
Further, Eisenstein posits an economic incentive by competing printers to
improve upon earlier editions (Revolution 73), but this is not in evidence with my
two books. Rather, in most cases the best a printer could do is reproduce exactly
the earlier edition, in as efficient and cost-effective a manner as possible. With
202
Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen, the “growth” in technical information
was essentially quantitative rather than qualitative in nature. Haselberg collected
a number of existing texts without improving on them—in fact corrupting several
of them in the process. The 1616 collection by Gross added a large number of
texts related by subject matter text to Haselberg—namely, additional mining laws.
The 1698 collection by Zunner took all of Gross and added even more texts in
aggregative fashion. In the case of the Norwegian Bergkordnung, the second
edition from 1647 was expanded by stylistic elaboration but not significantly
changed in terms of legal content.
In sum, the histories-in-print of my two books show several transmission
steps in which substantial loss, error, or other “distortions” occurred:
•
Manuscript to print versions of the early mining codes in Haselberg’s
Ursprung
•
“Bergbüchlein” 1st to 2nd edition (B1 to B2) and 2nd to 3rd edition (B2 to B3)
•
Bergkordnung Norwegen 1st edition to its revised “Baroque” 2nd edition
The other, later stages in the histories of the texts were found to be relatively
conservative and stable in terms of textual content and quality. And we find no
cases of later editions or versions of texts significantly improving upon the
technical content or textual quality of the earlier ones. Eisenstein makes some
assumptions—about the status and credibility of printed books, about the
processes and realities of book printing—that appear flawed, or at least are not as
universal as she would have us think.
203
Eisenstein’s view of print enabling the advancement of knowledge
through successive improved editions probably did happen in many cases (e.g.,
her Copernicus and Brahe), but her model is problematic when considered against
the early German mining texts that I have examined. A more nuanced approach
to the history of printing—and its role in the history of science—is epitomized in
the work of Adrian Johns.
Johns articulates a very different, more cautious account of print. In his
Nature of the Book: Print and Knowledge in the Making, he pointedly calls into
question some of the characteristics of early printing that Eisenstein seems to
assume without question—characteristics such as faith, credibility, and “status”
supposedly ascribed to them by their readers. To Johns, it is an essentially
modern “habit of reading” to presuppose the intrinsic reliability and legitimacy of
printed texts—especially those of technical or non-fiction subject matter—
whereas in Johns’ view said “self-evidence” of credibility cannot be assumed for
books in the formative decades of printing. He replaces Eisenstein’s concept of
“fixity” with an accounting of how early books probably only gradually gained
legitimacy or “credit” (28-40). In Johns’ account, the credit or credibility
ascribed to printed books developed in different ways, to different extents, at
different rates among various text types and readerships during the premodern
centuries.
Eisenstein presupposes that the appearance and rapid spread of “printing”
coincided with immediate authority and uncontested legitimacy of the printed
objects. To her, “printing itself stands outside history. The press is something
204
‘sui generis,’… lying beyond the reach of conventional historical analysis”
(Nature 19). Johns, in explicit contrast to Eisenstein, seeks “to excavate the
complex issues involved in the historical shaping of print [in order to] portray
print culture in the making” (3). Elements of the creation and dissemination of
books, of their use and distribution need to be traced and teased out rather than
monolithically assumed (Nature 3). And these elements are elusive for the early
print period, distant from us as it is in time and in social, cultural, and linguistic
milieu. Johns feels that issues of readership and reception have been previously
disregarded in the study of the histoire du livre (29). He seeks to “forget[] that we
ourselves ‘know’ what printing is” to explore what printing “was” in all its facets
(5).
The Nature of the Book focuses particularly on the development of the
natural sciences. It “proposes a new account of how early modern Europeans put
printing to use to create and maintain knowledge about the natural world” (6). In
fact, Johns revisits the life and work of Eisenstein’s emblematic “incarnation of
textual, social, and epistemic order”—Danish nobleman and astronomer Tycho
Brahe—to expose issues of textual stability and questions of credit even in the
case of this supposed highly stable purveyor of and contributor to natural
knowledge (6-28).
Johns’ central theses are reiterated and extended in the context of science
in his essay, “Science and the Book in Modern Cultural Historiography.” Most
strikingly, he observes that historical accounts of science have tended to build
205
upon (Eisenstein’s) textual fixity; if that fixity is problematized, so too might be
some of our assumptions about the history and historiography of science (188-94).
Johns asks, “Could a printed book be trusted to be what it claimed?” By
his account, doubts and apprehensions were widespread with early printed books.
The prospect of pirated editions, unauthorized translations, abridgment, and other
issues of propriety and credit were always part of the mental appraisal that premodern readers carried out with their books. Fixity—a stable, reliable text—was
in the “eye of the beholder” (Nature 36). “It was regarded as extremely unusual
for a book professing knowledge—from lowly almanacs to costly folios—to be
published in the relatively unproblematic manner we now assume” (Nature 30).
In surveying the histories-in-print of Ursprung and Bergkordnung
Norwegen, I have demonstrated that 16th- and 17th-century readers—of mining
literature, at least—did have cause to question the reliability and accuracy of their
printed books. Johns’ questions of legitimacy and status are easily mapped onto
my two books. My analysis in the preceding sections has exposed many potential
“crises of credibility” hidden in the books’ histories-in-print. My editorial
work—the collation and creation of critical apparatuses—served to document
substantial textual discontinuities between and among the various versions and
editions of the texts in question. Reviewing Ursprung and Bergkordnung
Norwegen for a final time—could these printed books be trusted to be what they
claimed?
•
The creator of Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht identifies himself by name,
and builds credit by referencing his connection to Emperor Maximilian
206
I—but where was this book published, and where do its “old texts”
originate?
•
Haselberg(er) claims to present the earliest mining codes for reference and
edification. This he does, but his transcription is so flawed as to distort the
texts’ meaning, often beyond intelligibility.
•
Haselberg’s errors would persist as the only versions of the early mining
codes available in print for over 200 years.
•
Ursprung contains a section titled,“Von erkantnus der berckwerck.” It
turns out, however, to be a thinly veiled reproduction of a certain
“Bergbüchlein,” versions of which had been distributed for several
decades before.
•
This version of the “Bergbüchlein” has some garbled wording, and some
of the woodcuts do not mesh with the surrounding text.
•
The brief texts that conclude Ursprung seem useful, but where did they
come from? The compiler does not tell us.
•
The compilation by Gross from 1616 preserves the contents of Ursprung
quite precisely—but erases all traces of its 16th-century creator, Haselberg!
•
The Bergkordnung Norwegen appears to be legitimate, with images of the
Danish royal seal on the first and last pages—literally surrounding the text
with the seal of royal authority.
•
The 2nd edition of the Norwegian code is correctly identified as Christian
IV’s reprint of Christian III’s text. However, the introductory letter and
“freedoms” statement attributed to Christian III are tacitly rewritten, and
207
the end matter identifying the creative contribution of Beuther and
Meyerpeck is gone. The 17th century reader has no way of “recovering”
these historical details; he/she might think that this is the text as produced
in 1539-1540.
•
The perceptive reader might have noticed that the style and wording of the
1647 version of Bergkordnung Norwegen read more like a book written in
1647 than one written in 1540.
•
The compilation by Zunner from 1698 assembles an even larger array of
mining texts. The center section, titled “Ursprung und Ordnungen der
Bergwercke…,” seems to be a reprint of a large collection of 16th century
mining laws—but the source, including Gross’s name and the data 1616,
is not identified.
•
The Zunner/1698 collection of laws outlines ten (“X.”) texts, the last of
which is the regulation for Norway dated 1539-1540. It is, however,
impossible to tell that this text was added by Gross and had not been a part
of the earlier collection of 16th-century mining laws. In effect, the table of
contents represents a falsification of its source.
•
Of course, the names Haselberger, Beuther, and Meyerpeck are nowhere
to be found in the Zunner/1698 collection.
We can probably never recover the actual reception “scenarios” or reader
responses that might have occurred with the texts under study. However, the
sequence of hypothetical issues above is intended to demonstrate that a range of
208
credibility issues—questions of Sein versus Schein—attach to the texts in and
among their various 16th and 17th century embodiments.
My initial assessment of the historical significance of the two books
Ursprung and Bergkordnung Norwegen caused me to undertake the project of
studying and editing them and translating them into English. Ironically, however,
these activities exposed varied but pervasive types of textual instability in their
histories-in-print. I intended from the outset to present the two books as
published, disseminated, and read in their 16th-century embodiments. I had not
anticipated the extent to which error, loss, and other forms of textual change
would characterize the texts as presented.
Difficulties in reading and transcribing manuscripts for the print medium;
carelessness in creating new editions of earlier works; uncredited revisions;
printers unconcerned with consulting authors or experts in the matters they are
printing—these characteristics are probably the rule rather than the exception
during the formative decades and centuries of the “printing revolution.”
209
CHAPTER 2:
DER URSPRUNG GEMEYNNER BERCKRECHT –
GERMAN EDITION AND CRITICAL APPARATUS
210
[1r]
Dera Vrsprung gemeynner
Berckrechtb/ wie die lange zeit von den alten er=
halten worden/ darauß die Künigklichen vnd fürstlichen bergks ord
nungen vber alle Bergrecht geflossen/ welcher sich eyn jetz=
licher in zůfelligen Berckhandlungen/ vor dem öbristenc
Berckmeister vnd anderen Berckrichtern/ zů recht
wol gebrauchen mag/ Auch ein anzeygung der
clüfft vnd geng des Metallischen ärtz/ wie
die in berg vnnd thal streichentd/ vnd
jhr geschick haben/ Mit art=
lichen Figurene ver=
zeichnet.
Sampt eyner anzeygung vil höflicher vnd fündiger
Berckwerck der löblichen Cron zů Behamf.
a
Der absent UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
Berg-Rechte UgB(1698)
c
Obersten UgB(1698)
d
streichen UgB(1698)
e
Mit artlichen Figuren = Mit Kupffer figuren artlichen UgB(1616), mit Kupffer-Figuren artlich
UgB(1698) [note the advance in technology, with copper etchings in 1616, 1698 replacing the woodcuts
used in the first edition of UgB]
f
Cron Böhem UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
b
211
[Figure 2.1: Scene of miners at work]
[1v] DEm Ernuesten vnd Hochachtbarn herrn Johan Lucas .R.K.M. Rath vnd diener/
meinem gnedigen vnd gebietenden herrn. Ernuester vnd Hochachtbarer gnediger
vnd gebietender herr .E.G. seien mein alzeit schuldig vnd gůtgewilt dienst mit
höchstem fleiß Zůuoran bereyt/ Gnediger herr/ Dieweil ich .E.G. als eyn liebhaber
der geschrifften Berckwercks vnd aller nutzbarer künsten erkenne/ Die mir auch bei
weilant Key. Maximilians zeiten/ Hochloblicher gedächtnus als deren pfenigmeyster
Raht vnd diener Priuilegia über etliche biecher zůtrucken erlangt/ Vnd sunst vil
gůtthaten bewisen/ Bin ich der halben zů erzeygung meins danckbarn gemüts nit ring
verursacht .E.G. zů ehrn vnnd gefallen dis büchlin (das lange zeit verdunckelt
gewesen) vnd vilen auch in sonderheyt Berckleuten zů erschießlicher nutzbarkeyt
reychen würdt ans leicht zů bringen/ vnd .E.G. zů zůschreiben/ Darinnen sich .E.G.
vnnd andere zů ersehen haben/ des vrsprungs aller Berckrechten/ vnd sunderlich wie
es die alten im anfang gehalten. Wiewol es sich auch von tag zů tag gebessert/ vnd
die kunstlichen bergs ordnungen darauß geflossen/ wie auch alle artickel in eyns
yeglichen Fürsten land vnd Oberkeyt sunderlich gehalten worden/ damit sich eyn
212
yeder in zůfelliger bercks handlung darauß zůrichten vnd in recht zů gebrauchen
habe. Daneben wie auch alle gäng/ klüfft vnd fletzen/ in Berg vnd thale jr geschick
vnd streichens haben/ Mit anhangenden namen der alten verlegnen Berckwerck/ der
loblichen Kronen zů Beham (Welcher .E.G. auch Rath vnd diener ist) vnd sich mit
vilen edeln Metallen nutzlich bewisen.
Das wölle E.G (bit ich dienstlich) zů
danckbarer erzeygung meins gemiets/ in gnaden günstiglich annemen/ mich auch in
gnedigem beuelch haben/ Binn vmb die selbig ich in alle weg zů verdienen schuldig/
willig vnd bereyt.
E. G. gůtwilliger diener.
Johan Haselberger von
Reichenaw bůchfierer.a
a
[Prefatory letter from Haselberg(er) absent from UgB(1616), UgB(1698)]
213
[2r]a
[FrB 1]b
Vorrede.c
WElcher eyn Obrister auff einem Bergkwerck/ als ein Bergkmeister ist/ in einem
Fürstenthum/ Alles was vor jm gehandelt/d das gezeuget er wol mit recht/ auff allen
gebirgen desselbigene Fürstenthumbsf / Alle ander Amptleutg/ die setzt der obriste
Berckmeister/ vnnd bestetiget sie/ alsh weit/ als das Fürstenthumb ist. Was auch für
dem selbigen Berckmeister geteidingti/ die mögen mit Recht vorj keynem statrichter
gezeugen. Es mag auch keyn Berckrichter auff eynem andern gebierg zeugenk/ da er
nicht richter ist/ sundern was er in seinem gericht höret oder siehet/ das mag er woll
bezeügenl / vnnd sunst niemandt merm in seinem gericht[.] Jst aber/ dzn vor dem
obristen Bergkrichtero jrgent wasp geteidingtq das getzeuget er wol/ alles was
eynemr wissentlich ist vor dem stadt richter.
a
[[2r]-[10v] = Freiberg Bergrecht ‘B’, herein abbreviated FrB; cf. Ermisch 38-64.]
[Paragraph numbers in square brackets correspond to numbering of paragraphs defined by Ermisch.]
c
[Caption <Vorrede.> in UgB (including UgB(1616), UgB(1698)) takes the place of the following
title and heading in MS versions of Freiberg B:]
Das synt gemeyne bergrecht in desym furstymtum, der eyn
yczlych bergman czu rechte wol gebruchyn mag.
[1.] Czu dem erstyn. Von dem obersten bergmeister und andern bergrichtern.
d
WElcher eyn Obrister auff einem Bergkwerck/ als ein Bergkmeister ist/ in einem Fürstenthum/ Alles was
vor jm gehandelt/ = Welch man obirste bergmeister ist yn eynem furstyntum, was vor deme geteidingit
wyrt Erm
e
desselben UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
f
desselbigen Fürstenthumbs = yn demselbin furstintum Erm
g
bergrichter Erm
h
so UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
i
für dem selbigen Berckmeister geteidingt/ = vor denselben bergrichtern geteidingit wirt Erm
j
für UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
k
geczugen Erm
l
geczogen Erm
m
sunst niemandt mer = anders nyrgen me denne Erm ■ [*1] [Notations of [* n] (where n = number)
correspond to emendations in the English translations of the early mining laws in chapter 4. Not all cases
of ■ have been emended in the translation.]
n
das UgB(1616), daß UgB(1698)
o
bergmeister Erm
p
jrgent was = icht Erm
q
insert wirt Erm
r
alles was eynem = waz ym Erm
b
214
[FrB 2]
Von dem lehena/ vnnd wie
man die leihen sollb.
Eyn jtzlicher Bergkmeyster c oder lehen herr d / hatt die gewalt von e recht/ das er
itzliche genge/ eynem jtzlichen Bergkmann leihen mag/ vmb der selben fürsten
recht/ also bestendiglich f / das er die genge heysse bawen wie g recht ist/ Das der
herrschafft nutz vnnd frumeh daran erkandt weri.
[FrB 3]
Von dem Leherrnj/
vnnd leihungek.
Eyn jtzlicher lehenherr sol den mercken dem er leihet/ das er jn geweren müge/[.]
wannl er eynen gang leihet/ der behelt auff dem gang fürsichm vierthalb lehen/ vnd
hinder sich vierdhalb lehen/ vnnd auff sein hangends vierdhalb lachter/ vnd auff [2v]
sein ligends vierdhalb lachter.
[FrB 4]
Von erb zů bereyten/ vnnd wie man
die bereyttenn soll.
a
lyher Erm ■
unnd wie man die leihen soll = wy der lyhen sal Erm
c
ober bergmeister Erm
d
obirster lyher Erm
e
vom UgB(1698)
f
bescheidenlich Erm ■
g
alz Erm, was UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
h
frome Erm, frommen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
i
werde Erm, UgB(1698)
j
lyher Erm, Lehnherrn UgB(1616), Lehn-Herrn UgB(1698)
k
insert sequitur Erm
l
weme Erm
m
vor sich Erm
n
buwen Erm ■
b
215
So sich eyn zech vorleitha[,] das gemessene berg vnd wasser geng b seind wasser
halben das manc vor wasser nicht gebawend kane one stollen/ so dann leuth kummenf
vnnd můthen beig dem Bergkmeyster/ ob er jn wellh leihen die zech/ oder den brochi/
vnd woll jn feldt darzů vererben zů eynem stoln vmb der herschafft recht/ der
Berckmeysterj mag jn dask wol leihen/[.] Bringen dann die leuth denl stoln an die
statt/ vnd zů den brüchenm/ das sie hoffen/ das sie ertz finden/ vnd mittenn an den
burgern vnd an dem Bergkmeyster/ das man jno eyn Erb bereytp zů dem stoln/ so sol
der Bergkmeysterq darzů reiten/ esr besehen/ als liebs jm ere vnd trew istt/ vnd sollen
zů dem stollen/ vnd zů der zech denu gebenv vnd bedeutenw/ als viel feldes/ als es
dem stoln eben kumet/ vnd es der herschafft vnnd dem stoln nutz sei/ Vndx woh das
feld verbrochen ist/ Wo aber y vnuerbrochen raßen z were/ also das nicht broch aa
weren/ da soll man keyn Erbe zů dem stoln bereitten/ Es würde dann daran erkant
der herrschafft nutz vnd bb den cc burgern vnd Bergkmeyster/[.] vnd würt dd das erb
a
So sich eyn zech vorleith = Ist daz sich eyne zcechen vorlyt Erm
wasser geng = genge Erm
c
insert yn Erm
d
getun Erm, bawen UgB(1616), bauen UgB(1698)
e
mag Erm
f
so dann leuth kummen = komen denne lute Erm
g
bei = dez czu Erm
h
wolle Erm, wil UgB(1616), will UgB(1698)
i
Bruch UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
j
Bermeister UgB(1616), Berg-Meister UgB(1698)
k
jn das = ys yn Erm
l
yren Erm
m
brochen Erm
n
muten Erm, muteten UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
o
jhm UgB(1616), ihm UgB(1698)
p
berite Erm, bereite UgB(1698)
q
sol der Bergkmeyster = sollen dy burger und der bergmeister Erm
r
es = unde sollen daz Erm
s
lied UgB(1616) □ , lieb UgB(1698)
t
als lieb jm ere vnd trew ist = alz yn yre ere unde truwe lyp ist Erm
u
denne Erm
v
geben = gehen
w
beriten Erm ■
x
unde ouch Erm
y
ader Erm
z
rase Erm, Rasen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
aa
broche Erm
bb
vnd = von Erm ■ [*2]
cc
der UgB(1698)
dd
würd UgB(1616), würde UgB(1698)
b
216
bereyta/ so gehn ab alle gemessene lehen/ vnd wannb das erb bereytc würt/ vnd dem
stoln sein recht gegeben würtd/ so sollen die gewercken/ welchene das erb bereitf
würt/ den burgern geben vmb jre arbeyt/ zwů marck/ das seind acht schilling
groschen g vnd sollen dem Berckmeyster eyne geben h / das seind vier schilling
groscheni.
[FrB 5]
Es seind zweyerley stoln beschriben
damit man alle bergkwerck bauwet/ &c.j
Der eyn heyßt eyn sůch stollenk/ Der Anderl eyn Erblicher stoln.m
[3r]
[FrB 6]
Vomn sůch stoln recht/ wo wässerige
berckwerck ligen/ den man wassers halbeno
nicht gethůn mag.
a
beryten Erm
wenne Erm
c
beryten Erm
d
sein recht gegeben würt = wirt syn recht gegebyn Erm
e
den Erm
f
beriten Erm
g
grossyn Erm
h
eyne geben = geben eyne marg Erm
i
grossyn Erm
j
&c. = unde nycht me. Erm ■ , etc. UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
k
suchstolle Erm
l
insert heyset Erm
m
Erblicher stoln = erbehafftyger stolle Erm
n
Von Erm
o
wassers halben = vor wassyrsnot Erm
b
217
So die leüth zů dem lehen herrna kumen/ vnd eyn sůchstoln mutten/b vnd wellen denc
stoln treiben zů den gängen/ vnd wellen das Bergwerck/ vertreugen d / Wann e der
sůchstoln f also gelegen g würt von dem lehern h / der beheldt das recht/ wer i seine
wasser siechj annimpt/ das vor jm noch hinder jm niemand soll ansitzenk/ in vierthalb
lehen/ Feret erl al som fern/ das er jn bringet/ an die statt/ das der stolnn siben lachter
triegeto/ aberp eyns lehens tieff/ das er beweisen mag/ Alles das er dann vorfarnq hatt/
in seiner wasser seich/ dahienr solle/ noch darff niemandts einsitzens mit recht wider
seinen willen/[.] woh er die teuffet nicht jnnen hatu/ als vor bestimptv ist erleubet
eynem itzlichen/ jn vierthalb lehen zů pawen.w
[FrB 7]
Von erbstolnn/ was
die vor rechtx habenn.
a
lehen herrn = Lehnherrn UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
So die leüth zů dem lehen herrn kumen/ vnd eyn sůchstoln mutten = komen den lute zcu dem lyer unde
muten eyns suchstollen darczu Erm
c
den den UgB(1698)
d
vortrugen Erm
e
weme Erm
f
insert denne Erm
g
geliehen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) □
h
lyer Erm, Lehnherrn UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
i
wer = wo er Erm ■ [*3]
j
wasser siech = wassirseyge Erm, Wasser seug UgB(1616), Wasser-Seug UgB(1698)
k
ynsitzen Erm
l
insert yn aber Erm
m
al so = alzo Erm
n
stolle Erm
o
treuget Erm
p
ader Erm ■ [*4]
q
vorhat UgB(1698) □
r
daryn Erm ■ [*5]
s
darff niemandts einsitzen = entar nymant ynsiczen Erm
t
die teuffe = der tuffe Erm
u
jnnen hat = enhat Erm
v
vor bestimpt = davor benümet ist, da Erm
w
buwen Erm, bawen UgB(1616), bauen UgB(1698)
x
vor recht = rechtys Erm
b
218
Wanna ein erbhafftiger stolnnb von desc obristten lehernd gelihene ist/ der vonn recht
einen lochtstein setzen soll f / an die stadt/ vnd an sein ziel/ dahin jm sein erbe
bereiteng ist zů einem gedechtnüs/ das dauon hernach nicht krieg wurdenh/ ob man
andern leutheni/ auch ein erb darnach solte geben. Aber einemj gemessen bergk solte
messen.
[FrB 8]
Von erbstolnn recht.
Der erbstolnk hat auch das recht/ das niemant darffl in seinem ziele einschlahenm/ es
sei verbrochen feld/ oder vnuerbrochen roßen n / von seinem ziele o / biß an den
lochstein mit rechte wider der gewercken willen[.] strengenp auch die gewercken den
stoln/ das er treuget/ anderhalbes lehenq tieff/ oder [3v] zůmr minsten zehen lachter/
so heisset er zů recht ein erbstoln[.] vnd alle gemessne lehen/ dies in der marscheid
ligen/ vnd was brüche seint/ die in seiner marscheid ligen/ wer darinnet arbeitu/ obenv
dem wasser/ der mus das thůn mit willen der gewerckenw/ an dem erbstoln/[.] Die
a
Weme Erm ■ [*6]
stolle Erm
c
dem Erm
d
lyher Erm
e
gelegen Erm
f
der vonn recht einen lochstein setzen soll = der zal von rechte eyn lochsteyn seczen Erm
g
beriten Erm, bereitet UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
h
nicht krieg wurden = ycht krige werde Erm, nit Krieg wurde UgB(1616), nicht krieg würde UgB(1698)
i
ob man andern leuthen = ap man andern luten Erm, wann man andern Leuten UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
j
ader eynen Erm ■ [*7], Oder einen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
k
erbstolle Erm [and hereafter generally, <stoll(e)n> UgB = <stole> Erm]
l
tar Erm
m
ynslan Erm
n
rase Erm, Rasen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
o
zcele Erm
p
Brengen Erm ■
q
lehens Erm
r
zcu dem Erm, absent UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
s
dy da Erm
t
darinnen UgB(1698)
u
arbeitet UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
v
uber UgB(1616), über UgB(1698)
w
[Typographical error in original: <gemercken>, corrected to <Gewercken> in UgB(1616)]
b
219
weil der stoln aber also tieff nicht treuget/ alsa vor bemumetb ist/ die weil erbetc ein
itzlich man wol also/ das er die berge vnd brüche/ nichtd zů reissee die den stoln
bereitenf sindt.
[FrB 9]
Von erbstoln recht.
Kumpt ein erbstoln mit seiner wasser seigg an die genge die jm bereitteth sein/ findet
er ertz allein/ das doch in einem freien sei/ man misset keinen berck/[.] findet er aber
ertz an gengen/ die vnuerschroteni sein/j vnuerhauen/ man misset jm einen berck/
also das eink alle gemessne lehenl dinen vnnd sie behaltem/ in dem rechten/ vnd er
seinen stoln hat/[.] Vnnd ein jtzlich stoln/ behelt das recht dz ein gemessenn berck/
hat[,] auff sein hangends vierthalb lehen/ vndo sein ligends vierthalb lehen.
[FrB 10]
Von erbstoln recht.
Kumet der erbstoln in gemessen lehen/ die bauhafft sein/ vnnd nicht gearbeitp/ zů
dem stoln/ die lehen mögen dem stoln nicht geweren/[;] er fare darein q / vnnd
a
alzo Erm
benumet Erm, beniemit UgB(1616), benahmet UgB(1698)
c
erbeyt Erm, arbeit UgB(1616), arbeitet UgB(1698)
d
ycht Erm ■
e
zů reisse = czurysse Erm, zuriesse UgB(1698)
f
beriten Erm, bereitet UgB(1698)
g
wasser seig = wassyrseyge Erm, Wasserseug UgB(1616), Wasser-Seug UgB(1698)
h
beryten Erm
i
unvorschroten Erm
j
insert und Erm ■
k
ym Erm ■ , einem UgB(1698)
l
len Erm
m
beheldet Erm
n
gemessner UgB(1698)
o
insert uff Erm
p
geerbet syn Erm
q
doryn Erm
b
220
dardurch also bescheidenlicha/ wann er kumpt an die lehen/ als der stolle/ dar ist
kumen/ auff der soleb magc wol hawen vnder sich vnd oberd sich/ alsoe hoch als er
mit einer kratzen gereichen mag/ Also/ daß er der kratzen helm nicht lenger mache/
vnnd soll auch nicht mehr nutzes oder gewins daran haben/ oder nemenf/ dieweil er
in demg lehen ist/ vnd sollen auchh die lehen dem stoln das virtheli zů kost geben/[.]
vnnd wiehr j darnach der erbstoln hinkumpt/ so soll man von recht/ den selben
gewercken/ ein Neunteil geben/ das ist dauon/ das er wint brenget/ vnnd [4r] wasser
benimpt/[.] vnd der erbstoln soll ein Neuntheil haben durch vnd durch vnd nicht
mehr k / vnd das soll man geben den gewercken/ die den stolln erst haben
angenummenl/ diem sollen auch den stoln mit jrem gelden ymer fursicho treiben/ wů
sie das Neuntheil haben wollen/[.] wů sie aber desp Neundenteils emperenq wollen/
da mögen sie wenden/[.] vnnd wer dann den selben stolnn fürbasr treibet/ der soll
von dem zol oder zinßs von rechte fürbast frey sein.
[FrB 11]
Von erbstolnu.
a
beseidenlich UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
sale Erm
c
mag er Erm
d
ower Erm, über UgB(1698)
e
alz Erm, so UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
f
soll auch nicht mehr nutzes oder gewins daran haben/ oder nemen = nycht mer nuczes zal er da haben.
Unde Erm
g
den Erm
h
vnd sollen auch = dy wyle sollen Erm ■
i
vyrde teyl Erm, Vierde UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
j
wo Erm ■ [*8], wir UgB(1616), wo UgB(1698)
k
me Erm
l
erst haben angenummen = von erst angenomen habyn Erm
m
die = und dy Erm
n
Felde UgB(1698) □
o
ymer fursich = ymmer me vor sych Erm
p
das UgB(1698)
q
enpern Erm
r
vorbas Erm
s
zol oder zinß = zcele Erm [i.e., plural of Zoll]
t
vorbas Erm
u
insert rechte Erm
b
221
Wo man einema erbstoln zů einen gebirg füret/ vnnd mer stolln getriebenb/ welcher
der aller tieffste ist/ der behelt von recht die eigenschafft vnd sein recht/[.] vnd alsoc
viel/ als einemd gemessen berg/ leite an eines stolnn Marscheid/ der erbhafftig ist/ als
manch stund sechtzehen/ hofestedt beheldet der stolnn.
[FrB 12]
Vonf erbstoln recht.
Wer da erbhafftige stolnn bauet[,] der sollg sein wasser seigh vnd liechtloch fertigeni/
auff vnd nider an seinem stoln vnd zůbernj recht vnd redlich/ vnd soll den stoln
stetiglich treibenk mit dreien hewer l . Beschicht m dz nicht/ vnd wirt der stoll mit
dreyen hewernn nicht getrieben/ vnd der stol verleit sicho acht tag nach einander als
wüst/ das jn niemantsp treibet/ dz mansq beweisen mag/ mit einem erhafftigen mann/
den r der ober bergkmeister/ s denn selbest t auff die zech heist reitten u / vnd soll
anheben an dem stoln/ auff diev wasserseig/ vnd soll besehen die liechtlocher/ biß da
a
einen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
Wo man einem erbstoln zů einen gebirg füret/ vnnd mer stolln getrieben = Wo man me erbestollen vert
wenne eynen zcu eynem gebyrge Erm ■ [*9]
c
alz Erm
d
eyn Erm
e
leit = lyt Erm, leit er UgB(1698)
f
Vom UgB(1698)
g
insert halden Erm
h
wasser seig = wassyrseyge Erm
i
liechtloch fertigen = zal fertygen syne lychtlocher Erm
j
Zübern UgB(1616), UgB(1698) [= räumen]
k
stetiglich treiben = tryben stetelych Erm
l
heuwern Erm, Hewern UgB(1616), Häwern UgB(1698)
m
Geschyt Erm, Geschicht UgB(1698)
n
houwern Erm
o
der stol verleit sich = vorlyt sych der stolle Erm
p
nymant Erm, niemand UgB(1698)
q
man Erm
r
denn UgB(1616)
s
insert myt dem eyde darzcu bestetigyt hat, zo sal der obyrbergmeyster Erm ■
t
selbis Erm
u
heist reitten = ryten Erm, heit reiten UgB(1698)
v
der Erm
b
222
desa stoln haupt wendet[.]/ findtb er es denn/ alsoc/ solld er den potene beyf dem eid
ermaneng/ ob er dem stollnh nach gefolget hab als recht sei/ vnd den abebaw funden
habi/ als jmj auff sein eid gegeben ist[.]/ bekennet er das/ so sol der bergkmeister den
boten fragen/ eines vrteils/ wes der erbstolln jm seyk [4v]l/ [.] so soll man den teilenm
in der herschafft gewalt/[.] wer jn dann mutet/ mitn der herschafft recht/ dem soll jn
der bergkmeister leihen.
[FrB 13]
Vono erbstoln recht.
Kein bergkmeisterp/ noch obrister lehenherrq/ noch kein amathmanr/ hat die gewalt/
das sie auff keinen s erb stoln/ oder auff keinen t gemessen bergen/ mögen setzen/
keinenu steiger nach hutmanv nachw keinen Amathmanx/ wider der gewercken willen.
a
daz Erm
find UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
c
abebuwe Erm ■ [*10]
d
soll = zo zal Erm
e
Bothen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
f
bey = hey UgB(1698) [typographical error]
g
bey dem eid ermanen = manen by dem eyde Erm
h
dem stolln = den stollen Erm, dem Stolle UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
i
hab absent UgB(1698)
j
jhn UgB(1616)
k
wes der erbstollen jm sey = wez der erbestolle nu sy Erm ■ [probable minim confusion between <nu>
and <jm> in UgB], wes der Erbstolln sey UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
l
[Duplicate <sei> in original: <…sey [4v] sei/ so sol…>; catchword on 4r is correct: <so sol>.]
m
teilen = stollen teylen Erm, theilen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
n
wer jn dann mutet/ mit = Wer syn denne mutet von allererst umme Erm ■
o
Vom UgB(1698)
p
obirbergmeyster Erm
q
lyher Erm
r
ammechman Erm, Amptmann UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
s
einen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
t
einen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
u
einen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
v
steiger nach hutman = styger, hutman adyr smyt Erm
w
[both occurrences of <nach> = MSG noch]
x
ammechman Erm, Amptmann UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
b
223
[FrB 14]
Von erbstoln recht.
Erbstoln haben dannocha auch das recht/ alsb fernenc als ein man geschissend kane/
mit einem bogen/ als fernf beheldt ein erbstoln/ oder ein gemessen berg feldes/ daruff
die bergkleuth/ jr vieh treiben vnd weydeng.
[FrB 15]
Von bereitten erben.
Wann der bergkmeister/ mit denh burgern ein erb bereitteti/ das soll von recht crafft
haben/ vnnd bleiben/ vnnd kumet dauon das man ettliche erbhafftige stoln/ bei
manchen jaren nicht zů gewinnenj bringen mag/[.] were auch das der bergkmeister
vnd auch die burger stürben/ ehe der erbhafftige stolnk gewinhafft werdel/ vnd wolt
jemand das erb/ oder den stoln hindern/ vnd jn jr erb oder stoln/ ansitzen m vnd
bauen/ es wer fündig oder vnfündign / so sol der Newe bergkmeister/ vnd newen
burger/ allen denen
o
entscheiden/ nach kuntschafft/ erbarer
p
leuth/ die das
gedencken/ vnd die den lochstein wissen. Möchte man aber jemantsq gehabenr/ dem
a
dannoch absent Erm, darnach UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
alzo Erm
c
verre Erm [In this text generally, UgB <fern(e)> = Erm <verr(e)>; later instances are not noted in the
apparatus.]
d
schiessen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
e
mag Erm
f
als fern = alzo verre Erm
g
werden UgB(1616) □ , weyden UgB(1698)
h
dem UgB(1698) □
i
Wann der bergkmeister/ mit den burgern ein erb bereittet = Weme der obyrste bergmeister adyr obyrlyher,
der gewaldyg dez yst, myt den burgern eyn erbe berytet Erm ■ [*11]
j
gewynne Erm
k
stolle adir erbe Erm
l
wurde Erm
m
ynsiczyn Erm
n
fündig oder vnfündig = gewynhaft adir ungewynhaft Erm, findig oder unfindig UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
o
allen denen = dy sollen denne daz Erm ■ , alle die UgB(1616), UgB(1698) □
p
erbarer = der bederben Erm
q
nymandis Erm ■ [*12]
r
haben UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
b
224
darumb wissenthlich wer/ so ist es einem jtzlichen frey zůbawen/ welcher dann abera
ertz findet/ deß dieb maß wert ist/ dem sollc darnach als der bergk gemessen wirt/
kein erbe berürend/ das die gemessen berge hindernf mag/ dieweil sie bauhafftig sein.
[5r]
[FrB 16]
Von den Newfengen/ vnd wie
mang messen soll.
Wer ein Newen gangh findet/ dem sol man siben lachteri messen/ vnd istj darnach
einem andern mann/ auch auff dem selben gang/ jrrk gelegen/ wie nahe erl bey dem
ersten zolm,n sey/ findet dero Ertz/ man sol jm ehr messen/ zů recht/[.] von welchem
schacht er dasp behalden/ das das seine rechte fundtgrůb sey/ von dem selben schacht
soll manq messen/[.] vnd ist das man jmr messen sol den selben gang/ oder einen
andern/ so sol der zehenders darzů faren oder senden. Jst es dann der mas wert/ so
soll er den Berckmeister heissen messen.
[FrB 17]
a
dann aber = denne er Erm ■ [*13] [er = MSG eher]
deß die = daz der Erm
c
insert man Erm [Ermisch speculates that the cryptic wording here should be emended to: <dem sal man
e messen zu rechte. Man sal danach…>]
d
beryten Erm ■
e
berge Erm, Berge UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
f
gehyndern Erm
g
insert den Erm
h
Wer ein Newen gang = Wer zo eynen nufang Erm
i
lehen Erm ■ [*14]
j
insert daz
k
wirt Erm ■
l
yz Erm
m
dem ersten zol = dez ersten zcele Erm ■ [*15]
n
[UgB introduces a marginal caption intended to define the term <zol>: <(Zol) Dz ist/ zins oder ein stewr
oder köst/ die man den stoln gibt/ das er dest statlicher gebawt.> The caption is reproduced in UgB(1616)
and UgB(1698). Ermisch (47) points out that, for this context, the explanatory definition is inaccurate.]
o
insert e Erm ■
p
tar Erm ■
q
insert ym Erm
r
jm absent Erm
s
zcendener Erm, Zehendner UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
b
225
Von Berckmeßung.
Der a Bergkmeister sol von recht den gang messen/ vnd der finder sol jm seinen
meßpfenningb darumb geben/ das seind vier schilling/[.] vnd der Berckmeister sol
kommenc auff den gang/ vnd soll fragen den finder/ welchs sein gang vnd fundtgrub
sey/[.] welche jm dann der finder weisetd/ die er behalten darffe mit seinem eyde/ die
seine rechte fundtgrub sei/ dauon sol man jm messen. So sol der finder tretten auff
seine hengbanckf/ vnd soll zwen finger legen auff sein haubt/ vndg also sprechen/ das
[“]das meine rechte fundtgrůb sey/ also gebrauche ich meines haubts/ vnd meiner
vordern handt/ Alsoh mir Gott helff/ vnd alle Gottes heiligeni/[”] so sol man denj
messen. So sol der Berckmeister die schnůr nemenk/ vnd sol sie legen mitten vff den
ruenbauml/ vnd soll messen ein halb lehen/ denn ein gantzes lehenm soll er geben in
einem stoln/ das heissen rudelfftern lehen. Die vierthalb lehen soll der Neugengero,p
bawen/ mit einem schacht/ ob er sie bawet als recht ist/[.] Dannq sol err messen [5v]
in den andern stoln/ auch vierthalb lehen/ ob sie sich ergehen mögen/[.] wo aber nits/
a
insert obyrste Erm
masphennynge Erm
c
[Typographical error in original: /kommem/]
d
welchs sein gang vnd fundtgrub sey/ welche jm dann der finder weiset = welchiz syn gang unde syne
funtgruwe sy. Welche gruwe ym der fynder denne wyset Erm
e
tar Erm
f
hengebang Erm
g
insert zal Erm
h
als UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
i
vnd alle Gottes heiligen = unde alle heylygen Erm, absent UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
j
den = ym denne Erm
k
So sol der Berckmeister die schnůr nemen = Unde zo zal der obirbergmeister nemen dy snur Erm
l
roneboim Erm, rauen Baum UgB(1698)
m
insert zcu der funtgruben unde zal denne messyn abir eyn ganczys lehen unde abir eyn ganczys lehen,
die Erm ■ [*16]
n
endelste Erm ■ [*17], rudelffter UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
o
Neugenger = nufenger Erm
p
[UgB introduces a marginal caption intended to define the term <Neugenger>: <Newgenger Jst der můter
[5v] oder lehentreger/ der den ganng entblößt/ vnnd außgangen hat.>. The caption is reproduced in
UgB(1616) and UgB(1698). Notes for the caption: Newgenger = Neugäuger UgB(1698); můter = Müter
UgB(1616), UgB(1698); lehentreger = Lentröger UgB(1616), Lehenträger UgB(1698); außgangen =
gangen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) □ .]
q
Darnach Erm
r
insert denne Erm
s
wo aber nit = Ist abir daz, daz sy sych nycht ergehen mogen Erm
b
226
so sol man dema Neugengerb siben lehen messen/ fürsichc/ vff dem gang. Verlegend
sich die lehen dreier verschichte nach einander/ so mag sie der bergkmeisterf leihen/
vmb der herschafft recht wer sie bawen wil/[.] wenn dem berg vnd Newgenger g
seine mas vnd recht gegeben wirt/ soh ist es dann fürbas in einem freien/ vnd alßi
dann kommen/ die da můten wöllenj/ so solk der bergmeister aber leihen/ welche
darnach zům ersten l gemůt haben/ vnd fürbas immer mer also für sich vmb der
herrschafft recht/[.] kommet es dann also fern/ das man Ertz findet auff den stoln
gengenm/ da bey auff dem felde/ den sol man messen gleicher weiß als man zůuorn
gemessen hat/ den vorgenanten bergk/ es sey dann/ dz die meßrůth o / zů dem
vorgenanten bergk/ oder vor eynenp Erbstoln der von den burgern vnd Amptleutenq
beritten ist/ dasr můß der maß gebrechen. Jst das zwen bergk vff zweien gengen
gemessen werden/ bei einander/ der von erst gemessen wirts/ der verlegtt sich/ der
ander bleibtu bauhafftigv/ vnd es komme also fern/ dz erw wider verlegtx wirt/ so sol
es demy/ der bawhafftig bliben ist/ nit schaden an seinem recht. Vnd findet er Ertz/
a
den UgB(1698)
nufenger Erm
c
vor sych Erm
d
Vorlygen Erm
e
tageschycht Erm ■ [*18]
f
obirbergmeister Erm
g
Newgenger = dem nufenger denne Erm ■
h
so = unde Erm
i
vnd alß = vnd so als UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
j
vnd alß dann kommen/ die da můten wöllen = unde komen abir lute zcu dem obirbergmeister unde muten
yn dem fryen ynzcuslane Erm ■
k
insert jn Erm
l
zům ersten = daz erst Erm
m
den stoln gengen = demselben gange adir uff andirn gengen Erm
n
vor Erm
o
es sey dann/ dz die meßrůth = yz ensy denne, daz dy mase trete Erm ■
p
einem UgB(1698)
q
ammechtluten Erm
r
da Erm ■ , dass UgB(1616), das UgB(1698)
s
ist Erm
t
vorlyge Erm
u
blywe Erm
v
[Typographical error in original: <bauhafftiff>]
w
es UgB(1698)
x
vorlegyn Erm
y
so sol es dem = yz zal deme Erm
b
227
man sol ein
a
Marscheide wol geben/ dem der bawhafftig bliben ist.
Wennb welche lehen/ diec erste lehungd behalten haben auff dem gang/ die selben
behalten jr recht/ mit besserme recht/ dann die sich verlegenf haben.
[FrB 18]
Von der Newfinderg rechth.
Newfenger/ das seind lehentregeri/ sollen jr lehen von niemandt anderst empfahen/
dann von dem Bergkmeisterj/[.] Auch sol man den finder heissen raumen ein lehen/
an yeglicher seiten seiner pewdenk[.] der darnach ist/ es sey der ander/l dritt/ oderm
vierd/ hat das selbn recht[,] nach dem/ dero seinen gang empfangen hat. Findet der
erste Ertz[,] da esp der maß zůgehörtq/ so sollen die burger seinen gang hebenr [6r]
lassen/ zům wenigstens zween/ die darbei seind/[.] das Ertz sol zům minstent eines
lachters lang sein/ zů fůß auff der solen/[.] vnd gibet das Ertz zům minsten .iij.
marcku/ vnd einen vierdingv silbers/ das die burger begreiffen bey einemw eyd/ alsx
a
ym Erm
Denne Erm, Denn UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
c
yre Erm
d
Löhung UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
e
bessern UgB(1698)
f
vorlegen Erm
g
nufenger Erm
h
insert waz dy rechtys habyn, sequitur. Erm
i
das seind lehentreger absent Erm
j
niemandt anderst empfahen/ dann von dem Bergkmeister = nymande anders enphan denne von dem
obirsten bergmeister adir von dem obirsten lyher Erm
k
gruben Erm ■ [*19], Pewden UgB(1616), Peuden UgB(1698)
l
insert der Erm
m
insert der Erm
n
das selb = daselb UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
o
der = alz er Erm
p
er Erm ■
q
zcu gert Erm
r
hauwen Erm
s
zům wenigsten = zcu dem mynsten Erm
t
zům minsten = zcu dem mynsten Erm
u
zum minsten .iij. marck = zcu dem mynsten dry marg Erm
v
vyrdung Erm
w
bey einem = myt yrem Erm
x
wann UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
b
228
sie darumb gefragt werden/ von dem zehendner/ oder von dema die an jr statt seind/[,]
so ist es maß wert/[.] der selbige Neufinderb hat dz recht oberc der mas/ dz er seind
stoln odere lehen/ richtenf mag als langkg sein lehen ist/[.] vnd hat er mer schecht in
seinen lehen/ es h sein zwen oder drei.[,] Finden die burger i in einem nicht/ sie
mögen in den andern faren/ oder auchj in den dritten/[.] in welchem sie finden solch
Ertz/ als dauor gesprochen ist/ damit behelt der Newfinderk sein recht/[.] der ander
nach jhm der leihetl/ der hat dasselbm recht/ vnd also der drit odern vierd. Hat aber
der erst nicht Ertz in seiner grůben/ oder in seiner sole/ das maß weito ist oder in
seinemp lehen/ vnnd ist er auß seinemq lehen gefarn/ in ein freies/ vnd daselbstr Ertz
funden/ das mas weit ists/ vnd das zů einemt offen schacht bracht/ damit behelt er
aber sein recht/ wann u er der erst ist/ Auch der ander/ dritt/ vnd vierde mit dem
rechte/ das da versprochen istv. Wirt aber ein gewerr/ oder einw krieg vnder jn/ vnd
man nit waißtx/ auß welcher grůben er den gangk empfangen habe/ vnd will man jhn
a
den Erm ■ , denen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
der selbige Neufinder = Derselbe nufenger Erm
c
e Erm ■ , vber UgB(1616), über UgB(1698)
d
synen Erm
e
insert syn Erm
f
gerecken Erm ■
g
als langk = alzo lang, alz Erm
h
yr Erm
i
[UgB introduces a marginal caption intended to define the term <burger>: <(Burger.) Seind geschworne
männer.>. The caption is reproduced in UgB(1616) and UgB(1698).]
j
auch absent Erm
k
nufenger Erm
l
der leihet = dem der lyher gestet Erm
m
dasselbe UgB(1616), dasselbige UgB(1698)
n
insert der Erm
o
wert Erm ■ [*20] , werth UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
p
synen Erm
q
synen Erm ■
r
daselbst = hat da Erm
s
das mas weit ist = daz maze wert yst Erm ■ [*21]
t
das zů einem = dazcu eynen Erm
u
wen Erm
v
Auch der ander/ dritt/ vnd vierde mit dem rechte/ das da versprochen ist = unde alzo beheldet ouch der
ander, der drytte adir der vyrde myt dem rechte, alz davor gesprochyn yst Erm ■ [*22]
w
oder ein = unde Erm
x
man nit waißt = enweys man nycht Erm
b
229
das nit erlassen/ so můß er a schweren mitten auff den b růembaum c / das d der selb
gangk sey/ auß der selben grůben/ den er empfangen hate/[.] alsf das recht/ denn also
ergehet vndg vor gesprochenh ist/ so soll man aller ersti messen/[.] Den Messern gibt
man siben schilling der kurtzen/[.] vnnd misset auch wider halb lehen j / der
fundtgrůben vierthalb lehen/[.] vnnd mag sich die k maß nit ergeben l / von der er
messem/ eines andern berges/ So müste man die lehen alle nach einander/ nach einer
seitenn messen/ vnd was also zwischen den Newfinderno übrigp ist/ das heyßt man
eyn überscharq. [6v] Dem Neufenger sol man geben an sein gestelle ein horn das
einsr halben lachters lang ists/ das zwen mann neben ein ander stehent mögen/ Vnd
die gewergken/ nemen einu steiger wiev sie wöllen/ der ein namhafftigerw man ist/
den soll der bergkmeister/ mit dem eyde bestetigenx.
[FrB 19]y
a
so můß er = er mus Erm
dem Erm
c
roneboim Erm, Ruenbaum UgB(1616), Rauenbaum UgB(1698)
d
insert yz Erm
e
habe Erm
f
wann UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
g
und = alz da Erm
h
geschryben Erm
i
aller erst = alrest Erm
j
auch wider halb lehen = ykwedirhalp ■ [*23] [i.e., “on both sides,” cf. Ermisch]
k
der UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
l
ergen Erm
m
von der er messe = vor der emase Erm ■ [/von/ emended to /vor/ by Ermisch based on corresponding
passage in Iglau Bergrecht.]
n
alle nach einander/ nach einer seiten = alle an eyner syten nach eynander Erm
o
nufengen Erm ■
p
obyrig Erm
q
obyrschar Erm, Vberschar UgB(1616), Uberschar UgB(1698)
r
eyn Erm
s
sy Erm
t
gesten Erm
u
eynen Erm
v
wen Erm
w
erhaftyger Erm
x
den soll der bergkmeister/ mit dem eyde bestetigen = den zal der obyrbergmeyster adyr der obirste lyher
bestetygen myt dem eyde Erm
y
[The manuscript tradition inserts a section break and title here that are lacking in UgB: <Von
marscheyden recht.> (Ermisch 53).]
b
230
Bawet yemand auff dem hangenden/ oder auff dem ligenden/ also das man nicht
waißa/ ob es zů dem erbe gehörb/ oder zůmc gemessen berg/ oder in einem freien sei/
das sol man zweien mannen/ die sich an jren ehren nit verrucktd haben/ auff jren eyd
gebene/ Also auch/ dasf keyner teyl hab an dem gebirg/[.] die soll der bergkmeisterg
darzů bestetigen/[.] die sollen oben auff dem raßen die schnůr h ziehen/ von dem
höchsten der geng/ vnnd mögen sie es also gescheiden/ es sol krafft haben/[.] wo
aber niti/ so sol man von den gengen der selbenj lehen/ einen durchschlag fürenk/ auff
die Newen geng/[.] wenn l es das recht gibt mit der schnůr/ vnd mit dem m
winckelmeßn/ das isto dann mit recht/[.] vnd man soll das ertz/ das man die weil
hawet verbieten/ vnd das soll verbürget werden/ also das es weder ein halb noch
anderthalbp gefalle/ biß das es das recht entscheideq.
[FrB 20]
Von der Marscheid recht.r
So s man Marscheiden sol vnder t teuffe auff den gengen/ das můß man thůn mit
offenen durchschlegen/[.] darzů sol man getrew u leut kiesen/ das sie einem v
a
nicht waiß = nycht enweys Erm
gehort Erm
c
zcu dem Erm
d
vorruckt Erm
e
auff jren eyd geben = geben uff yren eyt Erm
f
Also auch/ das = alzo daz yr
g
obirbergmeister Erm
h
Schnür UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
i
wo aber nit = Mogen sy ys abir nycht gescheyden Erm
j
sybyn Erm ■ [*24]
k
varen Erm
l
Weme Erm
m
der Erm
n
wynkelmase Erm, Winckelmaß UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
o
insert is Erm ■ [i.e., MSG es]
p
andyrhalp Erm
q
entscheydet Erm
r
Von der Marscheid recht. = Von marscheyde. Erm
s
Ist daz Erm
t
vnder = yn der Erm ■
u
insert gerechte Erm
v
einen UgB(1698)
b
231
yeglichen weisen in das seina mit gerechtigkeitb/[.] das lehen hat siben lachter zů
recht/[.] Ein ort das hat drei vierteil eins lachters/[.] der quartz schlegel c hat
anderthalb lachter.
[FrB 21]
Von klagen über teil/ vnd wie
man klagen můß.
Jst das eine Klag bawetd/ der ein bawer ist/ vnnd gibt [7r] einem andern teile/ das er
sie mit jm bawe/ dieweil er jm keinf kost gibt/ so darffg er nit klagen über die teil/[;]
Er gibt jm auch die selben teyl/ ob er will oder nicht mit recht. Jst aber sachh/ das er
jm eins oder meri kost gibt/ so mag er jm mit recht/ diej teyl nicht geleucknenk/ er
můß darüber klagen/ vnnd můß jm diel mit recht angewinnen. Wer auch das der selb
seine kost gegeben hette/ wissentlich seinen gewercken/ vnd auch bei den gedingen
geweßt m were/ vnd wolte jm dann leucknen n / er hette auch Ertz oder nit/ vnd
bekenten jm das seine gewercken/ das er recht vnd redlich gebawet hett/ das möchte
er baß gezeugen/ mit seinen gewercken/ wann einer vorn alleyne o / dauor
geschwerenp möcht.
a
seine UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
das sie einem yeglichen weisen in das sein mit gerechtigkeit = daz sy eynen ytczlychen wysen myt
gerechtykeyt yn daz syne Erm
c
insert der Erm [Ermisch (54n) reproduces a helpful gloss from one of the early manuscripts on this
phrase, <Eyn quartzslegel daz ist eyn qwerslag, den die zcwu gruben gein enander durchslahn mussen.>]
d
Jst das eine Klag bawet = Ist daz eyn man buwet Erm, JSt Sach das ein Mann buwet UgB(1616), JSt
Sach/ daß ein Mann bauet UgB(1698)
e
gibt [7r] einem andern teil = gypt teyl eynem andern manne Erm
f
keyne Erm
g
endarf Erm
h
Jst aber sach = Ist abyr Erm
i
eins oder mer = eins mehr UgB(1616), UgB(1698) □
j
der Erm
k
geloyken Erm, geleugnen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
l
jm die = die ihm UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
m
geweyst Erm
n
leucknen = jener loyken Erm ■ , leugnen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
o
wann einer vorn alleyne = wen ym yener alleyne Erm ■
p
schweren UgB(1698)
b
232
[FrB 22]
Von klag vnd teil.a
Sob ein man klagen můß über teyl auff gemessen gengen/ das můß er klagen/ drei
erbende
c
tag nach einander dem
d
Bergkmeister/ oder Bergkrichter zů
bůßee/ vnnd zů hoffe/ oder auff dem marckef/ oder auff der zeche/ oder wo esg ist/
oder seinem gesinde/ wo er nicht daheim wer/[.] wie er die klag dar bringt/ als oben
geschriben steht/ so hat es kraffth.
[FrB 23]
Von klag über teile.i
Wann ein man zwirj über teil geklagetk/ zůml dritten mal muß er seinen kleger/ oder
beklagtenm mit sichn bringen/[.] hat jn dann der bergkmeistero bestetiget/ so mag er
jn manen/ als er jhm befolhen hat/ ob die pfenning verdienet seind/[.] bekennet das
der stuffen schlegerp/ so sol er jhm die teil eigen auff die er geklagt hat/[;] so můß er
dann dem bergkmeister q / seine r schöne geben/ das seind von .xxxij. teilen .ij.
a
Von klag vnd teil. = Von clage um teyl. Erm ■ [*25]
Ist daz Erm
c
drei erbende = dry arbeytende Erm, dery arbeitende UgB(1616), drey arbeitende UgB(1698)
d
insert obyrsten Erm
e
husse Erm ■ [*26]
f
markte Erm ■ [*27]
g
daz Erm
h
insert von rechte Erm
i
Von klag über teile. = Von clage umme teyl. Erm
j
zcwer Erm, zwier UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
k
geclayt Erm
l
zcu dem Erm
m
kleger/ oder beklagten = stufensleger Erm ■ [*28]
n
ym Erm
o
der bergkmeister = der obirbergmeistir adir bergrichter Erm
p
stuffen schleger = stuphensleher Erm
q
dem bergkmeister = dem obirbergmeister adir bergrichter Erm
r
yne Erm
b
233
guldena. Wann jm dann die teile geeigent seindb/ so sol jm der bergkmeisterc/ einen
gewercken zů bottend geben/ der [7v] mit jm gehe/ zů hause/ odere zů hofe/ vnd die
teyl auff biete/[,] Obf es ein gesessen man ist/ des die teyl geweßtg seind. Jst er aber
vngesessen/ so můß man sie auff bieten auff dem marckh/ oder auff dem bergke[.]
Jst auch das ein man über teyl klageti/ auff seinenj gengen/ die vngemessen seind/ der
sol auch dreier fürschichtk darüber klagen.
[FrB 24]
Von clagen über teile.l
Jst das ein man clagen můß über erbhafftige teyl/ die jre kost noch gebenm/[,] Den
teylen můß er mit clagen nach volgen acht tag von recht. Wann er dann die acht tag
den teyln gefolget hat n / als recht ist/ so můß er seinem o stuffenschleger mit jm
bringen/[.] den der bergkmeister bestetiget hatp/ vnd der soll den stuffenschlaherq
manen/ ob das gelt verdienet seyr/[.] bekennet das der stuffenschleger/ so soll er dem
cleger die teil eigen/ vnd sol nemen seine schönes. Were aber das die gewercken
a
.xxxij. teilen .ij. gulden = eyme zcweyundedrysygteyl zcwene grossyn Erm
Wann jm dann die teile geeigent seind = Wenne ym dy teyl denne geeygent werden Erm
c
der bergkmeister = der obirbergmeister adir bergrichter Erm
d
Bothen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
e
unde Erm ■ [*29]
f
Wann UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
g
geweyst Erm, gewest UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
h
markte Erm
i
über teyl klaget = claget obir teyl Erm
j
frihen Erm ■ [*30] [i.e., MSG freien]
k
tageschicht Erm ■ [*31] [emended by Ermisch based on Freiberger Bergrecht ‘A’], früschicht
UgB(1616), Früschicht UgB(1698)
l
Von clagen über teile. = Von clage umme teyl. Erm
m
noch geben = nycht engebyn Erm ■ [*32]
n
gefolget hat = hat gevolget Erm
o
synen Erm
p
den der bergkmeister bestetiget hat = Den zal der obirbergmeister adir bergrichter habyn bestetygit Erm
q
stufensleger Erm, Stuffenschlaher UgB(1616), Stuffenschlager UgB(1698)
r
ist Erm
s
schonde Erm
b
234
wilckorn von dem bergkmeistera/ das man klage nicht merb dann drei tag schichtc/
das hat alsod krafft/ als hette man eine wochen geclagete.
[FrB 25]
Von teyl zůuerliesenf/ vnd wie
man die verlieren můßg.
Wer teyl an bergen hath/ an stoln/ an lehen/ oder lehenschafften/ die mag jm niemand
von verseumnus der kost verlieseni/ also[,] das man jm die kostj wolte anheischenk/
vnd wolt jhm das zů schaden verschweigenl. Heissetm man jm aber die kost an/ oder
seinem vorsteher/ vnd gibt er dann dern kost nicht/ so můß dero bergkmeisterp/ über
die teyl clagen/[.] So sol dann der bergkmeisterq einen botten/ vnd einen gewercken
jm senden/ das er seine kost gebe zů rechter zeit. Beschichetr dz nit/ so sol der
berckmeisters/ dem die teyl eigent/ der darüber claget.
[8r]
[FrB 26]
Von teilen verlierenu.
a
wilckorn von dem bergkmeister = willekorn vor dem obirbergmeister adir bergrichter Erm
me Erm
c
tag schicht = tageschycht Erm
d
insert grose Erm
e
hette man eine wochen geclaget = man eyne woche clayte Erm
f
zcu vorlyzen Erm, zuverlieren UgB(1616), zu verlieren UgB(1698)
g
verlieren můß = vorlyzen mag Erm
h
an bergen hat = hat an bergen Erm
i
verlieren UgB(1698)
j
die kost = der koste nycht Erm ■
k
anheysen Erm
l
vorswygen Erm
m
Heyschet Erm, Heischet UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
n
die UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
o
můß der = mus man dem Erm ■
p
insert adir bergrichter Erm
q
insert adir bergrichter Erm
r
Geschyt Erm, Beschicht UgB(1698)
s
insert adyr bergrichter Erm
t
dem die teyl eigen = dy teyl eygen yeme Erm
u
verlieren = zcu vorlysen Erm
b
235
So yemandt in eyner grůben teyl hata/ der im land ist oder ausserhalben des landsb/
verseumet sein besteller/ oder sein verlegerc ind seine teyl/ das er drei wochen nach
einander sein kost nicht gibet/ oder nit zůgeben hat/ der verleurt seine teyl mit allem
recht.
[FrB 27]
Von Trenckung/ Erbe/ oder lehenf.
Trencket ein Erb das ander/ oder trencken lehen eyn erbe/ oder trencken lehen andere
lehen/ oder gemessen bergk/ da offen durchschlagg seind.[,] Můteth dann die erbe
oder lehen/ oder gemessen berg/[,] die getrenckt werden[,] einer marscheide/[,] ob
sie die vornichti haben/ so soll man marscheiden/ so manj aller schierst gethonk mag.
Můten dann die erbe/ lehen/ oder gemessen berg/ die getrenckt werden/ bätten der zů
eigen dem bergmeisterl/ die sol der berckmeister von recht/ die sie kiesenm/ darzů
bestetigen mit dem eyde/[.] das sollen sein zwen mann/ die sich an jren eren nitn
verruckt haben/[.] die sollen darzů faren/ vnnd sehen das erbe oder lehen/ oder
gemessen bergk getrenckt werdeo/ über einemp tham eines gemündes hoch/ neben
der strassenq/ oder ein lachter/ oder zwo lachter/ hie dissetr der stuffen im irne zele
a
So yemandt in eyner grůben teyl hat = Ist das ymant teyl hat an eyner gruben Erm
insert ist Erm
c
vorphleger Erm ■ [*33]
d
ym Erm, ihm UgB(1698)
e
der verleurt sein = yener vorluzet syne Erm
f
insert sequitur Erm
g
durchslege Erm, Durchschläg UgB(1698)
h
muten Erm
i
vor nycht Erm, vor nicht UgB(1698)
j
insert daz Erm
k
thun UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
l
bätten der zů eigen dem bergmeister = boten daz zcu besehen kegyn dem obirn bergmeister Erm ■ [*34]
[Note: <besehen> suggested by Ermisch based on the Iglau Bergrecht.]
m
kriesen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) □
n
gycht Erm
o
wyrt Erm
p
eynen Erm
q
stufe Erm ■
r
disseit UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
b
236
Obera gantze strasse/ vnnd das es jhrb frembd wasser sey/[.] Bekennen das die botten
bey dem eyde/ oder mit dem eyde/ den sie darzů geschworen haben/ das das erbe
oder lehen/ oder gemessen bergk/c das soll man eygen von recht/ zů dem erbe/ oder
lehen/ oder gemessen bergk/ die also getrenckt werden/ vnnd soll jhn dann den frid
darüber würcken vnnd gebieten/[.] vnd wann der frid darüber gewircktd vnd gebotten
ist/ so kan den gewercken/ [8v] den der frid darüber gebotten ist/ keynerlei vrteil/ das
die teyding anrürtee/ darnach zů schandenf kommen.
[FrB 28]
Von der Ersten fürderung der gewerck
en/ wo sie Erbe bawen/ oder stoln treiben.
Sog die gewerckenh einen stoln treiben in jrem Erbe/ vnd lyhen hinder jn/ oder neben
jn mit jrem lyher/ so solli sie vonj recht außnemen/ das die gewercken zůmk ersten
sollen gefürdert sein/[.] So sie es aberl vergessen/ vnd die gewercken triben jr stoln
haubt vor sich/ vnd qwemen knie hertem/ das sie brendn müsten setzen/ vnnd die
lehen hewer wolten sie daran hindern/ das mag nit geseino mit recht.[,] Es werp den
lehenhern q nemlich vorgelobet r / so hielte s man jn billich/[.] wo das nicht
geschichta/ so sollen die gewerccken in jrem Erbe oder gewercken[,] die lehen haben/
a
im irne zele Ober = yn yrme zcyle obir Erm
y Erm
c
insert alzo getrenkyt wyrt, welch erbe denne daz andir erbe alzo trenkyt adir lehen eyn erbe adir lehen
ander lehen adir gemessen berg Erm ■ [*35]
d
geworcht Erm
e
anruret Erm
f
schaden Erm ■ [*36], Schaden UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
g
Ist daz Erm
h
[Typographical error in original: <gemercken>, corrected to <Gewercken> in UgB(1616)]
i
zullen Erm
j
vom UgB(1698)
k
zcu dem Erm
l
So sie es aber = Were abir, ap sy des Erm
m
qwemen knie herte = quemen an eyne herte Erm ■ [*37], nemen knieherte UgB(1616) □ , nehmen
Knieherte UgB(1698) □
n
brende Erm
o
seyn UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
p
Es wer = yz were denne Erm
q
lehenhouwern Erm ■ [*38]
r
vorglobet Erm
s
hilde Erm
b
237
so sollen die gewerccken in jrem Erbe oder gewercken[,] die lehen haben/ oder
gemessen bergk[,] alleb zů dem Ersten gefürdert seinc/[.] darnach sollen sie fürdern
die lehen herrend/ wo sie die gefürdern mögen.
[FrB 29]
Von Erben zůuerlierene.
So yemand teil zů gesaget an einem gemessen gang/ bergkf/ oder an stollen oder
lehen/ oder lehenschaffteng/ die einem andern gelegenh seind/ arbeit er da alle woch/
zwo i oder mehr j / vnnd der bergkmeister bekennet/ oder leihet den teyle k einem
andern/ jhener verleurtel sein erbteilm mit recht.
[FrB 30]
Von teyln zůuerlierenn.
Niemand mag des andern teyl verleihen wider seinen willen/ wenn aber die
gewercken verleihen wöllen/ auff eim gebirg/ oder in o einem stoln/ so sol der
bergkmeister
p
den selben gewercken lassen zůsammen gebieten auff einen
ge=[9r]nanten tag/ vnd was dann da verlegetq wirt/ das sol von recht krafft haben.
Jst aber das die drei schicht darzů kommen/ vnd die vierd schicht nit kommet/ die
a
geschyt Erm
allezcyt Erm ■ [*39]
c
insert von rechte Erm
d
lehen herren = lehenhouwer Erm ■ [*40]
e
Von Erben zůuerlieren = Von erbeyt zcu vorlysen Erm ■ [*41]
f
So yemand teil zů gesaget an einem gemessen gang/ bergk = Ist daz ymant teyl zcusaget an eynem
gemessyn berge Erm
g
lenschefftyn Erm
h
gelygyn Erm ■ , geliehen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
i
alle woch/ zwo = eyne woche adyr zcwu Erm ■ [*42]
j
me Erm
k
der bergkmeister bekennet/ oder leihet den teyle = bekennyt der obirbergmeister adir lyher der teyl Erm
l
vorluzet Erm, verleuret UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
m
arbeyt Erm ■ [*43]
n
zcu vorlyhen Erm ■ [*44]
o
an Erm
p
der bergkmeister = der obirbergmeister adir lyher Erm
q
vorlygen Erm ■ [*45], verliehen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
b
238
vierd schicht noch drei achteyl a mügen die leihung nit gehindern b / die andern c
verleihen wem sie wöllend.
[FrB 31]
Von gemittene teilen.
Hat ein man teyl gemittetf/ da man ertz hauet/ der mag hawer legen vnd senden tag
vnd nacht/ wieuilg er will/ vnd mag bauwen auffs aller nützlichst er kanh/ biß zů seim
tage/ vnd deri sol jm/ derj jm die teyl vermittet hat/ von recht nit weren.
[FrB 32]
Von teylnk die man verleihet.
Jtem so yemand seine teyl einem andern verleihetl/ es sei an bergen/ stollen oder
lehen/ vmb ein eigenschafft/ sie sey groß oder kleyn.[,] Jst dz eynerm/ der sie zů
lehenschafftn empfangen hat/ ano seiner eygenschafft/ nit ein gebietp/ sie sey groß
oder kleyn/ wenigk oder viel/ er verleusetq sie mit recht/ vnd die lehenschafft damit.
Jst aber das er dz nicht gehabenr mag/ dem die eigenschafft gebüret/ so sol er sie
a
drei achteyl = drey acht Theil UgB(1616), UgB(1698) □
hindern UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
c
die ander UgB(1616), die andere UgB(1698)
d
insert myt rechte Erm
e
gemyten Erm, gemiteten UgB(1698)
f
gemyt Erm
g
wy fyl Erm
h
auffs aller nützlichst er kan = zo er aller nuczlychste kan Erm
i
dez Erm, das UgB(1698)
j
der, der Erm
k
teyl Erm
l
Jtem so yemand seine teyl einem andern verleihet = Ist daz ymant syner teyl ycht vorlyhet eynem andern
Erm
m
Jst dz eyner = yst daz yener Erm ■ [*46], Jsts das einer UgB(1698)
n
lehenschefftyn Erm
o
ym Erm ■
p
ein gebiet = engybt Erm ■ [*47]
q
verleuret UgB(1698)
r
haben UgB(1698)
b
239
außteylen/ mit wissen eines gewercken/ vnd sol sie eim befelhen/[.] damit behelt er
sein recht/ vnd seine eigenschafft vnd herschaffta.
[FrB 33]
Von teyln zů behalten die ein
man verbauetb.
Derc so auch teyl erbawet an berg stolnd/ lehen oder lehenschafften/ von weme jhne
die ankommen seint/ das er die in gewalt hat/ vnd mit den seinen gewercken Ertz
alda erbawetf/ vnd das Ertz auffhebet zwir nach dem ersten an rechtg vnd sprecheh/
vnd seine kost darzů gibet recht vnd redlich/ die teyl mag jm niemandt darnach
angewinnen mit keynemi recht/[.] So auchj ein man außstendigk deß landes were/ vnd
het seine teyl also bestaltl/ das einem kostn ge=[9v]fiele/ vnnd darumb sich niemandso
dieweil seines Ertzesp/ das künde jm zů seinem recht nit geschadenq.
[FrB 34]
Von Ertzr zů enthawen.
a
lehenschaft Erm ■ [*48]
yrbuwet Erm
c
Wer Erm
d
an berg stoln = an bergyn, an stollen Erm ■ [*49], an Berg-Stollen UgB(1698)
e
ym Erm
f
vnd mit den seinen gewercken Ertz alda erbawet = unde ercz da yrbuwet myt synen gewerkyn Erm
g
an recht = ane rechte Erm ■ , Anrecht UgB(1616), UgB(1698) □
h
vnd spreche = ansprache Erm ■ [*50]
i
keynerley Erm
j
So auch = Were ouch, ap Erm
k
uzwendyg Erm
l
bestellt UgB(1698)
m
syne Erm ■ [*51], seine UgB(1698)
n
koste Erm
o
vnnd darumb sich niemands = underwunde sych ymandyz Erm ■ [*52], vnd dennoch sich niemand
UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
p
anmaste UgB(1616), UgB(1698) □
q
schaden UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
r
ercze Erm
b
240
Jst dz bergkleut neben einander bawen/ es sey an bergen/ stoln/ lehen/ oder
lehenschafften/ einer mag dem andern enthawen/ vnd angewinnen seins bergs vnd
seins ertzs/ so er am meistena mag/ biß das sie gegeneinander durchschlagen/[.] So
das geschietb/ so sollen sie beide den durchschlag reumen/ jtlicher ein vierteyl eines
lachters/ biß dasc geschworne darzů kummen/ vnd entscheiden/ vnd einend jetzlichen
weisene/ wo er mit recht in dem seinenf müge gearbeiteng
[FrB 35]
Von Ertzh zůuerbieten.
Es mag kein man dem i andern Ertz auff dem bergk mit recht verbiten noch
versprechen/ vmb keynerlei j schuld oder gelt/ sunder alleyn vmb sampkost k der
gewercken.
[FrB 36]
Von acker teil rechtl.
Wo man Ertz sůchen will/ das mag man wol thůn/ vnd das sol von recht niemant
weren/[.] komet jener[,] des das Erb oder das feldt ist/ vnd fordert sein ackerm/ dz istn
a
am meisten = meyste Erm
geschicht UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
c
insert die Erm
d
einem UgB(1698)
e
gewysen Erm
f
seinem UgB(1698)
g
erbeyten Erm, arbeiten UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
h
ercze Erm
i
dez Erm ■ [*53]
j
einerley UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
k
dy sammekost Erm, samtkost UgB(1616), Kost UgB(1698)
l
rechte Erm
m
akkyrteyl Erm ■ [*54], Theil Acker UgB(1616), UgB(1698) □
n
ist absent UgB(1698)
b
241
.xxxij. teyl a / vnd beutet seine kost wissentlich b zweien fromen c mannen/ er d man
korben/ oder zeile einwürffetf/ der hat es mit recht/[.] Der dorff herr hat nichts darang.
Gehet aber das Ertz übersichh/ so ist der zinß von badstubeni vnnd fleischbenckenj/
des dorffs herrnk mit recht. Aber das gericht vnd alle ober amachtl zůsetzen/ vnd
zehendernm vnd nützen ist/ den Fürsten vndo Fürstenthum das gelegenp ist/ vnd das
sielber gehöret inq jre müntz von recht.
[FrB 37]
Von bescheidung leuten auff ein
endthafftigen tag.
[10r] Wannr ein bergkmeisters leuthent bescheidet auff einen endthafftigenu tag/ zů
gewin vnd zů verlust/ vnd sie kumen beider seits hinv/ wann dann der richter oder
bergkmeister will einem w zůlegenx / vnd dem andern nicht/ vnd wil gewaltigklich
auffstehen
von
dem
gerichte/
one
willen
a
der
schöppen
y
/
vnnd
one
.xxxij. teyl = eyn zcweyundedrysygteyl Erm, ein .xxxij. theil UgB(1616), ein 32. Theil UgB(1698)
wyssenlychen Erm
c
erhafftygen Erm
d
e Erm
e
er man korben/ oder zeil = e man kerbyn adyr seyl Erm, ehe man Korb vnd Seil UgB(1616), ehe man
Korb und Seil UgB(1698)
f
ynwerfet Erm
g
nichts daran = daran nycht Erm
h
vor sych Erm ■ [*55], vber sich UgB(1616)
i
badestuben Erm
j
fleysbencken Erm
k
dorffs herrn = dorfherren Erm
l
ober amacht = obyramacht Erm, Ober Ampt UgB(1616), Ober-Ampt UgB(1698)
m
zcenden Erm ■ [*56]
n
nucze Erm ■ [*57][assumed Müntze (“mint”) in translation], Müntze UgB(1616), UgB(1698) □
o
den Fürsten vnd = der furstyn, yn der Erm ■ [*58]
p
geliehen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) □
q
ny Erm
r
Wo Erm
s
insert ader bergrychter Erm
t
Leute UgB(1698)
u
endehafften Erm
v
beiderseits hin = beydersyt dahyn Erm
w
einen UgB(1698)
x
wann dann der richter oder bergkmeister will einem zůlegen = wyl denne der richter eyme zculegen Erm
y
one willen der schöppen = ane der schepphyn wylle Erm
b
242
erhafftea not/ es mag dem/ den er hindern will/ von recht nicht geschadenb. Besetzen
sie es mit den schöppenc/ das der Richter mit gewalt ist auffgestanden/ sie mögen jr
recht wol erstehen.
[FrB 38]
Von lehenschafften zů behalden.
Wů ein bergk/ oder stoln/ oder lehen einander gebawend/ mit dem rechten/ vnd haben
lehen hauwer/ lehenschafft e darinn f / die selben lehenschafft g werden alle damit
gewunnen mit recht.
[FrB 39]
Von waltworchten[,] zehendner/
vnd ganghawerh.
Welch man walt worchti/ vnd hat teyl an einer grůben/ da Ertz ist/ der sol von recht
in die grůbenj nicht faren/[.] vnd alle waltworchten sollen in keine grůben faren da
Ertz ink ist/ die weil sie waltworchten folgenl/ vnnd gangkhewer nachm zehendner/
sollen von recht keyn waltwerck haben.
[FrB 40]
Von den grůben Ampt=
a
ehaffte Erm
schaden UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
c
schepphen Erm, Schöffen UgB(1698)
d
gewynnen Erm ■ [*59]
e
lenscheffte Erm
f
da ynne Erm
g
lenscheffte Erm
h
ganghawer = ouch ganghouwer recht Erm ■ [*60]
i
walt worcht = waltwerg hat Erm, Waltworcht UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
j
gruwe Erm, Grube UgB(1698)
k
in absent Erm
l
waltworchten folgen = waltwerg phlegen Erm ■ [*61]
m
noch UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
b
243
leuthena recht.
So ein man geschworen hat zů dem recht der eyd sey steiger/ geben/ zimmerman/
hutman b oder was amacht c er hat/ strafft man jhn durch die gerechtigkeyt/ seines
amechtsd/ vnd thut jemant mit bößen worten in der kawen/ oder auff der teilstate/ vnd
wirt er sein überwunden mit zweien frumen mannen/ vnd mit einem gewercken/
[10v] er ist verfallen .ix. marcken f / die er zů buß g geben sol h /[.] des i sol dem
bergkmeister drei marck gefallen/ den gewercken drei/ vnd demj sachwalden drei.
[FrB 41]
Was den geschichtk/ die sich wider
die gerichtl setzen.
Wůhm ein Bergkmeister mit den Schöppen des nachts gehet/ vnd frieden zů stewrno/
Setzet sich dann jmandt widerp gericht/ wirt der wundt oder zů todt geschlagen/ so
soll der bergkmeisterq mit den schöppen/ darnach ein gericht darüber sitzen/ vnd sol
denne der sache mit clag folgen/ als recht ist/[.] Wann der Richter das gethan hat/ so
mag er jn wol die helfftr angewinnen/ sie sein lebendicks oder todt/[.] was auch ander
a
grůben Amptleuthen = grubenammachluten Erm
So ein man geschworen hat zů dem recht der eyd sey steiger/ geben/ zimmerman/ hutman = Ist daz ymant
eynen man, der gesworn hat zcu dem rechten, er sy styger, grubenzcymmerman adir hutman Erm ■ [*62]
c
ammecht Erm, Ampt UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
d
ammechtes Erm, Ampts UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
e
Theil staff UgB(1616), Theilstatt UgB(1698)
f
verfallen .ix. marcken = vorvallen myt nuen marken Erm, verfallene .9. Marck UgB(1698)
g
zů buß = zur Buß UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
h
geben sol = zol gebyn Erm
i
Der Erm
j
den UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
k
geschyet Erm
l
insert frefelych Erm ■ [*63]
m
Wo Erm, UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
n
vnd friede = unfryde Erm
o
sturen Erm ■
p
insert daz Erm
q
bergrychter Erm ■
r
helse Erm ■
s
lebendyng Erm
b
244
leuth da
a
gewest sein/ die man nicht begreiffen kan/ vnd wegk
b
kumen
seinc/ begreiffet man sie darnach/ dend soll dasselbige geschehen von recht.
[FrB 42]
Von des Bergkmeisters bůchf.
Eines Bergkmeisters taffel oder g bůch/ mag auff niemant getzeugknis geben h /[,]
Sunder allein das da geschrieben wirt in den vier penckeni/ jngehegtenj dingen/ mit
wissen der/ die das dingk helffen setzenk/ das sol von recht krafft habenl.
[FrB 43]
Von Hutten zinß.
Som jmandt hütten bawet auff eines herrn gůt/ ern sey Erb oder eigeno/ geistlich oder
weltlichp da das bergkwerck auff leitq/ so soll der hütten zinß/ von recht des Fürsten
in der herrschafft seinr/ das gelegen ist/[.] Vnnd was holtzes vff der zech stehet/ das
a
daby Erm
enweg Erm
c
vnd wegk kumen sein = oder weg kommen sein UgB(1616) □ , oder weg kommen seyn UgB(1698) □
d
denn UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
e
dazselbe Erm, dasselbe UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
f
insert adyr thafel Erm ■ [*64]
g
noch Erm
h
getzeugknis geben = gezcukenysse thun Erm
i
benken Erm, Bencken UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
j
yn gehegeten Erm ■ , in gehegten UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
k
syczen Erm
l
[Typographical error in original: <hahen>]
m
Ist daz Erm
n
yz Erm ■ [*65]
o
eigeen UgB(1616)
p
werltlych Erm
q
auff leit = uff lyt Erm, auffliegt UgB(1698)
r
so soll der hütten zinß/ von recht des Fürsten in der herrschafft sein da gelegen ist = zo zol der huttezcyns
syn von rechte der furstyn, yn der herschafft daz gelegen yst Erm
s
insert es UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
b
245
in das Erbe oder zů dem gemessen bergk gehöreta/ das mögen die gewercken/ mit
recht wol hawen/ Sie wolden den lassenb von willen durch bescheidenheit/ Amenc.
a
horet Erm
Sie wolden den lassen = sy wolden den yz lazen Erm ■ , sie wolten es denn lassen UgB(1616),
UgB(1698)
c
Amen absent Erm, UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
b
246
[11r]a
Diß seind die Bergkrecht die von aller
Erst sein von Bergkwerck fundenb/ in Behamenc vnd in
Merhernd/ von den Burgern von der Jglae/ vnd von den
Eldisten Bergkleuten bestetiget vnd beschriben seind
vnd versigelt/ vnderf burger jngesigelg/ ei=
nem jetzlichen Bergkman zůuer=
liesenh vnnd gewinne.
[Ig 1]i
DAs Erste ist/ wann j des Künigs gewaltiger leiher mit recht k / der burger vnd
geschwornenl von der Jgla/ icht verleihet vnd bestetiget vnder sein eigensm vnd vnder
dem eigens von der statt Jgla n beschreibet/ das/ das krafft sol haben o / also
bescheidenlichen/ das an jrem geschefft des Künigs mitte/ vnd des Künigs gebirgep
fürderung offenbar erscheinen magq.
[Ig 2]
Von zweierlei stolnr.
a
[[11r]-[15v] = Iglau Bergrecht, herein abbreviated Ig; cf. Ermisch 20-37.]
sein von Bergkwerck funden = do bergwerck funden wart Erm
c
Behemen Erm, Böhmen UgB(1698)
d
Mehren UgB(1698)
e
Ygla Erm
f
versigelt/ vnder = vorsigilt mit der stad unde der Erm ■ [*66]
g
Jnsiegel UgB(1698)
h
zůuerliesen = czu vorluste Erm, Zuverlust UgB(1616), zu Verlust UgB(1698)
i
[Paragraph numbers in square brackets correspond to numbering supplied by Ermisch.]
j
DAs Erste ist/ wann = Das erste ist das. Weme Erm
k
rate Erm ■ [*67]
l
der gesworen Erm
m
sein eigens = synem ingesegil Erm
n
eigens von der statt Jgla = ingesegil der stad von der Ygla Erm
o
das/ das krafft sol haben = das sal craft haben Erm
p
mitte/ vnd des Künigs gebirge = nucz unde des gebirges Erm ■ [*68]
q
möge Erm
r
insert domit man berg buet Erm
b
247
Jn einem jtzlichen gebirg mit namen nicht mer stoln beschriben sein/ wann a
zweierhandtb/[.] dasc eine heisset ein sůch stolnd/ Dase ander ein Erbhafftigerf stoln.
[Ig 3]
Vom sůchstoln.g
Der sůchstolnh hat das recht/[.] Wanni sein gewaltiger leiher mit den Schöppen von
der statt/ jr sein zween oder mehr/ wo siej sehen/ das ein wasserseigesk feldt leitl/
dem not ist/ das man einen sůchstoln darzů fürem/ wannn man den leihet/ der hat das
recht/ wo er seine wasserseige an nimeto/ dz vor jm/ noch hinder jm/ niemandt bey
vierthalbp lehen ein sitzetq. Füretr er aber seinen stoln also ferns/ das er jn brenget an
die stadt/ das er beweisen mag/ das er siben lachtert treuget/ oderu eines lehenv tieff/
Alles das er dann [11v] verfarenw hat in seiner wasserseig/ darinn soll noch magx
a
wenne Erm, dann UgB(1616), dann UgB(1698)
czweier hande Erm, zweyerley UgB(1698)
c
Der Erm
d
sůch stoln = suchstolle Erm [In this text generally, UgB <stol(l)(e)n> = Erm <stolle>; later instances
are not noted in the apparatus.]
e
der Erm
f
erbehaftig Erm
g
Vom sůchstoln. = Von des suchstollen recht. Erm
h
suchstolle Erm
i
Wann = Wenne der urbarer adir Erm
j
dy Erm
k
wasserigis Erm ■ [*69]
l
liegt UgB(1616), ligt UgB(1698)
m
fare Erm
n
weme Erm
o
an nimet = annymmet Erm, annimmet UgB(1698)
p
virdehalben Erm
q
ein sitzet = ynsicczet Erm
r
Fert Erm
s
verre Erm [In this text generally, UgB <fern(e)> = Erm <verr(e)>; later instances are not noted in the
apparatus.]
t
insert truckent ader Erm
u
oder absent Erm
v
lehens Erm
w
verfaren = vorfaren Erm
x
darinn soll noch mag = da ensal noch enmag Erm
b
248
niemandt/ on seinen willen einsitzen a /[.] wo er der teuffe nicht reihet b / als c vor
gesprochen ist/ da ist erleublichd auß vierdthalbe lehen/ einem itzlichenf zůbawen.
[Ig 4]
Dasg Erbstoln recht.
Wer da sprechh das jm ein Erbhafftiger stolni gelegen seij/ der solk esl beweisen mit
seiner handt/ festenm/ was jm darzů bereitetn oder gegeben isto/[.] wůh er dann seinen
stolnp hat angenummen/ da hat er das recht/ das niemandt/ wo der Raßq vngebrochenr
ist[,] zwischen seim stoln/ vnd der marscheid einsitzens mag/ oder darfft mit recht anu
seinen willen. Brengt erv aber denw stoln an die stadt/ das er treuget anderthalbesx
lehen y tieff/ oder zům wenigsten z zehen lachter/ So heisset es von recht/ ein
Erbhafftiger stolnaa. Alle die selbenbb lehen/ die dann in der Marscheid ligencc/ Es
a
on seinen willen einsitzen = ynsiczen an synen willen Erm
enhat Erm ■ [*70]
c
also Erm
d
irleüblich Erm
e
virdehalben Erm
f
insert manne Erm
g
Des Erm
h
spricht UgB(1698)
i
stolle Erm
j
insert ap ys syn not were Erm
k
sei/ der sol = sey der/ der soll UgB(1616), sey/ der soll UgB(1698)
l
es absent Erm
m
handt/ festen = hantfesten Erm, Handtfesten UgB(1616), Handfesten UgB(1698)
n
berethen Erm
o
sy Erm
p
Scolln UgB(1616)
q
rase Erm, Rase UgB(1616)
r
unczubrochen Erm
s
ynsicczen Erm, entsitzen UgB(1698) □
t
thar Erm
u
ohne UgB(1698)
v
er absent UgB(1698) □
w
synen Erm
x
anderhalbes Erm
y
lehens Erm
z
zům wenigsten = czu dem mynsten Erm
aa
Erbhafftiger stoln = erbehaftig stolle Erm
bb
sebin Erm ■ [*71]
cc
legin Erm
b
249
seya viergemeßne b bergk/ oder minderc [,] die namhafftig sein/[,] Ader bruch/ was
bruchs istd/ dere in seiner marscheid leihetf/ wer darinn erbetg hobenh dem wasser/
der můß das thůn mit willen des stolns vnnd seineri gewercken/ Die weilj aber der
stoln nicht treuget alsk vor gesprochen ist/ dieweil arbeit ein itzlich man/ Alsol das er
die berge/ oderm bruche/ ichtn riesse/ die dem stoln beschrieben seinto.
[Ig 5]
Das Ander Erbstoln
rechtp.
Das ist auch Erbstoln recht/[.] kumpt er mit seiner wasserseig an die geng/ der berge/
die q vorbenant r seindt/ Findet er s Ertz allein/ das doch in einem freien sei/ man
mis=[12r]set keyne berget. Findtu er aber Ertz an gengen die vor vnuerschroten vnnd
vnuerhawen sein/ man mißt jm einen berg.[,] Also das er die sieben lehen beheldetv
in dem rechten/ vnnd er seinen stoln hat/[.] an derw lehen/ sie seintx königsch/ oder
a
syn Erm
vir gemessene Erm, vier gemessene UgB(1698)
c
oder minder = mer ader mynner Erm ■ [*72]
d
Ader bruch/ was bruchs ist = adir was bruch ist Erm
e
das Erm
f
lyt Erm ■ [*73], liegt UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
g
erbeitet Erm, arbeit UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
h
boben Erm [other MSS show <obir, uber, odder, oben, obe>!], vber UgB(1616), über UgB(1698)
i
seirer UgB(1698)
j
dieweil UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
k
also Erm
l
Also = wol also Erm
m
oder = unde dy Erm
n
recht UgB(1698) □
o
syn Erm
p
Erbstoln recht = recht des erbestollen Erm
q
die = dy do Erm
r
vor benant UgB(1698)
s
er absent UgB(1698)
t
keyne berge = keynen berg Erm
u
Find UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
v
behalte UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
w
an der = Andir Erm ■ [*74]
x
seyd UgB(1698)
b
250
ander a herrn b / oder der burger[,] gefallen/ dem[,] der recht darzů hat/ also
bescheidenlich/[:] den Erbarn königen hern/ lehen c [,] den herrn d / jr lehen/ den
burgern/ jr lehen/[.] vnd ein jtzlicher stoln behelt das recht/ das ein gemessen bergk
hat/ auff sein hangendt vnd ligendts vierthalb lehen/ vnnd sein ligendts einse.
[Ig 6]
Von den Rechten der bur=
ger vndf Erbstoln.
Burger lehen rechtg/ die in disen bergen ligen/[,] die vor benandt sein/ haben das
recht/ wo der raße/ zůuorbrochenh ist/ dai sie sich nicht vorlegenj möchtk. Jst es aber/
das die schöppen vnuersprochlichenl jre lehen vor hant festenm/ zů dem stoln/ so
beheldetn sie der stoln. Jst aber das jmant der berge/ die benant sein/ dao keinen
bestellen will/ so sollen die burger jhr lehen/ dabei bestellen/ ob p sie es nicht
vorlehenq haben/ Also das sie wasser halden/ neben einemr/[.] kommet da eines klag
über/[,] das sie nechsten t lehen trencken/ mit jhrem wasser/[,] Da sol man hin
sendenu geschworne leuht die das besehen/[.] welchev lehen die besagen/ das sie die
a
oder ander = odern anderer UgB(1698)
sie seint königsch/ oder ander herrn = sy syn des koniges adir der herren Erm
c
den Erbarn königen hern/ lehen = den urbarern koniges lehen Erm
d
herren Erm
e
auff sein hangendt vnd ligendts vierthalb lehen/ vnnd sein ligendts eins = uff syn hangendes und uff syn
legendes, uff syn hangendes virdehalp lehen unde uf syn legindes eyns Erm ■ [*75]
f
burger vnd = burgerlehen in Erm ■ [*76]
g
Burger lehen recht = Burgerlehen Erm ■ [*77]
h
czubrochen Erm, zuvor gebrochen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
i
da = das Erm ■
j
verlegen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
k
mögen Erm
l
unvorsprochenlich Erm
m
vor hant festen = vorhantfesten Erm, vor Hand festen UgB(1616), vor Handfesten UgB(1698)
n
behelt UgB(1616), behält UgB(1698)
o
da absent Erm
p
wann UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
q
vorlihen Erm, verliehen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
r
jenen Erm ■
s
keine Erm ■
t
dy nehsten Erm
u
hin senden = hensenden Erm
v
Welich Erm
b
251
andern trencken/ diea sol man zů denb andern eigen zůc dreien tagen/ das heissend
drei lange schicht. Also gewinnet ein gemessen bergk/ den andern[,] im langen
lehen/ ein burger lehen/ ein horn lehene/ vnd das selb widerumb.
[12v]
[Ig 7]
Das Dritte rechtf.
Erbstoln haben das recht/[.] kumpt der selb an ein burger lehen/ das dag bauhafftig
ist/ vnd nicht geerbeth zů dem stoln/ das burger lehen mag jni nicht gewerenj/ er fertk
darein/ vnd dadurch/ sol bescheidenlich/ wann er kompt in das burger lehen/ als der
stolnm der komen istn/ Auff der soleo mag er wol hauwen/ obersich vnd vndersich/
also p hoch/ als er mit einer kratzen gereichen q mag/[.] nicht mer nutzes nimpt er
da/[.] vnd weilr er in dem lehen ist/ Dieweil soll das lehen dem stoln/ das viertheils
der kost geben/[.] das kompt dauon/ das er jm wasser benimpt vnd windt brenget.
[Ig 8]
a
das sie die andern trencken/ die = das ys das ander trencke, das Erm
dem Erm
c
zů = yn Erm
d
heißet Erm
e
im langen lehen/ ein burger lehen/ ein horn lehen = eyn koniges lehen eyn burgerlehen, eyn burgerlehen
eyn herrenlehen Erm ■ [*78]
f
insert eyns erbestollen Erm
g
da absent Erm, UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
h
gearbeitet UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
i
ym Erm
j
wehren UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
k
fare Erm
l
also Erm
m
stolle Erm
n
der komen ist = dar ist kommen Erm, darkommen ist UgB(1698)
o
sale Erm
p
so UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
q
reichen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
r
dy wyle Erm
s
virde teil Erm
b
252
Das vierd erbstoln recht.a
Erbstoln haben das recht/[.] fert man mehr stoln dann einen/ zů einem gebirg/
welcher der aller tieffeste ist/ der behelt sein recht/ vnd die eigenschafft/[.] vnd also
vil gemessener berge/ ligen b in eines Erbstoln marscheid/ als c manch setzen
hofestetd.
[Ig 9]
Das fünfft Recht.
Dere Erbstoln oder gemessene berg gewinnen will/ der soll sie gebieten zůbestellen/
drey viertzehen tag/ zů kirchen vnd zů strassen. Zů außgehn derf sechs wochen/ sol
der leiherrg nemen zwen Schoppenh/ vnd sol auff den stoln reiteni/ oder auff den
bergk. Findet er jn nicht bauhafftig das er beweisen mag/ er besetzet es mit den
Schöppen/ vnd sol esj teidingen in des künigs gewalt/ vnd mag esk leihen vnd geben
weme er will/ &cl.
[Ig 10]
Das sechste Recht.
a
Das vierd erbstoln recht. = Das virde recht eyns erbstollen. Erm
leyt Erm
c
also Erm
d
sechczen hofestete Erm ■ [*79] [Ermisch suggests reading of <sechczen hofestete beheldet der stolle>.]
e
Der = Wer Erm
f
außgehn der = usgeenden Erm
g
der leiherr = der urbarer adir der lyher Erm, der Leiher UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
h
schepphin Erm
i
auff den stoln reiten = ryten uf den stollen
j
yn Erm
k
yn Erm
l
&c absent Erm, UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
b
253
Dasa ist auch Erbstollen recht/[.] hebet er seine wasserseige auff/ oder fertiget seine
liechtlöcher/ vnndb hat inc jare [13r] vnd .xij. tagend/ ein lachter an dem haubte des
stoln gefaren/ dz er beweisen mag/ Niemant kan jmf mit recht ichtg angewinnen.
[Ig 11]
Das sibendth Recht.
Keyn erbi/ oderj leiherr hat die gewalt/ das er auff keynemk Erbhafftigeml stoln/ oder
auff keynemm stehnn lehen gesetzeno magp/ einen Bergkmeister/ oder eynenq schmid/
oderr steiger/ one der gewercken willen.
[Ig 12]
Das acht Recht.
Das ist auch erbstoln recht/[.] also fern alss ein man mit einem bogen geschiessent
mag/ also fern beheldetu seinv bergk feldes/ darauff die bergkleut jr viehew speisen.
a
Dis Erm
adir Erm ■ [*80]
c
im UgB(1698)
d
yn tage Erm ■ [*81] [i.e., original “a year and a day” becomes “a year and 12 days” in Ursprung.]
e
heüpte Erm, Haupt UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
f
insert yn Erm
g
icht absent Erm, ichts UgB(1616), nichts UgB(1698)
h
sebinde Erm
i
erb = urbarer Erm ■ [*82]
j
insert keyn Erm
k
einem UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
l
erbehaftigen Erm, erbhafftigen UgB(1698)
m
keynen Erm, einem UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
n
sebin Erm
o
setzen UgB(1616)
p
möge Erm
q
einem UgB(1698)
r
insert eynen Erm
s
also Erm
t
schiessen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
u
behelt UgB(1616), behält UgB(1698)
v
eyn Erm
w
fyhe Erm
b
254
[Ig 13]
Volgen recht von dem
Newfenger.a
Newe geng haben das Recht/ das man sie empfahen sol/ von niemant dannb allein
vomc leiher/[.] von recht gibet erd nicht mehr dann ein .xxxij. teile/[.] vnd denf soll
man heissen růmeng ein lehen[.] der darnach ist/ Es sey der ander/h drit/ oderi vierd/j
hat dasselb recht/[.] findet er Ertz/ da er der maß zůgehörtk.[,] Die schöppen sollen
seinen gang behawen l / zům m minsten zween/[.] das Ertz sol zům minsten eins
lachters langk sein zů fůß/ das in seiner sole gehet/ das ein vierdungn silbers über alle
seine hutten kost gebeo/ vnd das die schöppen begrieffenp mit jrem Eyde ob sieq
gefraget werden von dem verleiherr/ So ist es der maß wert/[.] Der selbe Neufenger
hat das recht ans der maße/ das er seine sollt recken mag/ alsou langk als sein lehen
ist/[.] hat er mer schlechtev/ in seinemw lehen/ erx sein zween/ oder drei/ finden die
a
Volgen recht von dem Newfenger. = Das synt dy recht, dy den nüfengern beschreben synt. Erm
wenne Erm
c
von dem Erm
d
insert ym Erm ■ [*83]
e
.xxxij. teil = czweyundrysigteil Erm
f
dem Erm ■ [i.e., dem Finder]
g
rühmen UgB(1616), UgB(1698) □
h
insert adir der Erm
i
insert der Erm
j
[Ermisch observes that the following wording from Freiberg ‘B’, inserted here, helps to clarify the
passage: <nach deme alz er synen gang emphangen hat,>.]
k
czu gert Erm
l
hauwen Erm
m
czu Erm
n
das in seiner sole gehet/ das ein vierdung = uff der sale. Gibet das eynen firdung Erm
o
gebe absent Erm
p
begryfen Erm
q
ob sie = wann sie UgB(1616), wann sie UgB(1698)
r
dem verleiher = den urbarern Erm
s
an = e Erm ■
t
sale Erm, Sohl UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
u
so UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
v
schechte Erm ■ [*84], Schechte UgB(1616), Schächte UgB(1698)
w
synen Erm
x
yr Erm ■ , ihr UgB(1698)
b
255
schöppen in einem nicht/ so mögen siea faren in den andern/ oder in den dritten/[.] in
welchem b sie finden solch [13v] Ertz als c vorgesprochen ist/ damit d beheldt der
Newfenger sein recht/[.] finden sie abere nicht in der andern/ noch in der dritten/
noch inf dem der leherr gestehet/ der hat dz selb recht/[.] hat aber der erst nit Ertzg in
seiner soleh/ das maß wert sey/ oder in seinen lehnen/ vnd ist auß seinen lehenen/
gefaren in ein freies/ vnd hati Ertz funden/ das daj mas wert ist/ vnnd hat das zů
einemk offen schacht bracht/ damitl behelt er aber sein recht/ wann er der erst ist/m
der ander/n dritt/ odero vierd/ hat das selb recht/ alsp vor gesprochen ist. Wirt aber
ein werrq vnder jn/ das man nicht weißr auß welchers grůben er den gangk empfangen
hab/ will man es jn nicht erlassen/ er můß schweren mitten auff demt růmbaumu/ das
er seinen gangk/ auß der selben grůben empfangen habe[.] als v das recht w eiget x /
vndy vorgesprochen ist/ so soll man aller erst messen/[.] den messern giebet man
sieben schilling/ der kurtzen/[.] vnd misset außwendig der haldenz,aa/ der fundtgrůben
vierthalb lehen/ darnach an itzlicher seiten ein köngisch lehenbb/ vnd darnach ein
a
so mögen sie = sy mögen Erm
welchen UgB(1698)
c
also Erm
d
domete Erm
e
aber absent Erm
f
noch in = der ander noch ym Erm
g
erczes Erm
h
sale Erm
i
insert do Erm
j
do absent Erm
k
das zů einem = dorczu eynen Erm ■
l
domete Erm
m
insert also beheldet Erm
n
insert der Erm
o
insert der Erm
p
hat das selb recht/ als = mit dem recht, also Erm
q
gewerre UgB(1616), Gewerre UgB(1698)
r
enweys Erm
s
wecher UgB(1698)
t
den UgB(1698)
u
rönebaẅme Erm
v
wann UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
w
insert also Erm
x
eiget = irgeht Erm ■ [*85], ergeht UgB(1616), ergehet UgB(1698)
y
vnd = alz do Erm ■
z
außwendig der halden = ykwederhalben Erm ■ [*86]
aa
halden = halten UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
bb
köngisch lehen = konigeslehen Erm
b
256
burger lehen/ vnd ein herrn lehen/[.] mag sich dise maßa nicht ergehen/ vor andernb
berg masse/ so missetc man dise lehen alle an einer seiten nach einander/[.] vnd was
zwischen dem Newfangd vnde bergen ist überich/ das heisset man ein überschar/[.]
Dem Newfenger sol man geben/ an sein gestelle ein horn/ das eins halben lachters
langk sey/ da zween man neben einanderf gestehng mögen/[.] daranh die gewercken
nemen einen Bergkmeister wen sie wöllen/ also das der selbe teyl mit jm habe zům
minsten .xxxij. teyli/ vnd wer an deß Erbarersj stadt ist/ der soll ank den eydt gehenl.
[Ig 14]
Das acht Recht von
schmiden.m
[14r] Das da schmidt amachtn heisseno/ da beheldet der erbarer eine schicht/ an[,] die
gewercken p drei teyl. Bawet der Newfenger die sieben teyl lehen q / mit dreien
schichten r / vnd grůben s / vnd zwey endelste lehen/ der erbarer t mag jn nit höher
gedringenu/ Ein lehen mit dreien orttern/ eine lehenschafft mit eim orth.
a
Mase UgB(1698)
andir Erm, ander UgB(1698)
c
misste UgB(1698)
d
dem Newfang = den nüfengen Erm
e
insert den Erm
f
insert an Erm
g
stehen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
h
daran absent Erm
i
.xxxij. teyl = eyn czweyundrysigteil Erm
j
urbarers Erm ■
k
ym Erm
l
geben Erm ■ [*87]
m
Das acht Recht von schmiden. = Das synt dy recht von dem smydeammecht. Erm
n
schmidt amacht = smydammecht Erm, Schmidt-Ampt UgB(1698)
o
heisset Erm
p
insert dy Erm
q
teyl lehen = lehen Erm
r
schechten Erm ■ [*88]
s
vnd grůben = vuntgruben Erm ■ [*89]
t
urbarer Erm
u
dringen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
b
257
[Ig 15]
Von winckelmaß recht.a
Hawetb jmandtc auff dem hangenden/ oderd ligenden/ also das man nicht weise/ ob es
zůmf berg gehörtg oder frey isth/ das sol man dreien gemeinen menneri geben/ auff
jremj Eidt/ denk vierden von des Erbarersl wegen/ also das jhr keyner dam teyl habe/
an dem gebirg/[.] die sollen oben auff dem rasen die schnůr ziehen auffn von dem
höchsten der geng/[.] mögen sie es gescheideno/ es soll krafft haben/ Wo aber nichtp/
so soll man von den gengen/ der sieben lehen/ einen durchschlag füren q / an die
Nawenr geng/ Wenns er dannt recht giebt mit der schnůer/ vnd mit demu winckelmaß/
des ist das Ertz/ Jedochv soll das Ertz/ das man dieweil hawetw verborgetx werden/
Also das es weder eyn halbe noch anderthalbey gefalle/ biß es das entscheydez/[.]
a
Von winckelmaß recht. = Von den rechten des winckelmaßes. Erm
Büwet Erm, BAuet UgB(1698) ■
c
eyn man Erm
d
insert uff dem Erm
e
enweys Erm
f
czu dem Erm
g
gehöre Erm
h
frey ist = eyn fryhes sye Erm
i
mannen Erm, Männern UgB(1698)
j
yren Erm, ihren UgB(1698)
k
dem Erm
l
urbarers Erm
m
da absent Erm
n
auff absent Erm
o
scheiden UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
p
Wo aber nicht = Mögin sy is nicht gescheiden Erm
q
faren Erm
r
nüwen Erm
s
weme UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
t
Wenn er dann = Wëme is denne das Erm
u
der Erm
v
Ydach Erm
w
heüwet Erm
x
vörbürget Erm
y
anderhalb Erm
z
biß es das entscheyde = bis das is das recht entscheidet Erm
b
258
keyn erbarer a hat das recht/ einen Richter zůsetzen auff dem b berge/ one der
gewercken willen. Niemandt mag auch des andern teyl verleihen/ wider c seinen
willen. Jst aber das man will auff einem berg vorleihend/ oder auff einene stoln/ So
soll der Bergmeister den gewercken/ an einem Suntag/ oder an eim andern tag/
welcher jm gefelt/ auff das gebirg zůsammen gebieten/ vnnd was da verlegenf wirt
vnnd beschickeng/ das hat krafft. So aberh die drey schicht dari kummen/ vnnd die
vierd nicht[,] kummen j / haltetk fünff achteyl/ vnnd die dreie nicht.[,] [14v] Die
vierde schicht/ noch die drei achteyl/ mögen nicht gehiendernl/ die andern lehenm
wennn sie wöllen.
[Ig 16]
Gemeine recht in verleihung.o
Jst das jemandt spricht[,] das er teil habe/ an einem gemessen berg/ an stolln/ an
lehen/ oder an lehenschafften/ vnd der selb berck oder stoll/ oder des andern icht mit
recht einp andern vorlegenq werdr vnnd verhandtfestet/ vnnd er griffs es an mit baw/
a
urbarer Erm
dem = eynem Erm
c
wedir Erm, wieder UgB(1698)
d
will auff einem berg vorleihen = wil vorlyhen uff eynem berge Erm
e
eynem Erm
f
vorlegin Erm, verliehen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
g
beschreben Erm ■ [*90], beschicket UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
h
So aber = Ist abir, das Erm
i
darzu UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
j
kömmet UgB(1698)
k
halt Erm
l
hindern UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
m
vorlyhen Erm
n
weme Erm ■ [*91]
o
Gemeine recht in verleihung. = Das synt gemeyne recht von der vorlyhunge. Erm
p
eym Erm
q
verliehen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
r
würde Erm, wäre UgB(1698)
s
griffe Erm
b
259
vnd arbeitet da sechs wochen/ vnd het
a
den
b
in den sechs wochen nicht
angesprochen/[,] er mag jrc vmb ein har nochd nicht angewinnen.
[Ig 17]
Von den Leherne,f.
Auch ist das recht das niemant soll noch magg leherrh sein/ wenni ein geschwornerj
man in des künigs stadt/ zů nechst bey den Bergkwerckenk gesessen/[.]l das kompt
dauon/ das ein Erbarer oder anders jmantm/ seiner teyl möge abertzeugenn mit jmo
selber/ sunder alleyn/p das der leiher/ mit seinem eyde begreiffet.
[Ig 18]
Das Ander recht.q
Auch ist das Recht/[.] wann der Erbarr mit rath der geschwornen auß der stadt zů
nechst dem Bergkwerck ists verlegent / es sey an bergen/ an stoln/ an lehen/ oder
lehenschafftu/ vnd dasa vnder jrem eygenb/ vnd vnder dem eigensc der burger von der
a
het = jener hat Erm, hette UgB(1616), hätte UgB(1698)
den absent UgB(1698)
c
ihm UgB(1698)
d
vmb ein har noch = ym hynnoch Erm ■ [*92], vmb ein Haar UgB(1616), umb ein Haar UgB(1698)
e
Von den Lehern. = Das recht von dem lyher das erste. Erm
f
Lehern = Lehenherrn UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
g
enmag Erm
h
Lehenherr UgB(1698)
i
denn UgB(1698)
j
gesworen Erm
k
den Bergkwercken = dem bergwercke Erm
l
insert Unde Erm
m
ein Erbarer oder anders jmant = keyn urbarer noch keyn andir ymand Erm
n
möge abertzeugen = icht abe moge irczügen Erm ■ [*93], mögen aber zeugen UgB(1698)
o
yn Erm
p
insert noch dem Erm
q
Das Ander recht = Eyn andir recht Erm
r
wann der Erbar = Weme dy urbarer Erm ■ [*94]
s
icht Erm ■ [*95]
t
vorlyhen Erm, verliehen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
u
an lehenscheften Erm
b
260
der stadt/ zů rechtem Erbe/ dz soll krafft haben/[.] das kumpt dauon/ das man
etzliche berge/ vnnd stolled/ in manchem jar zů nutz nite erbauen mag vnd das were
wider gott/ sindt sich die erbarenf offt verkeren/ ob ein man sein erbetg vnd sein gůt
legete auff ein gebirg/ es sei berg/ stolln/ oder h lehen/ oder lehenschafft vier jar/
sechs oder mehr[,] das ein anderi erbarerj jm das nichtk mit gewalt empfrembdenl
solte.
[15r]
[Ig 19]
Ein ander recht.
Jst das bergkleut neben einander erbeten/ es sei an bergen/ anm stolln/ ann,o lehen/
oder lehenschafften[,] einer nach nach p dem andern/ enthauen vnd angenumen q
seines berges vnnd seines ertzes so meiste er mag/ bis daß sie kegen einander durch
schlagen/[.] so das geschietr/ so sollen sie denns/ den durchschlagk reumen/ bis das
die geschwornen dartzů kummen/ vnd einen t itzlichen bescheiden/ wo er in dem
seinen mit recht erbeten mag one hindernus.
a
insert vorhantfesten Erm
eygen = ingesegil Erm
c
eigens = ingesegil Erm
d
stollen Erm, Stollen UgB(1698)
e
zů nutz nit = nicht czu nuczcze Erm
f
urbarer Erm
g
Arbeit UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
h
oder absent Erm
i
ein ander = einander UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
j
urbarer Erm
k
nicht absent Erm [but present in some MSS – Ermisch 33n]; absent UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
l
gewalt empfrembden = Gewald entfremten UgB(1698) □
m
an absent UgB(1698)
n
an absent UgB(1698)
o
an stolln/ an absent Erm
p
nach nach = mag Erm ■ [*96]
q
angewynnen Erm ■
r
geschicht UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
s
denne beide Erm, beyde UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
t
eynem Erm
b
261
[Ig 20]
Jtema
Auch ist das recht[,] das kein besteller von sein selbsb versumnusc/ es sei and koste
oder an andern dingen[,] niemandtf seiner teil nichtg verwircken oder verliesenh mag.
[Ig 21]
Von ertz vorbieteni.
Es entmag j auch kein man deß k andern orts l auff dem berg verbiten oder
vorsprechenm/ vmb keinen schuld[,] wanno allein vmb die samptkostp der gewercken.
[Ig 22]
Von teil zůuerlisenq
a
Jtem = Ein andir recht. Erm
sein selbs = syns selbis Erm
c
vörsümeniße Erm, Versäumnüß UgB(1698)
d
an absent UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
e
köste Erm
f
jemandt UgB(1616), jemand UgB(1698)
g
icht Erm, ichts UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
h
verlieren UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
i
verbieten UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
j
mag UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
k
dem UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
l
ercz Erm ■ [*97], Ertz UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
m
versprechen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
n
eine UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
o
wenne Erm, dann UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
p
sammeköste Erm
q
vorlysen Erm, zuverlieren UgB(1616), zu verlieren UgB(1698)
b
262
Wer teyl hat an bergen/ stoln/ lehen/ oder lehenschafften/ die magea jm niemandtb
verseumnusse der kost
c
angewinnen/ er entscheid dann
e
d
die kost mit dem
f
bergkmeister/ oder mit seinem herrn / vnd mit zweien gewercken.
[Ig 23]
Von teyl zůuerliesng.
Derh teyl hat an bergen/ stoln/ lehen/ oder lehenschafften/ ob der selb ichti verleihen
mag j / die selben teyl mag keyn
k
bergmeister eym andern verleihen/ Er
sitzet l darauff mit den gewercken/ vnd mit den gewercken m / vnd mit den
geschwornen/ vndn sie jm mit recht an.
[15v]
[Ig 24]
Von teil zůuerlieseno.
Jst das ein manp seiner teil ichtq verleiheta eim andern mann/ es sey an bergen/ stoln/
lehen/ oder an lehenschafften/b vnd ist das jener/ der sie zů lehenschafft empfangen
a
möge UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
insert von Erm ■ [*98], UgB(1698)
c
köste Erm
d
entscheid dann = enheische denne Erm ■ [*99]
e
boten Erm
f
zweien = eynem Erm
g
vorlysen Erm, zuverlieren UgB(1616), zu verlieren UgB(1698)
h
Wer Erm
i
ob der selb icht = wann derselbe ichts UgB(1698) □
j
ob der selb icht verleihen mag = adir wem derselben icht vorlyhen ist Erm ■ [*100]
k
insert urbarer adir Erm ■ [*101]
l
ensicze denne Erm
m
vnd mit den gewercken absent Erm ■ [*102]
n
insert gewynne Erm ■ [*103]
o
vorlysen Erm, zu verlieren UgB(1698)
p
ein man = ymant Erm
q
ichts UgB(1698)
b
263
hat/ seiner eigenschafft nicht entgehetc/ esd sei vil oder wenig/ er verleßete mit recht
seine lehenschafft. Jst aber[,] das er f nicht gehaben g mag/ dem die eygenschafft
gebüret/ so soll er sie außteilen mit wissen eines gewercken/ vnd soll sie etwanh
befelen/[.] damit beheldt er sein recht vnnd sein lehenschafft.
[Ig 25]
Von Freiheit.
Jst das mani hutten bawet auff eines herren eigen/j er sei geistlich oder weltlichk/ dz
ist bergkwercks freiheyt/ dz er keinen zinß dauon geben solll.
[Ig 26]
Von Freiheit.m
Vnd auff welches herrn eigen bergkwerck funden wirt vnd gemessen/ er nimpt dauon
den dritten teyl der erbar n /[.] was das selbe o bergkwerck holtzes bedarff in den
grůben/ das soll jnp der herr nicht werenq/ esr sey geistlich oder weltlich/ &c.s
Hie endet sich das Erste bůch.a,b
a
vorlyhet Erm
[Ermisch recommends insertion of the following based on one of the MSS: <um eyne eygenschaft, sy sye
gros adir kleyne,>]
c
engebit Erm ■ [*104]
d
yr Erm
e
vorlüst Erm ■ , verleuret UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
f
insert des Erm
g
haben UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
h
etweme Erm ■ [*105]
i
ymant Erm
j
[Ermisch recommends insertion of the following based on one of the MSS: <da daz bergwerck uff lyt>]
k
werltlich Erm
l
dauon geben soll = sulle dovon gebin Erm
m
Von Freiheit. = Von bergwerckes fryheit. Erm
n
den dritten teyl der erbar = eyn dritteil der urbar Erm ■ [*106]
o
das selbe = dasselbige Erm
p
ym Erm
q
wehren UgB(1698)
r
es = er Erm
s
&c. absent Erm
b
264
a
Hie endet sich das Erste bůch. = [27.] Uber alle dy recht, dy hy geschriben syn, so syn dy burger von der
Ygla begnadet von czweyen konigen unde mit der konige hantfesten, was sy czu rechte finden dem konige
czu nucz unde dem bergwerck zu fürderunge, das sal craft haben. Erm, Ende des Ersten Buchs.
UgB(1616), Ende deß ersten Buchs. UgB(1698).
b
[Two additional sections are included in a 2nd redaction, reproduced here from Ermisch (36-37):]
[28.] Ist das ymant teil hat an eyme gebirge unde außerhalb landes ist, vorsümet syn besteller adir
syn pfleger drey gedinge, daz er syner kost darczu nicht gibet, er vorlüst syne teil mit rechte.
[29.] Ist das ymant eynen man, der gesworen hat zu dem rechten, er sye hutman, styger ader
czymmerman, durch dy gerechtykeyt synes ammechtes strafet adir angreift myt bosen worten yn der kawen
adir uff der teilstad, wirt er syn obirwunden myt czweyen fromen mannen unde myt eyme gewerken, er ist
bestanden myt neun marken. Der gevallen den urbarern dry, den gewercken dry, dem sachwalden dry.
265
[16r]a
Diß ist Bergkrecht in vnser herrnb der
Margkgrauenc zů Meissen landtd/ vnnd
was darzů gehörig iste.
[FrA 1]f
JSt das einem mann gelieheng wirt ein gang/ recht vnd redlich/[,] der behelt sieben
lehen/ h vnd vierthalb lachter in sein ligends/[.] was da geng ein i gehen/ die seint
sein/[.] Jst das der leiherj in dem selbigen zielek/ ein lehen/ oder zwey auff einen
tagk/ der findt Ertz/ das maß werdtl sey/ So misset man zů recht/ dem der gangk
geliehenm ist/ oder seinen gewercken/ vnd jhener beheldet seinen tagk an dem Ertz/
alson fern also jm gelegenp ist.
Soq einem mann gelihenr wirts/ der da hat sieben lehen/ Jst das einemt mann/ auch
auff dem selbigen gang/ dar nachu/ wie nahev es seinew ziele istx/ findet der ehry Ertz/
a
[[16r]-[22r] = Freiberg Bergrecht ‘A’, herein abbreviated FrA; cf. Ermisch 1-19.]
Herren UgB(1698)
c
Maggrafen UgB(1616), Marggrafen UgB(1698)
d
vnser herrn der Margkgrauen zů Meissen landt = unsers hern lande des margrefen czu Mißem Erm
e
gehörig ist = gehort Erm
f
[Paragraph numbers in square brackets correspond to numbering supplied by Ermisch.]
g
gelygen Erm
h
insert unde vierdehalb lachter yn syn hangendis Erm ■ [*107]
i
ynne Erm
j
insert lyhet Erm ■ [*108]
k
czele Erm
l
maß werdt = mazwirt Erm
m
gelygen Erm
n
so UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
o
fern als = verre, also Erm
p
geliehen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
q
So = Ist das Erm
r
gelygen Erm
s
insert alzo Erm
t
insert andern Erm ■
u
insert gelygen wirt Erm ■
v
na Erm
w
syme Erm
x
sy Erm
y
ee Erm, eher UgB(1698)
b
266
man sol jma messen zů recht/[.] von welchem schacht er dasb behalden/ dasc seine
fundtgrůb sei/ von den selben massend.
[FrA 2]
Von der Burger recht.
Die burger von Freibergk/ haben auch das recht/ beide arm vnd reich/ auff alleme
gebirg in meines hern land/ das sie da mag niemandt f auffgehalten g / noch jr gůt
versprechenh.
[FrA 3]
Von des Brieffesi.
Vnnd soj leuth kumen an den brieff/ auff dem gebirg/ vndk vnfůg/ oder warumb das
sey/ die selbigen leuth mitl der schrifft sol man her ynent wertenm disen burgern/ das
sie die an disenn brieff setzen.
[FrA 4]
Von geschworneno leuth Rechtp.
a
insert e Erm
er das = her tar Erm ■ [*109]
c
insert is Erm ■
d
von den selben massen = von deme sal man messen Erm ■
e
allen UgB(1698)
f
mag niemandt = nymand mag Erm
g
auffhalten UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
h
vorsprechen Erm
i
insert rechte uf gebirge Erm
j
Vnnd so = Ist ouch das Erm
k
umme Erm ■ [*110], umb UgB(1698)
l
mid Erm
m
her ynent werten = heryn antwerten Erm ■ [*111], herein antworten UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
n
yren Erm
o
gesworner Erm
p
insert uf gebirge Erm
b
267
[16v] Zůa gebirg ist auch recht/ dz die geschornenb auff gebirg keine leuth mügenc
außziehen/ oder vnschuldigd machen[,] den man schuldt gibt/ vmb wunden/[,] also
das die geschwornen zů Freiburge nochf mögen thůn mit recht.
[FrA 5]
Von des Richters rechtg.
Welcherh man Richter ist zů Freiburgki/ was vor dem geteidingt wirt/ das gestetj er
wolk zů recht/ auff allem gebirg im land/ wennl es zů recht in meinerm herrn müntz
gehört.
[FrA 6]
Von Bergkrichters recht.n
Alle Bergrichtero/ die der Bergkmeister setzet/ vnd bestetiget alsp weit als land istq/
was vor demr geteydingt wirt/ die mögen nit hirinn gezeugen noch gestehn/ von der
stadt gericht mit keym recht.
a
auff UgB(1616), ZU UgB(1698)
geswornen Erm
c
machen UgB(1616), mögen UgB(1698)
d
unschudig UgB(1698)
e
Friberg Erm, Feyburg UgB(1616), Freyburg UgB(1698)
f
noch = wol Erm
g
insert czu Friberg Erm
h
Welch Erm
i
Friberg Erm
j
gestehet UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
k
insert unde Erm
l
den Erm, denn UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
m
myns Erm
n
Von Bergkrichters recht. = Von der bergrichtere rechte. Erm
o
Alle Bergrichter = Aber alle bergrichtere Erm
p
so UgB(1698)
q
als weit als land ist = also wyed, also is land ist Erm
r
den Erm
b
268
Es entmaga auch keyn Bergkrichter auff einemb andern berg gezeugenc/ da er nicht
richter ist/[.] was er in seinem gericht siehetd/ oder höret/ des mag er wol gestehen/
vnd anderste nirgenf dann in seinem gericht.
[FrA 7]
Von des Bergkmeisters recht.
Jst das auchg vor dem Bergmeister ichth geteydingt wirt/ oder was jm wissentlichi ist/
dasj gestehet er wol vor dem stadtrichterk.
[FrA 8]
Was kauffmanschatz gezeugen sol.l
Zů Bergen ist das auchm recht/ das man keynemn kauffschatz mero gezeugenp mag/
wannq dreierley/ das ist gewandt vnd blei/ vnd pferd vnd roßsr.
[FrA 9]
Vom Acker teil.s
a
enmag Erm, mag UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
eynen Erm
c
zeugen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
d
syed Erm
e
andirs Erm
f
nirgent UgB(1616), nirgend UgB(1698)
g
Jst das auch = Ist ouch das Erm
h
ich Erm, ichts UgB(1698)
i
wissenlich Erm
j
des Erm
k
dem stadtrichter = der stat richtere Erm
l
Was kauffmanschatz gezeugen sol. = Was koufschaczes man uf gebirge geczugen moge. Erm
m
das auch = auch das UgB(1698)
n
keynen Erm, keinen UgB(1616), keinen UgB(1698)
o
me Erm
p
zeugen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
q
wenne Erm, denn UgB(1616), denn UgB(1698)
r
vnd roßs = ader ros Erm
s
Vom Acker teil. = Von bergwerke und wy mans mit dem ackerteile halden sulle. Erm
b
269
Wůh ein man Ertz sůchen will/ das mag er thůn mit [17r] recht/[.] kompt jener des
das erb ist/ vnd fordert sein ackerteyl/ das ist eyn .xxxij/&c.a vnd bedeutb seine kost/
wissentlich zweyerc ehrhafften mannen/ ehe man korbd vnd seil ein würffte/ der hat
es mit recht/[.] Der dorffherr hat daran nichten f . Gehet das ertz vor sich/ was
fleyschbenck/ vnd badstubeng werden/ der zinß ist des dorffherrn zů recht/[.] Das
gericht vnd müntz lehen recht h / ist meines hern vnd i gehört in die müntz khen j
Freibergk.
[FrA 10]
Vmb Zweihung der gericht.k
So man sich irretl vmbm dz berg gericht/ wie ferrn es gehto oder wo es wendtp/ das ist
also entscheyden/ das man soll nemen eyne kerbe/ vnd soll darein legen eynq keilhaw
vnd eyne kratz/ vnd eynen schlegel/ vnd zwölff eißen/ vnd sol sier hengen an eynen
rombaums/ vnd soll die lassen lauffen/ von jrt selber/[;] also fernu man das gehören
mag/ also fernv ist das gericht meins herren/[.] daß gestellw mag der Berckmeister
a
.xxxij/&c. = czweyunddristeil Erm
butet Erm ■ [*112]
c
czweyn Erm
d
kerben Erm
e
ein würfft = ynwirft Erm, einwirfft UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
f
nicht Erm, nichts UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
g
badestoben Erm
h
müntz lehen recht = lyammecht Erm
i
insert das silber Erm
j
czu Erm, gen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
k
Vmb Zweihung der gericht. = Von czweyunge umb das gerichte. Erm
l
So man sich irret = Ist das man sich wirret Erm ■ [*113]
m
und UgB(1698) □
n
fern UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
o
gehe Erm
p
wende Erm
q
eyne Erm
r
dy Erm
s
röneboum Erm
t
yn Erm
u
verre, alz Erm
v
verre Erm
w
daß gestell = Das gestelle Erm
b
270
setzen/ auffwelcha grůb er will auff dem bergkwerck/[.] vnnd welcheb man eynen
schůrbc ledig findt/ der setzetd woll das eynee mit recht/[.] Bauet er den schurbff/ sog
lang biß er eynen gang findet/ den soll er empfahen/ vonn seinem lehernh/[.] so ist
eyn buder vorlegeti sich in eyner tageschicht/[.] dem leiherj darff er nicht teyl geben/
er wol es dannk gar gern thůn.
[FrA 11]
Von dem Neüfenger.l
Eyn itzlicherm soll den mercken[,] dem er leihet/ das er jnn geweren mago/[.] eynes
vernünfftigen leihers darff man woll/[.] wannp er eynen gang leihet/ der behelt auff
dem gang für sich vierdthalb lehen/ Vnnd hinder sich auch vierdthalb lehen/ vnd
auffq hangends vierdhalb lachterr/[.] die ersts leihung hatt krafft vnnd beheltet/ inn
den selben lehen sollet er bauwen mit eym schacht/ oderu zwen/ oder mit dreien/
aber v wie es jn [17v] aller ehest w kumet/[.] kumet es also fern x / dz der selbige
a
auffwelch = uff welche Erm, auff welche UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
welch Erm
c
schorp Erm
d
siczt Erm, sitzet UgB(1698)
e
das eyne = daryn Erm
f
schurp Erm, Schürb UgB(1698)
g
also Erm
h
lyere Erm, Lenhern UgB(1616), Lehnherrn UgB(1698)
i
buder vorleget = bu, der vorlygt Erm ■ [*114], Buder verleget UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
j
lyer Erm
k
denne Erm
l
Von dem Neüfenger. = Ad primum capitulum von den nüwevengern. Erm
m
insert lyer Erm ■ [*115]
n
ihm UgB(1698)
o
moge Erm
p
Weme Erm
q
insert syn Erm
r
insert und uf syn lygendes vierdehalp lachter Erm ■ [*116]
s
erste Erm
t
inn den selben lehen solle er = yn den syben lehenen. Dy syben lehen sal her Erm ■ [*117]
u
insert mit Erm
v
aber = adir Erm, oder UgB(1616), oder UgB(1698)
w
es jn aller ehest = is ym allir ebynst Erm, ihn allerbest UgB(1698)
x
verre Erm
b
271
bawherra ertz findet/ das mag er wol hauen/ eynen korbb one farc/ vnnd soll gehen zů
dem zehenerd/ vnd soll sprechen/ [“]Herr[,] ich bin eyn teyl Ertz gewar worden/ dase
hab ich gehawen/[;] da sendet zů[,] das meine f herrn/ vnd den gewercken g gleich
gescheh vnd recht h , i .[”] Do soll der zehender j zůfaren oder senden/ das damit
gehandeltk werd/ das meinenl herren vnnd den gewercken gleichgeschehem vnnd nutz
sei.
Geht das Ertz für sich/ so sol der zehendern vnd die gewercken/ gangk hewero setzen/
die sich woll gehaldenp haben/ die sol der Berckmeyster bestätigen.
Die gewergken mögen hut leuth q setzen/ vnnd sollen für r itzlichen huttmann eyn
xxxij. teyl s / setzen/ auff das t sie geboren u wie recht ist/ vnnd die soll der
bergkmeyster bestätigen/ mit dem eyde.
Hilfft Gott dem finder/ das sein Ertz für sich geht/ so soll der zehenderv meins herrn
fronteyl auff heben/ dz ist die drittw schicht/[.] so das geschiehet/ so soll mein herr
a
buwer Erm
eynen korb = eyne kerbe Erm
c
var Erm, Fahr UgB(1698)
d
czendenere Erm, Zehendner UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
e
des Erm
f
myme Erm, meinen UgB(1698)
g
Geweraken UgB(1616)
h
gescheh vnd recht = und recht geschee Erm
i
Recht UgB(1698)
j
czendener Erm
k
gebort Erm
l
myme Erm
m
gleichgeschehe = recht gesche Erm
n
czendener Erm
o
gangk hewer = ganghäuwere Erm, Ganghäwer UgB(1616), Ganghäuer UgB(1698)
p
behalden Erm
q
hut leuth = hutluthe Erm, Hutleute UgB(1698)
r
vor Erm
s
xxxij. teyl = czweyundrysteil Erm
t
auff das = durch das, das Erm
u
gebohren UgB(1698)
v
czendener Erm
w
dritte Erm
b
272
diea kost darzů geben/ alsb eyn ander gewerck/[.] Dürffen dannc die gewergken eyns
Richtschachts/ oder eyner huttend/[,] da sol mein herr seine kost zůgeben.
Woh es also ferr kumet/ das man meines herrn fronteyl auffhebet/ da sol man dem
finder den gang messen zů recht/[;] das soll der Bergkmeister thůn zů recht. Der
finder solle jm geben seine meß pfennig e / dz seind vier schillingen/[.] der
bergkmeyster sol kumen auff den gang/ vnd sol sprechen/ [“]her finder[,] welchs ist
ewer fundtgrůb/[?”] welche grůb jn dann der finder weisetf/ die er mit seinem eyd
behalden darffg/ das sieh seini fundtgrůb sei[,] da [18r] soll man jm vonn messen/[.]
so soll der finder/ auff sein henckbanckj trettenk/ vnnd soll zweenl fingerm auff sein
haubt legen n / vnd soll schweren/ das diß o seine rechte fundtgrůben p sei/ [“]Also
gebrauch ich meines haubts vnnd meiner forderenq handt/ das mir Gott so helffe.[”]
[FrA 12]
Von gemessem Berg.r
a
syne Erm
also Erm
c
dann absent Erm
d
hutten = bůten Erm ■ [*118] [<bute> refers to a special type of vertical shaft, cf. Veith, “Pütte.”]
e
seine meß pfennig = syne mazpfennige Erm, seinen Meß-Pfenning UgB(1698)
f
jn dann der finder weiset = ym der vinder denne wiset Erm
g
die er mit seinem eyd behalden darff = dy her behalden tar myt syme eyde Erm
h
sie = dy Erm
i
syne Erm
j
Hengbanck UgB(1616), Hengbang UgB(1698)
k
auff sein henckbanck tretten = treten uf syne hengebang Erm
l
2. UgB(1698)
m
vingere Erm
n
auff sein haubt legen = legen uf syn houpt Erm
o
daz Erm
p
funtgrube Erm, Fundgrub UgB(1698)
q
fördern UgB(1698)
r
Von gemessem Berg. = Dys ist das capitulum von den gemessinen bergen und wy man messen sulle.
Capitulum secundum. Erm
b
273
Nůn sol man messen/[.] so sol der Bergkmeister die schnůr/ nemena vnd sol sie legen
mitten b an die grůben c / vnd sol messen/ eyn halb lehen/ vnnd d jm[;] dem e eyn
gantzsf[,] die gehören zů der fundgrůben/[;] vnd sol dann messen eyn lehen/ vnd oder
eynsg/ das heysen endelste lehen/[;] die sol man bawen mit eynem schacht/ die sindt
auch noch deß finders/[,] Bawet er sie[,] nichth als recht ist/[.] denni soll man messen
vnserm
j
herrn/ dem Margkgraffen
k
eyn lehen/ darnach vnser frawen der
Marckgräffinl eyn lehen/ darnach dem kamererm eyn lehen/ dann dem bergkmeyster
eyn lehenn. Nůn sol man ander seito anheben/ mittenp an der fundtgrůben/ vnd sol
aber messen allen wie q also vil lehen auff dem selbigen gang/ als r man zůuor s
gemessent/[.] so jmu der gang also gemessen würt/ den sol man bawen als recht ist.
Die fundtgrůb mit jren dreien lehen v / sol man bauen mit eynem schacht/[.] w
verlegenx sich die lehen/ dreiy tag schichtz/ in dreien Erbetenaa tagen nach eynanderbb
a
die schnůr/ nemen = nemen dy snüyr Erm
mittene Erm
c
grube Erm
d
vnnd absent Erm
e
denn UgB(1698)
f
eyn halb lehen/ vnnd jm dem eyn gantzs = eyn halb lehin ym; denne eyn ganczes Erm ■ [*119]
g
vnd oder eyns = und aber eyns Erm, vnd aber eins UgB(1616), und aber eins UgB(1698)
h
nicht absent Erm ■ [*120]
i
Darnach Erm
j
unsern UgB(1698)
k
margrefen Erm, Maggraffen UgB(1698)
l
margrefynnen Erm
m
kemmerere Erm, Kämmerer UgB(1698)
n
darnach dem kamerer eyn lehen/ dann dem bergkmeyster eyn lehen = darnach deme marschalke eyn
lehen, darnach deme trugsessen eyn lehen, darnach deme kemmerere eyn lehen, darnach deme
bergmeistere eyn lehen Erm ■
o
andersyt Erm
p
mittene Erm
q
allen wie = alliu wis Erm ■ [*121]
r
also Erm
s
vor Erm
t
insert hat Erm
u
so jm = Ist denne das Erm
v
lehenen Erm
w
insert Dy endilsten lehen iczwedirsyt sal man buwen czwei mit eyme schachte. Erm ■
x
Vorligen Erm
y
dryer Erm
z
tag schicht = tageschicht Erm
aa
erbeytenden Erm, arbeitenden UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
bb
insert so mag sy der bergmeister lihen umme myns herren recht, wer buwen wil Erm ■ [*122]
b
274
/ a am Sonnabent b mag man nicht verleihen/[.] darnach meins herren lehen/ vnnd
meiner frawen lehen/ die haben beßer recht/ die mögen sich nicht verlegenc/[.] sie
thar d auch niemant leihen/[,] wann e mein herr selber/ Aber f weme er die gewalt
giebet/[.] sie haben auch das recht/ das jn niemandt enthawen soll/[;] sie solleng auch
niemant enthauen[.] derh der herren leheni sollen sie bauenj/[;] Thůn sie das nicht/ so
solle sie der Bergkmeyster leihen/ so er beste k mag/ Er l zů dem minsten vnnd m
halb/[.] das selbige recht haben beyde burgern/ vnnd Bergkmeyster leheno/[.] Vnnd
wille p sie dann q nie=[18v]mandt bawen/ so sol der bergkmeyster den hewern r
entbieten[,] das sie ires lehen bestellen vnnd bawen als recht ist/[.] Thůn sie es dannt
nicht/ so soll er sie leihen/ vmb meins herrn recht/ Der Bergkmeyster oder sein
leiher[.] kennetu es dann also fern/ das man Ertzv findet/ auff dem selbigenw gang/
oder auff andern gängenx da bei auff dem feld/ den soll man messen/ gleicherweiß
alsy man diesen vorgenanten bergz/[;] da můß der maßaa gebrechen.
a
insert Und Erm
sunabinde Erm [Typographical error in original: <Sonnabet>]
c
vorligen Erm, verliegen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
d
entar Erm, darff UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
e
wenne Erm
f
adir Erm ■ [*123]
g
ensollen Erm
h
der = Darnach Erm ■
i
insert dy Erm
j
insert adir vorlyen Erm ■
k
höste Erm
l
Er = oc Erm ■
m
umme Erm ■
n
burgerlehen Erm
o
Bergkmeyster lehen = bergmeisterlehen Erm
p
will UgB(1698)
q
denne Erm
r
hern Erm ■ [*124]
s
ere Erm
t
denne Erm
u
Kumpt Erm ■ [*125]
v
[Typographical error in original: <Etz>]
w
dem selbigen = demselben UgB(1698)
x
Gnägen UgB(1698)
y
also Erm
z
gleicherweiß als man diesen vorgenanten berg = glicherwis, also man dysen vorgenanten berg gemessen
hat, is ensy denne also vil, das dy maße trete czu deme vorgemessinen berge Erm ■
aa
der maß = der maße Erm, dermassen UgB(1698)
b
275
[FrA 13]
Von zween bergen die auff zweien
gängen bei eynander gemessen werden.
Jst das zween berg auff zweyen gengen gemessen werden/ bey eynander/ der vonn
erst gemessen ist/ der verlegta sich/ der ander bleibetb bawhafft/ vnd es komme also
fern/ das er wider verlegetc würdd / Es soll dem andern nicht schaden/ an seinem
recht/[.] hilfft jm gott das er Ertz findet/ man soll jm vorgebene/[;] das kumpt dauon/
das sichs vorlegetf hat/[.] Welcheg lehen jre erste leihung behaldenh/ auff dem selbeni
gang/ die behalden jr recht.
[FrA 14]
Wie man über teyl clagt.j
Jst das eyn man bawet[,] der eynenk bawer heyst/ vnd giebt teyl eynem andern man/
das er sie mit jm bawe/ die weil er jm keyne kost giebt/ so entdarffl er nicht clagen
über die teyl/ er giebet jmandtm teyl ob er wil/ oder lest es ob er wil mit recht. So er
jm aber etwas kost giebt/ oder nichtn/ so mag er es jm zů recht nicht geleuckeneno/
Er můß darüber clagen/ vnd můß sie jm abgewinnen/ als recht ist. Woh aberp der
selbigeq seine kost gebe wissentlich seinen gewercken/ vnnd wer bei den gedingen
a
vorlige Erm
blibe Erm
c
vorligen Erm
d
wirt Erm
e
vorgeben = vol geben Erm ■ [*126]
f
vorlegen Erm, UgB(1616)
g
[Typographical error in original: <Weche>]
h
insert haben Erm
i
dem selben = demselbigen Erm
j
Wie man über teyl clagt. = Wy man clagen dorfe uber teil und wy man is mite halden sulle. Erm
k
eyn Erm
l
darff UgB(1698)
m
ymande Erm
n
So er jm aber etwas kost giebt/ oder nicht = Ist is abir das her ym eyns kost gibt adir me Erm
o
geloukenen Erm, leugnen UgB(1616), läugnen UgB(1698)
p
Woh aber = Wer is aber das Erm
q
der selbige = derselbe UgB(1698)
b
276
gewesen/ vnd jhener wolta jmb leucknen/ Er het auchc ertz oder nicht/ vnd ob jm
seine gewercken dasd gestünden/ das er recht vnd redlich gebawet het/ möcht er es
aber baß behalten [19r] mit seinen gewercken/ wenn jm einer e allein daruor
geschwören f / möcht.
Jsts dann g das ein man über teyle clagen můß h / mag er
geclagen i über teyle/ da nicht offentlich vordinget ist j vnd mit k dem Richter
wissentlich.[?]
[FrA 15]
Von clagen über teylel auff ge=
messen gengen.
Jst aber das ein man clagen muß über teyl/ auff gemessen gengen/[,] der můß clagen
die m erbente n tag nacheinander[.] widerumb erclagen o / des ersten tages in einem p
ding/ vnnd die andern zween zů hauß vnd zů hoff q .[,]
Oder mag er zů allen
r
geclagen dem Richter auff dem marckte/ oder auff der zech ob es krafft habe/ oder
ob er deß richters gesindt clagts/ ob der richter daheim nicht wert/[?] wenn ein man
zwir geclagt
u
über teil[,] zů dem dritten mal
a
v
/ mus er seinen stuffen
welde Erm
insert denne Erm
c
joch Erm
d
des Erm
e
jenre Erm
f
schweren UgB(1616), schwören UgB(1698)
g
Jsts dann = Is denne Erm
h
über teyle clagen můß = clagen mus ober teil Erm
i
klagen UgB(1698)
j
offentlich vordinget ist = vordinget ist offentlich Erm
k
mit absent Erm
l
clagen über teyle = clage uber teil Erm
m
die = dry Erm ■ [*127], drey UgB(1698)
n
erbeitende Erm, arbeitende UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
o
widerumb erclagen = Weder mus her clagen Erm ■ [*128]
p
in einem = ynme Erm
q
have Erm
r
geclagen = clagen czu huse und czu have geclagen, das iz craft habe, ader mag her geclagen Erm ■ ,
klagen UgB(1698)
s
clayt Erm
t
enwere Erm
u
geclayt Erm
v
mole Erm
b
277
clegera mit jm brengen/[.] hat jn dannb der richter bestettiget/ so mag er jn manen/
also er jm beuolhenc hat/ ob die pfennigd verdienet sein oder nicht/[.] gestehet danne
der stuffen schlegerf/ so mag der richter die teil eigeng oberh die er geclagti hat/ vnd
muß der gedinger dem Richter schnidej geben/[.] wann es alles geeigent würt/ so sol
jm der Richter einen gewercken geben zů botten der mit jm gehe zů hauß vnd zů
hoffk/ vnd es auff bietl als recht ist. Jst er dannm da nicht besessen/ auff dem gebirg
oder berg/ oder in der stadt zů Freibergk/ so můs man es auff dem marck n auff
bieten.
[FrA 16]
Von clag über teyl/
auff freien gengen
Jst das ein man über teil clageto/ auff freyen gengen[,] die vngemessen sein/ der soll
auch dreyer tag schicht p darüber clagen. Jst das einem mann also q teil geeigent
werden/ als recht ist/ es sei in einem erb/ oder auff gemessen r bergen/ oder an
le=[19v]henen/ oder woh es sei/ denn trete einens not an/ oder teidingkt/ darumb[,]
a
stuffen cleger = stuffensleger Erm ■ [*129], Stuffen Släger UgB(1616), Stuffen-Schläger UgB(1698)
denne Erm
c
bevalen Erm
d
pheninge Erm
e
denne Erm
f
stuffen schleger = Stuffenschlëger UgB(1616), Stuffenschläger UgB(1698)
g
eygenen Erm
h
uber UgB(1616), über UgB(1698)
i
geclayt Erm
j
schonde Erm ■
k
have Erm
l
auff biet = ufbite Erm
m
denne Erm
n
markte Erm
o
über teil claget = clayt ober teil Erm
p
tag schicht = tageschicht Erm
q
älso UgB(1698)
r
gemessenen Erm
s
eyne Erm
t
eyne teding Erm, teiding UgB(1616), Teiding UgB(1698)
b
278
mag er esa behalten/ obb es in einem erb ist/ mit seinem bergkmeister oder richterc/
ob d es in lehenen e ist/ das man die mane f [,] wie g recht ist[,] oder er mus es mit
gezeugh behaldenn selb drittei/ wann er esj mit clag gewunnen hat.[?]
[FrA 17]
Von clag oderk erbhaffte teil.
Jst auch das ein man clagen muß über erbhaffte teil/ die nicht jre kost geben/ da muß
er clagen drey viertzehen tag/ aberl[.] mag er mit der ersten clag die viertzehen tag
behalden oder nicht.[?] Jst das er clagtm als recht ist/ inn der dritten clage muß er
seinen stuffen schlegero bringenn/[;] den soll der bergkmeister haben bestetiget/ als
recht ist/ vnd soll den manen/ vnnd soll die eigenen als vor geschrieben ist. Wer es
aber das die gewercken wilkortenp vor dem bergkmeister/ das man clage dreyer tag
schichte q / daß r hat also s grosse krafft/ als ob man die t drey virtzehen tag daruber
geclagt u . Jst aber dz die gewercken willkoren v vor dem bergkmeister/ jre kost w
a
das Erm
wann UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
c
richter = mit syme richtere Erm
d
wann UgB(1698)
e
Lehen UgB(1698)
f
mahne UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
g
alz Erm
h
er mus es mit gezeug = mus her is mit geczuge Erm
i
selb dritte = selbdritte Erm
j
er es = herz Erm
k
uber Erm, über UgB(1698) ■
l
obir Erm ■
m
clayt Erm
n
czu Erm
o
stuffen schleger = stuffensleger Erm
p
willekurten Erm, wilköhrten UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
q
tag schichte = tageschicht Erm
r
das Erm
s
so UgB(1698)
t
die absent Erm
u
clayte Erm
v
willekurn Erm
w
insert czu wurffen Erm
b
279
zůgeben oder auff taga[,] wann die ersten weiffeb derjhenigen verdienetc werden/ so
mag man klagen/ es seid denn daß die gewercken eine andere wilkoree machenn/ vor
dem bergkmeister.
[FrA 18]
Von verdingnus recht.f
Wo man verdinget auff gebiergeng da sollen die gewercken billich alle dabey sein/
oder soll jr wort sein/[.] dannh man mag zů recht/ keines mannes teil geeigenen/ der
wort jri nicht wer/[.] wer es aber das ein man nicht woldej zům geding kumen/ diek
soll der richter besenden/ auff eine zeit/ vnd jm sagenl das die gewercken wollen
verdingen/[.] kumet er dann nicht/ so mus es sein wort sein/ zů recht/ oder man
gewinet jm seine teil an als eim andern mann.
[FrA 19]
Diß ist von den erbenm.
[20r] Jst das sich eine zechn vorleito[,] das gemessene geng sein/[,] waßerhalbenp/ das
man jn vor wasser nicht gebauenq mag/ ane stoln/ kumen leut vnd muten deß zům
a
Tage UgB(1698)
Weisse UgB(1698)
c
weiffe derjhenigen verdienet = wurfe der pheninge vordynet Erm ■ [*130]
d
is ensy Erm
e
Willköhre UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
f
Von verdingnus recht. = Von vordingens rechte uf gebirge. Erm, Von Verdingungs Recht. UgB(1698)
g
gebirge Erm
h
Wenne Erm
i
is Erm
j
welde Erm
k
den Erm, UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
l
jm sagen = sage ym Erm
m
insert Capitulum VIm Erm
n
insert recht Erm
o
verleit UgB(1698)
p
wasser halben Erm, wassershalben UgB(1616), Wassershalben UgB(1698)
q
gethun Erm, bawen UgB(1616), bauen UgB(1698)
b
280
bergkmeister/ ob er jn wolt behaltena die zeche/ oder den bruch/ oder woltb jn felde/
dar zů vererben/ zů einem stoln/ vmb meines herren zehenden[,] sie wellen c jr
alderd vnd jr arbeit/ darlegen/ der bergkmeister hate keine gewalt dzf nicht zůleihen/
ane meins hern wort/[.] ist aber das mein herr seine gnad darzů thůt/ vnd heists
außgeben zů einem erbe/ so leithg es dann an den burgern zů Freyburgkh wo dz leiti
imj lant/ bey Kemnitzk/ bey Meyssenl/ oder wo es leithm/ die sollen von Freyburgk
darzů reiten mit dem bergkmeister/[.] den soll man geben einn eimer weins/ vmb jre
arbeit/[.] die sollen das bergkwergk besehen/ als lieb in jr ehr isto/[.] zů dem stoln
vnd zů der zech/ sollen sie gehnp/ vnd bereiten/ als viel feldes/ als es dem stolln eben
istq/ vnd meinenr herrn vnd dem lande/ das nutze sei/[.] wenn das geschiett/ so hat
mein herr sein fronteil gelaßen vnd so müssen die herrn/ jre gemessene lehen alle
lassen/ das sie daran nicht mer habenu.
Wov die gewercken ansitzenw vnd furenx iren stolln/ vnd sincken recht ein lachtery
a
wolt behalten = welle lyen Erm ■ [*131]
oder wolt = und welle Erm
c
wollen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
d
silber Erm ■ [*132], Alder UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
e
inhat Erm
f
des Erm
g
lyt Erm, liegt UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
h
Friberg Erm
i
ligt UgB(1616), liegt UgB(1698)
j
ynme Erm
k
Kempnicz Erm
l
Mißen Erm
m
liegt UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
n
eynen Erm
o
als lieb in jr ehr ist = also yn ire truwe und ire ere lip is Erm ■
p
geben Erm ■ [*133]
q
kumpt Erm
r
myme Erm
s
da absent Erm
t
geschicht UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
u
nicht mer haben = nymme inhaben Erm
v
Nu Erm
w
siczen an Erm
x
varn Erm, führen UgB(1616)
y
recht ein lachter = lichtlocher Erm ■ [*134]
b
281
darauff/ da mögenn sie auff bauen vnnd vorleihen a / wie sie wollen/ das jn aller
nutzlichst ist.
Der bergkmeister hat keinenb gwalt zů leihenc/ an ichte/[.] es seid dann also viel als
leuth kumen vnd můtten lehen kegen den gewercken/ hinder jrem fordristen licht
loche/ die mögen sie leihen oder mögen sie selber bauen/[.] wolden denn sief weder
leihen noch selber bauen/ so sollg jn der bergkmeister gepietenh/ auff seinei zeit/ das
sie selber baueten/ oder verlegenj/ wenn man jr gemuttet het/[.] Litenk sie es dann
nicht/ so hat der bergkmeister die gewalt[,] das er sie mag zů recht/ vmb eine
eigenschafft leihen ob er mag/[.] will man jr darumb nicht/ so mag er sie leihen/ vmb
meins herrn zehenden.
[20v]
[FrA 20]
Von stolln recht.
Nun l die gewercken füren m jren stoln n vorsich/[.] wie ferr sie künnen o mit jrem
furdristen lichtloch/ vor dem vnd vor jrem stolnhauptp mag sie niemant gedringenq/
weder zů bauen noch zů leihen/ wider jren wiellen r /[.] kqweme es oder s alßo
ferna/ das die gewercken selber baueten/ an dem fordristen zeleb/ vnd lisenc es dann
a
verleihen UgB(1698)
keyne Erm
c
lyene Erm
d
es sei = Is insy Erm
e
fordristen licht loch = vordersten lichtloche Erm
f
wolden denn sie = Welden sy denne Erm
g
sulde Erm
h
gebiten Erm, gebieten UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
i
eyne Erm ■ [*135]
j
vorligen Erm, verleihen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
k
Teten Erm ■ [*136], leiheten UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
l
Nu Erm
m
varn Erm
n
stollenhoupt Erm
o
komen Erm ■ [*137], können UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
p
Stollhaupt UgB(1698)
q
getwingen Erm, dringen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
r
willen Erm, willen UgB(1616), Willen UgB(1698)
s
abir Erm, aber UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
b
282
das die gewercken selber baueten/ an dem fordristen zeleb/ vnd lisenc es dann aberd
liegene/ alßo das sie es weder baueten noch verlegenf/ so hetten sie jr recht verloren/
also daß der bergkmeister die gewalt gewonneg,h/ in dem fordristen ziele/ als in dem
hindristen mit recht.
[FrA 21]
Wie man wüste erbe empfahin
soll &ci.
Soj sich ein erb verbauetk vnd wüst leitl/ aller ding/ kummen leut vnd wöllen diem
bauen/ die sollen kummen zů dem bergkmeister/ der hat allein die gewalt zů leihenn/
vnd sollen sprechen/ [“]herr bergkmeister[,] wir clagen euch über das erbe/ daß leito
wüst/ dasp mutenq wir kegen euch/ wasr jr vns darumb bescheidet/ deß wöllens wir
gerne warten/[.”] müssen nůnt zů recht xiiij.u tag behalten/ beide bergkmeister vnd
kleger/ wennv man spricht/ das sich ein erbe/ in sechs wochen vorlegenw soll/[;] oder
a
verre Erm
czile Erm, ziele UgB(1616), Ziele UgB(1698)
c
liessen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
d
abuwe Erm ■ [One MS in the tradition contains <ane buwe>, probably the best reading (Ermisch 15n).]
e
legen Erm
f
vorligen Erm, verlihen UgB(1616), verliehen UgB(1698)
g
die gewalt gewonne = gewunne dy gewalt Erm
h
gewönne UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
i
&c = und is mite halden sulle Erm
j
Ist das Erm
k
vorlit Erm ■
l
lyt Erm, liegt UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
m
do Erm
n
insert dy erbe Erm
o
lyt Erm, liegt UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
p
des Erm
q
mute Erm
r
wez Erm
s
wolle Erm
t
nu Erm
u
firczehin Erm
v
denn UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
w
vorligen Erm, verliegen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
b
283
sollen sie von dema tag über sechs wochen/ mit vmb gehnb/ erc fraget nach/[.] wenn
alßo leuth kumen/ vnd muten eind zů dem bergkmeister/ der Bergkmeister soll ine
bescheiden über virtzehen tag/ vnd sollen das heimlichenf handlen/ vnd soll bynneng
des selbenh rieteni/ ob er mit ichte mag[.] hinderten ober adeüge. Aberj ob es jm zů
ferr ist/ so soll er darzů kießen einen getreuen man/ auff den er bauenk darffl/ oder
schweren/ ob es nachm geschiet/ vnd soll dem befelhen/ das er sehe die zeit/ ob man
darauff icht erbete n /[.] das soll er thůn als o lang als recht ist/ vnd soll auch den
leuthen die es muthnp alsq lang bescheiden [21r] als es recht ist/[.] Jst es dann/ das es
sich alsor ferr vorleiths/ drei viertzehen tag/ so sol der bergkmeyster darauff reiten
one wider redt/ vnd soll jm keine not benemen/ vnd soll anheben an der wasserseichu/
vnnd soll reitten bießv oben auß/ vnnd soll besehen/ aldaw die bruchx vnnd alle die
löchery/ die darzů gehören/[.] findet er es dann wüst/ so soll er das selbe erb/ zů
handt alda teidingen in meins herrn gewalt/ vnd sol es leihen z dem mann der es
gemůttet hat/ recht vnd redlich/[.] legeaa er es jm an keyner andern stadt/ dz enthetebb
a
den UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
vmb gehn = ummegeen Erm
c
er = do Erm ■ [*138]
d
ein = eynes erbz Erm
e
ihn UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
f
heymelich Erm
g
innerhalb UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
h
selbe Erm
i
ouch ryten Erm
j
hinderten ober adeüge. Aber = Hindert yn abir orleuge adir Erm ■ [*139]
k
er bauen = erbawen UgB(1616), er bauen UgB(1698)
l
tar Erm
m
nach = not Erm ■ [*140]
n
arbeite UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
o
also Erm
p
muthen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
q
alzo Erm
r
es sich also = sichz also Erm
s
vorlit Erm, vorliegt UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
t
wider red = widirrede Erm, widerred UgB(1616), Widerred UgB(1698)
u
wasserseige Erm, Wasserseug UgB(1698)
v
bis Erm
w
alle Erm ■ [*141]
x
brüche Erm, Brüch UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
y
lach Erm
z
lyen Erm
aa
Lige Erm
bb
hette UgB(1616), hätte UgB(1698)
b
284
keyne krafft. Es maga auch niemant anderst thůnb/ denne er zů recht/[.] Jst es dannc/
das es so ferrnd kompt/ dz der Bergkmeister eyn erb verleihet/ eynem mann[,] der sol
auch allen seinen fleiß darzůe legen/ dz er jn esf gewere/ vnd jn dabei behaldeg/ mit
recht.
Qwem h es dann also fern i / das der selbe bawer j / oder eyn ander des
bergkmeisters bedorfftk/ das er gestehen müste/ vmb das selb erb/ so müste man in
manen mit meines herrn hulde/[: “] das sich dz selbig l erbe/ also lang verlag m
abebron/ das ich selber darauff rietho vnd teidingete/ es in meins herrn gewalt/ vnd
leigep es demq mann/ recht vnd redlich/ das es sein ist/ mit mehremr recht/ wann eyns
anderst jemandts [.”] wider duncket euch/ das er gestanden sei mit der rede/ oder
woltt jr[,] das jr mehr werde.[?] Nůn last seinu das jr mehr seinv hienw oder her[,]
wann er auchx die wort erfüellety die hieuor sein vnd stehn geschrieben/ so soldez er
jm gestanden sein/ ob es euch recht duncket/[.] kummet es dann also fernaa/ dz er
a
enmag Erm
gethun Erm
c
denne Erm
d
so ferrn = also verre Erm
e
daran Erm
f
er jn es = her is in Erm
g
behalte UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
h
Kem UgB(1616), Käm UgB(1698)
i
verre Erm
j
buwer Erm
k
bedurfe Erm, bedürffe UgB(1616), bedürffte UgB(1698)
l
dz selbig = dasselbe Erm, dasselb UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
m
vorlag Erm
n
abuwe Erm ■ [*142], abebro UgB(1616), ab ebro UgB(1698) [best MS reading is probably <an
buwe> (Ermisch 17n).]
o
reit Erm
p
leych Erm, liehe UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
q
denn UgB(1616), UgB(1698) □
r
mererme Erm
s
wann eyns anderst jemandt = wenne andirs ymandis Erm
t
welt Erm
u
Nůn last sein = Nu dar last syn Erm
v
sein = sy Erm
w
hin UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
x
oc Erm
y
irvollete Erm
z
solte UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
aa
verre Erm
b
285
selbera beuelhb oder eyn ander mit solcherc arbeyt Ertz erfolget/ in eym erbe oder
lehnemd/ vnd mit recht dartzů kumen ist/ vnnd bringet daße zů liecht vnd hebet das
auff drei teylunge one anspruchf wissentlichg/ der beheldeth es biellicher/ vnd bas[,]
dann es jm jemants i abe gewinnen j mag/ mit keinem recht/[.] vnnd wie sol er es
behalden[?] mit seins eyner k handt/ oder l wie duncket es m euch dar umb berecht n
sein/[?] kumpto auch also ferr/ das gewercken faren [21v] eynen stolen in eynp Erbq/
vnd leihen lehen hinderr oder neben jn/ so nemen sie das auß bielichen mit eym
lihere/ das man die gewercken nicht hinderes /[.] vnnd ob die gewercken furent jr
stolen haubt vorsich/ vnnd sie qwemenu an eyn hertev/ das sie brendw müsten setzen/
vnnd die hewerx wolden sie deß hindern/ das magy nicht geseinz/ mit recht/ es wereaa
dann also vil/ das sie es zůuor auchbb hetten gewonnencc mit nammen/ das haldedd
man jn billich/[.] qwemeee es auch also ferre das der gewercken wasser hinderte/ die
a
er selber = derselbe Erm ■
beuelh = bůwer Erm ■ [*143], befehl UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
c
suwerre Erm ■ [*144] [MSG schwere]
d
lehnem = in lehenen Erm
e
das Erm
f
ansprache Erm
g
gewislich Erm
h
behält UgB(1698)
i
dann es jm jemants = wenne is ymand Erm
j
abe gewinnen = abgewinnen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
k
seins eyner = syn eynz Erm, seiner eigner UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
l
vnd UgB(1616), und UgB(1698)
m
ist Erm
n
recht Erm
o
insert is Erm
p
eyme Erm
q
Erben Erm
r
insert yn Erm
s
inhindere Erm
t
führen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
u
kommen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
v
Hütte UgB(1616), UgB(1698) □
w
brende Erm
x
lenheuwere Erm
y
des enmag Erm
z
seyn UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
aa
enwere Erm
bb
zůuor auch = auch zuvor UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
cc
zůuor auch hetten gewonnen = vor usgenomen hetten Erm
dd
hilde Erm, halte UgB(1698)
ee
keme UgB(1616), käme UgB(1698)
b
286
hawera in dem erbeb/ oder ioch/c es were[,] da wasser nothd ist/[,] Da soll man botten
zů geben/ die darzů faren vnd entscheyden zů recht/ das eyn ytzlichere mann sein
wasser fertige/ von dem seinen/ wo sie es besehen als recht ist.
Wo gewergken mit eynander bawen eynen bruch oder lehen in eynem erbe/ vnd
finden Ertz/ vnd verkauffen zehenden also lang/ biß es schwachf oder abgehet/ vnd
eyn teyl gewercken wellen auff losseng/[,] Die andernh wollen da bauwen/ meinem
Herrn zů nutz vnd auch jneni selber vnd jhenej wöllen es also aufloßenk/ das sie bei
jrem erb bleiben/ vnnd jhene sprechen/ sollen sie jr gůth darlegen/ sie wöllen auch
warten deß erbes/ das zů denl teylen gehört/ vnd die eynen wöllen des Erbs nicht
auflassen/ vnnd wöllen es auch nicht bawen/ da fraget nachm.
[FrA 22]
Von teylen die eyn mann mittetn,o.
Mittetp eyn mann teyl/ da man Ertz hawet[,] eyn xxxij. teylq oder mehrr/ der mag
hewers senden/ oder legen wie vil er will/ tag vnnd nacht/ biß zů seim tage/[;] das
a
lenheüwere Erm
erben Erm
c
insert wo Erm
d
wasser noth = wassernot Erm
e
yczlich Erm
f
swacht Erm
g
wellen auff lossen = wollen uflasen Erm, wollen auff lassen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
h
insert dy Erm
i
yn Erm
j
insert dy Erm
k
auflassen UgB(1616), aufflassen UgB(1698)
l
dem UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
m
da fraget nach = do vrogit noch Erm
n
mietet UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
o
insert was rechtis her darane gehaben moge Erm
p
MJetet UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
q
xxxij. teyl = czweyendrystel Erm
r
me Erm
s
heuwere Erm
b
287
maga jm ihener nicht geweren/ deß die teyl sein/ er bawet auffs nutzlichst er magb/[.]
Aber zů heiligen getzeiten/ wenec ich nicht/ das er icht gehawen müged/ mit keinem
Rechte/[.] mögene jm aber die gewerckenf wereng/ den hewerh nachi seiner lust oder
nicht/[?] da fraget nachj.
[22r]
[FrA 23]
Von teylen die eyn man
můthetk,l.
Welch man waltwerck hatt zům eyner grůben/ da Ertz ist/ der soll in die grůbenn nicht
faren/[.] vnd allen rechteno/ sollen in keyne grůbenp farenq/ da Ertz ist/ die weil sier
waltwercks pflegens/ vnnd keyn hawer soll auch nicht waltberck haben.
a
das mag = des enmag Erm
er bawet auffs nutzlichst er mag = her buwet, so her allernuczlichzte mag Erm
c
wehne UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
d
moge Erm
e
Mugen Erm
f
Gewerkeu UgB(1698)
g
geweren Erm, wehren UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
h
haw Erm ■
i
noch Erm
j
da fraget nach = Do vrogit noch Erm
k
mietet UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
l
Von teylen die eyn man můthet. = Von den dy nicht waltwerkis phlegen sullen und von waltwerkis rechte.
Erm ■ [*145]
m
zů = und hat teil an Erm ■ [*146]
n
grube Erm, Grube UgB(1698)
o
allen rechten = alle waltworchten, dy Erm ■ [*147], alle Waltworchten UgB(1698)
p
grube Erm
q
in keyne grůben faren = in die Grube nicht fahren UgB(1616), in keine Gruben fahren UgB(1698)
r
insert do Erm
s
phlegen Erm
b
288
WJr a anargk b / vnnd Heynrich c von Waldenbergk d herrn zů e Wolckensteyn f /
Bekhennen vor vns/ vnd vnser Erben/ das wir vns mit dem Hochgeborneng Fürsten
vnd herrn herrn Friderich vndh hern Wilhelm vnd herrn Friderich Landtgraueni in
Dhoringenj/ vnd Marckgrauenk zů Meissenl vnsern gnedigen lieben herrnm vnd alln
jren Erben/ vmb das Bergkwerck zů Ernfriderßdorffo/ vnd auff allen vnsern güttern/
beteidingt/ vereynt haben vnd übereyn kumen p seind/ in aller maß als hernach
geschribenq steht.
Zů demr Ersten sollen sie alle gerichts/ vnnd recht haben auff allen gold vnnd silber
gängen/ auff allen vnseren gütern/ viert lehen auff dz hangengtu/ vnd vierthalb lehen
auff das ligendtv/ vnd sollen jre Bergkmeister vnd Amptleut dahien setzen alsow auff
andern vonx Bergkwercken/ die auff den bergeny vnd in den huttenz/ vnd auff den
hoffen
aa
/ die darzů gebawet werden
bb
/ richten sollen/ wann das not
a
cc
[[22r]-[23r] = “Vertrag zwischen den Herren von Waldenburg und den Markgrafen zu Meißen über die
Bergwerke der Waldenburger”; cf. Köhler (260-265), Urkundenbuch (70-74).]
b
anargk = Anarg von Walde Kö, Anarg Erm
c
hirach Kö
d
waldenburg Kö
e
herrn zů = heren czu Kö, Herren zum UgB(1698)
f
[Typographical error in original: <Wockensteyn>]
g
hochgeborn Kö
h
vnd absent Kö
i
Landgraffe Kö
j
Döringen Kö, Düringen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
k
marggraffin Kö, Marggrafen UgB(1698)
l
mißen Kö
m
herren Kö
n
allen Kö, Erm
o
ernfridistorf Kö, Ernfridistorff Erm
p
übereyn kumen = oberkomin Kö, obirkomen Erm
q
maß als hernach geschriben = maße also vornach geschrebin Kö, masse, als hirnach geschreben Erm
r
den Kö
s
gerichte Erm
t
vier = virdehalb Kö, vierdehalb Erm ■ [*148]
u
hangende Kö, hengende Erm, hangend UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
v
legende Kö, legende Erm, liegend UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
w
alz
x
von = yren Kö, iren Erm
y
den bergen = dem berge Erm
z
hütten Kö, Hüten UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
aa
höffen Kö, Höffen UgB(1698)
bb
wurden Erm
cc
das not = des nod Erm
289
geschieta/ Auch haben die obgenantenb vnsere gnedige herrnc/ vns vnd vnsern erben/
durch des schadensd wiellene/ den wir an vnseren Bergkwerckenf nemen/ vndg auff
dash goltwerck vnnd sylberwergk/ destei fürderlicherj gefertigeth werde/ die gnade
gethan/ dask vns vnd vnsern Erben auff den gütternl die wir haben zwey [22v] teyl
von dem zehenden vnd an denm dritten teyln folgen sollen/ An den golt vnd sylber
gängen auff allen vnsern gütern in solcher weiß o [:] neme p sie nicht meer q eynen
hauffen zů zehenden/ das soll vns auch zwey teyl/ vnd eyn dritteyl eingefallenr/ vnd
folgends[.] hilfft eucht Gottu/ das goldwerck auffstündenv in vnsern landenw/ das alsox
gůtt würdey/ das der zehende daran gůldez drei pfundt/ oder mehr/ darzů sollenaa sie
vnß zů steuerbb geben .vc.cc guldindd Vngerisch/ wohee auch dasff sielber werck auff
a
geschicht UgB(1698)
obin genanten Erm
c
vnsere gnedige herrn = unser gnedigen herren Kö, unsern gnedigen hern Erm, unsere gnädige Herren
UgB(1698)
d
schaden Erm
e
willen Kö, Erm, UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
f
czenwergken Erm
g
insert ouch Erm
h
das = daz daz Erm
i
doste Kö, desto UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
j
sunderlich Kö
k
daß UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
l
guten Erm
m
an den = yn den Kö, yn der Erm
n
dritten teyl = dritteil Erm
o
wiese Kö, wise Erm
p
Nemen Kö, nemen Erm, nehme UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
q
nicht meer = mer Kö, mer denne Erm ■ [*149]
r
dritteyl eingefallen = drittenteyl yn gefallen Kö, dritteil gefallen Erm
s
fulgen Kö, volgen Erm
t
hilfft euch = hülfe auch Kö, Hulffe ouch Erm
u
god
v
uf stünde Kö, uffstunde Erm
w
vnsern landen = unserm lande Kö, Erm
x
alz Erm
y
worde Erm
z
gülde UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
aa
solden Erm
bb
zů steuer = zur sture Kö, sture Erm
cc
.vc. = fünfhundert Kö, funff hundert Erm, v. UgB(1616), UgB(1698) □
dd
Gülden UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
ee
woh = würde Kö, worde Erm ■
ff
daß UgB(1698)
b
290
stünde/ in vnserm lande/ so a dz der zehendt b / daran auch drei pfund gulde c oder
meer/ so sollend vnse darzů stewerf geben .ijc.g newe schock groschenh / Was auch
büssen auff dem bergi gefallen die büssen sollen vns halb gefallen/ Auch soll man obj
das gold vnd silber/ das auff dem Bergkwergk/ auff vnsern gütternk gefellet/ jren
amptleuten daselbst l geben/ vnd entwerm den n / die das fürder ino jre müntz gehn p
Freiburgkq brengenr sollen da man vor yedes margk goldes Bergischt gewichtu geben
soll/ lxiiij. v guldin vnd vor yede w margk sielbers deß selben gewichts .xxxij.
guldinx/[.] die guldin vnd diey groschen/ was der würt/ die vns gebürenz/ die sollenaa
jre amptleüt/ wider auff das Bergkwergk bringen bb vnd das cc forder den dd vns
anthworten ee vnd bezalen sollen/[.] vnnd wann man ff das überqwem gg mit jren
a
also Kö, alzo Erm
czende Kö, czehende Erm
c
galden Kö
d
solden Erm
e
vns = sie Kö
f
stewer = sture Kö, zcu sture Erm
g
.ijc. = czweyhundert Kö, czwey hundert Erm, ij. UgB(1616), UgB(1698) □
h
newe schock groschen = Schock nuwe grossen Kö, schog nuwer groschen Erm
i
dem berg = den bergen Erm
j
ob = all Kö, alle Erm ■ [*150]
k
guten Erm
l
daselbis Kö, Erm
m
entweder UgB(1698)
n
entwer den = antworten Kö, entwerten Erm ■ [*151]
o
in absent UgB(1698)
p
gen Kö, UgB(1616), UgB(1698), gein Erm
q
Freiberg Kö, Friberg Erm
r
bringen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
s
yedie Kö, y die Erm
t
pregisch Kö, Pregisch Erm
u
gewichtis Erm
v
lxiiij. = czwene unde drießig Kö, czwene und drissig gulden Erm ■ [note reversal of numbers 64 and 32
in UgB against Kö and Erm in this passage], xiiij. UgB(1698)
w
yedie Kö, y die Erm
x
.xxxij. guldin = vyer unde sechczig großen Kö, vier und sechczig groschen Erm ■ [reversal of 64 and 32
as noted above]
y
die absent Kö
z
gehoren Kö, geburen Erm
aa
die sollen = dieselbin Erm
bb
brengen Kö, Erm
cc
das = da daz Erm
dd
forder den = denn fürder Kö, denn furder Erm
ee
entwerten Erm
ff
wann man = wen Kö, wen man Erm
gg
oberqueme Kö, obirqueme Erm, überkäm UgB(1698)
b
291
amptleuten/ die darzů gesetzt a werden b / das gold oder sielber c nit in jre müntz
anthwortend/ als oben geschribene stet/ den solf man büssen alsg müntz recht ist/[.]
Auch sol h vnser gnediger herr i keinen freien margk j lassen berůffen/ bei k eyner
halben meilen l wegen m von Ernfriderstorff n oder von dem thůme o / oder von dem
Geyerp/ oder beiq eyner halben meil wegenr wolckensteyn/ oder der schopas/ Es wäre
dannt das jre Amptleut erkenten das es not wer/ vnnd das man dasu nicht entperenv
kundtw/ so mügen vnser gnedige herrnx den lassen berůffen/ vnndy den haben/ dasz
sie doch mit vnsermaa willen vnd wissenbb thůn sollen/ [23r] doch so mag jederman
der da bauet sein brodt/ fleisch vnnd gedrenck cc wol da haben dd auff dem
bergkwergkee/ mitff/ dieweil der freymargkgg nicht berüffenhh ist/ daß wir nicht weren
a
gesatzt Erm
weren Kö, Erm ■
c
das gold oder sielber = die gold und silber Kö, der gold adir silber Erm
d
entwerte Erm
e
geschrebin Kö, geschreben Erm
f
sol absent UgB(1698)
g
als = also der Kö, alz der Erm
h
saln Kö, sollen Erm
i
gnediger herr = gnedigen herren obgenannt Kö, gnedigen hern obin genant Erm
j
markt Erm ■
k
bei absent Kö, bie Erm
l
mile Erm
m
weges Kö, wegis Erm
n
ernfridisdorf Kö, Ernfridistorff Erm
o
Thume Erm, Tumme UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
p
Gyher Erm
q
bie Erm
r
meil wegen = mylen weges von Kö, milen wegis von Erm
s
der schopa = Czope Kö, der Czschape Erm, der Schopa UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
t
den Kö
u
des Kö, Erm
v
enpehren Kö, empern Erm
w
kunde Kö, konde Erm, köndte UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
x
mügen vnser gnedige herrn = mogen unsere gnedigen herren Kö, mogen unser gnedigen hern Erm
y
insert ouch Erm
z
daß UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
aa
unsern Kö
bb
willen vnd wissen = Wissen und Willen UgB(1698)
cc
Getränck UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
dd
hoben Kö
ee
dem bergkwergk = den bergwerke Kö
ff
mit = mit den synen Erm ■
gg
frye marckt Kö, frihe margkt Erm, Freymarckt UgB(1698)
hh
beruffen Kö, UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
b
292
noch hindern sollen/[.] sundera hierb[,] ob dasc jemandtd schencken woldte/ der solle
sich deß in vnßer hernf steteng erholen/ vnd wir sollen bestellen das man jn das inn
gewonlichem kauff h geben soll/ als man das thůt in andern stedten/ die darumb
gelegen sein/[.] es wer danni daß seinj darinne gebrechenk/ so sollen sie sich deßl
anderstwom erholen/ in welchen steten sie wollenn/[.] Auch sollen wir vnd vnßere
erben/ auff den selben bergkwergken fleischbenck/ vndo brotbenck zolp/ huttenzinßq
vnd des r schrot ein achts haben[,] nach gewonheit vnnd recht/[,] als das auff jren
andernt bergkwergknu gewonheit vnd recht ist. Auch sollen vnßere leuth die itztv
gereid w bauen/ auff dem x goldt oder silber gengen auff vnßern güttern y dabey
bleiben. Vndz jr bergkmeister auff den bergk kimmetaa/ so sollen sie die lehen von
jmbb entpfahencc. Was aber ledigk wer vnd legedd/ das soll jr bergkmeisteree leihen/
a
sunderlich Kö, Sundern Erm
byer Kö, bier Erm ■ [*152], Bier UgB(1698) □
c
dis Kö
d
insert do Kö, insert da Erm
e
sullte Kö, solde Erm
f
vnßer hern = unserer herren Kö, unsern Erm
g
Städten UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
h
gewönliche kauffe Kö
i
denne Kö
j
sein = es yn Kö, syn Erm
k
gebreche Kö, Erm
l
deß absent Kö, syn Erm
m
anders wo Kö, anderswo UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
n
mogen Kö, Erm
o
vnd absent Erm
p
czolle Kö, Erm
q
huttenzinß = unde hüttenczinuß Kö
r
des = dacz Kö
s
schrot ein acht = schrot anrecht Kö, schrotampt Erm ■
t
jren andern = andern yren Kö, andern iren Erm
u
bergwercke Kö
v
yczund Kö, iczund Erm, jetzt UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
w
albereit Kö, algereite Erm, bereit UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
x
den Kö, Erm, UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
y
guten Erm
z
insert wenne Kö, insert wanne Erm ■
aa
komit Kö, komet Erm, kömmet UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
bb
yn Erm
cc
empfaen Kö, empfahen Erm
dd
wer vnd lege = lege Erm
ee
[Typographical error in original: <bergkmeisten>]
b
293
alsa das gewonlichb ist/[.] es ist auch geteidinget/ werc das ziengengd gingen an diee
goldt oder silber gengf/ also das man die ziengengg oneh der goldt oder silber geng
schaden nicht geerbeten kündtei/[,] so sollenj die zingengk stillerl ligen/ vnd das goldt
oder sielberwergkm soll vor sichn so lang/ bißo man die zyngengp/ oneq schaden der
goldt oder sielbergeng/ geerbetenr mag. Were ess auch dzt ehegenanteu bergkwergk
wüste wurd v oder w ledigk leg x / Also[,] das man dz nicht me y bauet z / so soll das
gericht wideraa vnser seinbb/ biß socc lang/ das daßdd goldt oderee dasff silberwergk
a
also Kö
gewohnlichin Erm, gewöhnlich UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
c
were Kö, Erm, Wehre UgB(1616), Wäre UgB(1698)
d
Czehngenge Kö, czehengenge Erm
e
den Erm
f
silber geng = silbergengen Erm
g
an die goldt oder silber geng/ also das man die ziengeng absent Kö
h
an Kö, ane Erm
i
geerbeten kündte = gearbeiten konde Kö, geerbeiten konde Erm, bearbeiten künte UgB(1616),
bearbeiten könte UgB(1698)
j
sulden Erm
k
Czehn genge Kö, czehengenge Erm
l
stille Kö, Erm, UgB(1616), UgB(1698) ■
m
silberbergwerck Kö, silberwerg Erm
n
insert gehen bis Kö, insert gehin, bis Erm
o
biß = daz Erm
p
czen genge Kö, czehengenge Erm
q
insert schuld Kö
r
bearbeiten UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
s
es absent Kö, Erm
t
dz = daz daz Erm
u
eginante Kö, egenante Erm
v
würde Kö, worde Erm, würd UgB(1616), würde UgB(1698)
w
oder = und Erm
x
lege Kö, Erm, UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
y
mehr Kö, UgB(1616), UgB(1698), mer Erm
z
buwete Erm
aa
wieder UgB(1616), wider UgB(1698)
bb
sien Erm
cc
also Kö, alz Erm
dd
das daß = bis dacz Kö, daz daz Erm, daß das UgB(1698)
ee
oder = unde Kö, und Erm
ff
das absent Kö, Erm, UgB(1698)
b
294
widerbauhafftiga würdeb/ ongeferdtc/d hiebei sein gewest vnnd getzeugete &c.f
Anno domini .M.cccc. vnd vij. Domi
nicag Galli jnn Grimh
a
weder buwehaftig Kö, wider buwehafftig Erm, wieder bawhafftig UgB(1616), wieder bauhafftig
UgB(1698)
b
werde Kö, worde Erm
c
ane geferde Kö, ane geverde Erm, ohn gefehr UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
d
[Köhler transcription ends here, with concluding phrase, “Unter Zeugen gesagt und geschrieben durch die
Herren von Waldenburg in Grimma 1407, am Sonntag St. Gallen.”]
e
geczugen Erm
f
etc. UgB(1616)
g
.M.cccc. vnd vij. Dominica = 1406. Domin. UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
h
&c. Anno domini .M.cccc. vnd vij. Dominica Galli jnn Grim = die edeln grave Heinrich von Swarczpurg
herre zcu Arnstete unde Sundirshusen, grave Friderich von Bichelingen, burgrave Albrecht von Lissenik
herre zcu Penik, burgrave Albrecht von Kirchperg herre zcu Kranchfeld, Henrich herre zcu Plauwen und
die gestrengen er Offe von Sliwin, ern Ditherich von Bernwalde ritter, Albrecht von Brandenstein und
ander lute gnug. Und zcu orkunde der obin geschreben sache so haben wir obin gnanten Anarg und
Heinrich von Waldinberg unsere insigele bi einander wissintlichin an disen brieff lassen hengen, der
gegebin ist zcu Grymme nach gotis geburte virczen hundert jar darnach in dem sibenden jare am suntage
sente Gallen tage. [In other words, Haselberg truncated the final section of signatories to leave only the
date and location.]
295
[23v]
Von erkantnusa der
Berckwerck.b
WJe man berckwerck vnd ertz aller metallen erkennen/ sůchen vnnd erstlich finden
sol/ nach gelegenheit eines jetzlichen gebürges oder ertrichs c / auch der selbigen
geng/ clüfft/ fletzen vnd ander berck geschick kunstlich mit artlichen figuren
angezeigtd/ sampt der abteilung der welt vnd der werck der natur vnder der erden/
welchere geng/ clüfft/ oder andere berck geschick/ an gebürgen oder in freyem feldf/
metallisch ertz fruchtbarlichen mügentg gebären/ höflich daselbst zů bawen/ auff dz
der vmkosth nit vnützi auffgewantj/ Wie wol nit not ist zů wissen die wunderbärliche
wercke der natur so vnder der erden gebraucht welche vermitelt minerischer crafft
hie nach angezeigt wurt k / Auch wie die geschick der clüfft vnnd geng nach
gelegenheit vnnd anzeigung der sintfluß l streichent vallent m oder jeren außgang
habent/ von jetlichemn metalo in sunderheyt/ es seye golt/ silber/ kupherp/ wißmat/
zin/ pley
q
oder eysen/ auß anzeigung nachfolgender figuren/ mügent
r
alle
berckuerstendige oder newe vngeübte berckleut/ erkantnus vnd anweisung haben/
wie die metallischen geng in berg vnd thal jr natürliche wachsung arth vnd würckung
a
Erkentnüß UgB(1616), Erkäntnüß UgB(1698)
[This one-page preface, titled <Von erkantnus der Berckwerck>, replaces the “Bergbüchlein’s” title page
and opening dialog as found in B1, B2, B3, and B6.]
c
Erdreichs UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
d
angezeit UgB(1698)
e
welche UgB(1698)
f
freyem feld = Freyen feldt UgB(1616), freyen Feldt UgB(1698)
g
mögen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
h
vnkost UgB(1616), Unkost UgB(1698)
i
unnutz UgB(1698)
j
auffgewendt UgB(1616)
k
wird UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
l
Sündfluß UgB(1698)
m
vollen UgB(1616), wollen UgB(1698)
n
von jetlichem = vom jeglichen UgB(1698)
o
Matall UgB(1616), Metall UgB(1698)
p
Kupffer UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
q
Bley UgB(1698)
r
mögen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
b
296
habent &c.a Metallische ertz zůbereiten/ auch von des selbigen ertzes ankunfft vnd
vrsprung ist diser begriff b auß der alten weisen büchern vnd geübter berckleuth
erfarung gezogen/ vnd würthc hie nach mit figuren außgeteilt in zehen capitel
[24r]
Das erst Capiteld von ge=
meinem vrsprunge der Ertz.
[Figure 2.2: Scene of miners at work – same as 2.1]
DEr gemein vrsprung der ertz/ f Es sey silber/ gold/ zinn/ kupfer/ eysen/ oder
pleyärtz/ in welchem g sie all h über ein trettent/ vnd mit einem i namen genennt
a
etc. UgB(1616), &c. UgB(1698)
Begrieff UgB(1698)
c
wird UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
d
insert oder der erst tail Jst B1, B2
e
Uhrsprung UgB(1698)
f
DEr gemein vrsprung der ertz/ absent B1, B2, B3, B6
g
welchen UgB(1698)
h
alle B2
i
insert gemeinem B1, gemainen B2, gemeynen B3, gemaynen B6
b
297
werden/ metallisch a ertz.
Jst zů mercken/ das zů der wachsung b / oder geburt
metallisch ertzs/ gehöret ein wyrcker vnd ein vnderworffen ding/ oder materien die
da geschickt ist zů em=[24v]pfahenc die wyrckung. Der gemaynd wyrcker deß ärtzs
vnnd aller ding die dae geboren werden/ ist der hymel mit seinem lauff/ schein vnd
einfluß/ als die natürlichen mayster sprechen.
Der einfluß des hymmels wirt
gemanchfeltiget durch den lauff des Firmaments/ vnd widerlauff der siben planeten.
Darumbf eyn yegklichsg mettallisch ärtz/ einenh sonderlichen zůgeaygnetenni einfluß
entpfachtj/ von seinem aygnen planeten/ vmb aygenschafftk willen desselbigenl vnd
deß ärtzes/ auch umb aynigkeitm/ inn wärmmen/ kelte/ feüchteo vnd trucknep. Als das
Golt von der Sonnen oder jrem einfluß/ dz silber von dem Mon q / das Zin vom
Jupiterr/ das Kupffer von Venuss/ das eysen von Marst/ dz Pleyu von Saturno/ das
Quecksilber vom Mercurio gemacht wirt. Darumbv die Metall gar offt vonw Hermete
vnd von andern weysenx mit diseny namen genenet werden/ als das Gold Son/
a
metallisches B1, B2
waschung B1, B2 [corrected to ‘wachsung’ in B3]
c
entpfahen B1, entpfachen B2
d
gemei B1
e
da absent B1
f
Wurumb B1, Warumb B2
g
vtzliches B1, yetlichs B2, ietzlichs B3
h
ein B1, B2
i
tzugeeynigten B1, zůgeeynigten B2
j
empfehet UgB(1616), empfähet UgB(1698)
k
aygeschaft B2
l
des planeten B1, B2
m
eynikeit B1
n
würme B6
o
feüchtung B2
p
truckenhait B2
q
monde B1, Mond B3
r
vom Jupiter = von ioue B1, B2
s
venere B1, B2
t
marte B1, B2
u
Bley UgB(1698)
v
Wurumb B1, Warumb B2
w
vom UgB(1698)
x
Weisen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
y
diesem UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
b
298
lateinisch Sola/ das Silber/ Monb/ lateinisch Lunac/ genennt wirtd/ als klärliche inn
den gesünderten Capiteln eines yegklichen Metalls f gesagt wirt.
Also vil sey
kurtzlich g gesagt von dem gemeynen wyrcker der Metall vnnd ärtz.
Aber h dz
vnderworffen ding/ oder dye gemeyne materii aller metall/ ist nach der maynungj der
weysenn/ Schwefel vnd Quecksilber die durch den lauff vnd einfluß des himmels
müssen veraynigt vnd verherttet k werden/ zů einem metallischen cörper/ oder zů
einem ärtz. Nun halten etlichl das durch den lauff vnnd einfluß des himmels/ werden
auß der tieffe der erdenn vonn Schwefel vnd Quecksilber auffgezogen dünst oder
bradem (exhalationes m minerales genannt) vnd imm auffrauchen inn gengen vnd
klüften/ durch wyrckung der Planeten verayniget hatn/ vnd zů einem ärtz gemacht.
Noch sind etlich die halten nit dz die metall von dem quecksilber gewyrcket werden/
dieweylo man an vil örteren metallisch ärtz hat vnnd doch kein quecksilber da selbs
findt p / sonder für q das quecksilber setzen r sie inn s [25r] materi t feucht vnd kalt
schlemigu onv allenw schwefel/ die gezogen ist auß der erden/ als jre schweiß/ darauß
mit vermischung des schwefels/ alle metall gewyrcket werden.
a
Gold Son/ lateinisch Sol = golt geheissen wirt die sonne vff latein sol B1, gold gehaissen wirt die sonne
auf latein sol B2
b
Mond B2
c
das Silber/ Mon/ lateinisch Luna = das silber der monde vff latein luna B1, Das silber der mone auf latein
luna B2
d
genennt wirt absent B1, B2
e
klerlichen B1, klärlichen B2
f
ytzlichens metall B1
g
kurczlichen B1, B2
h
Sunder B1, B2
i
materia UgB(1616), Materia UgB(1698)
j
meynug vnd won B1, maynung vnd von B2
k
gehertiget B1, B2
l
Nun halten etlich = Sunder etzliche halten B1, B2
m
exalationes B1, exalationes B2
n
verayniget hat = werden voreynyget B1, werden verayniget B2, verayniget B6
o
dweil B3
p
daselbst find B2
q
vor B1
r
do seczen B2
s
ein B1, UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
t
materien B1
u
schlamigk B1, schleimig UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
v
an B2
w
alle B1
299
Nůna wie dem allen/ nach gůter verstentnußb vnd rechter außlegung/ ist eins jetlichen
mainung rechtc/ vnd das ertz oder metall wirt gewircket auß der feuchtigkeytd der
erden/ als auß seiner materi des ersten grades/ auß dem donstee oder bradem von
eynem teyl/ als auß seiner materien f des andern Grads/ wölche beyde g / alhie
quecksilber genant werden.
Jtem/ in der vermischung oder vereynigung/ deß
quecksilbers/ vnd schwefels im ärtz/ helt sich der Schwefel/ als der mannlichh samei/
vnnd das Quecksilber/ als der weiplich samj/ in der geberung/ oder empfahung eins
kinds. Also ist der schwefel/ als ein sonderlicher geeygneterk wircker der ertz oder
Metallenl.
Das .II.m Capitel.n
Von gemainer geschickligkeyt der
Gepürg.
WJewol die einflüß des himels/ vnnd die geschickligkeyt der materien/ gehören zů
der wirckung eins jedeno ertzs oder metall/ dannochtp sind dise nit gnůgq darzů/ das
dise
r
geperung
s
der ertz bequemlich beschehe t / sonder darzů gehört ein
ärtigu geschickligkeyt der natürlichen gefäß/ darin das ärtz gewirckt wirt/ als da sind
a
Nu B2
vorstentnyß B1
c
gerecht B1, B2
d
fettikeyt B1, feüchtikait B2
e
dunst B1, B2, B3, dnnste B6, Dunst UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
f
materien UgB(1616), Materien UgB(1698)
g
bede B1
h
menlych B1, menlich B2
i
som B1, B3, sam B2
j
weibliche Same UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
k
geeygneter B1, geaynigter B2
l
metal B1, B2
m
ander B3, Ander UgB(1616), ander UgB(1698)
n
Das II. Capitel. = Das ander capitel ader teil ist B1, Das annder Capitel oder tail ist B2
o
ytzlichen B1, yetlichen B2
p
dennoch B1, B2
q
gnungk B1
r
die B1, B2
s
Gebährung UgB(1698)
t
geschech B1, B2
u
ein ärtig = eine artige UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
b
300
die geng/ nämlicha staynendeb gäng/ flachgeng/ schwargengc/ Creutzgenge/ oder wie
die nach mancherlayd land art genennte werden. Auch hörenf darzůg bequemme wegh
oder zůgeng/ darinn die minerische/ oder ärtzliche krafft zůgangi haben möcht innsj
natürliche fassz/ als do sind die klüfft/ nämlich [25v] hengklüfft/ querklüfft k /
flachklüfft l / creutzklüfft/ oder ander m zůfellig flötzwerck n / wie dz o nach mancher
land art genennt mag werden.
Auch gehört darzů ein geschicklich läger des
gebürgsp/ darinn die geng vnd klüfft streichen. Die gemeyne geschickligkeyt des
gepürgs/ oder des lägers/ ist an etlichen orten gegen dem morgen/ an etlichen
örterenq gegen dem mitag/ an etlichen gegen demr abent/ an etlichen ortens gegen der
mitternacht/ an demt geheng des bergs. Aberu dz geheng/ oder lägerv des gebürges/
gegen den mittag/ ist merw geschickt dann der andern eins/ zů füren guldig ärtz/ so
es von dem mittag vor sichx hat ein flachs abgesengts teyly. Vnd dz ist die bestz
geschickligkeyt aller gepürge die zů bawen sind. Des zů einer anweisung/ volgetaa
dise Figur.
a
nemlichen B1, B2
steinnende B1
c
schargeng B1, B2, B3, schargenng B6
d
macherley UgB(1616), mancherley UgB(1698)
e
genandt B1, genant B2
f
gehoren B1, gehören B2, B3, B6, UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
g
dazů B3
h
Wege UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
i
zu gäng B2
j
in das B1, B2
k
querckklüfft B6, Querckklüfft UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
l
flache klufft B1, B2
m
andere UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
n
fleczwerck B1, B2
o
insert aber B1, B2
p
gepirgs B1, B3, gepürgs B2
q
orteren B1, örttern B2
r
der UgB(1616), den UgB(1698)
s
orten absent B1, B2
t
an dem = am B1, B2
u
Sunder B1, B2
v
lager B1, B2, B3
w
meher B3
x
von dem mittag vor sich = vor sich von dem mittag B1, B2
y
tal B1, B2, teyl B3
z
peste B2
aa
insert nach B1, B2
b
301
[Figure 2.3: South-facing slope with ore vein]
[26r] ZV einer erkantnus diser yetzgesagtena stuck/ von den örtern der welt/ auch der
nachuolgenden stuckb/ ist zů mercken/ das dasc gantz erdtrichd geteylt wirt in vier
vnd zweyntzig teyl/ nach dem circkel Orizone genant/ der daf den himmel inng das
ober vnd h vndertheyl thaylet i / allda/ da der himmel nach dem gesicht j die erd
begreiffet.
Am ersten wirt er k getheylt inn vier theyl/ mit zweyen linien/ die
creutzweiß über einander l streichen/ nach gleichem angel/ oder ecken/ m auffgang
a
jetzt gesagten UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
stuckh B2
c
das das = das B1, B2
d
erdtreich B1, ertreich B2, Erdreich UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
e
orison B1, Horizon UgB(1698)
f
insert teilt B1, insert tailt B2
g
himmel inn = hymelin B1
h
insert das B1
i
thaylet absent B1, B2
j
gsicht B3
k
er absent B1, B2
l
über einander = vberein ander B6
m
insert genandt B1, insert genannt B2
b
302
oder morgen/ mittag/ nidergang oder abent/ vnd mitnachta genantb.c Darnach eyn
yeglicher theyl wirdt getheylt inn 6.d teyl/ auff den anfange sechsf zůsetzen/ darnach
7.8.9.10.11.g auff die andern theyl vor mittag. Vnd darnach auff den mittag 12.h
vnnd 1.2.3.4.5. i auff die andern theyl nach mittag.
Darnach auff den abent/
6.7.8.9.10.11. j auff die andern teil nach dem abent.
Darnach vff mitternacht
12.1.2.3.4.5.k auff die andernl theyl nach mitternacht. Als die zeit ist abgeteylet nach
dem halben zeygerm. Zů merer erkantnußn volgt dise Figuro.
a
mitternacht B1, B2, Mitternacht UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
genant absent B1, B2
c
insert vnd B1, B2
d
sechs B1, B2, vj. B3
e
auffgangk B1, gang B2, Auffganck B3, aufgang B6
f
sex B3
g
.7.8.9.i0.ii. B1
h
.12. B1
i
.1.2.3.4.5. B1
j
.6. vnd .7.8.9.i0.ii. B1, .6. vnd .7.8.9.10.11. B2
k
.i2. vnd .i.2.3.4.5. B1, .12. vnd .1.2.3.4.5. B2
l
ander B1, B2
m
seyger B1, B2, Zeiger UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
n
erkentnüß UgB(1616), Erkäntnüß UgB(1698)
o
Zů merer erkantnuß volgt dise Figur = Dyses tzu mer erkentnyß volgt nach dysse figur B1, Dises zu mer
erkantnus volgt nach dise figur B2
b
303
[Figure 2.4: Compass – version 1]
[26v]
Das .III.a Capitel.b
Von dem streichen vnd außgehendc
der gäng vnd klüfft.
STreichen der gäng/ ist jre sterckungd/ nach wöllicher die gäng sich ferner hinweg
ziehene/ nach der läng zwischen dem gesteyn des bürgsf. Dißg streichen ist etlichsh
von dem morgen inn den abent/ etlichs voni abent inn den [27r] morgen. Diser gang
a
dritt B3, Dritte UgB(1616), dritte UgB(1698)
Das .III.b Capitel. = Das dritte capitel ader teyl ist B1, Das drit capitel oder tail ist B2
c
außgehen UgB(1616), Außgehen UgB(1698)
d
streckung B1, B2, B3, B6
e
hinweg ziehen = hynwegk ziechen B2
f
gepirgß B1, gepürgs B2, pirgs B3, bürgs B6, Birgs UgB(1616), Bergs UgB(1698)
g
Dis UgB(1616), Diß UgB(1698)
h
ist etlichs = der gengk etzliches ist B1, der genngk etzliches ist B2
i
insert dem B1, B2
b
304
hat sein streychen auß dem morgen in den abent/ welchs gestain in hangends (mit
seinen schmerklüfftlin) sein fallend hat gegen dem abent/ vnd
[Figure 2.5: Two veins on a south-facing slope, one with east-west strike and one
with west-east strike]
herwiderumb der gang streicht auß dem abent inn den Morgen/ wölchs gesteyn
fallenta ist gegen dem morgen/ als hie bezeychnet ist inn der Figur. Diß wirt geteylt
nach dem geheng des bergs. Der ersten figur geheng ist gegen dem mittag. Der
andern figur gehengeb ist gegenc mitnachtd.
[27v]
a
fallend UgB(1698)
geheng B1, B2, B3
c
insert der B1, insert der B2
d
mitternacht B1, B2, UgB(1616), Mitternacht UgB(1698)
b
305
[Figure 2.6: Two veins on a north-facing slope, one with east-west strike and one
with west-east strike]
Auch ist etlichs streichen der gäng/ von Mittag in die Mitternacht/ vnnd etliches
widerumba von der Mitternacht inn den Mittag/ das vernimb nach demc fallen des
gesteyns/ zůgleich wie yetzund oben gesagt ist/ das wirt aber geteylt nach dem
geheng des berges/ als hied bezeychnet iste.
[28r]
a
herwyderumb B1, herwiderumb B2, herwiderumb B3, herwiderumb B6
vornym B1
c
den UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
d
alhie B1, B2
e
stedt B1, stet B2
b
306
[Figure 2.7: Two veins on a west-facing slope, one with south-north strike and one
with north-south strike]
307
[28v]
[Figure 2.8: Two veins on an east-facing slope, one with south-north strike and one
with north-south strike]
Auch ist etlichs streichen der Geng/ von dem mittel/ zwischen dem Morgen vnda
mittag/ in das mittel zwischen dem Abent vnd
b
Mitternacht/ Vnd etlichs
herwiderumb auß dem mittel des Abents/ vnd der Mitternacht c / inn das mittel
zwischen Morgen vnd dem Mittag.
a
insert dem B1, B2
insert der B1, B2
c
mitternach B2
b
308
[29r]
[Figure 2.9: Two veins on a northwest-facing slope, one with northwest-southeast
strike and one with southeast-northwest strike]
Auch ist etlichs streichena der Geng/ vonn dem mittel zwischen dem mittag vnd dem
abent/ in das mittel/ zwischen dem morgen vnd der mitternacht/ vnd etlichs
herwiderumb von dem mittel zwischen b morgen vnd mitternacht/ jns c mittel
zwischen Mittag vndd abent. Das wirt aber geteylte nach dem geheng des bergs/ als
hernachf volgtg in diser Figur.
[29v]
a
streiechen B2
insert dem B1
c
in das B1, B2
d
insert dem B1, B2
e
aber geteylt = abgetheilt UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
f
hirnach B1
g
hernach volgt = hernahuolgt B2
b
309
[Figure 2.10: Two veins on a northeast-facing slope, one with northeast-southwest
strike and one with southwest-northeast strike]
Auch ist etlichs streichen der Geng zwischen den vier orten der welt/ vnd jre mittel
zwischen eynem jetlichen ort zweyerley streichen. Also sind aller geng/ die jr
gerichts vnd schlechtes streichen haben/ vier vnd zweintzigerley a streichen/ als
leichtlich zůuernemen istb in der vorgesetztenc Figur/ von der teylung der welt. Auch
sind etliche geng/ die jr streichen nit gerichts oder schlecht haben/ sonder rund nach
eim halben circkel/ oder gestürtzt von zůfelligem geschick. Die selbigen streichen/
yetzund von dem Morgen [30r] gegend mittage/ vnd herwider vomf mittag in den
abent/ oder von andern örtern der welt g .
a
zwantzigerley UgB(1698)
ist = stedt ader ist B1, stedt oder ist B2
c
vorgesaczte B1, B2, vorgesatzten B3
d
insert dem B1, B2
e
mittentag B2
f
von dem B1, B2
g
werld B1, weldt B2
b
310
Dise geng/ als sie vngleich an jren
streichen/ also sind sie auch vngleich an jren geschicken/ als in andern capiteln
volgta.
Auch sind etlich geng/ die jre streichen haben in flachem feld/ daruon genent wirt
das feld gebewb. Auch etlich die jr streichen haben in dem gesenck oder inn dem
thal/ vom Morgen inn Abent/ oder herwider vnnd vomc Mittag ind mitternacht oder
herwider/ vnd als vor e von andern orten f der welt g / so h vil sey gesagt i von den j
streichen der gäng/ volgt nun zů reden von hangends vnd ligends.
[Figure 2.11: Intersecting veins with non-linear paths and varying directionality of
strike]
a
als in andern capiteln volgt = als klerlichen hernach volgen wirt in den anderen capitellen B1, als
klärlichen hernachvolgen wirt in den anndern capiteln B2
b
feld gebew = feld gepeud B1, feld gepeüd B2, veldgebew B3, Feldtgebew UgB(1616), Feldgebäu
UgB(1698)
c
von dem B1, von dem B2
d
insert die B1, B2
e
als vor = also fort UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
f
örtern B2
g
werld B1
h
Also B1, B2
i
gsagt B3
j
dem B1
311
[30v]
[Figure 2.12: Vertical veins, one with south-facing stringers and one with northfacing stringers]
Jtem ein jetlicher gang/ hat sein hangends vnnd ligends. Hangends des gangs ist sein
dacha über dem gang daran sich der gang mit dem ruckenb stoßt. Seinc ligends ist
sein gesteyne/ darauff er ligtd/ doch sind etlich geng/ die also gerichts jr fallen haben/
das man nit wol hangends/ oder ligends daran e erkennen kan/ dann f alleyn von
zůfelligen hengklüfften g / die eyn anweisung darzů geben mögen/ h auch i zů allen
örtern der welt/ als sie vorbenant sein. [31r] Zů dessen erkantnusj besihe vorgende
a
tach B1, B2
rugken B2
c
Sein = Sunder B1, B2
d
er ligt = der gang leyt B1, der ganng leyt B2, er leit B3
e
hangends/ oder ligends daran = an dem gang hangends ader ligends B1, an dem ganng hangends oder
gliends B2
f
denn UgB(1698)
g
henngküfften B2
h
insert vnd dise hangends vnd ligends der geng mogen B1
i
insert gesein B1, B2
j
Erkändtnüs UgB(1616), Erkäntnüß UgB(1698)
b
312
Figur a .
Das sey gesagt von hangends vnd ligends der Gäng/ Nun volgt von
außgehenb der Gäng.
Jtem/ Ein jetlicher Gang hat zweierley außgehendc/ Das eind ist dz außgehende gegen
dem tage/ nach der gantzen leng des Gangs/ Das heyßt des gantzen Gangs
außgehend. Das ander außgehend f ist wider das streichen/ oder entgegen g dem
streichen deß Gangs/ nach seinem gesteyn/ das heyßt des gesteyns außgehend/ Als
ein jetlicherh Gang/ der sein streichen hat auß dem Morgen in deni Abent/ der hat
seines gesteins außgang gegen dem Morgen/ vnd widerumb von dem Abent in denj
Morgen/ der hat sein außgehend in den Abent. Also vernimk auch von den andern
örtern der welt/ vnd nachl dem der Gang geschickt ist an seinem streichen/ so mag
diß außgehend der gesteyn auch sein/ nach allen örtern der welt/ als inn den
vorgeschribenen figuren leichtlich zů vernemen m ist.
Souil n sey gesagt von o
außgehend der Gäng.
Zů mehrer p erkantnus q diser jetzgesagten stuckr von den örtern der welt/ vnd von
streichen der Gäng/ Jst zů mercken/ das ein Compasts in einem sonderlichen circkel/
sol geteylt werden in vier vnd zweintzig teyl.
a
Zů dessen erkantnus besihe vorgende Figur = Deß tzu einer erkentnyß volgt nach dise figure B1, des zů
einer erkantnuß volgt hernach dise figur B2 [with corresponding alternate placement of woodcut
illustrations in B1, B2, i.e., later in the text rather than earlier as in B3, B6, UgB etc.]
b
außghend B1, B2
c
außghend B1, B2, außgehende UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
d
eine UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
e
außgehende UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
f
außghend B1, außghennd B2
g
gegen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
h
jetricher B6
i
dem B2
j
in den = in B1, B2, inn B3
k
vornim B1
l
nach absent B2
m
zů vernemen = tzuuornemen B1
n
Also vil B1, B2, So viel UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
o
von dem B1, von dem B2, vom B3
p
mer B1, B2
q
erkentnyß B1
r
stukch B2
s
compaß B1, compaß B2
313
Am ersten mit zweyen linien/ die creutzweiß mit vergleichtena angelnb oder egkenc
übereinander streichen/ innd vier theyle. Die eine linien/ sol streichen von zwölffenf
des Compastsg/ über den Magneten/ oder über das mittel des eisenenh gäbelinsi (das
sein Krafft von demj Magneten empfangen hat)k in das mittel/ zwischen fünff oder
vierl vor Mittag/ nach dem das Compast gemacht ist/ schnůr schlechtm,n. Die ander
linien sol gehen creutzweiß/ als vor gemelt ist. Vber dise jetzgesagteno linien/ nach
gleichen ecken/ vnd also nach gelegenheyt der landp gegenq Mittag vnnd [31v] der
Mitternacht/ nach dem sich der polus höher vnd höher über der erden circkel
(Orizon r genant) ist aufferheben s , t .
Also auch/ ist die jetzgesagte quer/ oder
creutzlinien/ von manchen örtern des Compasts streichen/ vnnd auch
a
vorgleichten B1
angel B1, anngel B2
c
ecken B1, B3
d
iu B1
e
vier theyl = viertail B2
f
.xii. B1
g
compaß B1, campaß B2
h
eyserens B1, eysereins B2, eisernen B3
i
gebelein B1, gebeleins B2, gebbelins B3, Gäbleins UgB(1698)
j
den UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
k
[parentheses absent B1, B2]
l
fünff oder vier = 5. vnd 4. UgB(1616), 5. und 4. UgB(1698)
m
schnůr schlecht = Schnurschlecht UgB(1698)
n
nach dem das Compast gemacht ist/ schnůr schlecht = vnd sybene ader achte nach mittag (nach dem daß
compas gemacht ist) schnurschlecht B1
o
ytzt gesagte B1
p
Lande UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
q
insert dem B1, insert dem B2
r
Horizon UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
s
aufferhebet UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
t
nach dem sich der polus höher vnd höher über der erden circkel (Orizon genant) ist aufferheben = nach
dem der polus/ sich höher vnd höher ist vber den erdencirkel genandt/ auff erheben B1, nach dem der
polus sich höcher vnd höcher ist vber den erden circkel orison genanndt aufferheben B2
b
314
[Figure 2.13: Compass – version 2]
nach dem die circumferentz innwendig oder außwendig der stunden circkela gezogen
ist/ darnach wirt sie mer vnd mer verwandelt/ jetzund streicht sie vor achten des
Morgens/ bißb vor viere des Abents/ yetzund gleich von achte zů viere/c vernimd/
nach den linien des compasts/ die die stunde des tags [32r] bedeuten/ das dich die
vngleicheyt der Linien des creutzs vnd der Linien der stund ein wenig abgelengt/ nit
jrrig mach/ doch wie dem allem/ nach disen wolbegnadeten f Meißner g landen zů
rechnenh/ geheti die selbigenj creutz linien/ auff dem Compast gemeynklichk hart vor
a
circel B2
untzt byß B1, hunczt biß B2
c
insert ytzund nach achte byß nach viere B1
d
Vornim B1
e
Stunden UgB(1698)
f
wolbegnaten B1, wolbegnaten B2
g
mysner B1
h
rechen B1, B2
i
gedt B1, B2
j
selbige B1
k
gemeynigklichen B1, gemaincklichen B2
b
315
8.a da jre linien den vndernb istc berürend/ biße vor 4.f vmb die selbig maßg/ als die
Chronographih wol ein wissen haben/ vnd also auff die linien bey 4.i nach mittag
zůsetzen 6. j des morgens k oder des auffgang l / dann die selb m linien am compast
bedeut allweg den Morgen/ vnd vff die linien zwischen 4.n oder 5.o vor Mittagp/ vnd
7.q oder 8.r nachs Mittagt/ zů setzen .12.u des Mittags/ dann die selbigv linien deut alle
zeitw imm compast auff den Mittag/ vnd auff die linien bey 8.x vor Mittag/ 6.y zů
setzen des Abendts/ Dann die selbige linienz weiset alle zeitaa auff den abendt/ Vnd
auff die linien bey 12.bb imm compast zůsetzen/ 12.cc der Mitternacht/ welche liniendd
allwegeee die Mitternachtff bedeut/ vnd darnach der teyl ein yeglichen in 6.gg teyl/ als
vor geteylt ist/ die gantz welt in 24.hh teyl/ wie in vorgeenderii figur verzeychnet
a
achten B1, B2
insert circkel B1, B2, B3
c
ist absent UgB(1698)
d
berühret UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
e
vntzt B1, vnczt B2
f
vier B1, B2
g
die selbig maß = dieselbige mas UgB(1616), dieselbige Maaß UgB(1698)
h
corographi B1, B2
i
vier B1
j
sechse B1, B2
k
Morg. UgB(1616), Morgens UgB(1698)
l
auffgangs B1, aufganngs B2, aufgangs B3, Auffgangs UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
m
die selb = dieselbe UgB(1698)
n
vier B1, B2
o
funffe B1, fünffe B2, 6. UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
p
mitt. UgB(1616), Mittag UgB(1698)
q
sybene B1, sibene B2
r
achte B1, B2
s
noch B3
t
mittags B2
u
.i2. B1
v
die selbig = dieselbe UgB(1616), dieselbige UgB(1698)
w
deut alle zeit = bedeut alwegen B1, bedeüt albegen B2, deutt allzeit B3
x
achten B1, B2
y
sechse B1, B2
z
Linie UgB(1698)
aa
weiset alle zeit = weyst alwegen B1, weyßt albegen B2
bb
tzwelff B1, zwelfe B2
cc
tzwelffe B1, zwelffe B2
dd
Linie UgB(1698)
ee
alwegen B1, B2, allweg B3
ff
Mittnacht B6
gg
sechs B1, B2
hh
virvndtzweyntzigk B1, viervndzwainczig B2
ii
vorhergehender UgB(1698)
b
316
ista.
Also magst dub haben ein gewiß erkantnusc von den örtern der welt/ vnd von dem
streichen/ fallen vnd außgehendd der geng/ so dase Compast also abgeteylt/ auff den
gang gehalten wirt.
Volgt von den clüfften.
Das streichen/ fallen/ vnd außgeendf der clüfft/ vernimmg zů gleicher weißh als das
streichen der gäng/ danni der clüfft streichen oder fallen/ ist einsj theyls auß dem
Morgen in den abent/ Eins k teyls von dem mittag in die Mitternacht/ vnd
herwiderumbl/m Auch eins teyls von andern örtern der welt. Der klüfft eins teylsn/o
seind hengklüfft/ zwerch klüfftp/ creutzklüffteq/ oder wie die nach mancher [32v]
berckleuffigerr weißs genant werden/ Die selbigen bringen oder füren zum theyl demt
gang yn einu veradelungv/ vnd machen gůt ärtz/ Eyn theyl entfürenw vnd benemen
a
wie in vorgeender figur verzeychnet ist = vnd hernach betzechnedt stedt in diser figur B1, vnd hernach
bezechnet stet in diser figur B2
b
Also magst du = Also magstu B1, Also hastu magstu B2, Also magstu UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
c
erkentnyß B1, Erkäntnüsse UgB(1698)
d
Außgehen UgB(1698)
e
der UgB(1698)
f
ausgehen UgB(1616), Außgehen UgB(1698)
g
vornim B1, vernimb UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
h
weis UgB(1616), weiß UgB(1698)
i
wan B1, wann B2
j
ein B1
k
Eyn B1
l
wiederumb UgB(1698)
m
insert vnd B1, B2
n
eins teyls = ein teil B1, ein tail B2
o
insert Eß B1, insert Es B2
p
zwerch klüfft = quer klufft B1, B2
q
creyczklufft B2
r
bergkleufftiger B1, bergkläufftiger UgB(1698)
s
weis UgB(1616), Weiß UgB(1698)
t
den UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
u
yn ein = ein eyn B3, B6
v
füren zum theyl dem gang yn ein veradelung = einfuren dem gang ein voradlung B1, einfüeren dem
ganng ein veradlung B2
w
entpfuren B1, empfüeren B2
317
dem gang die minerischa wirckung/ oder ärtzliche krafft/ derhalbb gar offt weit von
den gängen/ grosse witterung erfunden werden/ vnd gar manche Bergkleut jrrc an
jrend bäwene machen. Aber wölche klüffte die veradelung des gangs bringen/ oder
hinweg füren/ will ichf ing nachuolgendem capitel anzeygenh.
Das .IIII.i Capitel.
Vonj Silberärtzk/ vnd seinen gängen.
WJewol nach wirckung vnd ordnung der natur/ das vnuolkommlichl Metall billich
von ersten m beschriben solt werden/ Dieweil aber n das gewinnreichest o serer p
geliebtq/ vnnd billich/ so will ich das höchstr vnd theurests vorsetzen/ vnd von eim
zum t andern/ durch u bequemme ordnung absteigen.
So nun v das Golde w / von x
Adelheyt wegeny seiner natur/ billich vorgiengez/ hat mich doch für gůt angesehenaa/
a
minerische UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
wurumb B1, warumb B2, derhalben UgB(1698)
c
irrigk B1, irrig B2, irr B3, irre UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
d
irem B1, B2
e
bauen B1, UgB(1698), bawen B3
f
insert ein wenigk B1, insert ain wenig B2
g
insert dem B1, insert dem B2
h
anzeygen = von sagen B1, B2
i
fierde B1, vierde B2, vierd B3, Vierdte UgB(1616), vierdte UgB(1698)
j
Von = ist von dem B1, B2
k
Von Silberärtz = Vom Silber Ertz UgB(1616), Vom Silber-Ertz UgB(1698)
l
vnuolkumenlich B2
m
von ersten = zu erst UgB(1698)
n
Dieweil aber = doch die weil B1, B2
o
insert metall B1, insert mettal B2
p
mehr UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
q
insert wurt B1, insert wurd B2
r
höheste UgB(1698)
s
teuriste B1, teyriste B2, tewrest B3
t
tzu dem B1, zu dem B2
u
durch = nach eyner B1, ein B2
v
So nun = Vnd wiewol also B1, vnd wie wol also B2
w
Gold B3
x
von = auß B1, aus B2
y
wegen absent B1, B2
z
vor gieng B3
aa
vorgienge/ hat mich doch für gůt angesehen = am ersten beschriben solt werden/ doch B1, am ersten
beschriben solt werden doch B2
b
318
dieweil dasa land zů Meissenb (in wölchem diß büchlein von den ärtzen kurtzlichc
begriffend)e mit allen metallischen ärtzenf begabt/ vnder deneng fürtreflichh mit silber
ärtz i / Will ich deßhalbe j anfängklich/ von k vrsprung der l gebärung des Silberärtzs
beschreibenm.
Das Silberärtz/ nach meinung der weisen/ ist gewyrckt nachn einfluß des Monso (als
oben berürt ist) von klarem quecksilber/ vnd außgeleutertem bestendigen schwefelp/
als von krafft eines wirckers/ vnd geschicklichkeyt der materien. Das silber ärtz wirt
durch mancherley weyß q gewircket.
Etlichs im schlamm des wassers/ als ein
r
schwartzer oder grawer raum/ zů gleicherweiß s als hernach volgt/ imt Capit.u von
dem Goldärtz.
Auch etlichs in gängen vnd [33r] klüfften/ als in disem
gegenwertigen Capitel volget.
Zů einer bekantnusv der guldigenw vnd bestendigen geng/ die zů bawen seind für
andernx/ ist zů mercken/ das das aller bequemest lägery des gangs/ ist an dem gehäng
a
dise B1, B2
meyssen B1
c
kurtzlichen B1, kurczlichen B2
d
insert ist B1, B2
e
insert welche land B1, insert welche landt B2
f
ertz B1, ärcz B2
g
vnder denen = vnd doch B1, vnd doch B2
h
vortrefflich B1
i
insert begnad seyn Darumb B1, insert degnadt sein darumb B2
j
deßhalbe absent B1, B2, deßhalben UgB(1698)
k
vom UgB(1698)
l
vnd B1, B2, B3, B6
m
reden B1, B2
n
auß B1, aus B2
o
mondes B1, B2, Monds B3, B6, Monden UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
p
schwebel B2
q
Weise UgB(1698)
r
graer B2
s
gleicher Weise UgB(1698)
t
in dem B1, B2
u
capitel B1, Capitel B2, B3, UgB(1616), UgB(1698), Capi. B6
v
bekentnyß B1, Bekäntnüß UgB(1698)
w
Gultigen B3, gültigen UgB(1698)
x
für andern = vor die andere B1, für die andere B2, für andren B3
y
lager B1, Lager UgB(1698)
b
319
des bergs gegen dem Mittag/ so sein streichen ist von sibnena oder sechsenb/ des
Morgens/ in sechsec oder sibned des abents nach der abteylung der welt/ als oben
berürt ist/ vnd so des gantzen gangs außgehende ist gegenf Mitternacht/ sonderlich
auch so g seins gesteyns h außgang/ gegen dem Morgen/ sein hangends gegen dem
Mittag/ sein ligends gegen i Mitternacht sich strecken j / Dann k in solicher
l
geschicklicheyt des gepürgs m vnd gangs/ wirdt der einfluß des himels seer n
bequemlich empfangen zů bereyten die materi/ darauß o Silberärtz gemacht p oder
gewircktq sol werden/ vnd vestigklichr behalten/ als in eynem wolgeschicktens gefäß/
das die wirckungt des Silberärtzs desteru volkomnerv kan verbrachtw werden. Aberx
die andern streichen der gäng/ zwischen dem abent vnnd mitternacht y werden
guldiger oderz vnguldiger geachtaa/ nach dem sie sich näher oder weiter örtern/ gegen
disem jetzgemelten streichen der gäng/ doch mit solchem hangends/ ligends vnnd
a
sieben UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
sechse B1, B2, sexen B3, B6
c
sexe B3, B6
d
sieben UgB(1616), sieben UgB(1698)
e
Außgehen UgB(1698)
f
insert der B1
g
sonderlich auch so = Sunder B1, B2
h
gstayns B6
i
insert der B1, B2
j
sich strecken absent B1, B2
k
wan B1, wann B2
l
solcher UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
m
Gebirgs UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
n
gar B1, B2
o
insert dz B1, insert das B2, B3
p
gmacht B3
q
gwyrckt B6
r
festiglichen B1, festigklichen B2, vesticklick B3
s
insert vorschlossen B1
t
wirckung = daungk B1, daung B2
u
also B1, B2, desto B3, UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
v
volkumer B2
w
volbracht B1, B2
x
Sunder B1, B2
y
zwischen dem abent vnnd mitternacht = tzwischen dem morgen vnd mittag in das gefierd tzwyschen dem
abend vnd mitternacht B1, zwischen dem morgen vnd mittag in das gefierd zwischen dem abendt vnd
mittnacht B2, zwischen dem Abent vnd Mitnacht B3, zwischen dem abent vnnd Mittnacht B6
z
aber B2
aa
deacht B2
b
320
außgehendsa. Auchb die Gäng/ die jr streichen haben/ auß der Mitternacht inn den
Mittag/ vnnd jhr hangends/ gegen dem abent/ jhre ligends vnnd außgehends gegen
dem Morgen/ die selbenc sind höflicherd zů bawen danne die Gäng die da streichen
auß dem mittag in die mitnachtf/ wölcher hangensg gegen dem morgen ist/ vnnd jrh
ligends vnd außgeends gegen dem abent/ wiewol dise letste Gäng/ zů zeiten
angeflogen vnd gedigen silber füren/ oder gůt ärtz an etlichen orten/ yedoch ist an
jnen nichts i bestendig vnd werig j . Dann die gantze minerisch k krafft/ wirt durch
solchel außgehend der Gäng/ gantz außgebradempt vnd hinweg ge=[33v]weiteretm
vnd gezogen. Deßgleichen vernimmn auch von den gengen die jre streichen haben
auß dem Morgen inn den abent/ als vorgesaget ist/ Vnd jr außgehendo vnd ligends
gegen dem mittag/ dann sie werden durch jrp außgehendq gantz verunadeltr.
Jtem/ vnder den silbergängen/ sind etliche die in hangends vnnd ligends quertz
haben/ etliche spatt/ etliche hornsteyn/ etlichs eysensteyn/ etlich weiß lättig gebirge/
etliche klagsteyn/ etliche t gemengt u / oder gesprengt v stayn w von vil farben/ nach
a
solchem hangends/ ligends vnnd außgehends = solchen hangenden/ ligenden vnd außgehenden
UgB(1616), solchen Hangenden/ Liegenden und außgehenden UgB(1698)
b
Aber B1, B2
c
selbigen B1, B2
d
hofflicher B1, B3, hofflich B2
e
zů bawen dann = zepawen dem B2
f
Mitternacht UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
g
hangends B1, B2, B3, UgB(1616), hangends B6, Hangends UgB(1698)
h
vnnd jr = sunder B1, B2
i
jnen nichts = in nicht B1, B2
j
währig UgB(1698)
k
Minerische UgB(1616), minerische UgB(1698)
l
solch UgB(1698)
m
gewitert B1
n
vornym B1
o
Außsehen UgB(1698)
p
ire B1
q
Außgehen UgB(1698)
r
vorvnadelt B1
s
etzliche B1, B2, etliche B3
t
ettlich B3
u
gemangte B1, B2
v
gesprengte B1, B2
w
gestein B1, gestain B2
321
vermischung der bradema mancherley natur/ die den stayn ferben/ auch etlich ander
seltzam gebirg.
Auch füren die gäng zů teyl jhnen selbsb kißweiß/ oder gelbc/ etliche glantz/ etliche
wißmad ärtz d / etlich gilbe oder geele e schweiff f / etliche weisse g / braun oder
schwartze lätenh/ etlichei gebrante schwartze/ blawe/ braunej oder grüne witterung/
nach geschickligkeit der minerischen bradem/ etliche blentliche k vnnd dunckele l /
etliche weißlicht gepürg/ dem alunm gleich. Aber eyn theyl heyßtn sie durchsichtig
qwertz/ wiewol es wider der qwertz natur immo fewr gar flüssigp ist. Deßgleichen
auch an gepürg vnd geschicken/ füren die klüffte als yetz berürt ist von dem gangq.
Wo nun dise mancherley geschick der gäng vnd klüffte/ an jn selbs silber haben/
allda soll man den geschicken vnder augen brechenr in hangends oder ligends/ danns
die geschick werden anweisung geben/ vnnd das ärtz auff dem steenden oder
flachem gang beweisen oder eröffnent.
Wo aber von dem streicher oder hauptgang u / oder dar über sich begeben/
schargenge/
henckklüfft/
oder
creutzgeng/
a
darauff
mag
man
trostlich
v
Braden UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
Auch füren die gäng zů teyl jhnen selbs = Sunder die geng in in selbs etzliche furen B1, Sunder die geng
in in selbs etliche füren B2
c
gel B1, B2
d
wißmad ärtz = wyßmud ertz B1, Wißmad-Ertz UgB(1698)
e
gele B1, B2, B3, gelbe UgB(1698)
f
geele schweiff = SeeleSchweiff UgB(1698)
g
wysse B1
h
schwartze läten = schwartze letten B1, schwarczletten B2, schwartz letten B3
i
etlich B3
j
braun B3
k
blende licht B1, blende liecht B2, blendlicht B3, blentliche B6
l
tunckel B1, B2, B3
m
alawn B1, alaun B2, B3, B6, Alaun UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
n
nennent B1, nenent B2
o
in dem B1, in dem B2
p
flußicgk B1, flysig B2
q
dem gang = den gengen B1, den gengen B2, den gengen B3, den gäng B6
r
prechen B2
s
wan B1, wann B2
t
oder eröffnen = vnd heröffen B1, vnd her öffen B2
u
heuptgang B1
v
tröstlich B3
b
322
sencken a / dann die gänge veradeln b sich daselb c / vnd werden fast guldig d in der
tieffee/ so diser geng vnd geschicktf außgeend eins sein wirt gegeng mittnachth/ vnd
das ander gegeni morgen/ darumb ist gar rethlichj/ das mann ortsweißk außlenckel
auff dem haupt=[34r]gang/ nach andern zůfelligen geschicken/ die jrm außgehendn
vnd fallen haben/ nach bequemen örteren der welt/ wie oben begriffen ist/ als in
manchem gebürg o gar vil geschick p / neben den gängen streichen vnd fallen/ von
mancherley örtern der welt.
Wo nun mancherley geschick in eym gebürg bey dem gang sich zůsamen lencken
vnd in der tieffeq zů hauff hieltenr/ darauff mag man tröstlich sencken/ sonderlichs so
siet die geschick mit silber beweisen/ dennu in der tieffev ist gar hoflichw ein gůt ertz
zů erbawen. So aber in dem senckenx ein fewle käm/ der darff man nit erschrecken/
sundery sie artig bey geschick behaltenz/ vndaa die selbe feule gantz absincken/ bißbb
a
sincken B1, sinckhen B2
vor adelen B1
c
daselbst UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
d
güldig B3
e
teuff B1, teüff B2
f
Geschick UgB(1698)
g
insert der B1, B2
h
Mitternacht UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
i
insert dem B1, B2
j
redtlich B1, räthlich UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
k
ortsweise UgB(1616), Ortsweise UgB(1698)
l
außlenckt UgB(1698)
m
ire B1
n
außgehen UgB(1616), Außgehen UgB(1698)
o
gepirg B3, gepürg B6
p
gschick B3, B6
q
teuf B1
r
zů hauff hielten = tzuhauffilten B1, zehauffilten B2
s
besunderlichen B1, besunderlichen B2
t
sie = sich B1, B2, B3, B6
u
dan B1, Dann B3
v
teuff B1
w
höflich UgB(1616), höfflich UgB(1698)
x
sincken B1
y
besunder so B1, besunder B2, sonder B3, B6
z
behyelt B1, B2
aa
Sunder B1, Sunder B2
bb
vntzt B1, hüncz B2
b
323
man den gang mit seinen geschicken in die frische gantza widerbringt. So aber ein
kamb im gesenck vorschuß/ vnd ein hart gebürgc oder steynd käm/ dz es dene gang
oder das ärtzef vertrucktg/ vnd doch zwischen hangends vnd ligends/ ein lätten oder
ander geschicklich art fürte/ dem sol man frölich nachfarenh.i
Wo nunj spat gängk mit klüfften/ witerung oder lätten vermengt wurdenl/ vnd mit
eynander fielen m / da n ist in der tieff o gewißlich p ärtz zůbawen q / Darumb ist fast
verhoflich r darauff zů sencken/ wiewol der geschick eins oder zwey/ sich also s
abschnitten/ doch so anderet art zů käm/ es were kißwercku/ gilbe oder brand/ die an
jr selberv silber hielt/ der mag man dannochtw wolx nach bawen.
a
gentz B1, gencz B2, gäntz B3, B6
Kamm UgB(1698)
c
Gerbirg UgB(1616), Gebürg UgB(1698)
d
gestein B1
e
dz es den = das den B1, B2
f
ertz B1, B3, ärcz B2, ärtze B6
g
vordruckt B1
h
nochfaren B3
i
insert vnd sich von den geschicken nicht lassen furen/ tzuuoran so sich die geschick mit silber beweysen
B1, insert vnd sich von den geschicken nicht mit silber beweysen B2
j
Wo nun = Sunder wu B1, Sunder wo B2
k
spat gäng = Spatgäng UgB(1698)
l
würden B3
m
insert eynß bequeme fallednn B1, insert ains bekäme fallenden B2
n
aldo B1, alda B2
o
teuff B1, teüff B2, tieffe B3
p
gewyß B1, B2
q
tzuerbauen B1, zu erbawen B2
r
fast verhoflich = gar hofflich B1, B2
s
also absent B1
t
ander B3
u
kißwercke B6
v
selbs B1, B2
w
dennach B1, dennocht B3, dennoch B2, UgB(1698), dannocht B6
x
vol B1, B2
b
324
Wo aber in dem senckena Spat erbawet würde/ vnd sich der Spat abschnittb/ vnd in
kurtzemc keyn ärtzd gefiele/ da ist zů besorgenf/ das die selbige Spat geschicktg/ nit
ganghaffth seyi/ sunderj ein geschütt/ oder ein klufftwitterung/ die da streichet nebenk
den gengen. Nun ist zů mercken/ das alle schargäng/ oderl hengklüfft/ so da fallenm
auß der mitternachtn/ oder nahe darbeio die veradeln den hauptgang/ hierumb ist gar
verhoflichp darauff zů bawen vnd zůsenckenq. [34v] Aberr hengklüfft/ die da fallen
auß dem Mittag oder nahe darbey s / die verunadelen alle gäng darzů sie eylen/
Deßgleichen auch verunadelen alle Gäng vnndt klüfftu/ es seyv hengklüfft/ querklüfft/
creutzklüfft/ oder ander flötzwerckw die jr außgehnx haben gegeny mittag/ oder nahe
dabeyz.
Mer ist zů mercken/ das gemeynklich aa die flachen geng/ nahe bb dem stehendencc
streichen/ wo nun klüffte/ creutzgeng/ oder ander geschick vnd flötzwerck/ die beyde
a
sincken B1, sincken UgB(1698)
abschnidt B1, abschnid B2, B3, abschnitt B6, abschnitte UgB(1698)
c
in kurtzem = im kurtzen UgB(1698)
d
insert darnach B1, B2
e
gefiele UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
f
bessorgen B3
g
Geschick UgB(1698)
h
ganghafftig B1, ganghäfftig B2, ganckhafftig B3, ganghafftig B6
i
seynd B1, seind B2, seid B3, sey B6
j
sonder B3
k
nebendt B1, nebent B2
l
vnd B1, vnd B2
m
so da fallen = fallende B1, fallend B2
n
Mittnacht B3
o
nahe darbei = nach dar bey B1, nach da bey B2
p
hofflich B1, hoflich B2
q
tzusincken B1
r
Sunder B1, B2
s
nahe darbey = nach dar bey B1, nach da bey B2
t
vnnd = die B2
u
alle Gäng vnnd klüfft = allegeng die klufft B1
v
seind B1, sein B2
w
fleczwerck B1, B2
x
außghend B1, B2, außgehen B3, außgehn B6
y
insert dem B1, B2
z
nahe dabey = nach darbey B1, nach da bey B2, nahe dabei B3, nahe darbey B6
aa
gemeyniglichen B1, gemaincklichen B2, gemeyncklich B3, gemainklich B6, gemeyniglich
UgB(1616), gemeiniglich UgB(1698)
bb
nahe = nach bey B1, B2
cc
stenden B1, B2, steenden B3, B6
b
325
genge/ den stehenden a vnd den flachen b / creutzigen oder überfaren/ da c ist gar
verhoflichd auff zů bawen vnd zů sencken/ besondere so der geschick/ die creutzweiß
überfallen/ außgehendf/ ist gegen dem Morgen/ vnd des hauptgangsg oder flachen
gangs außgehends/ gegenh Mitternacht. Deßgleichen istsi auch hoflichj zů bawen/ da
sich der flach gang scharweiß mit seinem einen k stolort auff den steenden ganck
fügtl/ vnd mit jm streichenm/ dann jrn vereynigung oder zůsamenfügung der tieffeo/
gar eynen mercklichen schatz bringt/ hierumb ist wol rätlichp/ dasq man zů zeiten
brech in hangends vnnd ligends/ von demr stehenden s Gang/ ob man den flachen
Gang erreichen möcht/ vnd erfaren/ mit welchem stollort/ vnd wie ferr t der
flachgangu sich zů dem stehendenv Gang lencken wolt/ vnd also auß fürsichtigkeytw
wirt gar offt ein mercklicher schatz/ mit geringem vnkosten x erbawet/ vff der
vereynigung der geng/ Dann y der flachgang z / lenckt sich gemeynlich aa zum bb
a
stenden B1, B2
insert gang B1, B2
c
aldo B1, alda B2
d
hofflich B1, hoflich B2
e
bsonder B1
f
ausgehen UgB(1616), außgehen UgB(1698)
g
heuptgangs B1
h
insert der B1, B2
i
ist B1, B2
j
höfflich UgB(1698)
k
seinem einen = seyn einem B1, sein einem B2
l
fugkt B1
m
streicht B1, streichen B2, B3, B6, streichet UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
n
ihre UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
o
teuff B1
p
retlich B1, B2, rethlich B3, räthlich B6
q
daß UgB(1698)
r
den B2
s
stenden B1, B2, steenden B3
t
fern B1, UgB(1616), UgB(1698), ferren B2
u
flache Gang UgB(1698)
v
stenden B1, stenden B2, steenden B3
w
fürsichtigkeyt = vorsichtigkeyt vnd kunst B1, vorsichtikait vnd B2, vorsichtickeyt B3
x
vnkost B1, B2
y
wan B1, wann B2
z
flachegang B1, flache gang B2, flach Gang B3, B6, flache Gang UgB(1698)
aa
gmeynlich B3, B6, gemeyniglich UgB(1616), gemeiniglich UgB(1698)
bb
lenckt sich gemeynlich zum = gemeinigklich lenckt sich tzu dem B1, gemaincklich lengt sich zu dem
B2
b
326
steenden mit dem eynen stollort/ darumb nach etlichem bergrechta der flach Gangb/
dem steenden/ als ein zinßhafftiger gang erkant wirt.
Jtem/ zů c verklärung vorgesagter d geschicklicheit der Gäng die sie inn jhn selbs
haben/ ist zů mercken/ dase dise Gengf,g/ die in hangends vnd ligends quertz/ Spat
oder hornsteynh haben/ vnnd darzwischen eini letten füren/ die sindt verhofflichj zů
bawenk. Jtem die Gengl die inn hang=[35r]ends vnd ligends eisen steinm füren/ oder
eysenmaln/ vnnd in jhn selber wißmadertzo/ oder feyßte vnd zähep witterung habenq/
die selben r sind auch hofflich zů bawen. Jtem dise Geng/ die in hangends vnd
ligends fürn ein weissen zechsteyn/ vnnd in jhn selber schwartze oder gebrante
witterung haben s / die selben sind auch hofflich zů bawen t / doch mit solchem u
streichen/ vnd außgehendv der Geng/ als oben berürtw ist. Jtem diex Geng soy mitz
vestem gepürg verschlossen aa vnd verfasset sein/ vnd bb in sich selbs milde oder
a
BergRecht UgB(1616)
flach Gang = flachegang B1, flache gang B2, flach Gang B3, B6, flache Gang UgB(1698)
c
Jtem/ zů = Jtem mer ist tzumercken tzu einer B1, Jtem mer ist zů mercken zu einer B2
d
der vorgesagten B1
e
dass UgB(1616), daß UgB(1698)
f
Gang UgB(1616)
g
ist zů mercken/ das dise Geng = das dise geng B1, das disen geng B2
h
horen stain B2
i
einn B3
j
hofflich B1, hoflich B2, vorhofflich UgB(1616)
k
pawen B2
l
Gang UgB(1616)
m
eisen stein = EisenStein UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
n
eysynmal B1, eysenmail B2
o
wysmudtertz B1
p
tzeche B1, zeche B2
q
haben absent B1, B2
r
selbige B1, selbigen B2
s
haben absent B1, B2
t
banwen B6
u
sollichen B1
v
Außgehen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
w
[Typographical error in original: <berüt>]
x
dise B1, B2
y
die B1, B2
z
insert einem B1, insert einem B2
aa
bschlossen B3
bb
Sunder B1, Sunder B2
b
327
schiferige geschick füren/ die mit glaßertz oder ander stachel frischa ertzt vermengt
sein/ die selbigen geng sind gar hofflich zů bawen/ dann solche geschick in der
tieffeb ein mercklichen schatz bringen/ so sie mit andern geschicken oderc bequemen
streichen fallen vnd außgeend veradelt werden als oben berürt ist.
Das .V.d Capitel.
Vone Goldertzf.
DAs Gold ärtz aber g nach meynung der weisen/ ist gewürcket auß dem aller
klärsten h , i schwefel/ also seer gereynigt j vnnd geleutert in der erden/ durch die
wirckung des himels/ fürnemlichk der Sonnen/ das keyn feyßtigkeytl in jm ist/ die
durch das feur verzeret vnd verbrennetm künden werden/ Auch keyno vnbestendige
wässerigep feuchtigkeytq/ die von dem feür hinweg rauchen möchte/ Vnd auß dem
allerbestendigsten quecksilber/ auffsr höchste gereynigets/ also seer/ das ein lauterert
schwefel in der würckung kein hindernusu in jm findet. Alsov durchwirckt vnd ferbtw
von seinem außwendigen biß in den grund alle thayl zů gleych/ mith seiner
a
stachel frisch = stahelfrisch B1
teuff B1
c
vnd B1
d
.v. B3, V. B6, fünftte UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
e
Das .V. Capitel. Von = Das funffte Capitel ader teil ist von dem B1, Das fünfte capitel oder tail ist von
dem B2
f
Gold Ertz UgB(1616)
g
aber absent B1, B2
h
kläresten UgB(1616)
i
insert vnd außgeleustersten B1, insert vnd auß geleütersten B2
j
gereyniged B1
k
vornemlichen B1, B2
l
festigkeit B1, festikait B2
m
verzeret vnd verbrennet = vorbrandt vnd vortzert B1, verbrandt vnd verzert B2
n
kundt B1, kund B2, könte UgB(1698)
o
keine UgB(1698)
p
wesserichte B3
q
feuchtnyß B1
r
vff das B1
s
gereinigedt B1
t
ein lauterer = sein lauter B1, B2
u
hindernysse B1, hindernusse B2
v
Sunder B1, B2
w
verbt B2
b
328
bestendigen citrina farb/ vnnd also die bayde als der Schwefel vnd dz Quecksilber/
als mi=[35v]nerisch b materi/ durch einfluß c des himels zů geeygent d der Sonnen/
vnnd durch geschickligkeyt der statt die herwider beugt e / oder widertreibt/ vnnd
bricht inn sich selbs die minerischen bradem des schwefels vnd quecksilbers/ die
selbenf werden mit deng aller stercksten vnd krefftigisten verbindungen vereyneth zů
eym metallischen cörper i / wölliche j verpüntnus k die scherpffest l vnd gröst m
würckung des feürs nitn mag auflösen.
Das Gold würt in o mancherley p stätten gewürckt q / Etlichs in schlechten sand des
fliesses r / etlichs vnder der tham erden bey dem s sumpffen t / etlichs in eynem
kießwercke/ etlichs in klüfften oder gengen gedigen/ auch etlichs inn manchen u
geschicken vnd witrung v / so w die geng vnd klüfft in jn selbs füren/ es seyen x
schiferwerck/ oder schwartz/ braun/ grawy/ blaw oder gelbz witterung/ oderaa letten
a
citrine B1
minerische UgB(1698)
c
einflüß B3
d
zů geeygent = tzugeeygentlichen B1, zu geaigentlichem B2, zůgeeygent B3, zůgeaygendt B6,
zugeeignet UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
e
herwider beugt = herwiderbeugt UgB(1616)
f
die selben = dieselbigen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
g
der B1, B2
h
krefftigisten verbindungen vereynet = krefftige vorbindung voreinigent B1, krefftige verpindung
verainiget B2, krefftigsten verpindungen vereynt B3, krefftigisten verbyndungen veraynet B6
i
corper B1
j
welche UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
k
vorbindung B1, verbindung B2, verpüntnuß B3, verpüntnus B6
l
schorpfte B1, scherffest UgB(1616), schärffest UgB(1698)
m
gröste UgB(1698)
n
insert kan nach B1, insert kan noch B2
o
durch B1, B2
p
insert weyß vnd an mancherley B1
q
gwircket B3
r
flyeß B1, B2, Flusses UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
s
den UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
t
sumppen B1, sumppen B2
u
mancherley B1
v
Witterung UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
w
die B1, B2
x
sindt B1, seind B2
y
grabe B2
z
gelbe UgB(1698)
aa
und UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
b
329
geschick. Das Gold soa gewircketb wirt inn dem sand des flussesc/ das ist das aller
klärstd vnnd höchste gold/ dannf seing materi wirt groß wolgeleutert/ durch den fluß
vnd widerfluß des wassers/ vnd durch die eygenschafft der stätth/ darinn das selbi
gold erfunden j wirt/ von gelegenheyt des wassers/ darinn das seyphen Gold
gewircketk wirt.
Das bequemestel lägerm des wassers ist/ dasn es neben jm geno Mitternacht hab eyn
gepürg/ vnnd herwiderumb p gegen q Mittag oder Abent ein r fleche/ darzů s sein
fliessen sol sein auß dem Morgen in den Abent/ vnnd dast ist das bequemest fliessen
des wassers. Das ander fliessen nach disem in der wirdu/ ist von dem Abent in denv
Morgen/ mit solchem lägerw des gepürgs/ als jetztx gesagt ist. Das drity fliessen/ ist
auß der Mitternacht inn Mittag/ mit eym gepürg gegen dem Morgen. Aber z das
ergst aa fliessen des wassers/ zů bereytung des Goldes/ ist auß dem Mittag in die
Mitternacht/ so ein gepürg in der höhe
a
bb
/ [36r] gegen dem Abent auff
Das Gold so = Dises gold dz B1, Dises gold das B2
gewirck B1
c
flyeß B1, B2, fliesses B3
d
aller klärst = allerklärst UgB(1616), allerklärste UgB(1698)
e
höchste UgB(1698)
f
wan B1, wann B2
g
seine UgB(1698)
h
stadt B1, stete UgB(1616)
i
das selb = dasselbe UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
j
gefunden B1, gefunden B2
k
gewirck B1
l
bequembste UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
m
lager B1
n
daß UgB(1698)
o
gegen der B1, B2, gegen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
p
herwiderumb absent B1, B2, B3, B6
q
insert den B1, insert dem B2
r
eine UgB(1698)
s
Sunder B1, B2
t
daß UgB(1698)
u
Würde UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
v
den B1, dem B2
w
lager B1
x
ytzt B1, yeczundt B2
y
dritte UgB(1698)
z
Sunder B1, B2
aa
das ergst = das argste B1, B2, daß ärgste UgB(1698)
bb
in der höhe = ader hohe B1, oder hohe B2
b
330
erhöhena ist. Das fliessen des wassers/ wirt gemanchfeltigetb von den örterenc der
gantzend welt/ ebene als das streichen der geng/ oben in demf Capitel von deng Silber
gängen beschribenh/ Vnnd eyn jetlichs fliessen wirt besseri vnnd seererj geacht/ nach
dem es sich näher oder ferrerk lencke von dem jetzgesagten fliessen.
[Figure 2.14: River with gold deposit]
Zů mehrer l erkantnus diser statt vnd m wasser die Gold fürn/ ist zů mercken/ das
gemeynlich n in den flüssen o / darinn gefunden werden Edelsteyn/ als Amatisten/
a
erhohen B1, erhöchen B2, erhöhet UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
gemangfeldiget B1, gemanigfeldiget B2, gemanchfeltigt UgB(1616), gemanchfaltigt UgB(1698)
c
orten B3, B6
d
gantzen absent B1, B2, B3, B6
e
eben = tzu gleicher weiß B1, zu gleicher weiß B2
f
in dem = imm B3, im B6
g
den B1, dem B2
h
bschriben B3
i
pesser B2
j
ringer UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
k
ferner B1, B2, B3, B6
l
mer B1, B2
m
insert der B1, B2
n
gemeinigkiichen B1, gemeiniglich UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
o
flyssen B1, flissen B2, fliessen B3, flüssen B6
b
331
Rubin/ Cristall/ oder andere a hohe geleutterte steynkörner/ [36v] da b wirdt das
Goldec bequemlich geborend/ vnd ist ein anzeyge zů einer geschicklicheyt der statt/
Dann f nach der meynung Alberti magni/ werden gar selten g hitzige vnd truckne h
bradem/ oder exhalationesi/ auffgezogen auß der erden/ sonder mit jhn werden auch
auffgezogen warmme vnd feuchte bradem. Auß dem j truckenen k bradem werden
gewircketl vnd geboren die steyn/ vnd nach dem die bradem klerer/ subtiler vnd edler
sein/ darnach werden auch die steyn schöner m / besser vnd krefftiger. Auß n den
feuchten bradem werden gewirckto vnd gemacht die Metall/ vnd darnach die bradem/
oder dünst/ von klerer/ außgeleuterter vnd wolgedeweter p materi auff gezogen
werden/ darnach wirt auch bestendiger vnd besser Metall draußq. Dieweil nun die
beyde/ feuchte vnd truckne bradem mit einander auff gezogen werdenr/ vnd yeglichs
nach seiner natur gehertts,t/ so istsu gar ein gewiß anzeygung des goldesv/ als yetz
gesagt ist/ so in dem flußw edel gesteyn erfundenx werden. Auch wo in dem fluß/
oder nahe darbey schörlin y körner/ die von gedichtem z vnd subtilen spiß seind/
a
ander B1, B2, B3, B6
aldo B1, B2
c
golt B1, gold B2, Gold B3, Golde B6
d
geboren B1, B2, geporen B3, B6
e
antzeygung B1, anzayung B2, anzeyg B3, B6, Anzeigung UgB(1698)
f
wan B1, wann B2
g
insert allein B1, insert allain B2
h
trucken B1
i
exallacions B1, exalaciones B2
j
den B1
k
trucken B1
l
gwircket B3
m
schoner B1
n
sunder auß B1, sunder aus B2
o
gwircket B3
p
wol gedauter B1, wol gedeüterter B2
q
dar auß B1
r
mit einander auff gezogen werden = werden mit einander auff getzogen B1, werden mit einander
aufgezogen B2
s
gehertiget B1, B2, gehertet UgB(1616), gehärtet UgB(1698)
t
insert wirt B1, B2
u
ist B1, B2
v
des goldes absent B1, B2
w
flyeß B1, fließ B2, B3
x
gefunden B1, gefunden B2, erfunden B3, B6, gefunden UgB(1698)
y
nahe darbey schörlin = nach darbe schorlein B1, nach beschorlein B2
z
gedichten B1
b
332
erfunden werden/ daruon nit weit ist das Goldwerck/ aber die körner müssena sein
von subtiler speiß/ dann wob grob spissigc schörlin erfunden werden/ alldo ist wenig
zů hoffen des besten vnd subtilend Metalse geschicktf/ als des Golds. Jtem/ das Gold/
so g vnder der tham erden bei den sumpfenn h gewyrcket wirdt/ ist geringer/ vnnd
vnguldiger/ nach dem der graw i oder schwartzraum j / der sich mit dem Gold
flemerli k / oder goldkörnli l zů schlich m zeucht/ darnach der selbig mehr wirdt
darunder geschmeltztn/ dann der selbig wirto gar offtp an vil ortenq mehr silber dannr
gold/ auch s kupffer/ darumb t wirts u gold durch vermischung des silbers geringert.
Auch hat der raum zů zeitenv ein wildigkeyt bey sich/ die dem Gold sein edle vnnd
hohew farb vertunckelt/ das also das [37r] Gold geringer geacht würtx an demy Grad.
Jedoch ist esz von diser sach wegen gar wenig geringer/ dannaa durch eyn kleyne
kunstlich arbeytbb/ mag eyn solche wirdigkeytcc dem Gold woll benomen werden/
also/ das seine hohe farb vnuerdunckelt bleibet.
a
mussendt B1, müessent B2
who B6
c
grobspisigk B1
d
subtilisten B1, B2, subtilsten B3
e
metal B1, mettal B2
f
Geschick UgB(1698)
g
das B1, B2
h
den sumpfenn = dem sumppen B1, dem sumppen B2
i
grawe B3
j
schwartze raum B1, schwarcze raum B2, schwartz raum B3
k
dem Gold flemerli = den golt flemmerlein B1, dem goldflemerlen B2
l
golt korlein B1, gold körlein B2
m
schlicht UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
n
geschmeltzt B1, geschmelcz B2, geschmeltz B3, geschmeltzt B6
o
gybt B1, gibt B2
p
insert vnd B1, insert vnd B2
q
orteren B1, örtern B2
r
den UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
s
Auch bei weyl B1, auch bey weil B2
t
Hirumb B1
u
wirt dz B1, wirt das B2, wirts B3, B6, wirde UgB(1616), wirds UgB(1698)
v
zeitten B3
w
hoche B1
x
wird UgB(1698)
y
den B1, B2, dem B3, B6
z
es absent B1, B2
aa
denn UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
bb
erbeit B1
cc
wildigkeit B1, wildigkait B2, wildickeyt B3, wildigkeyt B6
b
333
Zů eyner erkantnüsa eynerb bequemenc stattd/ diser Goldgeberung/ ist zů mercken/ so
vnder der tham erden/ da das werck ligete/ vil gwitterte stremlin erfunden werden/
gleich als die äderlinf oder kleyn klüfftlin als mang zů zeiten findet durch den leymen
streichen in den leym grůben h / da i ist gar hoflich j gůtt schlichtwerck k von l
zůerwecken/ vnd besunderlichm an dem ort da sich die kleynen stremlinn zů hauffo
schicken oder mern p / Dann q durch die r selbe würt die minerische krafft/ auß der
erden da selbst vermerets vnd bekrefftigett/ zů eyner grössernu geberung des Goldsv.
Jtem/ Das Gold das gwircktw würt im kißwerck/ ist mit vil vnd mancherleyx vnart
vermischty/ eyns wilden Schwefels vnd vnreyner erden halben/ darauß das kißwerck
gemacht würt/ yedoch langer zeit halbz/ durch wirckung der Sonnen vnd des himels/
würt das subtilest/ in dem kißwerck gereynigt vnd gekocht/ inaa eyn teyl nach dem
a
bekentnyß B1, erkantnuß B2, B3, erkandtnuß B6
der B1
c
bequeme B1, B2
d
Stadt UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
e
leyt B1, leit B2, B3, liget B6
f
äterlin UgB(1616), Aederlin UgB(1698)
g
ma B1
h
leimgruben UgB(1616), Leimgruben UgB(1698)
i
aldo B1, B2
j
höfflich UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
k
schlichwerck B1, Schlichtwerg UgB(1698)
l
von absent B1
m
besunderlichen B1
n
kleynen stremlin = kleine stremlein B1, klain strämlein B2
o
zů hauff = tzuhauff B1, zů hauffen B2
p
meren B1, B3, meren B2, mehrn UgB(1616), mehren UgB(1698)
q
wan B1, wann B2, den UgB(1616), denn UgB(1698)
r
die B1, dise B2
s
gemeret B1, gemert B2
t
gekrefftiget B1, B2
u
grosser B1
v
goldeß B1
w
gewirckt UgB(1698)
x
mit vil vnd mancherley = gar mit mancherley B1, gar mit mancherlay B2
y
vormengt B1, vermengt B2
z
langer zeit halb = in langer tzeyt B1, langer zeitt B2, langer Zeit halben UgB(1698)
aa
in absent B1
b
334
andern/ zů eynem bestendigen Goldärtz/ das man dann a durch grosse arbeyt des
fewrs/ von demb vnreynen kißwerck abschneidenc můß.
Dises Goldkißwerck/ würt an etlichen ortend fundene/ als eyn gantz fletzwerck/ das
durch die gantze fleche des gebürgs liget f / vnd würt nach etlicher g land art h eyn
Schwebender gang genanti. Auch würt etlichs gefunden ganckhafftigj/ in ständenk/
gängen die hangends vnd ligends bey sich haben.
Das flache kißwerck ist vast gering l / die weil m die wirckung des himels/ vonn
vngeschickligkeyt der stattn/ wenig macht darbei volendet.
Aber o dz Goldkißwerck/ das ganckhafftig p steht/ würt bes=[37v]ser vnd guldiger
geacht nach dem der zechsteyn des gangs in hangends vnd ligends/ subtiler vnd
adelischer ist/ vnd auch nach dem die Goldgäng jrq streichen vnd außgehend haben/
zů bequemen orten der weltr/ vnd darnach sie mit zůfelligen klüfften durch wittert
seind/ die dem Gang eyn veradelung bringen/ als oben im s capitel von den
Silbergängen gemeldt t ist/ darnach werden sie auch besser vnd guldiger u geacht.
a
als den B1, den B2, denn UgB(1698)
den B1, den B2
c
abscheiden UgB(1698)
d
orteren B1, örtern B2
e
gefunden B1, B2
f
leyt B1, B2
g
etzlicher B1, etzlich B2
h
Landart UgB(1698)
i
eyn Schwebender gang genant = genandt eyn schwebender ganng B1, genandt ain schwebender gang
B2, eyn Schwebender Gang genent B3
j
ganghäfftig B2
k
stenden B1, B3, B6, stenden B2
l
vast gering = gar gerynge B1
m
die weil = dweil B3
n
Stadt UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
o
Sunder B1, Sunder B2
p
ganghäfftig B2
q
ire B1
r
werld B1, welt B2, wellt B3, B6
s
in dem B1, in dem B2
t
gesagt B1, B2
u
gültiger UgB(1698)
b
335
Auch a dz gold das in andern gengen/ onb kißgäng gewirckt/ würt etlichs gedigen
fundenc an dem steyn/ etlichs in eyner gelben letten/ etlichs in eyner braunen subtilen
witterung/ auch etlichs in den quertzen vermengtd vnd darein gewirckte.
Wo sich nůn die braune witterung ganghafftig beweiset/ da ist vast hoflich f zů
bawen/ dann zůfellig geschick von hengklüfften der tieffe g eynen h mercklichen
schatz bringen.
Des gleichen/ wo die gelben letten ganghafftig stehni/ dar auff ist auch hoflichj zů
senckenk/ so der Gang in hangends vnd ligends/ eynen subtilen zechsteyn füren ist.
Darzůl wo dz Gold in den klüfften gedigen erfunden/ würt die nebenm den gängen
streichenn/ da soll man acht haben/ an welchemo ort die klufft zů dem gang eilet alda
sol man tröstlich nachbawen vnd sencken. So aber die selbp klufft vomq Gangr eilet/
ist zů besorgen/ das schwerlich etwas mercklichs darauff zů bawen stehts/ Es were
dann das sie hinauß wertst zů eynem andern Gang eilte. Darumb ist gar rethlich/ wo
solch hengklüfft/ die gedigen Gold füren von dem Gang eilen vnd fallen/ dz man
a
Sunder B1, B2
one B1, B2, ohn UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
c
würt etlichs gedigen funden = wirt Etzliches wirr gefunden gedigen B1, wirt etzliches wirt gefunden
gedigen B2
d
[Typographical error in original: <vemengt>]
e
darein gewirckt = dar eingewirckt B1, dar ein gewürckt B2
f
Wo sich nůn die braune witterung ganghafftig beweiset/ da ist vast hoflich = Wo nun die braune witterung
sich gangkhafftig beweist aldo ist gar hofflich B1, Wo nun die braune witterung sich gang häfftig beweyßt
aldo ist gar hoflich B2
g
teuff B1, teüff B2
h
eynen = gar eynem B1, gar einen
i
sted B1, stend B2, stehen B3, B6
b
j
höflich UgB(1616), höfflich UgB(1698)
k
sincken B1, B2
Sunder B1, B2
m
nebend B1, B2
n
streiche B3
o
welchen UgB(1698)
p
die selb = die selbige B1, B2, B3, B6, dieselbe UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
q
von dem B1, von dem B2
r
Gag B3
s
zů bawen steht = tzubauen stedt B1, zůpawen stedt B2
t
hinußwartz B1
l
336
auff das selba ort mit schürpffen eyn erfarung oder sůchung nachb andern Gengen
thů c / vnnd also mit fürsichtigkeyt d die klüfft geschick vnnd e Gäng bei eynander f
erbaweg.
Das VI.h Capitel.i
Von dem zinärtz.
ZYnärtz j / oder der Zwitter k / würt auß Jupiters l eynfluß gewirckt m / von reynem
quecksilber vnd n wenigem schwefel vnd [38r] in der vermischung diser beyden/
werden vndermengt vnärtige o grobe schwefliche p bradem/ die sich mit eynander
incorporieren vnd vereynigen/ zů eynem metall/ Zin q genant/ von welchem r
vnärtigen bradem/ eyn yetlichs Zin/ starck/ riechendts/ knürschigt vnd brüchig ist/
also das es auch allu metal darunder es gemengt würt/ vnärtig vnd brüchig macht.
Jtem eyn teyl des Zwitters/ würt geborn in dem flußv/ wiew oben dzx Gold/ vnd
a
das selb = dz selbig B1, das sebig B2, dasselbe B3, das selbe B6
noch B3
c
thun UgB(1698)
d
vorsichtigkeit B1, vorsichtigkait B2, vorsichtigkeyt B3
e
insert die B1, B2
f
einanden UgB(1698)
g
erbawen B1, B2
h
Sechste UgB(1616), sechste UgB(1698)
i
Das VI. Capitel. = Das sechste capitel ist B1, Das sechß capitel ist B2
j
Das tzynertz B1, DAs zyn ärcz B2, ZinErtz UgB(1616), ZJnErtz UgB(1698)
k
Zwitten B6
l
Juppiters B6
m
würt auß Jupiters eynfluß gewirckt = wirt gewirckt auß influs des planeten iupiter B1, wirt gewürckt aus
in fluß des planeten Jupiter B2
n
insert von B1, B2
o
vnartige B1
p
schweyfelyge B1, schwefeligen B2, schwefelige B3, schweflige B6
q
Zien UgB(1616)
r
welchen B1, B2, UgB(1616), welchem UgB(1698)
s
starck/ riechendt = starckriechend UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
t
knyrschigk B1, knyerschig B2, knirschig B3, B6, knürsich UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
u
alle B1, B2, B3, all B6
v
flyeß B1, B2, fließ B3
w
Flu/ ß wie UgB(1616)
x
daß UgB(1698)
b
337
etlichs geweschena,b/ großkörnig/ denc schörlin gleich/ vnd darauß würt das schönstd
vnd best e Zin das f man seyffen Zin nennt g / dann h sein materi würt gar reyn i
geleutert j / vnnd durch die eygentschafft der stat k geadelt.
Auch würt etlicher
l
Zinsteyn gewürckt in den bergen/ vnd ganghafft erfunden / derselbig würt besserm
geacht/ nach dem er ferrer n von den kießgängen funden o / vnd weniger damit
vermischt würt/ sonderlich p mit gedichtem vnd kupferigem q / der vast schwerlich
vomr Zinsteyn kan geschidens werden. Abert der taub kiß ist inu dem Zinsteyn nit so
vast v schedlich/ Dann durch die scherpffe des fewrs würt er geleichtert w vnd
geäschertx/ also das er auff demy Test mit dem wasser vomz Zinsteyn hinweg weicht.
Auch würt der Zwitter oder zinsteyn/ eyn teyl fundenaa in eynem geschüt/ nestig vnd
nit ganghafftig auff dem berg/ diser Zwitter ist aber leuterera vnd besser/ nach dem er
a
wie oben dz Gold/ vnd etlichs geweschen = wie ytzundt oben berurt ist von dem golt dz in dem flyeß
gewirckt wirt vnd wirt etzlicheß gewaschen B1, wie yeczunt oben berürt ist von dem gold das in dem
flyeß gewürkt wirt vnd wirt etzliches gewaschen B2
b
gewaschen UgB(1698)
c
dein B2
d
schönste UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
e
peste B2, beste B1, UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
f
daß UgB(1698)
g
seyffen Zin nennt = nennedt saiphen tzyn B1, nendt saiffen zin B2
h
wan B1, wann B2, dann B3, denn B6
i
reine B3, B6
j
geleutter B1
k
stadt B1, UgB(1616), stat B2, statt B3, B6, Stadt UgB(1698)
l
ganghafft erfunden = gefunden ganghafftig B1, gefunden gangkhäfftig B2
m
besser = besser vnd besser B1, pesser und pesser B2
n
ferner B1, UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
o
gefunden wirt B1, B2
p
damit vermischt würt/ sonderlich = mit dem kyßwerck vormist/ bsunderlichen B1, mit dem kyßwerck
vermischt besunderlichen B2
q
insert kyß B1, B2
r
vast schwerlich vom = gar schwerlich von dem B1, gar schwarlich von dem B2
s
gescheiden B1, geschaiden B2
t
Sunder B1, B2
u
in absent B1, B2, B3, B6, UgB(1698)
v
so vast = also gar B1, B2
w
gelichtert B1
x
geasschert B1
y
den B1, B2
z
von dem B1, B2
aa
gefunden B1, gefunden B2
338
er weiter von den kißgengen leitb/ vnd weniger mit eiserigem schwefel vermischtc
würt.
Eyn anweisung zů disem Zinsteyn ist dz er gemeynglich d an den tag blüet/ vnd
geschůb von sich stoßt.
a
lauterer UgB(1616), lauter UgB(1698)
liegt UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
c
vormist B1
d
gemainlich B2
b
339
Das. VII.a Capitelb
Von dem kupfferärtz.
KVpferärtz c ist gewirckt auß dem d einfluß Veneris/ von gůtem vnd reynem
quecksilber/ yedoch nit gar entbunden/ von überiger vngeeygneter feuchtee/ vnd vonf
überhitzigem brenendemg vnd vnreynem schwefel/ von welcher hitz des schwefels
das gantze Metal/ durch alle sinteylh/ rot geferbt würt. Dises metalärtz/ würt eyn
teyl i in schiffrigen fletzwerck j erfunden k [38v] vnd eyn teyl ganghafftig mit
mancherley art/ etlichl braun/ etlichs grün/ etlichs kißigm. Das kupferertz in dem
schifer werckn ist mit seero vil taubem gebirg vermengt dasp schwerlich das metall/
alsq durch das schlechte durchlassen oder schmeltzen/ herauß gebracht würt. Aberr
dz ganghafftig kupferertz/ würt besser vnd guldiger erfunden/ nach dem der gang in
seinem hangend vnd ligend mit eynem edlens vnd artigernt zechsteyn verfaßt würt.
Auch darnach die gäng jru streichen haben/ von bequemlichen ortenv der weltw/ als
oben gesagtx ist von den Silbergängen vnd auch darnach die Gäng mer vnnd mer/
a
Siebende UgB(1616), siebende UgB(1698)
Das. VII. Capitel = Das sibende capitel ist B1, B2
c
Das kupfer ertz B1, DAs kupfer ärcz B2
d
dem absent B1, B2
e
feuchtnys B1, feüchtnuß B2
f
von absent UgB(1698)
g
boruedem B1, bornedem B2
h
seyne teil B1
i
würt eyn teyl = eyn teil wyrt B1, ein tail wirt B2
j
fletzberck B1, Flötzwerck UgB(1698)
k
gefunden B1, gefunden B2
l
etzliches B1, etzliches B2, etlichs B3, etlich B6, etlichs UgB(1616), etliches UgB(1698)
m
kyssigk B1
n
schifer werck = schyfferwergk B1, schifferwerck B2
o
mit seer = gar mit B1, B2
p
daß UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
q
alles B1
r
Sunder B1, B2
s
edeleren B1, edeleren B2, edlern B3, edlen B6
t
artigeren B1, ärtigern B2, artigern B3, B6, artigem UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
u
ire B1
v
orteren B1, örtern B2
w
werld B1, welt B2, wellt B3, B6
x
gsagt B3, B6
b
340
von zůfelligen klüfften vnd geschicken/ werden veradelt/ darnach fürn sie auch a
besser vnd reicher kupferertz in jn selbst.
Das streichen der kupfergeng/ vnd jr b veradlung/ vernimm c zů gleicherweiß d wie
oben gemelt e ist von der veradlung f der silbergäng g / h Alleyn das die kupffergäng
gemeynklichi,j/ die do streichen an dem gehengk des bergs/ gegen der Mitternacht
mächtig seindl/ vnd jr kupfer ist doch geringerm an dem Silber. Abern die gäng die
da streichen an dem geheng des bergs geno mittag/ seind subtiler/ vnd jr kupfer ist
reicher von silber. Auch werdenp dise Gäng veradelt durch jr streichen/ als oben von
den Silbergengen gemeltq ist.
Das. VIII.r Capitel.s
Von dem eisensteyn.
DAs eisen ist gewürckt/ auß demt einfluß Martis/ von vnreynem Quecksilber vndu
sprödemv vnartigem Schwefel/ welcher vil erden/ in der vermischung des metals/
a
darnach fürn sie auch = Darnach auch furen sie B1, darnach auch füren si B2
ihre UgB(1698)
c
vornim B1, vernimb UgB(1698)
d
gleicher Weiß UgB(1698)
e
gesagt B1, B2, gemeldt B3, gemelt B6
f
von der veradlung = von dem streichen vnd voradelung B1, von dem vnd veradelung B2
g
silbergang UgB(1698)
h
insert dan B1, insert dann B2
i
die kupffergäng gemeynklich = gemengklichen die kupfergeng B1, gemencklichen die kupffergeng B2
j
gmeyncklich B3, gemaynklich B6, gemeiniglich UgB(1698)
k
gheng B1
l
mächtig seind = die sindt mechtig B1, die sind mechtig B2
m
geringe B1, B2
n
Sunder B1, B2
o
gegen dem B1, B2, gegen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
p
werder UgB(1698)
q
gesatzt B1, gesaczt B2, gemeldt B3, gemelt B6
r
achte UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
s
Das. VIII. Capitel. = Das achte capitel ist B1, B2
t
dem absent B1, B2
u
insert von B1, B2
v
spredem B1
b
341
mita jm eingezogen hatt/ darummb das eisen gar schwerlich im feür zů erweychenc
istd/ vnd fürt vast vil rostse in jm von des vnertigenf schwefels wegen/ der halbeng
laßth sichsi auch mit keynem andern Metall leichtlich vermischen/ eingiessen/ noch
vereynigenj.
Der Eisensteyn/ würt ank etlichen enden fundenl/ als ein=[39r]geschütesm fletzwerck/
braun n vnnd gelb/ An etlichen enden ganghafftig.
Der eysensteyn auß dem
fletzwerck/ gibt vil storias/ oder eysen schlacken vnd wenig eysen.
Aber o der
ganghafftig eysen stayn/ gybtp reichlicherq eysen/ yedoch istsr zůzeitens sprödt/ vmb
vermischung willen/ einer art von einem andern metall.
Jtem die eysengeng/ wol verfasset mit hangends vnnd ligends/ sind nit zů verachten/
vorab so jru streychen ist auß dem morgen inn den abent/ vnd jr fallendsv inn den
mittag Vnd so jr ligends vnd außgeends gegen Mitnacht w streicht/ vnnd so x der
a
mitt B3
warumb B1, B2, darumb B3, B6, UgB(1698)
c
zů erweychen = zuerweichen UgB(1698)
d
gar schwerlich im feür zů erweychen ist = in dem feuer gar schwerlich tzu erwechen stedt B1, in dem
feür gar schwärlich zu erwaichen stet B2
e
vast vil rosts = gar vil rost B1, B2
f
vnartigen B1, vnartigen UgB(1616), unartigen UgB(1698)
g
der halben = derhalben UgB(1698)
h
lest UgB(1616), läst UgB(1698)
i
laßt sichs = lest es sich B1, B2
j
eingiessen/ noch vereynigen = vnnd eyngissung voreynigen B1, vnd eingiessung veraynige B2
k
ann B1
l
gefunden B1, B2
m
eingeschütes = ein geschudteß B1, eyn geschüttes B2
n
brun B1
o
Sunder B1, Sunder B2
p
giebt UgB(1616), gieb UgB(1698)
q
reichtlicher UgB(1698)
r
ist B1
s
zu Zeiten UgB(1698)
t
spredt B1, B2
u
vorab so jr = tzuuor dan so ire B1, zuuor dann so ire B2
v
jr fallends = ire fallend B1
w
Mitternacht UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
x
Vnd so jr ligends vnd außgeends gegen Mitnacht streicht/ vnnd so = Sunder ligends vnd außgends gegen
der mitternacht dan so B1, Sunder ligendes vnd der außgends gegen mitternacht dan so B2
b
342
eisenstayn abgesuncken wirt/ beweyßt sich der Gang gemainklich mit gold/ oder mit
anderma wirdigem ärtz.
Das .IX.b Capitel.
Von pleyärtzc,d
PLeyertz e ist gwyrckt f auß dem g einfluß h Saturni/ auß vngedignem i / wässerigem j /
schweremk/ vnraynem quecksilber/ vnd vonn wenygem Schwebell/ der durch seine
außgewitterte m hitzige pradem n / das quecksilber kocht/ vnd zůsamen gerendt/ zů
einem metallischen cörper/ vnd als die beyde/ der schwefel vnd das quecksilber/ mit
einer schwachen verbindung o vereynigt werden/ also wirt auch p jhr metallisch q
cörper/ das pleyr/ leichtlich in dem fewr verzert/ vnd hinweg getriben.
Dises metalls ertz/ wirt etlichss gefunden als ein schwebender Gang/ etlichs in einem
stehendent gang/ Das schwebende pleyertz/ vnder dem rasem/ ist geringeu am silber/
es sey dannv das silber geschicka darzů fallen/ als wol von den klüfften geschehen
a
andern B2
Neundte UgB(1616), neundte UgB(1698)
c
Das .IX. Capitel. Von pleyärtz = Das neunde capitel ist von dem pleyertz B1, Das neynde capitel ist dem
pley ärcz B2
d
Plei ertz B3, pleyärtz B6, BleyErtz UgB(1616), Bley Ertz UgB(1698)
e
Das pleyertz B1, DAs pley ärcz B2, BLey-Ertz UgB(1698)
f
gewirckt B1, B3, gewürckt B2, gwyrckt B6
g
auß absent B1, B2
h
ynflus B1
i
vngedautem B1, vngedeütem B2
j
wässerigen UgB(1698)
k
schweren UgB(1698)
l
schweffel B1, B2, schwefel B3, Schwebel B6, Schwefel UgB(1698)
m
auffgewitterte B1, aus geweiterte B2, außgeweitterte B3, B6
n
bradem B1, UgB(1616), pradem B2, B3, B6, Bradem UgB(1698)
o
vorbynndung B1
p
also wirt auch = also auch wirt B1, B2
q
metallischer UgB(1698)
r
blei B3, bley B6, Bley UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
s
etzliches wirt B1, B2
t
stenden B1, stenden B2
u
gering B1, B2, B3, geringe B6
v
den B1, denn B2
b
343
kan. Aberb das ganghafftig bleyertz/ ist reycher vnd höherc am silber/ darnach sein
streichen fallen/ vnd veradelung besser ist/ als oben vonn dem silber gesagt ist.
Ganghafftig bleyertz wirt zůzeittend gefunden schwartz/ zů zeiten menfarb/ vnd zů
zeiten glantzig.
[39v]
Das .X.e capitel.f
Von dem gemeinen quecksilber.
DAs gemein Quecksilber wirt gewircket auß dem
g
einfluß
h
Mercurij/ auß
schleimiger i wässerichter j feüchtung k die vermengt wirt mit der aller l subtilesten
schwefeliger m erden. Diß metals wirt etliches n gefunden inn einer braunen erd o
gewürckt/ als ein ander metallärtzep/ etliches in grůben/ das geflossen ist auß den
klufften vnd auß der erden inn einen sumpf q als das wasser. Auch wirt etlichs
auffgeprademptr vnd gezogen vber die erden/ vnd wirt gefunden inn dem graß auff
der erden.
a
geichiek B1
Sunder B1, B2
c
hocher B1
d
zu Zeiten UgB(1698)
e
zehende UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
f
Das .X. capitel. = Das tzehende capitel ist B1, Das zechende capitel ist B2
g
dem absent B1, B2
h
insert deß UgB(1698)
i
schlamiger B1, schlemiger B2, B3, schleymiger B6
j
wesserig B1, wäßriger B2, wesserichter B3, wässerichter B6
k
erfeuchtnyß B1, feüchtnuß B2, feuchtung B3, feüchtunng B6
l
all B1
m
schwiffeliger B1
n
wirt etliches = etzliches wirt B1, B2
o
einer braunen erd = einer braune erden B1, einer braune erden B2, eyner braunen erd B3, einer
braunenn erd B6
p
metalertz B1, metal ärcz B2, metall ertz B3, metallärtze B6
q
einen sumpf = ein sump B1, B2
r
auffgeprademd B1, aufgepradembt B2, auffgepradempt B3, B6, auffgebrademt UgB(1616),
UgB(1698)
b
344
Dises metall ist einer wunderlichen natur/ als die Alchimisten wola erfarung haben/
die selbigenb will ich auff diß mal/ von seiner natur ferrnerc lassen zancken.d
Knappius. Auß erkantnuße der materien/ darauß das ärtz gemachtf/ vnd der statt in
wölcher es bequemmlich gewirckt wirt/ kan ich nit erkunden/ durch wölche weyse
diß oder das anderg/ zů gedachtemh Metall geschmeltzt möchte werden.
Daniel. Die Schicht ist auffgefarenn i / yetzt j ist genůg von dem gesagt/ morgen
wöllenk wir auß der Kaw/ in die hütenl gehen/ so will ich dir sagen/ mit wölchem
zůsatz das schwefelich ärtz/ mit wölchem das leüchtflüssigm/ mit welchem dz wildn/
mit welchem das grobo/ oder klaynspissigp ärtz geschmeltzt soll werden/ &c.q,r
a
insert ein B1, B2
haben/ die selbigen = habe/ n dieselben UgB(1698)
c
ferrer B2
d
insert also vil sie ytzundt gesagt B1, insert also vil sey yecz gesagt B2
e
erkentnys B1
f
insert wirt B1, B2
g
insert ertz B1
h
gedychtem B1, gedichtem B2, gedachtein B3, gedachtem B6
i
auff gefare B1
j
yeczunt B2
k
wol B1, wel B2
l
huten B1
m
lichtflussig B1, leichtflüssig B2, B3, leüchtflüssig B6
n
wilde B1, B2, UgB(1698), wild B3, B6
o
grobe UgB(1698)
p
kleinspitzige UgB(1698)
q
&c. = Amen. B1 [end of B1], B2
r
insert Jtem des büchlin hat getruckt Erhart Ratdolt zů Augspurg Do man zalt nach christus geburt.
M.ccccc.v. am sechßten tag des Mayen. B2 [end of B2]
b
345
Ob jemandt zů besserm vnderscheidt vnd erkantnus der berg/ die Figuren wolt lassen
außstreichen oder malen a / so mag b man die geng gelb/ nebel vnd witterung
rauchfarb/ die wasser blaw/ wellichesc jedes sey/ hab ich verstants halb mererteyls
mit bůchstaben also zeichnetd.
e
[40r]
g
Geng deß bergs.
w
Witterung des bergs.
n
Nebel des bergs.
a
molen B3
macht UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
c
welchs B3, wölliches B6
d
welches jedes sey/ ist aus den Figuren zuersehen UgB(1616), welches jedes sey/ ist auß den Figuren
zuersehen UgB(1698)
e
g Geng deß bergs.
w Witterung des bergs.
n Nebel des bergs. absent UgB(1698)
b
346
Fundgrub vnd ein wehra
EYn Fundgrůb b ist die erst zech oder grůben auff
eym newen gang/ vnnd hat drey wehr. Ein Wehr ist
.14. lachter/ Vnd ein Funtgrůb hat drey wehr für jrc
maß/ dz ist 42.d lachter
Negstene vnd Messen.
Die Negsten f / vnd andern massen/ souil g auff dem
selben Gang auffgenommen werden/ hat ein jedesh
maß nit mer dann zwey wehr/ das ist 24.i lachter.
Ein Lehen.
Ein lehen ist 7. lachtern/ 2.j lehen ist ein Wehr/ 3.
wehr ist ein Fundgrůb/ 2. wehr ist ein Negstek/ oder
annder maß/ wie oben berürt ist.
Fierungl.
Ein jeder Gang hat inn ewige tieffe vierdthalb lachter
ins hangends m/ vnd vierdthalb lachter ins ligendsn /
Das heyßt des gangs vierung/ macht beyds 7. o
lachter.
Hangents
Deß Gangs hangends/ ist das dach so auff dem gang
ligt/ vnd sein dach ist.
a
[Note: Glossary of mining and smelting terms, the “Bergnamen,” has been placed in columnar form
analogous to the presentation in the original. The original versions, however, do not place lines around the
terms and definitions as introduced here to facilitate understanding.]
b
EYn Fundgrůb = EJne Grube UgB(1698)
c
für jr = vor jre B3
d
42. = 24. UgB(1698)
e
nechsten UgB(1616), Negsten UgB(1698)
f
nechsten UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
g
so viel UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
h
sedes UgB(1698)
i
24. = 28. B3, B6, UgB(1698)
j
2. = 21 B3, 2. B6
k
nechste UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
l
Vierung UgB(1698)
m
hangende UgB(1698)
n
ligend B3, ligends B6, ligende UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
o
sieben UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
347
Ligends.
Deß Gangs ligends ist/ darauff der Gang ligt.
Ausgehends
Jst da er an tag außstößt/ allsa etlich Geng haben jr
außgeends inn morgen/ etlich in mittag/ etlich in
abent/ etlich gegen mitnachb / auch etlich zwischen
derc obbemelten vier orten jhr auß gengd haben/ ist
auff einem Compast leichtlich zů verstehen.
Streichens Genge
Etlichs ist vom morgen inn abent/ etlichs von Mittag
gegen mitnachtf/ wie man auch auff eynem Compast
bericht haben kan.
Fletzg.
Jst/ dz eben hinweg ligth/ vnd weder vnder sich noch
über sich felt
Ein i Fletz j wie er gelten
Wann man auff einem
k
wirt.
verleichtn man in die vierung/ als ein Fundtgrůb in
Fletz
l
verleicht
m
/ so
die leng 42. lachter/ vnd in die breyt o auch 42.
lachter.
Klüfftlin
Wölch schmal sind wie messerrück/ schmeler oder
dicker/ vnd haben jr streichensp vnd außgeensq wie
die Geng.
a
alß B3, alls B6, als UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
mitternacht B3, mitnacht B6
c
den UgB(1698)
d
Außgänge UgB(1698)
e
Streichens Geng = Streichens der Geng. B3, Streichens der Geng. B6 [brevigraph for <der> located in
far right margin in B6 easily missed in typesetting for UgB], Streichen der Gänge UgB(1698)
f
Mitternacht B3, Mitnacht B6
g
Flötz UgB(1698)
h
leit B3
i
[Typographical error in original: <Fin>]
j
Ein Fletz = Fein Föltz UgB(1698)
k
einen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
l
Föltz UgB(1698)
m
verleihet UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
n
verleihet UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
o
breite UgB(1616), Breite UgB(1698)
p
streichends UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
q
außgehen B3, außgeens B6, außgehends UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
b
348
[40v] Schächta.
Schächt/ liechtlocher b / oder Winschet ist alles ein
nam/ so man darinnc vnder sich arbeytd/ nennt man
gesuncken.
Richtschäche
Jst/ darinn man fürdernus hat mit bergärtz/ vnd den
man tieffef sinckt.
Hornstatt.
Jst ein weiteg gbrochenh/ da der haspel stetti.
Haspelstützen
Jst darinn der rund baum ligt.
hengbanck.
Jst darinnj die haspelstützen stehen.
Haspel.
Jst/ damit man berg vnd ertz herauß zeuchtk mit eim
seil.
Bergkübel.
Jst darin man berg zeucht/ was nit ertz ist/ haißt alles
berg.
Ertzkübel.
Jst darinn man ertz zeucht.
Wasserziberl
Jst darinn man wasser zeucht.
Sumpffm.
Jst darinn man wasser helt.
Pfützeymer
Jst damit man einpfützt
n
/ dann man spricht/
einpfützt/ nit eingeschepffto.
a
Schleht B6
Liechtlöcher B3, liechlöcher B6
c
darinnen UgB(1698)
d
arbeitet UgB(1698)
e
Richtschächt UgB(1698)
f
tieff B6
g
weitte B3
h
gebrochen B3, B6, UgB(1616), UgB(1698) [Typographical error in original: <gborchen>]
i
stehet B3, UgB(1616), UgB(1698), steet B6
j
darinnen UgB(1698)
k
zeuhet B3, zeucht B6
l
Wasserzuber B3, wasserzuber B6, Wassrziher UgB(1616), Wasserzůber UgB(1698) [cf. B3 <–zuber>
< Zober, a (typically two-handled) tub]
m
Sumpg B3, Sumpff B6
n
einp fützt UgB(1616), einpfützt UgB(1698)
o
einpfützt/ nit eingeschepfft = einpfützen nit eingeschepffen UgB(1616), einpfützen nicht eingeschepffen
UgB(1698)
b
349
Farta.
Jst darauff man in die grůb fert/ heisset einfartb/ nit
ein laiterc.
Gezimmer in schachtend.
Jst tragstempffel jocher ein strich spreitzen.
Verpfendte.
Jst wenn man zimmert/ vnd so das gezimmer nit vest
stehet/ das mans antreibt mit hültzenenf keüleng.
Leng oder Felerh.
Jst dz man treibt auff eym gang/ oder neben eym
Gang.
Verschrempt
oder
Jst/ das man ein ort neben dem ganck treibt/ vnnd
den ganck steen laßt i / es heysset auch den ganck
Verfarn
aufffaren.
Nachgeschlagen.
Jst wenn der ganck also verfarn ist/ wie obgemelt/
dasj man als dann nachschlechtk.
wantgeworffen
abgetriben.
oder
Jst so es seer faißt ist/ so můß man ritzl hawen/ das
man pletz vnd keyl m darein setzen kan/ darnach
schlagen n die hewer o feusteln drauff/ dz heyßt ein
wand geworffen oder abgetriben.
Fest.
Jst/ wenn der Gang hertp zů gewinnen ist.
Schnetigq
Jst/ wenn der Ganck oder gebirg gůt zů gewinnen ist.
a
Farth UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
einfart = eyn fart B3, ein fart B6
c
heisset einfart/ nit ein laiter = heist ein Fart/ nit ein leiter UgB(1616), heist eine Farth/ nicht ein Leiter
UgB(1698)
d
schächten B3, B6, Schächten UgB(1698)
e
Uerpfändt B3, Uerpfendt B6, Verpfänt UgB(1698)
f
höltzernen UgB(1698)
g
keilen B3, keülen B6
h
Fehler UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
i
steen laßt = stehen lest B3, steen laßt B6
j
daß UgB(1698)
k
nachschlägt UgB(1698)
l
Ritze UgB(1698)
m
keile B3, keyl B6
n
schlahen B3, B6
o
insert mit B3, B6
p
hart UgB(1698)
q
[<schnetig> < schneidig; cf. Veith]
b
350
Gezeugea damit man inn
Grosse feustel/ klein feustel/ plotz/ keilkratzen b /
der gruben arbeytet
eisen fimel c / keilhawen d / puch feustel/ ist alles
gezeug damit man ärtz gewinte vnd pucht.
[41r] Fulort.
Jst
eyn
weit
raum
inn
der
grůben
geprochen f / darein man ärtz vnd berg stürtzt/ man
heyßts gestürtzet/ nit geschütt/ in der grůben.
Jst eyn ort das man durch querstein g treibet/ auff
Querschlag
keinem Gang oder Klufft/ man treibt auch zů zeytten
qwerschleg auff klüfften vnd Gengen/ so man die
haben mag.
Schurpffenh.
Jst wenn einer am tag anhebt zů suchen nach Gengen
vnnd klüfften.
Seyl
vnd
eingeworffen.
kübel
Jst/ wenn eyner geschürfft hat/ vnnd der schürff zů
tieff wirt/ das er ein haspel darüber setzen můß/ vnd
die erste fidernußi die er herauß thůnj/ mit seyl vnd
kübeln/ das heyst seyl vnd kübel eingeworffen.
windtfang.
Jst den man am tag vber ein grůb setzt mit holtz
vnnd brettern/ daran sich das wetter wechselt/ dask
man in der grůben oder in dem Schacht arbeyten
kan.
Angesessen.
Jst wo eyner in eyner grůben anfahet eyn ort zů
a
Gezeug B3
keilkratzen = keil/ kratzen B3, keil [line split] kratzen B6
c
eisen fimel = eisen/ fimel B3, B6
d
Kleinhauen UgB(1698)
e
gewind UgB(1616), gewint UgB(1698)
f
gebrochen UgB(1698)
g
Quersteine UgB(1698)
h
Schurffen B3, B6, Schurffen UgB(1698)
i
fürdernuß B3, füdernuß B6
j
thut UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
k
daß UgB(1698)
b
351
treiben/ das heysset dann angesessen.
Straß vnd sit orta.
Eyn straß ist/ Wann man eyn ort teylet also/ das
eyner mit eynem sitzort wegferet/ vnnd der ander die
straß hinach treibt/ so heyßt dann das oberteyl ein
sitz ort/ das vnder/ die straß.
Sitzpfal.
Darauff der hawer vor dem ort sitzt.
Eisenriemen.
Daran der hawer die eysen fürt.
Eins stollen mundtloch.
Eyn stoln ist den man anfahet in eym talb oder grund/
vnd zů eyner grůben treiben will/ vnnd ehe man
vnder kreüchtc/ heyßt es des stoln mundtloch.
Vndergekrochen.
Wann man anfahet/ vnd türlin setzt vnd man hinein
fert erstlich in stollen.
Türlin/
kappen/
verschissend.
vnd
Thürlin vnd kappen/ auff stolleytern vnd lengertene
gesetzt/ heyßt eyn thürlin gesetzt/ das ist/ das holtz
das die leng auffsteht f / vnd die höltzer die oben
darauff ligen/ heyssen kappen/ vnd die kleynen
höltzlin/ die man in hangends vnd ligends [41v] legt/
heyßt man verschossen.
Wasserseichg
Jst/ da das wasser in dash mundtloch hinauß laufft.
Fürst.
Eyn yeglicher ort oder stoln oben heyst in der fürst.
Soleni.
Der stoln vndenj heyßt auff der solenk.
a
sit ort = sitzort B3, sitz ort B6 [<z> obscured in print in B3, probable reason for <sit ort> in UgB],
Sitzort UgB(1616), Sitz-Ort UgB(1698)
b
eym tal = ein Thal UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
c
vnder kreücht = vnterkreucht B3, vnderkreucht B6
d
verschiessen B3, B6
e
Lengorten UgB(1698)
f
leng auffsteht = lenng auff/ stehet B6
g
Wasserseih B3, wasserseich B6
h
dem B3, das B6
i
Sohlen UgB(1698)
j
vnten B3, B6
k
Sohlen UgB(1698)
352
Treckwerck
Jst/ das man mit brettern schlecht a / zwischen der
solen vnd der fürst/ darauff man ein vnnd außferet/
vnnd den berg drauff herauß laufft.
Rostb oder tregstollen.
Eyn rost getriben ist/ wann man eyn stoln treibt/ der
v. oder vj. lachter einkompt/ oder tieffer/ biß auff
.xv. oder .xvj. lachter.
Einkommen.
Einkompt c ist/ wann man eyn d durchschlag macht/
das man wetter bringt vnd wasser benimpt.
Durchschlag.
Jst/ wann man örter oder stollen gegen eynander
treibt/ wann man zůsamen kompt das heyst dann eyn
durchschlag gemachte.
wetterbrachtf.
Jst/ das der wind durch den durchschlag oder stollen
hindurch in die zeche zeucht/ das man darbei
arbeyten kan.
wasser benimet.
Jst/ das das wasser/ so der durchschlag gemacht ist/
auff dem stoln hinauß an tag laufft.
Handsteyn oder stuffen
Ertz/ heyst man auff den Berckwercken vnd nit eyn
stuck ärtz oder berg.
Ertz gebuchtg
Oder gescheyden/ vnnd nit geklopfft.
Hall.
Jst der berg/ den man in eyner grůben gewint/ es sei
vil oder wenig das heyßt dann der grůben hall.
Heintz
Jst eyn rörwerck/ darinn eyn eyserin h seyl mit
taschen/ damit man eyn groß wasser hebt/ man heyßt
esi eyserinj seyl vnd nit ketten.
a
schlächt UgB(1698)
Röst B3, Rost B6
c
Einkommen UgB(1698)
d
einen UgB(1698)
e
gmacht B6
f
Wetterpracht B3
g
gepucht B3, gebucht B6
h
eisern B3, UgB(1698), eyseren B6
i
heyßt es = heyßts B3
j
eisern B3, eysern B6, eiserin UgB(1698)
b
353
Jst eyn rorea/ darein ist eyn strudel gemacht/ die legt
Pumpen.
man in eynem b sumpff/ da zeucht eyn knab eyn
zimlichesc wasser .2.d oder .3.e lachter.
Kunst.
Jst/ damit man eyn groß wasser hebet/ treibt eyn
wasser
das
ander/
die
brauchet
man
auff
berckwercken/ die man tieff [42r] absencket/ vnd
seer wasser nötig seind.
Jst/ wann eyn ganck gerad nider felt f / vnd weder
Seyger gericht.
hangents noch ligends hat.
Flach.
Jst wann eyn gang flach fellet/ vnnd hangends vnd
ligends hat.
Gemersheyt
g
Geschit
vnd ab gezogen.
h
Jst/ das man eyn ort/ erbstuffen/ oder eynen schacht
an tag bringt das man am tag weyßti wo man in der
grůben bawet.
Gemessen ein lochstein
Jst/ wo man eym sein maß gibt am tag mit schůhen/
als eyner Fundgrůb .48.j lachter/ vnd eynerk nechsten
maß .28. l lachter/ vnnd wo eyn maß wendet/ da
grebet man eynen steyn ein/ darin hawet man eyn
creütz.
Marscheyd.
Jst/ wo sich die massen theylen do m der lochsteyn
steht.
a
ror B3, B6, Röhre UgB(1698)
eynen B3, einen B6
c
zimmlich B3, B6
d
.2. = 2. UgB(1698)
e
.3. = 3. UgB(1698)
f
nider felt = niderfallet B3, nider fellt B6
g
Gemerscheit B3, B6, Gemarscheid UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
h
Geschitt B3, B6
i
weiß UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
j
.48. = 48. UgB(1698)
k
einen UgB(1698)
l
.28. = 28. UgB(1698)
m
da UgB(1698)
b
354
Jst das man den Lochsteyn/ darauff der mehrscheyda
Erbstuffen.
steht in die grůb langt/ darbei weyßt eyn jeder wo
sein maß wendt
Abwegen.
Jst/ da man eyn ort oder stolln/ oder anders
gegeneynander wigt/ das man weyßtb wo die tieffe
gegeneynander ist.
Schicht meisterc.
Jst/ der werckgelt
d
einnimpt/ lonet/ verrechnet/
Schmeltzhütten versorgt.
Steiger oder hutmanne.
Jst/ der auff die arbeyter siehet/ jn f eysen vnnd
vnschlet gibt/ die grůben mit gezimmer/ vnnd
anderm so von nöten/ versorgt.
Hewer.
Jst der das ertz oder berckg hawet.
Bergknecht
Jst der berg vnnd ertz zeucht/ vnd laufft.
wasserknecht.
Jst der wasser zeucht.
h
Ertzpucher
Jst der das ärtz pucht.
wescher.
Jst der das kleyn wescht.
Junger.
Jst der berck oder ertz anschlecht.
Die kurtz schicht.
Jst acht stund lang.
Lang schicht.
Oder kü schichti/ ist zwölffj stundk lang.
[42v]
Gucks.
Stemm
vnnd
Zwen vnd 30. stäml/ oder .128.m kucks hat eyn grůb
teyl.
a
merscheyd B3, B6
weiß UgB(1698)
c
Schicht meister = Schichtmeyster B3, Schicht meyster B6
d
Berckgeld UgB(1698)
e
hütman B3, hutman B6
f
ihnen UgB(1698)
g
Berge UgB(1698)
h
Ertzpucherl B3, B6
i
kü schicht = kühschicht UgB(1616), Küh-Schicht UgB(1698)
j
12. UgB(1698)
k
stunden UgB(1616), Stunden UgB(1698)
l
Zwen vnd 30. stäm = Zwen vnd xxx. stämm B3, Zwen vnd 30. stämm B6, Zwey oder 30. UgB(1698)
m
.128. = cxxviij. B3, 128. B6, UgB(1698)
b
355
Kastenstangen.
Jst/ damit man verscheißta in schächten zwischen den
thürlin/ vnd wo man kästen schlechtb.
Kasten geschlagenc.
Jst wo man weitten d in den grůben außhawet/ vnd
darnach starcke trag stempffel/ in hangends vnnd
ligends antreibt/ vnd kasten stangen darauff legt/
vnnd darnach mit berg versetzt.
Hernach volgen etliche zůsätzf/
so man in den hütten auff silber/
vnd kupffer gebraucht.
Zůsetz auff silber ärtz.
Frisch bley/ hart g bley/ glet/ hert h / floß kupfer
schlackeni/ steyn/ koln vnnd gekürnt frisch blei.
Frisch bley
Jst/ das vorhienj nit gebraucht ist.
Hart bley vnd glet.
Jst das bley das vomk silber gescheyden würt wann
man abtreibt.
Hertl.
Jst die äschenm damit der treibhert gemachet ist ehe
man getriben hat/ die hebet man nach dem treiben
wider ab.
Treibhert.
Jst/ darauff man das werck abtreibt.
a
verscheußt B3, B6
schlägt UgB(1698)
c
Kasten geschlagen = Kästen gschlagen B3, Kesten gschlagen B6
d
Weiten UgB(1698)
e
ettliche B3, etlich B6, etliche UgB(1698)
f
zůsätz = zů setz B3, zůsätze B6
g
härt UgB(1698)
h
hertt B3, hert B6, Härte UgB(1698)
i
floß kupfer schlacken = floß/ kupfferschlacken B3, floß=[line division]kupfferschlacken B6,
Floßkupffer Schlacken UgB(1698)
j
vorhin UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
k
vonn B3, von B6
l
Herth UgB(1616), Herdt UgB(1698)
m
aschen UgB(1616), Aschen UgB(1698)
b
356
Abgetriben.
Jst/ wann man das silber vnd bley von eynander
scheydt.
a
Jst von eysen gemacht den man über den herdb setzt
Treibhutt .
wann man abtreibt.
Zůsatz zům kupferärtz.
Zům kupferärtz bedarff man keynen zůsatz dann c
floß/ zů etlichen bedarff man auch keyn floß/ man
můß aber eyns mer dann das ander rösten/ darnach
es wild oder geschmeidigd ist/ darnach machet man
steyn darauß e / darnach schwartz kupffer/ darnach
gar kupfer wann dz kupfer über vj.f lot silber helt/
bedarff mans nit gar machen/ sunder schwartz
kupfer.
g
h
Gezeüg in hutten .
Daß i gezeug in hütten damit man arbeytet/ heyßt
man
fewr
backen
j
/
renneysen/
stecheysen/
brechstangen/ &c.k
Schichtgeschüttl.
Jst/ wenn man das ertz vnd den zůsatz zůsammenm
setzt/ als vil man eyn schicht schmeltzen wil.
[43r] Angelassen
Jst/ wenn man anfahet zů schmeltzen.
Außgelassen
Jst/ wenn er schicht macht oder auffhört.
Zůgemacht
Jst/ wenn der schmeltzer den ofen wider zůristn auff
einen andern tag.
a
Treibhüt B3, Treibhut B6, Treibhütt UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
herth UgB(1616), Herth UgB(1698)
c
denn UgB(1698)
d
geschmidig B3, geschmeydig B6
e
drauß B3
f
vj UgB(1698)
g
gezeug B3, Gezeijg B6
h
hütten B3
i
Das UgB(1698)
j
fewr backen = feurhacken B3, fewrhacken B6, Feuerhacken UgB(1698)
k
&c. = etc. UgB(1616), &c. UgB(1698)
l
Schichtgeschütt = Schichtgeschüt B3, Schichtgeschut B6, Schicht geseyn UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
m
zesammen B3
n
zůrüst B3, B6, zurüstet UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
b
357
Fürgelauffen
Jst/ wenn der helffer knechtea dem schmeltzer den
zůsatz den er bedarff/ zů tregtb vnd laufft.
[]c
[]d
Verzeychnung der Bergk=
werck der Cronen zů Behame vn=
derworffen.
DAs Berckwerck von der Jgla ist die älstf berckstat vnder derg Cronen von Behamh/
da noch die bergs vrteil geholt werdent von vil berckstetten/ vnnd fürnemlich von
dem Schneberg i / von sant j Annen berg/ vnnd von sant k Joachimstal/ &c. l Auch
gefelt inn keynem land mehr/ vnd so mancherley berckwerck vnd ärtz als im land zů
Behamm vnnd der selben vmbligenden gebürg.
a
knecht B3, knechte B6, Knecht UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
zů tregt = zůtregt B3, B6, zuträgt UgB(1698)
c
insert [colophon] B3:
Getruckt zů Wormbs bei Peter
Schöfern/ vnd volendet am
fünfften tag Aprill.
M. D. XVIII.
[end of B3]
d
insert [colophon] B6:
Getruckt zů Augspurg durch
Heinrich Steyner/ Am 3. tag
Octobris/ Jm M. D.
XXXIIII.
[end of B6]
e
zů Beham = Böhem zu UgB(1616), Böhmen UgB(1698)
f
ältest UgB(1616), älteste UgB(1698)
g
den UgB(1698)
h
Böhem UgB(1698)
i
Schneebergk UgB(1616), Schneeberg UgB(1698)
j
Sanct UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
k
Sanct UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
l
&c. = etc. UgB(1616), &c. UgB(1698)
m
Böhem UgB(1698)
b
358
Jtem was für silber/ gold/ oder zin Berckwerck a im land zů Beham b gelegen/
gebawenc vnd noch fündig sind/ nach der statt Jgla setz ich die fürnemsten berckstet
Sant d Joachims thal vnd den kutten berg e / da teglich vil silber ärtz in bricht/
nachuolgensf sant katrinbergg küngenstock zům grab zů der plawh cladran mießtopel
pilsen losin wildartitz i Nellizaw/ przibran/ Deutschenprod j / auff der Eyknien
Stechowitz/ Rotenberg/ kem/ Santprocopsberg
k
/ Kauersin
l
im risengrund
Hackenteufel/ zůberstein im kreys m Krumpenaw. Dise Berckwerck des lands zů
behamn beweisent sich alle mit silber. wie wol jero vil bawfellig vnnd verfallen/ aber
noch höfflich zů bawen der gold/ ertz vnder der Cronen zů/ behamp beweisent sich
etzlich geng nahentq bey der stat Prag auch bey prün in Merhernr/ zů Reichenstein/
vnd Nellisaw [43v] sint vierthalbhundert goldt mülen gestanden/ zů teschlawitz ein
goldberckwerck/ zů Schlagkenwald s vnd zům gruffen zin berckwerck/ noch ist
geschigen t / des kösparlichen edlen gesteins u / im land zů Beham v darnach nit vil
gebawen wurtw das vnzalbar da ist.
a
Bergwercke UgB(1698)
Böhem UgB(1698)
c
gebawet UgB(1698)
d
Sanct UgB(1698)
e
kutten berg = Kuttenbergk UgB(1616), Kuttenberg UgB(1698)
f
nachfolgends UgB(1698)
g
sant katrinberg = Sanct Catrinberg UgB(1698)
h
Plau UgB(1698)
i
Wilhartitz UgB(1698)
j
Deutschenbrot UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
k
Sanct Procopsberg UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
l
Kawersin UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
m
Creiß UgB(1698)
n
Böhem UgB(1698)
o
ihr UgB(1698)
p
Böhem UgB(1698)
q
nahe UgB(1698)
r
prün in Merhern = Prün in Mehren UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
s
Schlackenwaldt UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
t
geschwiegen UgB(1698)
u
edlen gesteins = Edlengesteins UgB(1698)
v
Böhem UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
w
gebawen wurt = gebauet würde UgB(1698)
b
359
Jm anfang der Hussischen Secten/ vnd des Behamischen a glaubens vnder der
regierung Keiser Sigmunds hochlöblicher gedechtnis/ sint die Behamb mit grosser
vngestimikeitc wider den Babst vnd den geistlichen stant gewest/ habent die clöster
verhärtd/ Münche vnd Pfaffen vertriben/ land vnd stettf alles verwuscht vnd verhertg
so vil sie überwinden mochten bis so lang sie Kaiser Sigmunt mit hilff des
Römischen Reichs über zoch h vnnd sich mit eim mechtigen her i gelegert für die
haubtstat Prag/ da die Behamj grossen schaden namentk vnd vil erfarner berckleut
vmkoment l auch hin wider der Kaiser mit seinem herrm vnd hilff des Römischen
Reichs von wegen grosser vngestimikeit der Beham
n
auch großen schaden
empfingen/ zertranten das volck/ vnd schlugens in die flucht/ darnach dorfft sich
lange zeit kein Teutscher im land mer offenbaren laut der historien vnd Cronicao/
also wurden die berckwerck nider gelegt verhertp/ die schechtq eingefallen vnnd also
zergangen vnd r in manchem jar darnach kein verstendiger berckman mer in das
Behemischs land kumen/ auch hats vilichtt Got der almechtigu zů der selbigenv zeit
noch nit gewellenw/ dz so vil emplöster mechtigerx berckwerck an tag kumen söllenty
a
Böhmischen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
Böhem UgB(1616), Böhmen UgB(1698)
c
Vngestümmigkeit UgB(1616), Ungestümmigkeit UgB(1698)
d
verhöret UgB(1616), verheeret UgB(1698)
b
e
Münche UgB(1698)
f
Städt UgB(1616), Städten UgB(1698)
verwuscht vnd verhert = verwüstet vnd verheeret UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
h
über zoch = uberzog UgB(1616), überzog UgB(1698)
i
mechtigen her = mächten Heer UgB(1698)
j
Böhmen UgB(1698)
k
nahmen UgB(1698)
l
umbkommen UgB(1698)
m
Heer UgB(1698)
n
Böhmen UgB(1698)
o
Chronica UgB(1698)
p
verheeret UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
q
Schächt UgB(1616), Schächte UgB(1698)
r
insert ist UgB(1698)
s
Böhemisch UgB(1616), Böhmische UgB(1698)
t
vielleicht UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
u
Got der almechtig = GOtt der Allmächtige UgB(1698)
v
der selbigen = derselben UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
w
gewollt UgB(1616), gewolt UgB(1698)
x
emplöster mechtiger = entblöste mächtige UgB(1698)
y
kumen söllent = kommen sollen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
g
360
die nun zům teil wider zů bawen angefangen vnd sich reichlich beweisent/ Got
verleicha allen gewercken sein götliche gnad darzů/ mit reicher außpeuth.
Wie vil amtleuth ein berckwerck
zů haben noturfftigb ist.c
Erstlich setzt ein jetzlicher Fürst oder herd an sein state einen [44r] hauptman der
zůgebieten vnnd zůverbieten hat über alle amtleuth/ vnd was dem berckwerck
vnderworffen ist/ dar nach einen verstendigen berckmeister f / darnach acht
bergverstendige männer welche die geschwornen genant sint/ mer zweng zehentner
vnd zwenh hüttenreuter/ einen außteiler ein kegenschreiberi vnd ein berckschreiber/
darzů gericht vnd recht verordneth waß ein jetzlicher thůn oder lassen sol/ schicht
meister/ schmeltzer/ steiger/ berckhawer/ sampt ander berckleuth mit jerem j
werckzeug den sie täglich zů clüfftk vnd gengen gebrauchentl &c.m
a
verleihe UgB(1698)
nottürfftig UgB(1616), nothdürfftig UgB(1698)
c
[Given that the Annaberg Bergordnung of 1509 appears to be the source for the oath that follows, it is
probable that Haselberg drafted this listing of mining officials from Article 2 of that code. Note the
following quotation (Art. 2, Ermisch 164), with emphasis added to show similarity of content to UgB:]
…haben wir uff gemelt bergkwergk einen tuglichen heubtman an unser stadt, dartzu einen
bergkmeister, acht geschworne bergkvorstendige man, tzwene tzehendner, tzwen huttenreytter, eyn
austeyler, einen kegenschreiber und bergkschreiber gestelt, auch gericht und recht in bergk- und
andern sachen tzu bekomen verordent. Und was itzlichem tzu thun geburt und eingebunden ist,
wirdt sich aus nachvolgenden artickeln clerlicher befinden. Und sollen derselbig unßer amptman
ane unßere laube, die andern obbestimpten amptleute, alle schichtmeister und steiger ane unßers
heuptmanns tzulassung nicht vom berge reißen, den auch ane mercklich ursach nicht sal erleubet
werden.
d
Herr UgB(1698)
e
sein stat = seine Statt UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
f
Begmeister UgB(1616), Bergmeister UgB(1698)
g
zwey UgB(1698)
h
zwey UgB(1698)
i
Gegenschreicher UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
j
ihren UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
k
Klüfften UgB(1698)
l
gebrauchen UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
m
&c. = etc. UgB(1616), &c. UgB(1698)
b
361
Des berckmeisters eyd/ vnd an=
deren obgenanten amtleutena vnd allen denb
die mit ämtern beladen sind. c
Jch .N.d schweree dasf ich wil meinen gnedigsteng hern .N. &ch getrew vnd gewertigi/
dz berckmeister amt treulich vnd fleissig verwesen/ jerer j Fürstlichen gnaden
gerechtikeit hant haben/ der gewercken vnd gemeineß berckwercks nutz fürdernk/
jederman[,] was sich von recht vnd bilikeit l eygent[,] gestatten vnd verhelffen/[,]
meines gnedigsten herren m ordenung allenthalben hant haben/ vnd selber[,] was
mier n darinnen auffgelegt ist/[,] verbringen o /[,] alles nach meinem höchsten p
verstentnuß vnd vermügen[,] wil auch in dem allen/ keins andern genieß[,] dann der
mier
q
von jerer
r
Fürstlichen genaden
s
a
der ordenung nach zů gelassen
anderen obgenanten amtleuten = anderer obgenanter Amptleute UgB(1698)
allen denen UgB(1616), aller derer UgB(1698)
c
[The probable source of this oath is “Des bergkmeisters eydt” in the Annaberg “Bergordnung” of 1509,
transcribed by Ermisch (199). Annaberg contained the following oaths for the various mining officials
(Ermisch 198-203): <Der tzehendner eydt.> <Des bergkmeisters eydt.> <Der geschwornen eydt.> <Des
austeylers eydt.> <Des bergkschreibers eydt.> <Der schichtmeister eydt.> <Der huttenreytter eydt.>
<Der schmeltzer und abtreiber eydt.>. The oath for the Gegenschreiber is the same as that of the
Bergschreiber; for the Schichtmeister the same as for the Steiger. Thus, Annaberg provides oaths for all of
the officials listed in the previous section on mining officials, excepting the Hauptmann who is appointed
by royalty. Though the content of the oaths in Annaberg varies according to the respective officials’ duties,
we find that Haselberg restricted his presentation to the oath for the Bergmeister, allowing that the wording
of that oath can be modified and extended as needed to the other offices.]
d
[i.e., “Name”]
e
schwöre UgB(1698)
f
daß UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
g
meinen gnedigsten = meinem gnedigen Erm
h
hern .N. &c = hern hertzog Georgen Erm [i.e., loyalty to Duke George explicitly specified in Annaberg;
left as generic “N(ame)” by Haselberg], Herrn .N. etc. UgB(1616), Herrn N. &c. UgB(1698)
i
insert seyn Erm
j
seyner Erm, Jhrer UgB(1698)
k
fordern Erm
l
billichkeytt Erm, Billigkeit UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
m
gnedigsten herren = gnedigenn hern Erm
n
mir Erm, UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
o
volbringen Erm
p
besten Erm
q
mir Erm, UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
r
jhrer UgB(1616), Jhrer UgB(1698)
s
Gnaden UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
b
362
ist a /[,] gebrauchen/ vnd mich wider dises alles/ keinen nutz noch gabe/ gunst/
fründtschafft oder veindschafft bewegen lassen/ als mir got helff durch Jesum
Christumb vnsern hernc,d.
Gleicherweise sint all obbenante amtleuth vnderschei
denlich/ ein jeder zů seinem amt auch verpflicht
vnnd beeydigt/ &c.
Durch Johan Haselberger auß der Reichenaw/
in druck verordnetf
a
von jerer Fürstlichen genaden der ordenung nach zů gelassen ist = von meinem gnedigen hern tzugelaßen
ist Erm
b
[Typographical error in original: <Chrstium>]
c
durch Jesum Christum vnsern hern = und alle seine heyligen Erm
d
HERRN UgB(1616), HErrn UgB(1698)
e
Gleicher Weise UgB(1698)
f
Durch Johan Haselberger auß der Reichenaw/ in druck verordnet = ENDE. UgB(1616), UgB(1698)
363
CHAPTER 3:
BERGKORDNUNG DES LÖBLICHEN NEWEN BERGKWERGS/
AUFF DEM GOLMSBERG/ IM KÖNIGREICH NORWEGEN –
GERMAN EDITION AND CRITICAL APPARATUS
364
[Fol. 1r]a
Bergkordnung des
Löblichen newen Bergkwergs/
auff dem Golmsbergk/ im
Königreich Norwegen.
[Figure 3.1: Danish-Norwegian coat-of-arms]
Anno domini. M. D. XL.
a
[An alternate title page is provided in BN(1647) and is transcribed separately as Appendix F.]
365
[1v]
[Figure 3.2 – Image of miners at work. Surrounding caption: <Das Löbliche
Bergkwerck auff dem Golmsbergk/ sampt den zugehörenden gebirgen im Königreich
Norwegen.>]a
a
[This woodcut image is omitted from BN(1647) and BN(1698).]
366
[2r]a WJr Christian von Gottes gnaden zu Dennemargken/ Norwegen/ der Wenden
vnd Gotten König/ Hertzoge zu Schlesswigk/ Holstein/ Stormarn/ vnd der
Ditmarschen/ Graue zu Oldenburgk vnd Delmenhorst/ thun kundt öffentlich.
Nachdem vnd als/ der almechtig Gott vnser lieber Vater im hymel/ von dem alles
gute kömmet/ vnser Königreich Norwegen/ mit vielen tröstlichen Bergkwercken vnd
Metallen/ auch an viel örten/ reichlich begnadet/ vnd dann bey zeyten vnser
Regirung/ sich vnser Bergkwerck auffm Golmspergk genant/ mit Silberreichen
Kupffern ereuget/ vnd fündig worden/ Derwegen stadtlich zu hoffen/ das aus vnd
von solchem Bergkwerge die ehr Gottes/ als des gebers/ auch vnser als der
ördentlichen Oberkeit/ darzu bemeltes vnsers Königreichs/ vnd aller desselben
vnderthanen. Zu fürderst aber/ aller der ienigen/ die dasselb vnser Bergkwerck
besuchen vnd der ende zu bawen/ oder nieder zuthuen sich einlassen werdenn/ nutz
vnd frommen reichlich volgen werde. Als seind wir aus Königlicher güte verursacht/
dasselb vnser Bergkwerck/ mit gutem Regiment/ Rechten vnd Ordenungen/ auch mit
notturfftigen Amptleuten/ die eynem iedern/ an vnser stat rechtens vnd pilligkeyt
verhelffen sollen/ zuuorsehen/ seind zweyffel an/ das werde zu gemeynem vnd
sonderm/ nutz/ fürderlich sein vnd zu allem guten erspriesen/ Vnd inn sonderheit
haben wir/ ernach verleipte Bergkordnung/ mit gutem zeytigen rathe/ stellen/ [2v]
vnd darmit meniglich dero/ bericht haben möge/ inn Druck brengen lassen/ schaffen
meynen vnd wöllen/ das ein ieder der sich obbemelts vnsers Bergkwercks
gebrauchen wil/ diese vnser Ordnung/ bey vermeydung vnser vngnade/ vnd darinnen
verleipten vnnd andern rechtmessigen straffen/ vnuerprüchlich halten sol. Was auch
in dieser vnser Bergkordnung nicht ausgedruckt/ das sol nach recht/ ordnung vnd
geprauch der Bergkwerge im Chur: vnd Fürstenthumb zu Sachssen gelegen/ auch
sonsten/ nach alten wolherbrachten Bergkwergs gewonheiten vnd rechten/ geörtert
werden. Wir behalten vns auch für/ diese vnsere Ordnung wenn vnd wie es die
gelegenheit erfordern würde/ zu andern/ bessern/ mehren/ vnd mindern.
a
[The king’s dedicatory letter ([2r]-[2v]) is substantially revised in BN(1647), which version is transcribed
separately in Appendix G including textual notes from BN(1698).]
367
Wir geben auch allen vnd ieden wes standes oder wesens die seind/ die genantes
vnser Bergkwerck besuchen/ aldo bawen odder sich nieder lassen werden/ fur ihre
Person/ habe vnd gut/ in allen vnsern Königreichen/ Fürstenthümben/ vnd
Obrigkeiten/ zu wasser vnd landen ab vnd zu zupassiren/ darmit auch ein ieder
Bergkman/ der Freiheyten die wir aus Königlicher macht bemeltem vnserm
Bergkwerge vnd den bergkleuthen/ so das besuchen werden/ gegeben haben/ vnd
hinfuro mit gnaden zugeben geneigt/ bericht entpfahen mögen/ So haben wir
geschafft dieselb Freyheiten vor eingang diser vnser ordnung zudrucken/ Das wir
also/ meniglich sich darnach zuachten/ gnedigister wolmeynung nicht wollen pergen
368
[3r]a
Freiheiten des Bergk=
wergs auffm Golmspergk:.
WJr Christian von Gots gnaden zu Dennemargken/ Norwegen/ der Wenden vnd
Gotten Königk/ Hertzog zu Schlesswigk/ Holstein/ Stormarn vnd der Ditmarschen/
Graue zu Oldenburgk vnd Delmenhorst/ Thun hiemit meniglichen kunth vnd
zuwissen. Das sich Bergkwerge inn vnsern Reichen Norwegen/ durch versehung
vnd schickung des Almechtigen Gotts/ scheinbarlichen an den tagk gegeben/ Dieweil
dann wir solchs Ertz/ durch viel Bergkuerstendige leuthe/ inn sonderheit auff den
Bergkwercken des Churfürstlichen/ vnd Fürstlichen hauses zu Sachssen/ damit wir/
nach niemands inn vnbillichen vnkost gesetzt würden/ zu etlichen mahln haben
probieren lassen/ vnd befinden bey denselben/ das solche Genge/ Kupffer vnd bley
(die sich mit Silber vnd anderer Metall reichlich vnd augenscheinlichen beweisen)
halten/ auch sich dermassen sehen lassen/ das mit der zeit/ durch versehung des
Almechtigen/ des gaben es allein sein/ vnd ihme billig danckbarlich zugeevgent
werden söllen/ viel guts daraus zuuerhoffen/ So sein wir im namen Gottes solchs
bergkwerck/ nit allein vns/ sonder auch gemeiner wolfart zu nutz/ heyl/ vnd
auffwachssen/ mit dem werck anzu=[3v]fahen willens/ Vnd wöllen darauff allen den
ienen/ so in gemelten vnseren Reiche vnd Bergkwercke Norwegen/ zubawen
bedacht/ Alle die Bergkfreyheit vnd gerechtigkeit/ so auff des Chur: vnd Fürstlichen
hauses zu Sachssen &c. Bergkwercken/ Als auff den Bergen/ Schnebergk/ Sant
Annebergk/ Marienbergk vnd andern Bergkstedten vbelich/ gewonlich vnd
zugelassen sein/ in aller massen zuhöhern vnd nit zuringern/ auch gönnen vnd geben/
auch hiemit gegönnet vnd zugestelt haben/ Damit aber zusehen/ das wir demselben
mit dem wercke folge leisten wöllen/ haben wir vnsern lieben getrewen Hanssen
Glasern vber solche vnsere bergkwerck zu vnserm Bergkmeister geordent vnd
gesetzt/ Als wir auch hiemit thun also/ das alle die ienen so in gedachten vnsern
Königreichen zubauen gedencken/ Mügen bey itzt gerürtem vnserm geordenten
a
[The king’s “freedoms” ([3r]-[4r]) are substantially revised in BN(1647), which version is transcribed
separately in Appendix G including textual notes on BN(1698).]
369
Bergkmeister/ vmb vnser Freyes die Muttunge suchen/ die sol er nach bergkleuffiger
weise annemen/ vnd darauff dem ersten Mutter leihen/ solche lehen thun/ zu
gebürlicher zeit/ vnd sonst alles das ienige handeln/ das ihme als eynem
Bergkmeister von wegen seins beuolhen Ampts/ in dem vnd andern zimpt vnd
gebürt/ vnd inn massen solchs auff bergkwercken vbelich vnd gebreuchlich ist. Zum
Andern/ welche sich auff vnserm bergkwercken Norwegen nieder zuthun vnd
zubawen gedencken/ die mügen es bey gemeltem vnserm Bergkmeister Hanssen
Glasern/ wie das gebreuchlich/ in Muttunge nemen der sol ihnen Platz vnd Stadt
zubawen abmessen/ zeichnen vnd weisen/ So wollen wir zu solcher fürde=[4r]runge
beschaffen/ das einem iedern bawenden/ wie auff vorgemelten bergen des hauses zu
Sachssen gewönlichen/ solle nottürfftig bawholtz/ vnd anders gehandtreicht werden/
Zum Dritten wöllen wir die selbe new Bergkstadt/ wo die angericht wirdet/ ewiglich
für ein freye Bergkstadt begnaden/ vnd begnadet haben/ Zum Vierden vnd
schliesslich/ Es sollen auch die innwoner derselben Bergkstadt/ was sie zu mehrunge
gemeynes nutzen gedeyes vnd billicher fürderunge auff solchen bergkwercken
nottürfftig/ wann es durch schickung des almechtigen so weit gereicht/ Mit
auffrichtung weiterer gnediger gnugsamer freyheit vnd Bergkordnunge nach aller
notturfft/ vnd in massen wie es auff vorgemelten Bergen zu Sachssen der gebrauch
ist versehen werden. Des wir vns/ inn krafft dieses vnsers offenen ausschreybens/
wollen verpflicht/ aber nicht weniger vns hinwiderumb alle die Freyheit vnd
gehorsam/ die andere Oberen vnnd Herschafften/ von ihren eigenthumben vnd
Bergen zugeniessen pflegen/ vorbehalten haben. Des zu vrkunde haben wir vnser
Secret hierauff drucken vnd geben lassen/ in vnser Stadt Odensehe.
am Montage nach Corporis Christi/
Anno M. D. XXXjX:.
370
[4v]
Diese vnser Bergkordnung ist
vmb besser zurichtunga vnd verstands willen/
inn vier teyl getheyletb.
Der Erste teyl.
Sagt von bestellung vnd beuehlc der Amptleuted vnd Diener/ zum Bergkwerge
gehörig/ inne gemeyn/ vnd sonderheitf.
Der Ander teyl.
Meldet von dem Bergkwerge/ vnd desselbigen zugehörenden vnd anhangenden
hendeln vnd sachen/ wie vnd wess man sich darinnen halten solg.
Der Dritte teyl.
Thut bericht von Stöllen/ vnd derselbigenh gerechtigkeyten/ wennei/ vnd wie sie
dieselb erlangen.
Der Vierde teyl.
Gibt anzeyge von Hütten/ wie darinnen/ gemeynen gewercken zu gut/ gehandelt sol
werden.
a
besser zurichtung = besserer Nachrichtung [For this apparatus, variants that derive from BN(1647) are left
unlabeled, because BN(1647) is the source of the vast majority of variants. However, the designation
BN(1647) is used in cases where there is also a variant recorded from BN(1698). Because BN(1698) is a
nearly verbatim reprint of BN(1647) (rather than the 1540 edition), the apparatus notations are hereafter
implicitly inclusive of the wording of 1698 unless noted otherwise. In many cases 1698 shows different,
“modernized” spellings, but these alternate spellings are not noted here.]
b
abgetheilet
c
dem Befehl
d
Ampleute BN(1647) [corrected to <Ambtleute> in BN(1647) Errata], Amptleute BN(1698)
e
ins
f
insonderheit
g
halten sol = zu verhalten
h
deroselbigen
i
wann
371
[5r]
Der Erste Teil/ von
bestellung vnd befehl der
Amptleute vnd diener/
zum Bergkwerge gehörendt.
[BN I,1]a
Der Erst Artickel.
Von bestellung der Amptb/ auch
Gericht vnd Rechtes.
DAmit gemeinemc Bergkwerck/ in vnserm Norwegischen Königreichd/ getreuliche/
nützlich/ vnd wol fürgestanden f / diese vnser Ordnung inn allen yren Artickeln g /
fleissig vnd fest gehalten/ gerechtigkeyt gehandthapt h / vnnd geschützt/ vnrecht
gedempffti vnd gestrafft/ Gemeinerj nutz gefurdert/ auch allenk Einhaymischen vndl
Frömbden/ die bemelt m vnser Bergkwergk/ itzo/ auch n künfftig/ besuchen vnd
gebrauchen/ gepürlicher schutz/ friede/ vnd gerechtigkeyt/ fürderlich mit geteylt o
werde/ haben wir vnser Bergkwergk/ mit ernachbenanten vnnd andern Amptleuthen
vnd dienern versehen/ die einem iedern/ derp sie gepürlich ansuchen wirdet/ jrem
a
[The four major parts of Bergkordnung Norwegen (BN) are labelled with section (I-IV) and article
numbers, e.g., [BN I,1] for the first article in part I.]
b
Aempter
c
gemeinem = nun dem gemeinen
d
Norwegischen Königreich = Königreich Norwegen
e
getrew
f
vorgestanden
g
Articulen
h
gehandthabet
i
gedempfft = gestewret
j
der gemeine
k
allen = allen/ so wol
l
vnd = als
m
die bemelt = so gemeltes
n
auch = oder
o
fürderlich mit geteylt = wiederfahre vnnd mitgetheilet
p
vnser Bergkwergk/ mit ernachbenanten vnnd andern Amptleuthen vnd dienern versehen/ die einem
iedern/ der = selbiges mit nachbenandten vnnd anderen Officialen [italics used to indicate Latin type font in
BN(1647)] vnd Dienern besetzet vnd versehen/ welche einem jeden/ so
372
befehla nach/ so vielb recht vnd pillich/ gewertig sein/ helffen söllen vnd werdenc/
Nemlichd [5v]
Heuptmane
Bergkmeister
Geschworne
Zehendner
Außteyler
Kegenschreyberf
Bergkschreyber
Seindt auch erpöttigk/ mit der zeit vnd im falle der notturfft g / andere mehr zu
verordnen.
Darüberh haben wir Gericht vnd Rechti/ inn Bergksachen/ auch Burgklichenj vnnd
peinlichen hendeln/ aldo k einem iedern l / was recht ist/ verholffen sol werden/
bestellet.m
[BN I,2]
Der Andern Artickelo.
a
jrem befehl = jhrem habenden Befehl vnd Instruction
viel = weit
c
gewertig sein/ helffen söllen vnd werden = helffen vnnd gewerttig seyn sollen
d
Nemlich absent
e
Berg-Häuptman
f
Gegenschreiber BN(1698)
g
der notturfft = da es nötig vnd erfodert
h
Hierüber
i
insert bestellet/ worfür so wol
j
Bürgerlichen
k
aldo absent
l
jedwedern
m
verholffen sol werden/ bestellet. = sol verholffen werden.
n
II BN(1698)
o
Articul [This spelling, in Roman font, is used for each “article” hereafter in BN(1647); cf. <Artickel>
throughout BN(1698).]
b
373
Die Amptleuta vnd diener/ sollen
vnerlaubt vom Bergkwerge
nicht abraysenb.
DArmit auch bemelte vnsere Amptleute vnd dienerc/ auchd der Gewercken diener/
als Schichtmeister vnd Steiger/ yres befehls destee statlicher abwarten mögen/ So sol
vnser Heuptman/ ane vn=[6r]sernf befehl vnd erlaubnus/ Aber die andern obbemelte
Amptleuthe g / ane vnsers Heuptmans/ vnd h der Gewercken diener/ ane unsers
Bergkmeisters/ erlaubnus/ vber ein tagereiß/ von dem Bergkwerg nicht rayseni.
[BN I,3]
Der iijj Artickel.
Die Amptleuthe vnd diener/ sol=
len mit Eydes pflichten an=
genommen werdenk.
ES sollen alle vnd iede Amptleuthe vnd diener/ die von vns verordent/ oder von
vnsern Amptleuthen angenommen/ mit gewönlichen Eydespflichten/ vns vnd
gemeinen
l
gewercken/ getrew vnd gewehr
m
zu sein/ vnser vnd gemeines
n
Bergkwergs/ ehr nutz/ vnd frommen zu fördern/ schadeno zu warnen/ vnd so viel
a
Ampleute [corrected to <Ambtleute> in BN(1647) Errata]
abraysen = abseyn/ noch verreysen
c
Dienere BN(1647), Diener BN(1698)
d
auch = so dann
e
desto
f
Vnser
g
Aber die andern obbemelte Amptleuthe = Die andern obbemeldte Amptleute aber
h
vnd = dann
i
verreysen noch abseyn
j
Dritte BN(1647), III. BN(1698)
k
mit Eydes pflichten angenommen werden = in gebührliche Eydespflicht genommen werden
l
den gemeinen
m
getrew vnd gewehr = getrew/ holdt vnd gewertig
n
gemeinen
o
Schaden aber vnd Nachteil
b
374
yhnen möglich/ zu rettena/b diese vnser ordnung/ sonderlich so viel diec seind person/
ampt/ dienst/ vnd befehl/ betriefft/ zuhalten/ beladen/ deßgleich gepürliche
vorstendee zu bestellen geweysetf werden.
[6v]
[BN I,4]
Der iiijg Artickel.
Von des Heuptmans befehl.
VNser Heuptman sol an vnser stadt/ fleissig auffsehenh / darmit fried/ recht vnnd
gerechtigkeyt/ Auch diese vnser Ordenung von menniglich inn sonderheit/ von den
vnter Amptleuten i vnd dienern/ vnuorbrüchlich gehalten/ aller betriegk/ boßheit/
vnrecht/ schaden vnd nachteyl/ abgewendet/ vnd mit ernst gestrafft werde.
Er sol auch mit obbenanthen/ vnd andern vnsern Amptleuten j / vnd dienern/
Deßgleichen mit allen andern personen/ zum bergkwerg gehörent/ vnd die des
gebrauchen/ von unsern
k
wegen zuschaffen/ zugebietenn/ verpietenn l / vnnd
auffzusehenn haben/ dem sollenm auch alle dieselben/n inn allen zimlichen sacheno/
gehorsam leisten/ bey vermeydung vnserp vngnade vnd schwerenq straffe.
a
retten = verhüten
insert dann auch
c
sonderlich so viel die = so viel dieselbe
d
seine BN(1698)
e
deßgleich gepürliche vorstende = deßgleichen gebührlichen Vorstandt vnnd Caution
f
geweyset = angewiesen
g
Vierdte BN(1647), IV. BN(1698)
h
fleissig auffsehen = fleißsige auffsicht haben BN(1647), fleissge Auffsicht haben BN(1698)
i
vnter Amptleuten = Vnter-Amptleuten
j
Vnter-Amptleuten
k
unsern = Vnsernt
l
zuverbieten
m
dem sollen = Jmmassen dann
n
insert ihme hinwieder
o
sachen = Dingen vnd Sachen
p
vnserer
q
schwerer
b
375
[BN I,5]
Der v.a Artickel.
Von des Bergmeisters befehl.
[7r] VNser Bergkmeister sol mit allem vleiß/ darauff sehen vnnd verfügenb/ das vns
zu vnser gebüre/ auch gemeynem Bergkwerge/ vnnd den Gewergken/ inn allewege
getrewlich c / nützlich/ fleissig/ vnd wol fürgestanden/ alle gepeude/ zu nutz
angestellet/ vnd getrieben/ was schaden drauhet d / abgewendet/ vnnd e gepessert
werde/ f einem iedern/ rechts verhelffen/ g diese ordnung halten/ auch zuhalten
verfügen.
Dem sol auch ein ieder/ in sachen sein Ampt vnd befehl betreffend/ gepürlichen
gehorsam laisten/ bey vermeydung vnserh vngnade vnd ernster straffe.
Vnser Bergkmeister/ sol macht vnd gewalt haben/ auff allen gepirgen/ inn vnserm
Norwegischen Königreich i / vns zustendig/ vnd in sein Ampt gehörig/ vermöge
Bergkwerges/j alten redlichen heerkommensk/ vbung vnd
vnnd sonderlich vermöge
m
dieser vnser
n
gebrauchsl/
ordnung/ auff alle Metall/ keins
außgeschlossen/ einem o iedern/ der das gepürlich bey yme sücht/ Bergkwerg
zuuerleyenp.
a
Fünffte BN(1647), V. BN(1698)
verfügen = acht haben
c
getrewlich = getrew:
d
drohet
e
insert bey Zeiten
f
insert dann
g
insert vnd
h
Vnserer
i
Norwegischen Königreich = Königreich Norwegen
j
insert auch
k
Heerkommen BN(1647), Herkommen BN(1698)
l
gebrauchs = Gebrauch nach
m
vnnd sonderlich vermöge = sonderlich aber krafft
n
Vnserer
o
einen
p
zuuerleyen = zuverlehnen vnd einzuthuen
b
376
Jnn allena Bergksachen/ vnd von Bergkwerg fliessentb/ darinnen kömmerc/ gepot/
verpot/ hülff oder anders/ zu thun/ not sein wil/ sol vnser Bergkmeister zu thuend
haben/ auch e bey yme gesucht/ vnd durch ine f gethan/ werden/ wie das von alter
Bergkwergs gewonheit herkommen vnd recht ist.
[7v] Der Bergkmeyster/ sol im verleyhen vnd bestetigen/ treulich vnd auffrichtig
handeln/ dem Ersten der lehen begert/ zuleyhen schuldig sein/ auffs datum der
Mutzeddelg/ gut acht geben/ darmit darinnen kein vorteyl odder betrug geübt werde.
Des Bergkmeistersh
Besoldung:.
Von { Mutung einer Fundgruben oder massen.
Bestetigung eyner
1. groschen.i
Fundgrubj
iij groschen.k
Massel
ij groschen.m
Frist oder nachlassung eines iedern lehens. 1. groschen.n
Vermesseno eyner Fundgrub ix. floren.p
Masseq
vi. floren.r
Eynem Kommers
1. groschen.a
a
allem
fliessent = herrührendt
c
darinnen kömmer = darinnen Arrest/ Kummer
d
zu thuen = zu richten vnnd zu schaffen
e
so auch
f
insert sol
g
Muth zettel BN(1698)
h
Bergmeistes BN(1698)
i
1. groschen. = j. Groschen. BN(1647), 1. Groschen. BN(1698)
j
Fundgruben
k
iij groschen. = 3. gr. BN(1698)
l
Maasse BN(1698)
m
ij groschen = 2. gr. BN(1698)
n
1. groschen. = j. Groschen BN(1647), 1. Gr. BN(1698)
o
Vormessen BN(1647), Vermessen BN(1698)
p
ix. floren. = jx. Floren BN(1647), 9. fl. BN(1698)
q
Maasse BN(1698)
r
vi. floren. = vj. Floren BN(1647), 6. fl. BN(1698)
s
Eynem Kommer = Einen Kummer oder Arrest
b
377
Erlengung des Kommersb
1. groschen.c
Helff gelde von ieden xx.d floren.
1. floren.e
Eyner besichtigung inn gruben.
v. groschen.f
[BN I,6]
Der vi.g Artickel.
[8r]
Von der Geschwor=
nen befehl.
DJe Geschworne/ söllen vnsern Heuptman vnd Bergkmeister/ gepürlichen gehorsam
laisten/ ire befehl/ mit trewem vleiß außrichten/ alle arbeitende tage/ im
h
Morgengespreche bey dem Bergmeister erscheinen/ deßgleichen alle bestetigungs
tage/ bey dem bestetigeni/ alle Sonabend im anschneiden/ vnd alle quartal bey den
Rechnungen/ sein/ allen fleis anwenden/ darmit fürstossende irrige vnd andere
sachen/ nach dieser ordnung vnd pillicher erbarkeyt behandelt vnd vertragen/
Deßgleich im anschneiden vnd rechnungen/ getrewlich vnd auffrichtig gehandelt/
werde.
Die Geschworne söllen/ ein ieder sein befohlen gepirg vnd alle Zechen darzu
gehörig/ zum wenigisten/ inn viertzehen tagen ein mahl/ befahren/ sich aigentlich
erkunden/ ab j vnd wie/ darinnen gepawet wirdet/ vnd wo sie befinden/ das vnns/
a
1. groschen. = j. Groschen BN(1647), 1. gr. BN(1698)
Erlengung des Kommers = Verlängerung des Arrestes oder Kummers
c
1. groschen. = j. Groschen BN(1647), 1. gr. BN(1698)
d
20. BN(1698)
e
1. floren. = j. Groschen BN(1647), 1. fl. BN(1698)
f
v. groschen. = 4. gr. BN(1698) [Note change in amount from 5 to 4 groschen.]
g
vj. BN(1647), VI. BN(1698)
h
in der
i
dem bestetigen = den Besteigern BN(1647) [corrected to <bestettigen> in BN(1647) Errata], den
Besteigern BN(1698)
j
ob
b
378
gemeinem Bergkwerg vnd Gewercken/ zu schaden gepawet/a abschaffen/ vnd auff
bessere wege richten.
Sie söllen auch die Geding nicht auff den haldenb/ sonder innc gruben/ machen/ die
örter/ darauff man dingen wil/ zuuor mit vleiß besichtigen/ vnd den Stein behauen/
wo zuuor des orts gedinget worden/ sich erkunden/ ob der Erbeyther am geding [8v]
gewonnen oder verloren/ als dann das Geding also machen/ das es den Gewercken/
vnnd Erbeythern treglich sey/ vnd so pald auffs geding stuffen schlahend/ auch so das
auffgefaren/ abnehmen.
Sie söllen sich inn den fellen des freymachens/ vnd sonst allenthalben/ auffrichtig/
erbar vnd vnuerweißlich haltene/ darmit nyemandts beforteyltf werde.
Der Geschwornen besoldung
beneben dem ördentlichen
wochenlohn.
Von zweyen lochsteing zu setzen/ es sey fundgrub oder lehen
iij. floren.h
So offt vordingt/ von einer stuffen zuschlahen
iij. groscheni
Ein besichtigung in der gruben zu thun/ auf der Gewercken ansuchung
v. groschen.j
a
insert solches
Halden
c
in den
d
schlagen BN(1698)
e
verhalten
f
vervortheilet
g
Lochsteinen
h
iij. floren. = 3. fl. BN(1698)
i
iij. groschen = 3. gr. BN(1698)
j
v. groschen. = 5. gr. BN(1698)
b
379
[BN I,7]
Der vij.a Artickel.
Von dem Zehendner vnd
seinem befehl.
[9r] VNser Zehendner/ sol mit allem vleiß darob seinb/ das alle Kupffer vnnd Silber/
so auff vnserm Bergkwerge gemacht/ getrewlich einkommen/ vnd yme/ sonder alle
verminderung vnd beforteilung c / zugestellet werden/ die in guter getrewer
verwahrung halten d / zu gepürlicher zeit/ vns vnd den Gewercken/ iedem seinen
gepürenden anteyl/ da von/ nach guther erbarer rechnung/ entrichten/ darinnen vnd
darmit/ für sich/ vns/ oder den Gewercken zu nachteyl/ keinen vorteyl nache genies
suchen/ noch gebrauchen/ sonder sich in allewege vnuerweislich haltenf.
Der Zehendner sol keinem Schichtmeister/ auch auff kein Zeche/ so Silber oder
Kupffer geantwortet hat/ mehr hinauß g geben/ dann auff der Zechen notturfft h /
dieselb wochen gehet auch darüber/i von einem itzlichenj Schichtmeister/ ein zeddel
nehmen.
Vnd dann ein iede woche vor der Quartal rechnung mit den selben Schichtmeistern/
alle Einnahm vnd Außgab/ vnd was den gewercken im k vorrath bleybet/ klar
abrechnenl/ vnd des/ dem Schichtmeister ein zeddel geben.
a
VII. BN(1698)
sein = sehen
c
verminderung vnd beforteilung = verminderung/ abgang vnd vervortheilung
d
behalten
e
noch
f
verhalten
g
herauß
h
insert erfordert wird
i
insert vnnd er muß
j
jeglichen
k
in
l
klar abrechnen = richtig berechnen
b
380
Er sol auch keine Gewergkschafft noch Schichtmeister/ so kein Kupffer nacha Sylber
im Zehenden haben/ ane gnugsamb vorstandt/ verlegen/ oder geldt hinausc geben/
vnd d keine schulden auff Zechen machen/ wo er hierwieder handelte/ sol er die
schulden von dem seinen zalen/ vnd ime zur Zeche vnd derselbene vorratthe/ nicht
geholffen werden.
[9v] [BN I,8]
Der viij.f Artickel.
Von dem Außteyler vnd
seinem befehl.
VNser Außteyler/ sol alles geldt/ das iede g Quartahlrechnung/ den Gewercken
auszuteylen beschlossen wirdet/ von vnserm Zehendner entpfahen/ vnd so ersth ym
solch geldt einkömpt/ eynem itzlichen Gewercken seinen anteyl/ nach besage des
Kegenschreybers register/ mit der Müntz/ wie er die aus vnserm Zehenden
entpfangeni/ ane allen verzugk trewlich vnd vngewegertj entrichtenk/ vnd sol inn der
verrichtungl der Auspeut fürsichtig sein/ keynem sein Auspeut geben/ er sey dann
personlich entgegenm/ oder schick ime gepürliche volmacht/ wo aber der Außteyler
hierwieder handelte/ sol er die Auspeut dem Gewercken/ vngeachtet/ das sie zuuor
abgeschrieben vnd gegebenn ist/ zuuorrichteno schuldig sein.
a
noch
gnugsamb BN(1647), gnugsamen BN(1698)
c
heraus
d
auch
e
deroselben
f
VIII. BN(1698)
g
jede = bey jeder
h
erst = bald
i
entpfangen = erlangt
j
vngeweigert
k
einrichten BN(1698)
l
der verrichtung = sothaner entrichtung
m
zugegen
n
gezahlet
o
zuuorrichten = nochmahls zuentrichten
b
381
Der Außteyler/ sol von einer ieden Außpeutenden Zeche/ einen gülden zu seinem
lohn/ von der Gewergken gelde/ aus vnserm Zehendena entpfahen/ vnd dar über von
der Zeche b oder Gewercken/ weder durch c sich noch andere/ kein liepnis d noch e
geschenck fordern.
[10r] Darmit aber auch/ der austeyler/ wider billigkeyt nicht beschwert/ vnd also/ wo
der Austeylerf/ iemandes Auspeut/ ane sondern gnugsamg befehl abschreyben lassen
vnd geben würde/ vnd dan der Austeyler volgenth/ von dem/ dem die selb zustendig/
vmb die Auspeut soltei angefochten werden/ Alsoj setzen vnd ordnen wir/ das werek
ein Jhar nach abschreyben l vnnd entpfahung der Auspeut schweigen/ vnd denn
Austeyler nicht ersuchen würde
m
/ das derselbe förder
n
keynen zutrit zum
Austeyler o / vmb die p abgeschriebene vnd bezalte Auspeut haben sol/ Do aber
derselb/ vor verfliessung q / eins Jhars/ vmb seine Auspeut/ die r ane seinen s befehl
abgeschrieben/ bey demt Austeyler ansuchung thun würde/ dem sol der Austeyleru/
vngeachtet das er die zuuor gegebenv/ seine Auspeut zuuerrichtenw schuldig sein/
a
[Typographical error in original: <Zehenhen>]
Zechen
c
durch = für
d
Verehrung
e
noch = oder
f
der Austeyler = derselbe
g
gnugsamben
h
dan der Austeyler volgent = er dann folgendts
i
insert besprochen vnd
j
Als
k
wer
l
dem Außschreiben
m
vnd denn Austeyler nicht ersuchen würde = vnnd jhn/ den Außtheiler/ darumb gebührlich nicht ersuchen
würdt
n
weiter
o
zum Austeyler = zu denselben
p
die = solch
q
abfliessung
r
seine Auspeut/ die = selbige/ so
s
insert expressen
t
dem = gedachtem
u
dem sol der Austeyler = sol derselbe jhme
v
die zuuor gegeben = selbige schon zuvor außgeben
w
zuuerrichten = nochmahls zuentrichten vnd gutzuthun
b
382
vnd maga sich seins schadens an dem/ der dieb zu vnpflichtenc entpfangen/d erholen.
[BN I,9]
Der iX.e Artickel.
Von dem Kegenschreyber
seinemf Ampt vnd befehl.
DEr Kegenschreyber/ sol einen vorstandt macheng ob er oder seine diener/ iemandts
Bergkteyl h / so ins Kegenbuch i geantwort/ vorliesen j / oder [10v] ane bestendigenk
befehl abschreiben würde/ das denn l vernachteylen Gewercken/ dieselb Kuckes
wider von yme gewehret mögen werdenm/ Wie er dann im falle do er iemandesn
seine o teyl (der nicht persönlich entkegen p / oder deßhalb keynen glaubwirdigen
befehl gethan q ) r abschreiben würde/ dieselb abgeschriebene teil widerumb zu
gewehren/ schuldigs sein sol.
Es sol auch der Kegenschreyber/ wenn yme ein gewerckschafft ins Kegenbuch
zuuerleihen
t
/ durch vnsern Bergkmeister beuolhen
a
u
wirdet/ dieselb/ lauts
insert er
sie
c
zu vnpflichten = zur vngebühr
d
insert wiederumb
e
9. BN(1647), IX. BN(1698)
f
seinem = wie auch dessen
g
sol einen vorstandt machen = sol Caution vnnd Vorstandt leisten
h
Bergwerck
i
Gegenbuch BN(1698)
j
geantwort/ vorliesen = einmahl gebracht/ außlassen
k
specialen
l
das denn = daß denen dadurch
m
dieselb Kuckes wider von yme gewehret mögen werden = solcher Kuckes von jhme wiederumb gewehret
werden möge
n
jemandt
o
sein
p
entkegen = zugegen vnd zurstelle
q
deßhalb keynen glaubwirdigen befehl gethan = auch deßhalben keine glaubwürdige Volmacht
eingeschicket
r
insert etwa
s
insert vnd gehalten
t
zuuerleihen = zubringen vnd einzuverleiben
u
anbefohlen
b
383
vberantworter zeddel a / mit vleiß b einschreyben/ vnd c seine Bücher/ mit d zu vnd
abschreyben der teyl/ also e halten/ das er ym falle der notturfft f / guten bescheyd
daruon zu geben wisse.
Der g Kegenschreyber/ sol h gar keyne teyl/ so ein mahl ins Retardat i geschrieben
wordenj/ ane vnsers Bergkmeisters befehl/ abschreyben/ vnd ab er darwider handelte/
sol er dieselben k abgeschriebene teyl/ l gemeinen gewercken/ wider schaffen/ vnd
darzum gestrafft werden.
Des Kegenschreybers
besoldung.
[11r]
Von { Einer gewergkschafft einzuschreiben 1 groschenn
Abo vnd zuschreybenp eins oder mehrq Kuckes in einer zeche auff eimr
namen 1. halb:groschens.
Einert gewergkschafftu auszuschreiben 1. groschenv
a
lauts vberantworter zeddel = laut überantworteten Zettuls
insert Registriren vnd
c
vnd = auch
d
insert dem
e
also = derogestalt richtig
f
ym falle der notturfft = auff jedes erfordern vnd im fall der noth
g
Dieser
h
insert auch
i
retardat
j
worden absent
k
befehl/ abschreyben/ vnd ab er darwider handelte/ sol er dieselben = außtrücklichen gehens vnd befehl
etwa abschreiben/ würde er aber solches thun/ vnnd darwieder handeln/ sothane zur Vngebühr
l
insert den
m
darzu = darüber
n
1 groschen = 1. Groschen.
o
Ab = Von Ab- BN(1698)
p
zuzuschreiben BN(1647), Zuschreiben BN(1698)
q
mehren
r
einen
s
1. halb:groschen = ½. Groschen BN(1647), einen halben Gr. BN(1698)
t
Einer = Eine BN(1647), Von einer BN(1698)
u
Gewerckschaffe BN(1698)
v
1. groschen = j. Groschen BN(1647), 1. Gr. BN(1698)
b
384
Die teyl so ins Retardat gesatzt/ sol er a gemeinen verzupüsten b Gewercken/ vmb
sunst zu schreyben.
[BN I,10]
Der X.c Artickel.
Von dem Berhkschreyber
vnd seinemd befehl.
DEr Bergkschreyber sol alle Bestetigungstagee/ mit seinen befohlenf/ nottürfftigeng
Bergkbüchern/h im bestetigen sein/ alle gmuttei/ Alte vnd newe Zechen/ massen vnd
stöllen/ durch wenej/ wie/k auff was zeit/ auff welchen gepirgen/ auff was gengen/
klüfften/ vnd geschickenl/ auch mit was vnterschiedtm/ anhang oder vmbstenden/ die
gemutet/ verliehen/ vnd bestetiget worden seind/ aus den Mutzeddeln in sein
Lehenbuch deutlich vnd aigentlichn einschreyben.
Deßgleichen sol er auch alle fristungen/ Steuer/ alle masseo/ wem/ durch wen/ vnd
auff was zeyt/ die gegeben worden/ Auch schiedep vnd vertrege/ in kegen=[11v]wart/
oder auff befehl vnsers Bergkmeisters/ vnd ein iede sache/ in ein sonders q darzu
geordentr Buch/ vmb zimliche gepüres/ einschreyben.
a
insert den
verzupüsten = dafür zubuessenden
c
10. BN(1647), X. BN(1698)
d
dessen
e
Bestettigungs Thage
f
anbetrawten
g
nothwendigen
h
insert zur stelle vnd
i
gemuhtete
j
wehme BN(1647), wem BN(1698)
k
insert auff was weyse
l
Geschichten BN(1647) [corrected to <Geschicke> in BN(1647) Errata], Geschichten BN(1698)
m
Vnterscheidt
n
deutlich vnd aigentlich = fein richtig vnd deutlich
o
fristungen/ Steuer/ alle masse = Fristung vnnd Stewer/ wie auch alle Masse
p
schiede = Entscheidung
q
absonderlich
r
geordnetes
s
vmb zimliche gepüre = gegen erlegung billicher gebühr
b
385
Er sol auch/ das Quattembergeldt/ trewlicha einbrengen/ empfahen/ vnd nach seinem
befehl/ daruon ausgeben/ vnd erbare gute rechnung/ alle Jhar ein mahl/ daruon thuen/
den vberlaufft/ vnserm Zehendner zustellen/ vnd des/ von yme ein Quittantz
nehmenb.
Des Bergschreybersc
besoldung.
Von {d Belehnung alter odere newenf lehn 1 halb:grosch.g
Fristungh oder nachlassung
1 groschen.i
Stewerj
1. groschen.k
Vertregenl einzuschreiben itzlichs partm 1. groschen.n
Einemo Zupuß brieffp
1. halben groschen.q
vnd des Bergkmeisters schreiber auchr so viel.s
Einert Copey aus dem Bergbuch 1. groschen.u
a
getrewlich
empfahen/ vnd nach seinem befehl/ daruon ausgeben/ vnd erbare gute rechnung/ alle Jhar ein mahl/
daruon thuen/ den vberlaufft/ vnserm Zehendner zustellen/ vnd des/ von yme ein Quittantz nehmen =
berechnen vnd empfangen/ dann jhme/ zukommendem befehl nach/ distribuiren vnd außgeben/ davon alle
Jahr einmahl gute richtige Rechnung thun/ den überschus vnserm Zehendner zustellen/ vnnd dahergegen
von selbigen darauff eine Quietung nehmen
c
Des Bergschreybers = Der Bergschreiber BN(1698)
d
insert Ertheil- vnnd
e
vnnd
f
newer
g
1 halb:grosch. = 1/2. Groschen BN(1647), ein halben Groschen BN(1698)
h
Fristung = Frist- BN(1647), Von Frist BN(1698)
i
1 groschen. = j. Groschen. BN(1647), 1. gr. BN(1698)
j
Stewer = Von Steuer BN(1698)
k
1 groschen. = j. Groschen. BN(1647), 1. gr. BN(1698)
l
Vertregen = Von Verträge BN(1698)
m
itzlichs part = ein jegliches Theil der Contrahenten
n
1 groschen = j. Groschen. BN(1647), 1. gr. BN(1698)
o
Einem = Von einem BN(1698)
p
Zupuß brieff = Zubußbrieff
q
1. halben groschen. = ½. Groschen. BN(1647), ein halben Gr. BN(1698)
r
auch = eben
s
insert ½. Groschen. BN(1647)
t
Einer = Von einer BN(1698)
u
1. groschen. = j. Groschen. BN(1647), 1. gr. BN(1698)
b
386
Lesena des Bergkbuchs
ein halben groschen.b
[BN I,11]
Der Xi.c Artickel.
[12r]
Von den Schichtmeistern
vnd ihremd befehl.
DJe Schichtmeister/ söllen zu vorstehern der Zechen/ vnd Stöllen/ durch vnd von
dem merehn teyle der Gewercken/ auffgenommenf/ als dann fur vnsern Bergkmeister
brachtg/ vnd wo der tüglichh vnd geschickt befunden/ von ihmi auff bestellung eins
vorstands bestetigt vnd voreydet j / ihme k auch nach gelegenheit vnd erachtung l
seiner m mühe/ das lohn gesatzt werden/ vnd ob die Gewercken darinnen lessig
befundenn/ söllen es vnser Heuptmano/ Bergkmeister vnd Geschworne/ auffs beste
zubestellen habenp.
a
Lesen = Von lesen BN(1698)
ein halben groschen. = ½. Groschen. BN(1647), ein halben Gr. BN(1698)
c
11. BN(1647), XI. BN(1698)
d
deren
e
merehn teyl = mehrerntheil
f
auff vnnd angenommen
g
fur vnsern Bergkmeister bracht = Vnserm Bergmeister vorgestellet
h
wo der tüglich = da derselbe sie tauglich
i
insert præviâ cautione vnd
j
beäydet
k
jhnen
l
befindung
m
jhrer
n
darinnen lessig befunden = darein hinlässig oder säumbig würden
o
vnser Heuptman = Vnsere respective Haubtmann
p
auffs beste zubestellen haben = jhrem besten gutachten nach/ zu determiniren vnd zu ernennen wissen/
vnd macht haben
b
387
Also auch/ sol der mehrteyl a der Gewercken/ doch b mit fürwissen c vnsers
Bergkmeisters/ Dergleichen vnser Bergkmeister
d
allein/ doch auff gnugsam
vrsachene/ einen iedernf Schichtmeister abzulegen haben.
Die Schichtmeister söllen ihre beuohleneg Zechen vnnd Stöllen/ offtmalsh vnd miti
fleiß befahren/ j Auff den Steiger/ wie er seinen befehl k außrichte l / auch m ob der
arbeyt gnugn geschehe/ wieo das ausgefürte Ertz gepocht vnd versorget werde/ gut
achtung geben.
Dergleichen p söllen sie alles das q sye von wegen der Gewercken Einnemen/
getrewlich vnd wol bewaren r [12v] nichts dauon an aignen s / sonder t alles zu der
Gewercken nutzu/ wendenv/ vnd was man zu der Gewerckenw gepeuden bedarff/ Es
sey vnßletx/ eysen/ sayly/ tröge/ kübel/ holtz/ brethez/ nagelaa/ vnd alles andere/ vmb
a
Also auch/ sol der mehrteyl = Also sol auch mehrertheil
insert nicht anders/ als
c
vorwissen
d
Dergleichen vnser Bergkmeister = Jmgleichen derselbe
e
doch auff gnugsam vrsachen = auff genugsambe rechtmessige Vrsache
f
jeden
g
anbefohlene
h
öffters
i
insert allem
j
insert vnnd
k
[Typographical error in original: <hefehl>]
l
seinen befehl außrichte = sein Ambt verrichte
m
auch absent
n
gnug = ein genügen
o
wie = auch wie
p
Deßgleichen
q
was
r
bewaren = auffheben vnnd verwahren
s
an aignen = zu jhrem äigenen
t
besondern
u
nutz = Nutzen vnd besten
v
verwenden
w
der Gewercken = deroselben
x
Vnschlitt
y
Seyle
z
Bretter
aa
Nägel
b
388
yr pahr geldta auffs nehistb kauffen/ selbst do an kains nutzesc gewarten/ Auch nicht
höcher/ dann ers kaufft hat/ berechend.
Sie söllen auch ane nachlassunge des Bergkmeisters/ keine schuldenf auff die Zechen
machen/ welcher hirwieder g handelte h / dem sol vmb dieselb i schulden nicht
verholffenj werden.
Welche Schichtmeister/ von wegen ihrer Gewercken/ geldt im Zehenden haben/ die
söllen wöchentlich nicht mehr/ dannk so viel sie zu notturfft der Gewerckenl/ auffm
Bergk vnd hütten kostn bedörffen/o einnemen/ welcherp darüber mehr nemen würdeq/
derr sol in straff genommen/s seins diensts entsatzt/ vnd zu keinem mehr gebraucht/
werden.
Die Schichtmeister sollen von keiner Zeche auff ein andert/ weder vnßletu/ eyssen/
geldt/ noch einichen andern vorrathe/ ane des Bergkmeistersv zulassung/ verleyhen.
a
vmb yr pahr geldt = für bahr Geldt
nehist = genaweste
c
selbst do an kains nutzes = daran kein Vortheil
d
Auch nicht höcher/ dann ers kaufft hat/ berechen = oder es höher/ als es gekaufft/ berechnen
e
nachlassung = Vohrwissen vnd Bewilligung
f
keine schulden auff die Zechen machen = auff die Zechen keine Schulden machen
g
dawieder
h
handelt
i
vmb dieselb = zu alsolchen BN(1647), zu solchen BN(1698)
j
geholffen
k
als
l
notturfft der Gewercken = der Gewercken notturfft
m
auff = auch
n
kosten
o
insert erheben vnd
p
der
q
wirdt
r
der absent
s
insert auch wol
t
ein ander = eine andere
u
Vnschlit
v
insert Permission vnnd
b
389
Ein ieder Schichtmeister sol alle vnd iede seine Einnahme vnd Ausgabe/ mit allem
fleis/ getreulicha vnderschiedenlichb/ vnd ördentlich/ inn ein Register verleybenc/ wo
er Kupffer oder Silber inn Zehenden geantwort/ mit dem Zehendner abrechnen/
dieselb [13r] seind Rechnung/ allemal Sonnabende vor dem Quattember beschliesen/
vnd sich ferner domit halden f / wie hernach im g Artickel von der Quattember
rechnung/ verleibth.
[BN I,12]
Der Xij.i Artickel.
Von den Steigern vnd
yhremj befehl.
DJe Steiger/ söllen in aller massenk/ wie oben/ von den Schichtmeistern geordent/ an
vnd ab geleget/ auch vereydetl/ vnd ihnen das lohn/ nach grössem ihrer mühe vnd
arbeyt/ auch nach ihrem verstande vnd geschicklichkeitn/ vono Bergkmeister vndp
Geschwornen/ gemachtq werden.
a
getrew
vnterschiedtc
inn ein Register verleyben = in ein beständig Buch oder Register bringen
d
dieselb sein = dieselbe
e
Sonnabendts
f
verhalten
g
in dem
h
verleibt = folget vnd erwehnet wirdt
i
12. BN(1647), XII. BN(1698)
j
deren
k
in aller massen = allerdings
l
vereydet = gebührlich beäydet
m
grösse = Proportion
n
nach ihrem verstande vnd geschicklichkeit = ihren Qualitäten vnd Verstande
o
vom
p
insert den
q
insert vnd bestimmet
b
390
Die Steigera/ söllen fleissige fromme vnd verstendige Erbeytherb anlegen/ zuc allen
Schichten/d wenn die Erbeyther anfahren/ persönlich/ vff der Zechee sein/ inenf zur
notturfft eysen vnd vnßletg geben/h darauff sehen/ das die Erbeyther zu rechter stundi
an/ vnd aus fahren/ ein yeder vor seinem orte/ vnnd dohin er geweisetj/ bleibe/ seiner
Erbeyt/ nützlich/ getrewlich k / vnd fleissig obliege/ vnd der l gnugk thue/[.] auch m
darob sein/ das in Stöllen vnd Zechen/ nottürfftige vnd [13v] nützliche gebeude
gethann/ der Gewercken geld/ nicht vnnütz oddero zu schaden verbawet/ das auch
ihren Gewerckenp mit zufelligen geschickenq/ klüfften/ oder gengen/ /r auch in ihrem
felde/ Ertzes/ oder andert gerechtigkeit/ nichts entwendetu werde/ vndv was sie an den
Erbeythern oder erbeitw/ vnrichtig befinden/ abschaffen vnd bessernx.
Sie söllen auch in sonderheyt/ der Gewercken Ertz vnd gut/ mit vleiß nachschlahen/
zusammen halten/ scheyden vnnd pochen/ auch verwahren/ darmit vns/ vnd den
Gewercken darmit zuy nachteyl vnd schaden/z nicht gehandelta werde.
a
Die Steiger = Sie
Arbeiter
c
bey
d
insert sonderlich
e
der Zeche = den Zechen
f
inen = denselben
g
Vnschlitt
h
insert dann
i
stund = Zeit vnd Stunde
j
gewiesen
k
getrew
l
deroselben
m
auch = Jtem
n
gethan = angerichtet
o
vnnütz odder = unnützlich vnnd
p
verbawet/ das auch ihren Gewercken = verbawet vnd angewendet/ weiniger in den Gewercken
q
Geschichten BN(1647) [corrected to <Geschicke> in BN(1647) Errata], Geschichten BN(1698)
r
[Double virgule present in original BN]
s
Ertz
t
anderer
u
nichts entwendet = etwas entwendet oder verunträwet
v
auch
w
erbeit = der Arbeit selbst
x
verbessern
y
den Gewercken darmit zu = auff das Vns vnnd denselben zum
z
insert darmit
b
391
Es söllen auch die Steigere/ anb gedingen/ so die geschworne machen/ keinenc teil
haben/ es were dann/ das sie ein Schicht mit füren/ als dann/ möchten die
Geschworne ihnend eigene geding geben.
[BN I,13]
Der Xiij.e Artickel.
Von den Bergkerbeitern
vnd ihremf Befehl.
[14r] EJn itzlicher Bergkerbeyther/ der g sey hewer/ wasserknecht/ hespler/ oder
junge/ sol vor allen dingen/ sich fleissigenh/ das er zu rechter zeit/ ann vnd aus fahre/
seiner arbeyt mit getrewemi fleis fürstehej/ vnd ein gnügek thue/ der Gewercken nutz
schaffe/ vnd ihrenl schaden verkommem/ auch dem Steiger gefölgig vnd gehorsam
sein.
Vnd wo ein hewer/ vor seinem orte/ ein anweysung/ oder sunst feyne Bergkart
triefft n / dasselbe sol er nichto nachschlahen/ sondern zuuorp dem Steyger ansagen
vnd zaigen.
a
insert oder vmbgesprungen
insert den
c
kein
d
insert jhre
e
13. BN(1647), XIII. BN(1698)
f
deren
g
er
h
befleissigen
i
getrewem = allem getrewen
j
vorstehe
k
genügen
l
deren
m
vorkomme
n
antrifft
o
dasselbe sol er nicht = sol er dasselbe nicht so forth
p
sondern zuuor = besondern zuvorher
b
392
Ein itzlicher hewer/ sol von einer gantzen Schicht/ so er die wochen vber/ vnd eins
iederna tags/ wie gepürlich/ gefahren/ vnd sein erbeyt gethan hatb/ xij.c groschen zu
lohn haben/ vnd allemahl auff den Freitag am abende/ oder Sonabent früe d /
empfahen.
a
jeden
sein erbeyt gethan hat = daran seine Arbeit gethan
c
j2. [= 12]
d
auff den Freitag am abende/ oder Sonabent früe = entweder Freytag Abendts/ oder am Sonnabendt frühe
selbige
b
393
[14v]
Der Ander Teil die=
ser Bergkordnung/ Sageta vonb
Bergkwergkc/ vnd desselben an=
hangenden vnd zugehörendend
hendeln vnd sachen/ wie
vnd wes man sich dar=
innen halten sole:.
[BN II,1]
Der Erst Artickel.
Vonf Schürffen.
EJnem iedern Bergkman/ sol hirmit nachgelasseng/ vnd vergünstiget sein/ auff diesen
vnd andern vnsern zustendigen gründen/ auff alle Metall wie die genant h / nach
gengen/ klüfften vnd geschicken i / ane menniglichs einhalt j / zuschürffen k / Vnd
welcher also eynen newenl vnuerliehen gangk/ ausrichtenm würden/ der sol des ersten
finderso recht vnd gerechtigkeyt/ Nemlich/ ein Fundgrub/ vnther vnnd öberp nehiste
a
Saget = handelt
vom
c
insert selbst
d
zugehörigen
e
halten sol = zuverhalten
f
Vom
g
zugelassen
h
auff alle Metall wie die genant = vnd Bergen nach allem Metall/ wie das genandt vnnd Namen haben
mag/ wie auch
i
Geschichten BN(1647) [corrected to <Geschicke> in BN(1647) Errata], Geschichten BN(1698)
j
einhalt = Einsper vnnd Hinderung
k
insert vnnd zusuchen
l
insert vnd
m
insert vnd finden
n
wirdt
o
Erfinders
p
vnther vnnd öber = vnten vnd oben
b
394
massena/ mennigklichsb vnuerhindert haben/ vnd sol ihm/ darmit/ ab er ferner lehen
muthen wölte/ vnd die frey wehren/ vnuorboten seinc.
[15r]
[BN II,2]
Der Anderd Artickel.
Von Mutungen.
EJn ieder der ein Lehen/ dase sey Stollen/ Fundtgrub/ oder Massenf/ muten wil/ der
sol seine Mutung in schrifft stellen/ mit nottürfftiger anzaig/ was leheng/ auff was
gangeh vnd gepirge/ er muthe/ deßgleichen Jhar/ tagk/ vnd stunde/ seiner mutungi
benennen/ dieselb Muthzeddelj/ benebenk der gepüre/ dem Bergkmeister antworten/
der sol dieselbe Mutungl/ so ferne er den Muther/ beym seiner Muthung zu erhalten
weyß/ annemenn.
So aber der Bergkmeister befünde/ das er den Muther/ aus gutheno vrsachen/ bey
seiner Mutung/ nicht wiste zu erhaltenp/ sol er ihm/ desq/ verwarnung thuen/ vnd in
a
nehiste massen = der nähesten Massen
männiglich
c
vnd sol ihm/ darmit/ ab er ferner lehen muthen wölte/ vnd die frey wehren/ vnuorboten sein = dann ob er
ferner Lehen/ so da noch frey wehre/ muhten wolte/ jhme vnverbotten seyn
d
2. BN(1647), II. BN(1698)
e
es
f
Masse
g
in schrifft stellen/ mit nottürfftiger anzaig/ was lehen = schiftlich eingeben/ vnnd dabey fein deutlich
anzeigen/ was für ein Lehen
h
Gänge
i
seiner mutung absent
j
dieselb Muthzeddel = vnd den Muthzettul
k
benebenst
l
antworten/ der sol dieselbe Mutung = einantworten/ welcher dieselbe
m
insert sothan
n
weyß/ annemen = getrawet/ anzunehmen
o
guthen = erheblichen
p
halten
q
dessen
b
395
sonderheit a / wo dasselb lehen b zuuor gemutet were/ sol der Bergkmeister solchs/
dem andern Muther/ ansagen/ auch die fohrig Muthzeddel so bald weysen/ so nu der
ander muther c / daruon nicht abstehen d wölte e / sol f der Bergkmeister die Mutung/
sampt der gebür/ auffs Muthersg recht vnd vnrecht annehmen.
[BN II,3]
Der iijh Artickel.
[15v]
Von Entblössung des Ge=
mutteni Ganges.
NAch gethaner vnd angenomener Mutung/ sol der Muther/ seinenj gang klufft oder
geschicke
k
/ darauff
l
er sein Lehen gemuthet hat/ den Bergmeister oder
Geschwornen m zu n besichtigen/ darzu o füren/ auff das nicht anderst/ dann p auff
gengen vnnd klüfften/ verliehen/ vnd niemandtq betrogen werde.
Vnd do eyner r seine s Lehen bekommen/ a auff sein Schacht b ein c haspel gesetzt/ d
kübel vnd seyl eingeworffen/ do sol er sein bleibense mit der fundgrub/ die ime vom
a
vnd in sonderheit = insonderheit
insert schon
c
sol der Bergkmeister solchs/ dem andern Muther/ ansagen/ auch die fohrig Muthzeddel so bald weysen/ so
nu der ander muther = zu was ende er jhme dann die vorige Muhtzettul soforth zuweysen/ wann dann
derselbe/ als ander Muhter/ jedoch
d
insert noch sich warnen lassen
e
wolle
f
mag
g
auffs Muthers = auff desselben Eventeur/ auch
h
3. BN(1647), III. BN(1698)
i
Gemutten = gemuhteten
j
seinen = zu sothanen
k
Geschichte BN(1647) [corrected to <Geschicke> in BN(1647) Errata], Geschichte BN(1698)
l
worauff
m
Geschworne
n
zu = vmb selbige zu
o
darzu = erforderen vnd dahin
p
dann = als nur
q
vnd niemandt = noch sonst jemandt
r
Vnd do eyner = Wo aber einer erst
s
sein
b
396
Rühnbauhm anf/ halb nauffg/ vnd halb rabh/ gegeben werden sol/ haben vnd behalten.
[BN II,4]
Der iiiji Artickel.
Von Frist gethaner
Mutung.
GEthane Muthungen/ söllen ane j bestendige vrsachen/ durch den k Bergkmeister/
nicht erlengetl/ nach fristem darzu gegeben werden/ vnd do esn die notturfft erfordern
würde/ sol es/ doch/ vber zwey oder drey mahl/ nicht gethan werdeno.
[16r]
[BN II,5]
Der v.p Artickel.
Von verleihungq oderr Besteti=
gung gemuthers Lehen.
EJn ieder Muther/ sol viertzehen
a
tage nach gethaner Muthung/ auff den
gewönlichen b verleihe tagk/ im bestettigen erscheinen/ seine eingelegte Muthung/
a
insert vnd
Schicht BN(1647) [corrected to <Schacht> in BN(1647) Errata], Schicht BN(1698)
c
einen BN(1698)
d
insert auch
e
insert auch
f
an = ab
g
hinauff
h
herab
i
4. BN(1647), IV. BN(1698)
j
insert rechtmäßige
k
durch den = vom
l
erlängert
m
nach friste = noch weitere Frist
n
insert ja
o
gethan werden = geschehen/ noch erlaubt seyn
p
5. BN(1647), V. BN(1698)
q
Verleyhr
vnd
s
gemuhteter
b
397
wennc die verlesend wirdet/ zu bestetigen oder erlengene/ bithen/ die ihmf auch der
Bergkmeister/ so ferne der Mutherg bey der Muthung bleyben/ vnd rechte maß nach
Bergkrecht h einbrengen/ kan/ i leihen/ vnd bestettigen/ Auch ins j Lehenbuch/ in
massenk oben verordent ist/ verleybenl lassen sol.
[BN II,6]
Der vi.m Artickel.
Wie gemutthen Lehen
frey werden.
WElche Mutthung/ ane sondere nachlassungo vnsers Bergkmeisters/ in massenp wie
obstehet/ mit handarbeyt nicht q belegt/ odder mit frist [16v] nicht erlengt/ nach
bestettiget wirdtr/ die sol widerumb in vnser freies gefallen/ vnd einem iederns zu
Muthen frey sein.
[BN II,7]
Der vij.t Artickel.
Bestettigte lehen/ sollen fürge=
wergkt vnd ins kegenbuch
a
14. BN(1698)
den gewönlichen = dem gewohnlichem
c
wann
d
vorlehsen BN(1647), verlesen BN(1698)
e
zuerlängeren
f
insert dann
g
der Muther = er
h
vnd rechte maß nach Bergkrecht = vnd so fort nach Bergrecht bestendige vnd rechte Masse
i
insert vnweigerlich
j
Auch ins = vnd dem
k
in massen = immassen BN(1647), in massen BN(1698)
l
in massen oben verordent ist/ verleyben = immassen oben bereits gemeldet ist/ so forth einverleiben
m
6. BN(1647), VI. BN(1698)
n
gemuhtete
o
sondere nachlassung = absonderliche Zulassung
p
in massen = nach deme
q
insert würcklich
r
odder mit frist nicht erlengt/ nach bestettiget wirdt = noch bestetiget/ oder darzu keine Frist erlängert wirdt
s
iedern = anderen anderweit
t
7. BN(1647), VII. BN(1698)
b
398
vberantworta werden.
ALle newe vnd alte Zechen/ vnd lehen/ so bestettigt worden seindb/ söllen durch den
Lehentreger (so ferne er das lehen nicht allein zu bawen bedachtc) furgewerckt/ vnnd
die Gewerckschafft dem Bergkmeister vff nehistend verleihe tagke nach erlangtem
bestetigen/ zugestellet/ vnndf auff sein befehl ins Kegenbuch verleybetg werden.
[BN II,8]
Der viij.h Artickel.
Wie viel teyl ein Grube
haben sol:.
[17r] ES sol ein itzlichs bestetigetes Lehen/ es sey Stolle/ Fundgrub/ oder Masse/
nicht mehr danni Einhundert achtvndzwantzigk Kuckesj haben. Jnn solcherk anzal
söllen iiij.l Kuckesm Erbteyl/ 1.n Kuckeso der Kirchen/ vnd 1.p Kuckesq der Gemein
gegeben vnd zugeschrieben werden.
[BN II,9]
a
überantwortet
seind absent
c
das lehen nicht allein zu bawen bedacht = dasselbe Lehen allein zubebawen nicht bedacht
d
vff nehisten = aufm negstem BN(1647), auff dem nechsten BN(1698)
e
verleihe tagk = verleyhungstag
f
auch
g
verleybet = gebracht vnd gezeichnet
h
8. BN(1647), VIII. BN(1698)
i
als
j
Einhundert achtvndzwantzigk Kuckes = 128. Kuckus BN(1698)
k
alsolcher BN(1647), solcher BN(1698)
l
4.
m
Kuckus BN(1698)
n
j. BN(1647), 1. BN(1698)
o
Kuckus BN(1698)
p
j. BN(1647), 1. BN(1698)
q
Kuckes BN(1698)
b
399
Der ix.a Artickel.
Bestetigte Lehen söllen mitb die=
nern versehen/ vnd mit hand=
arbeytc beleget werden.
DEr Lehentreger vnndd Gewercken/ söllen ihre Zechee/ nach erlangter bestetigung/
mit Schichtmeistern vnd Steigern/ auff masse/ wie im ersten teyl verleybt f / g
versehen/ auch h mit handarbeyt i belegen/ vnnd j welchs Lehen/ ane nachlassung k
vnsers Bergkmeisters/ mit der erbeyt nicht belegtl/ sol einem iedernm frey zu machen/
offen stehen.
[BN II,10]
Der x.n Artickel.
[17v]
Von Freymachung
Alter Lehen.
WEnn imandes alte Zechen oder Lehen/ für vnser freyes auffnemen/ vnd muthen
wil/ dem söllen auff sein bitho/ zwene Geschworne zugegeben werden/ die söllen die
Zeche/ drey die nehiste
p
anfahrende Schichten befahren/ vnnd do dieselbe
a
9. BN(1647), IX. BN(1698)
insert notturfftigen
c
insert gebührlich
d
insert die
e
Zechen
f
verleybt = berühret
g
insert gebührlich
h
vnd
i
insert so forth
j
dann
k
nachlassung = sonderbahre vergünstigung
l
insert wirdt
m
jeden
n
10. BN(1647), X. BN(1698)
o
bith = Bitten vnd Begehren
p
die söllen die Zeche/ drey die nehiste = welche die Zeche die drey negste BN(1647), welche die Zeche
die 3. nechste BN(1698)
b
400
Geschworne/ die drey anfahrende Schichtena/ keinen Erbeyter/ oder keinb gethane
arbeyt/ inn der gruben finden würdenc/ dauon söllen sie dem Bergmeisterd bericht
thun/ als dann sol dasselbe Lehen e / für frey erkant/ vnnd dem Muther oder
freymacher/ für vnser freyes verliehen werden.
Es were dann/ mit dem Bergkbuch zu beweysen/ das dieselb Zeche/ mit nachlassungf
des Bergkmeisters/ in andere wege bawhafftig gehalten worden/ so sol/ auff den fahl/
dieselbe Zecheg/ nicht frey erkant werden.
[BN II,11]
Der xi.h Artickel.
Wie es mit alten Freigemach=
ten Zechen gehalten
sol werdeni:.
[18r] WEnn ein alte Zeche/ also frey erkant vnd bestetiget worden ist j / sol der
Lehentreger/ mit nachlassungk vnsers Bergkmeisters/ ein leidliche Zupuß anlegen/
den Zupußbrieff anschlahen/ vnnd vier l wochen stehen lassen/ vnd welche m alte
verzupuste Gewercken/ des orts ferner bawen wölten/ vnnd ihre Zupuß auffs nehist
kommendn Retardat erlegen würden/ die söllen vnwegerlich darzuo gelassen werden.
a
do dieselbe Geschworne/ die drey anfahrende Schichten = wann Sie alsdann
kein = keine zuvor
c
finden würden = vorfinden werden
d
dauon söllen sie dem Bergmeister = sollen sie dem Bergmeister davon
e
als dann sol dasselbe Lehen = vnnd soll alßdann solches Lehen
f
nachlassung = bewilligung
g
so sol/ auff den fahl/ dieselbe Zeche = auff solchen fall sol dieselbe
h
11. BN(1647), XI. BN(1698)
i
gehalten sol werden = zuhalten
j
also frey erkant vnd bestetiget worden ist = also ist frey erkandt/ vnnd darauff bestättiget worden
k
mit nachlassung = auff consens vnd vergünstigung
l
4
m
vnd welche = wo dann einige
n
nehist kommend = negstkommende
o
insert verstattet vnd
b
401
Es sol aber der Lehentreger/ dieses fallesa/ nicht schuldig sein/ die freygemachteb
Zechen/ vor nehistkünfftigemc Retardat zu belegen/ doch/ das es mit nachlassungd
des Bergkmeisters geschee/ vnd diee/ ins Bergkbuch verschriebenf werde.
[BN II,12]
Der xij.g Artickel.
Welche jhren Zechen selbsth
vorstehen mögen.
WVrde auch einer/ zwen/ dreyi / vnd auffs meinstej vier Gewercken/ eine Zechen
oder lehen bauen/ vnd siek alle zu gleich/l einer oder mehr aus inen/ wöltem dieselb
ihre Zeche selbst n versehen/ das sol o / doch auff p gepürliche pflicht/ verstattet q
werden.
[18v]
[BN II,13]
Der xiij.r Artickel.
Von vberschlahen der Massen/
a
dieses falles = in diesem fall
freygemachten
c
negstfolgendem
d
nachlassung = vorwissen vnnd bewilligung
e
die = solches
f
geschrieben
g
12. BN(1647), XII. BN(1698)
h
selbsten
i
zwen/ drey = zwey oder drey
j
meiste
k
insert entweder
l
insert oder auch
m
wolten
n
selbsten
o
das sol = soll jhnen solches
p
insert vorher abgestattete
q
verstattet = vergönnet vnnd zugelassen
r
13. BN(1647), XIII. BN(1698)
b
402
vnd wo nicht volle masse
einkommen kan.
SO mann ein Zeche belegt/ kübel vnd seyl eingeworffen hat/ vnnd ama Bergkmeister
begeretb wirdet/ die Masse zu vberschlahen/ das sol er nicht weigernc.
Vnd do/ im vberschlahen/ sich nicht volle masse ergebend/ vnde das feldt des orts/
sich auff ein gantz wehr nicht erstreckte/ sol er f dasselb feldt g / beyden nehist
gelegenen
k
h
massen/ desselben
i
zuges/ zu gleich austeylen
j
/ wo aber
l
am felde ein gantz wehr/ oder darüber / doch nicht zu voller masse bliebe/ das sol
der Bergkmeisterm/ als ein vberschahrn/ dem ersten Muther/ sonderlicho verleyhen.
[BN II,14]
Der xiiij.p Artickel.
[19r]
Von dem Vermessen.
WEnn ein Zeche maßwirdig worden/ sol dieselb auff beger q der Gewercken/
vermessen werden/ wie volget/ Nemlichr[:] sol der Bergkmeister/ vierzehens tage/
a
am = an den
begehren
c
das sol er nicht weigern = sol er solches nicht verweigern
d
ergeben = ereugete
e
[Corrected from <vd> in BN Correctur]
f
er = der Bergmeister
g
feldt absent
h
anbelegenen
i
selbigen
j
austeylen = auß- vnd zutheilen
k
an solchem
l
insert sich befünde
m
das sol der Bergkmeister = soll er solches
n
überschus BN(1647) [corrected to <vberschar> in BN(1647) Errata], Uberschuß BN(1698)
o
nur
p
14. BN(1647), XIV. BN(1698)
q
begehren
r
insert Es
s
14. BN(1698)
b
403
vor
a
dem vermessen/ durch ein
b
anschlagsbrieff/ vnd
c
aussruffen des
Gerichtsknechtd/ wem/ wo/e wennf/ vnd wasg Lehen/ er vermessen wil/ öffentlichh
verkünden/ als danni auffj ernantenk tagk vermessenl/[.] Erstlich sol der Lehentreger
odder vorsteher der Zechen/ einen leiplichen Eydt m schweren/ das der gangk/
darauffn er zu vermessen begert/ sein rechter belehntero gangk sey/ Darnach sol er
dem p Bergkmeister/ auff dem gange vorgehen/ vnd der Bergkmeister/ mit der
Schnur/ ihm volgen/ vnd do sich die Masse endetq/ den Lochstein/ wie gepürlichr/
setzen.
[BN II,15]
Der xv.s Artickel.
Von verhinderung des
Messenst/ vnd greiffen
in die Schnuer.
a
für
ein = einen offenen
c
vnd = oder
d
Gerichtsknechts
e
[Corrected from <Nemlich sol der Berckmeister/ viertzehen tage vor dem Vermessen/ durch ein anschlags
brieff/ wem/ wo/> in BN Correctur]
f
wann
g
was für
h
insert publiciren vnnd
i
als dann = vnd alßdann
j
insert den
k
ernändten BN(1647), ernanten BN(1698)
l
vermessen = mit dem vermessen verfahren
m
insert zu GOTt BN(1647), insert zu GOTT BN(1698)
n
worauff
o
verlehnter
p
den
q
endiget
r
gebräuchlich
s
15. BN(1647), XV. BN(1698)
t
mässens
b
404
DO einich parta vormeinte/ das ihm/ das fürgenommen vermessen/ zub nachteyl vnd
abbruch seiner gerechtigkeyt/ wölte gelangen c / der sol den d [19v] Bergkmeister
biethene/ mit dem vermessen stille zuhaltenf/ seine gerechtigkeytg zu vor zuhören/
vnnd so das nicht stadt habenh wölte/ mag er/ auff verpürgung xx.i margk Silbers/
dem Bergkmeister inn die schnuer greiffen/ dann sol der Bergmeister j / von dem
fürgenomenenk vermessen abstehenl/m die sache zurn verhör vnd handelung kommen
lasseno/[.] vnd do der partp/ so den eingriff gethan/ entlich vnrechtq befunden/ sol er
die verpürgetenr xx.s margk Silbert vnwegerlich zalenu/ daruon söllenv dreyw teyl vns/
inn vnser Zehendkammer/ vnd dem Bergkmeister/ ein teyl/ volgenx/ als dann sol
auch der Bergkmeister mit dem vermessen gepürlich verfahreny.
[BN II,16]
Der xvi.z Artickel.
Wie viel wehr ein Fund=
a
DO einich part = SO einiger Theil
zum
c
wölte gelangen = möchte gereichen
d
dem
e
bitten
f
mit dem vermessen stille zuhalten = darmit in- vnd an sich zuhalten/ vnd
g
seine gerechtigkeyt = vnd seine prætension
h
haben = gewinnen
i
zwantzig BN(1647), 20. BN(1698)
j
dann sol der Bergmeister = alßdann derselbe
k
dem fürgenomenen = solchem vorhabenden
l
abzustehen
m
insert vnd
n
zum
o
zulassen
p
der part = der jenige Theil
q
insert zu haben
r
verbürgete
s
zwantzig BN(1647), 20. BN(1698)
t
Silbers
u
insert vnd entrichten
v
daruon söllen = Worvon
w
3. BN(1698)
x
abzufolgen
y
als dann sol auch der Bergkmeister mit dem vermessen gepürlich verfahren = vnnd soll dieser alßdann mit
dem Vermessen darauff weiter doch verfahren
z
16. BN(1647), XVI. BN(1698)
b
405
grub vnd Masse
haben sol.
EJn Fundtgrube/ sol zu Bergkrecht haben drey wehr/ vnd ein iedes wehr/ sol haben
viertzehena Bergklachter/ Ein masse aber sol haben zweyb wehr/ vnd ein iedes wehr
viertzehenc Bergklachterd.
[20r]
[BN II,17]
Der xvij.e Artickel.
Von Zupußf/ vnd wie dieselb
angelegt sol werdeng.
WEnn ein Lehen/ mit handarbeyt beleget/ vnnd gebawet wirdet/ vnd kein vorrat
daruon die gepeude verlegth/ beyhanden/ dai söllen vnser Ampt leuthe/ Heuptman/
Bergkmeisterj vnd Geschworne/ mit rathe der Gewercken/ oder ihrerk diener/ eine
zimliche Zupuß/ nach ihrer achtungl/ vnnd gelegenheyt der gepewde/ anlegen/ die
sol zum notturfft dern Gewercken vnd gepeudeo/ angewendet werdenp.
[BN II,18]
a
14. BN(1698)
2. BN(1698)
c
14. BN(1698)
d
[Corrected from <Bergklaffter> in BN Correctur]
e
17. BN(1647), XVII. BN(1698)
f
Zubuesse
g
angelegt sol werden = sol angelegt werden
h
zuverlegen
i
so
j
Typo in original: <Bergkmeistet>
k
dero
l
ihrer achtung = jhrem ermessen
m
die sol zu = welche hernach zur
n
solcher
o
Gebäuden
p
angewendet werden = anzuwenden
b
406
Der xviij.a Artickel.
Zupuß brieff zu nemen
vnd anzuschlahen.
WEnn also auff ein Lehen/ Zupuß angelegt worden istb/ dannc sol der vorsteher oder
Schichtmeister/ von dem Bergkmeister/ ein
d
Zupuß [20v] brieff nemen/
denee/ durch den Gerichtsknechtf/ an gepürlichem orteg/ anschlahen/ vnd bis auffs
Retardat
stehen
lassen/
darnach
h
die
Gewercken
sich
zu
achteni haben.
[BN II,19]
Der xix.j Artickel.
Jn was zeit Zupuß ver=
richtet sol werdenk.
EJn ieder Gewergk sol schuldig sein/ die angelegte Zupuß/ dem Schichtmeister/
zwischen zeyt der gehaltenen rechnung/ vnd nehist künfftigem
l
Retardat/
m
zubezalen/ vnd welcher seine Zupuß n entricht o / dem sol der Schichtmeister ein p
zeddel geben/ Welcher Gewerck aber do an seumig q / der sol seiner teyl a damit b
verlüstig sein/ vnnd dieselben söllenc inns Retardat gesatzt werden.
a
18. BN(1647), XVIII. BN(1698)
ist absent
c
alßdann
d
einen
e
denselben
f
Gerichtsdiener
g
gepürlichem orte = gebührlichen Orthen
h
wornach
i
achten = richten
j
19. BN(1647), XIX. BN(1698)
k
verrichtet sol werden = sol verrichtet werden
l
nehist künfftigem = dem negstfolgendem
m
insert ohnfehlbahrlich
n
welcher seine Zupuß = wer die seinige
o
entrichte
p
einen BN(1698)
q
Welcher Gewerck aber do an seumig = welcher aber darinn sich säumbich erweiset
b
407
[BN II,20]
Der XX.d Artickel.
Schichtmeistere/ sollen keinenf
Gewercken/ mit der Zupuß
auff sich nehmen.
[21r] ES sol kein Schichtmeister einicheng gewergken/ mit der angelegten Zupuß/
auff sich nehmen/ auchh vber benante zeit des Retardats/ kein ferner fristi geben/
Welcher hierwiederj handeltek/ der sol dieselb Zupuß/ von dem seinenl erlegen vnd
verrechenm.
[BN II,21]
Der XXi.n Artickel.
Von dem Retardat/ vnd wie
es mit vnuerlegten teylen/
gehalten sol werdeno.
a
seiner teyl = seines Antheils
dadurch
c
dieselben söllen absent
d
20. BN(1647), 20. BN(1698)
e
Die Schichtmeistere
f
keine
g
einige
h
noch
i
kein ferner frist = darzu frist geben
j
darwieder
k
handelt
l
seinigen
m
verrechnen
n
21. BN(1647), XXI. BN(1698)
o
gehalten sol werden = soll gehalten werden
b
408
DAs Retardat/ sol auff iedena Montagk/ nehistb nach ausgange vierc wochen/ nach
beschlossenerd Rechnung/ gehalten werden/ Es gefiel dann auff den selben Montagk
ein Feyertage/ als dann sol es den nehisten wergktagk darnach gehalten werden.
Auff denselbenf tagk/ sol ein iederg Schichtmeyster einh verzeichnus der Gewergken/
so ihre teyl nicht verlegt haben/ macheni/ dieselb an gepürlichemj orte/ öffentlich
lesenk/l darnach dieselbm zeddel vnsern Amptleuthen antwortenn.
Die söllen dieselb o zeddel/ acht p tage bey sich behalten vnd welcher vnuorlegter
gewergk/ in den selbenq achtr tagen/ sein Zupuß giebts / der sol bey seinen teylen
bley=[21v]bent/ Aber nach verscheinung achtu tagev/ söllen sie dieselb zeddel/ dem
Kegenschreyber vberantworten w / der sol als dann dieselbe x teyl/ den vnuerlegten
Gewergken im Kegenbuch ab/ vnnd gemeinen verzupüsten Gewergken zu/
schreybeny.
a
jedem
dennegst
c
4. BN(1698)
d
nach beschlossener = auff beschlossene
e
Es gefiel dann auff den selben Montagk ein Feyertag = es sey dann/ das auff solchem Montag ein
Feyertag einfiel
f
demselben BN(1647), denselben BN(1698)
g
jedweder
h
ein = eine richtige
i
verfertigen
j
an gepürlichem = am gebührlichen
k
verlesen
l
insert vnnd
m
die
n
überantworten
o
solche
p
8. BN(1698)
q
den selben = selbigen
r
8. BN(1698)
s
giebt = annoch gibt vnd erlegt
t
bey seinen teylen bleyben = bey seinem Theil verbleiben
u
8. BN(1698)
v
Aber nach verscheinung acht tage = Nach verfliessung aber der acht Tage
w
vberantworten = zustellen
x
sothane
y
zu/ schreyben = wiederumb zuschreiben
b
409
Die selben Retardat teyla/ söllen/ auff denb fahl/ do Gottc Ertzt beschereted/ keins
wegs/ aus dem Retardat/ ane vorwissen vnd erlaubnus/ vnser e Heuptmans/ f
Bergkmeisters/ vnd der Gewergkeng/ vorkaufft nochh vergeben werden/ Do aber kein
Ertz verhandeni/ so mögen dieselbj Retardat teyl/ auffk befehl vnsers Heuptmans vnd
Bergkmeisters/ durch den Schichtmeister/ gemeinen Gewergken zu gut l / auffs
tewerstem verkaufftn/ oder wo sie nicht verkaufft werden möchten/ vmb die Zupuß/
odder wo das auch nicht sein wölte/ vmb sonst vergeben vnnd vergewergkt werden/
vnd inn diesem falle/ söllen o die verzupüsten Gewergken derselben p Zechen/ den
fürtrit zu den Retardat teylen haben q / Ob aber der mehrteyl r der Gewergken s
beschliessen würde/ dieselb Retardat teyl/ auff oder bey gemeinen Gewergken
stehent zu lassen/ Ader aberu/ nach anzahlv/ vnther sich zu teylen/ dem sol also/ doch
mit fürwissenw vnsers Bergkmeysters/x volge gelaistet werden.
a
Die selben Retardat teyl = Sothane Retardat theile
auff den = auffm
c
insert der Allmächtige
d
bescheret
e
Vnsers
f
insert auch
g
Geschwornen
h
noch = oder sonst
i
vorhanden
j
solche
k
insert geheys vnnd
l
guete BN(1647), gute BN(1698)
m
thewreste
n
insert werden
o
inn diesem falle/ söllen = sollen auff alsolchen fall BN(1647), sollen auff all solchen Fall BN(1698)
p
deroselben
q
den fürtrit zu den Retardat teylen haben = den vortritt vnnd die præferentz darzu haben
r
mehrteyl = mehrer theil
s
insert Raths werden vnd
t
insert vnd bleiben
u
Ader aber = oder aber dieselbe
v
insert vnd Proportion
w
vorwissen
x
insert gelebet vnd
b
410
[BN II,22]
Der XXij.a Artickel.
Von dem wöchentlichen
Anschniedt.
[22r] EJnen ieden b Sonnabend/ am morgen früe/ söllen alle Schichmeister vnd
Steiger/
vor
vnserm
Bergkmeister
vnd
c
Geschwornen/
an
gewöhnlicher d stelle erscheinen/ der Schichtmeister/ in angehör e des Steigers/ alle
Ausgabef/ so er zug notturfft seiner Gewercken/ dieselb wochenh gethan/ stück vor
stück lesen i / darauff die Summa j der wöchentlichen Ausgabe k machen/ vnnd ein
gewönlich l verzeichnus dauon niderlegen m / die sol n der Bergkschreyber/ in
vorwharungo nehmen/ vnd zur Quartal rechnung fürlegenp.
[BN II,23]
Der XXiijq Artickel.
Von dem Bestetigungs oder
verleyher tage/ wie vnd
wen der gehalten
sol werdens.
a
22. BN(1647), XXII. BN(1698)
EJnen ieden = AVff jedem
c
insert den
d
insert Mahlstatt vnd
e
angehör = gegenwarth vnnd anhörung
f
außgaben
g
zur BN(1698)
h
dieselb wochen = selbige Woche über
i
ablesen
j
Summam
k
Außgaben
l
ein gewönlich = eine beständige
m
einlegen
n
die sol = welche hernach
o
insert zu
p
zur Quartal rechnung fürlegen = bey der Quartal-Rechnung wiederumb zu produciren vnd vorzubringen
q
23. BN(1647), XXIII. BN(1698)
r
verleyhungs
s
wen der gehalten sol werden = wann derselbe soll gehalten werden
b
411
EJn iede wochena/ sol vnser Bergkmeister/ sampt seinen Geschwornen/ an der darzu
verordente b stelle/ auff c Mitwochen/ oder wo d Feyertag wehre/ den nehisten tagk
darnach/ zum wenigisten/ von zwelffe biß auff ein/ horaf/ vnd darüber/ so lang esg
gelegenheyt derh sachen erfordert/ bey einander sein/ doselbst/i gethane Mutungen/j
verleyhen vnd bestetigen/k frist vnd nachlassung gebenl/ Stewer machen/ schied [22v]
vnnd vortrege m / zwischen irrigen parten n / auffrichten o / vnd anders handeln das
fürkömpt/ vnd in sein Ampt gehörig/ vnd was also gehandelt vnnd beschlossen
wirdet p / sol auffs q Bergkmeisters befehl/ durch den Bergkschreyber/ laut seines
befehls r / getreulich eingeschrieben werden s / vnd was ane das geschicht/ sol
vnkrefftig vnd nichtig seint.
[BN II,24]
Der XXiiiju Artickel.
Vom Lohnenv/ durch wenea/
a
EJn iede wochen = ALle vnd jede Woche
verordneten
c
insert den
d
insert selbiger ein
e
Zwölffen BN(1647), 12. BN(1698)
f
biß auff ein/ hora = bis Ein Vhr BN(1647), biß 1. Uhr BN(1698)
g
insert die
h
insert vorfallenden
i
sein/ doselbst/ = kommen vnd bleiben/ die
j
insert auch das
k
insert so dann
l
insert vnnd einwilligen
m
schied vnnd vortrege = entscheidung vnd verträge
n
irrigen parten = den irrigen vnnd streitenden Partheyen
o
insert vnd schliessen
p
vnd anders handeln das fürkömpt/ vnd in sein Ampt gehörig/ vnd was also gehandelt vnnd beschlossen
wirdet = auch sonsten alles ander/ so vorkommen vnd in sein Ambt gehören möchte/ verrichten/ was auch
also abgehandelt/ beschlossen vnnd auffgerichtet wirdt
q
auff das
r
laut seines befehls = krafft seiner Pflichten
s
eingeschrieben werden = eingeschrieben vnd verzeichnet
t
vnd was ane das geschicht/ sol vnkrefftig vnd nichtig sein = was aber sonsten ohne dieses geschicht/ für
nichtig vnd krafftlos gehalten vnd geschätzet werden
u
24. BN(1647), XXIV. BN(1698)
v
Ablohnen
b
412
wenn/ vnd wie/ geloh=
net sol werdenb.
Vor oder nach gehaltenem anschniedt/ sol ein ider Schichtmeister/ inn beysein des
Steigers/ allen handtwergksleuthenc/ Erbeyternd/ vnd andern/ denen er/ von wegen
seinere Gewergken schuldig/ das lohn verrichten vnnd zalenf/ alsog / das ein ieder
Erbeyter selbst entkegen sey/ vnd das lohn entpfaheh.
[BN II,25]
Der xxv.i Artickel
[23r]
Von der Schichtmeister Rech=
nungen/ wenn vnd wie die ge=
halten vnnd gethan
sol werdenj.
EJn ieder Schichtmeister/ sol alle Einnahm vnd Außgab/ die er von wegen seiner
Gewergken zu thuen hat/ von wochen zu wochen/ mit allem gepürendenk fleiß vnd
nottürfftigen
l
vmbstenden/ klar vnd lauter verzaichen
m
/ vnd
n
in ein
o
ördentlich Register brengen/[.] anfengklich alle gemachte Kupffer vnnd Silber/ a
a
wehme
gelohnet sol werden = solches geschehen sol
c
Handtwerckern
d
Arbeitzleuten
e
insert anbefohlenen
f
das lohn verrichten vnnd zalen = den Lohn reichen vnd außzahlen
g
also = derogestalt BN(1647), dergestalt BN(1698)
h
ein ieder Erbeyter selbst entkegen sey/ vnd das lohn entpfahe = ein jedweder selbsten persöhnlich
zugegen/ vnd jhn empfangen möge
i
25. BN(1647), XXV. BN(1698)
j
wie die gehalten vnnd gethan sol werden = wie dieselbe sollen gehalten vnd abgeleget werden
k
gebührendem
l
nothwendigen
m
klar vnd lauter verzaichen = richtig vnd klar verzeichnen
n
insert auffschreiben/ dann
o
ordentliches
b
413
auch alles geldt/ so er von angelegtenb Zupussen/c von Stewer/ wassergeldt/ vierden
pfenning/ Neunden/ Bergkfördernusd/ vnnd anderme entpfangen/ für dief Einnahm/
Darnach g was er für Bergk vnd hütten kost h außgeben hat i / setzen/ vnd j nemlich/
was/ wie viel/ vnd wem/ er geldt gebenk/ von wem/ was vnd wie thewer/ er itzlichl
stuck kaufft/ was inn zeit des vierteyl Jharesm mit geding/ auchn wie lang/ darüber
gearbeyt/ o was auffs gedinge gangen/ was doan p erübrigt/[.] Auch q alle Erbeither/
knecht/ vnnd iungen/ mit nahmen setzen r / vnd zu letzt was am gelde s / Kupffer/
Silber/ vnd getzawt imu vorrat bleibetv,w.
Vnd sol x ein ieder Schichtmeister/ alle Sonnabent vor dem Quattember/ seine
Rechnung beschliesseny/ vnnd inn sonderheyt/ söllen die Schichtmeisterz/ so kupffer
vnd aa Silber in vnsern bb Zehenden geantwortet/ vnd cc geldt daraus entpfangen
habendd/ zuuor/ mit dema Zehendner abrechnenb/ was seinen Gewergken/ im [23v]
a
insert wie
insert vnd verrichteten
c
insert Jtem
d
Bergforderungen
e
anderm = anderen Gefällen
f
für die = zur
g
Darnach = Dann hernach
h
hütten kost = Hüttenkosten hinwiederumb
i
hat absent
j
insert einführen
k
gegeben
l
itzlich = ein jedes
m
insert beydes
n
auch = vnd
o
insert auch
p
was doan = vnd daran
q
Auch = Jmgleichen
r
mit nahmen setzen = mit jhren Nahmen nennen vnd einsetzen
s
vnd zu letzt was am gelde = sonderlich zum Beschlus was etwa an Gelde
t
getzaw = Gezeug BN(1647) [corrected to <getzaw> in BN(1647) Errata], Gezeug BN(1698)
u
im = annoch in
v
beibet BN(1647), bleibet BN(1698)
w
insert anhengen vnd specificiren
x
Vnd sol = Es soll auch
y
schliessen
z
söllen die Schichtmeister = der jenige
aa
oder
bb
Vnserm
cc
auch
dd
haben absent
b
414
Zehenden bleibet/ ein verzaichnus c nehmen/ vnd inn seiner Quartahl Rechnung
fürlegend.
[BN II,26]
Der xxvie Artickel.
Wer der Schichtmeister
Rechnung anhören sol.
ES söllen vnsere/ Heuptmanf/ Bergkmeister vnd Geschworne/ zu yeder zeit/ bey der
Rechnung entkegeng sein die Rechnungenh mit allem fleiß anhören/ vnnd legeni/ sich
darauß erkundenj/ wie den Gewergken fürgestanden/ vnd mit yremk gelde gehandelt
worden l / vnd wo
m
sie befinden/ das aus vnwissenheyt/ verseumnus odder
vnuorsichtigkeyt/ eynicher n Gewergkschafft zu schaden gehandelt worden/ des o
söllen sie/ den Gewergken von denen die esp gehandelt/q erstatung verschaffenr.
Würde aber betriegks/ falsch/ vntrew/ aigener nutz odder ander vnrecht/ befunden/
das söllen siea/ mit gepürendemb ernst/ vnnachleßlich straffen.
a
insert verordnetem BN(1647), insert verordneten BN(1698)
abrechnen = abrechnung halten/ dann
c
insert vnnd Designation
d
inn seiner Quartahl Rechnung fürlegen = bey seiner Qvartal-Rechnung vohrlegen vnd beybringen
e
26. BN(1647), XXVI. BN(1698)
f
Hauptman BN(1647), Hauptmänner BN(1698)
g
zugegen
h
Rechnung
i
zulegen
j
sich darauß erkunden = auch da nötig sich erkündigen
k
deren
l
worden absent
m
vnd wo = auch da
n
insert oder anderen
o
zu schaden gehandelt worden/ des = etwas zuschaden geschehen
p
denen die es = den jenigen/ so solches versehen vnd
q
insert gebührliche
r
schaffen
s
betriegk = einiger Betrug
b
415
Wenn in der Schichtmeister Rechnung c / vnuorsetzliche d irrungen/ die e den
Gewergken nicht f nachteylig befunden/ so sol solcher irthumb/ inn g Registern
geandert/ vnd der Schichtmeister/ nach gebrauch gestrafft werdenh.
[24r]
[BN II,27]
Der xxvij.i Artickel.
Allej Rechnungen in einen
Recess zu brengen.
ZW ieder zeit der Quartahl Rechnungenk/ söllen alle der Schichtmeister/ gethane vnd
angenomene Rechnungen/ in ein kurtzen Recessl/ ördentlich bracht/ werden/ darein
man verleyben solm/ die Zeche/ des Schichtmeisters nahmenn/ vndo lohn/ was den
Gewergken imp vorrathe/ oder was schulden bleybetq/ wie viel Kuckes vorgewergkt/
wie viel Silber vnd Kupffer gemacht/ was zur Außteylungr beschlossen/ Oder auff
a
vnrecht/ befunden/ das söllen sie = Vngerechtsambkeit dabey mit vnterlauffen vnd vorgangen seyn/ sollen
sie es
b
gepürendem = geziemenden BN(1647), geziemendem BN(1698)
c
Wenn in der Schichtmeister Rechnung = doch wann sonsten in gedachter Schichtmeister Rechnungen
d
vnuorsetzliche = vnversehene vnnd nicht vohrsetzliche BN(1647), unversehene und nicht vorseüliche
BN(1698)
e
die = so auch
f
insert sonders
g
so sol solcher irthumb/ inn = sollen solche Jrthumbe vnd errores in den
h
nach gebrauch gestrafft werden = nach dem gebrauch/ vnnd wie es anderßwo herkommen/ gestraffet vnd
angesehen werden
i
27. BN(1647), XXVII. BN(1698)
j
Alle = Wie alle
k
der Quartahl Rechnungen = wann die Qvartal-Rechnung beleuchtiget wirdt
l
insert vnnd Begriff
m
ördentlich bracht/ werden/ darein man verleyben sol = fein ordentlich gebracht werden/ worein zugleich
mit zu specificiren
n
Name
o
insert der
p
in
q
oder was schulden bleybet = vnnd was sie schüldig bleiben
r
Autheilung BN(1698)
416
Zupuss angelegt &c. vnd dieser Recess/ sol allemahl gezwifacht/ vns einer
zugestellet/ der ander/ beneben den Registern/ in guther verwarung gehalten/
werdena.
[BN II,28]
Der xxviijb Artickel.
Von der Austeylung/ wie die
beschlossen/ vnd gegeben
sol werdenc.
[24v] Wenn nun der Schichmeister/ Quartahl Rechnungen d wie obuerleybt e /
verhöret/ vberlegt f / vnd angenommen g / vnd sich aus derselben h / auch vnsers
Zehendners/ mit ihme gehalthener ab rechnung/ befindet/ das ein vorrathe bleybet/
der sich auff ein Austeylung/ als i zum wenigisten auff einen Kuckes ij. j floren
erstreckt/ sol darauff durch vnserek Heuptman/ Bergkmeister/ vnd geschworne/ nach
vermögel des vorraths/ ein Austeilung den Gewergken zu geben/ beschlossen vnd
befohlen werden/ doch solm darauff acht gegeben werdenn/ daso so viel imp vorrathe
behalten/ daruon die Zeche/ biss zu nehister Rechnung/ mit notturfft versehen sey/
a
dieser Recess/ sol allemahl gezwifacht/ vns einer zugestellet/ der ander/ beneben den Registern/ in guther
verwarung gehalten/ werden = soll dieser Recess allemahl zweifach vnd in duplo eingegeben/ dann davon
einer Vns/ der ander aber sonsten benebenst den Registern in guter Verwahrung behalten vnd vffgehoben
werden
b
28. BN(1647), XXVIII. BN(1698)
c
wie die beschlossen/ vnd gegeben sol werden = wie die sol beschlossen vnnd gegeben werden
d
Quartahl Rechnungen = Qvartal-Rechung
e
obgemeldt
f
zugelegt
g
auffgenommen
h
aus derselben = alßdann aus deroselben/ wie
i
insert etwa
j
ij. = zu 2 BN(1647), zu 2. BN(1698)
k
Vnsern
l
Vermögen
m
sol = das
n
werden absent
o
das = damit
p
in
417
Was aber darübera bleybet/ oder aberb sich zur Auspeut nicht erstreckt/ das sol den
Gewergken zu gut/ als yhr vorrathe/ im Zehenden verwharetc werden.
[BN II,29]
Der xxix.d Artickel.
Wie die Schichten gefahren
vnd gehalten sollen werdene.
FRwe zu vier horaf/ sol die erst Schicht (so man die frweschicht nennet) Die Ander
zu zwelffg horah/ im Mittag (welche man die Mittagsschicht nennet) vnd die dritte/
am abent zui Achtj horak (die man die nachtschicht nennet) angefahren/ vnd [25r]
gehalten werden/ vnd ein ieder Bergkarbeyther/ sol also diel schicht Siebenm gantze
stunden/ an seiner Erbeyt bleiben/ vnd ehro der Steyger ausklopfft/ keyner vomp orte
fahren.
a
darüber = übrig
aber absent
c
insert vnd auffgehoben
d
29. BN(1647), XXIX BN(1698)
e
gefahren vnd gehalten sollen werden = sollen gefahren vnd gehalten werden
f
FRwe zu vier hora = DEs Morgens frühe zu Vier Vhren BN(1647), DEs Morgens früh zu 4. Uhren
BN(1698)
g
12. BN(1698)
h
Vhren
i
zu = vmb
j
8. BN(1698)
k
Vhren
l
sol also die = in sothaner jeden
m
7. BN(1698)
n
gantze stunde = gantzer Stunden
o
ehe
p
von seinem
b
418
Vnd sol a auff ein iede/ oben geordenter b Schicht/ eine stunde zuuor/ als früe zu
dreyen c / im Mittag zu Eylffen d / vnd am abend/ zu e Sieben f horen g / angeleutet
werden/ darmit sich die Erbeyther darnach zu richtenh/ ein iederi an gepürliche stelle
seiner erbeyt/ sich findenj/ vnnd ihrek verseumnis/ desta weniger zu entschuldigen
habenl.
[BN II,30]
Der xxxm Artickel.
Dien Nachtschicht/
nicht zufahreno.
AVff welcher Zechen/ nicht drey p Schichten gefahren werden/ do sol man die
Nachtschicht zu fahren/ nicht verstattenq/ vnd wo man nühr ein Schicht erbeytr/ sos
sol man die früschichtt halten.
[BN II,31]
Der xxxi.u Artickel.
[25v]
a
Vnd sol = Es soll aber
oben geordenter = obangeordnete
c
3. BN(1698)
d
11. BN(1698)
e
vmb
f
7. BN(1698)
g
Vhren
h
zu richten = desto besser zurichten
i
jedweder
j
an gepürliche stelle seiner erbeyt/ sich finden = an gebührlichen Orthe bey seiner angewiesenen Arbeit
finden BN(1647), an gebührlichem Ort bey seiner angewiesenen Arbeit finden BN(1698)
k
die
l
insert möge
m
30. BN(1647), XXX. BN(1698)
n
Die = Wann die
o
zu fahren
p
3. BN(1698)
q
gestatten
r
arbeitet
s
da
t
Früheschicht BN(1647), Früh-Schicht BN(1698)
u
31. BN(1647), XXXI. BN(1698)
b
419
Wie vnd in was zeyt/ einer
dena andern/ verkauffterb
teyl gewehren sol.
SO einer dem andern c teyl verkaufft/ vnnd beyde teyl d / ihre wonung auffm e
Bergkwergk/ vnd in vnserm Königreich Norwegen/ hetten/ so sol der kauffer die
gewehr sölcher teyl/ yhme ins Kegenbuch zuthuen/ in vier wochen nehistf nach demg
kauff/ bey dem verkauffer zuh suchen/ Auch der verkauffer/ die gewehr in solcheri
zeyt zu thuen/ schuldig seinj.
Do aber der verkauffer auffs kauffers ansuchen/ die gewehr zu thuen seumig/ oder
nicht k eynheymisch were/ oder aber l sich nicht wölte finden lassen m / so n sol der
kauffer solchs vnserm Bergkmeister vor ausgang der viero wochen/p anzeygen/ ob er
auchq das kauffgelt nicht zalt hette/ hinther yne erlegen/ vnd biethen den verkauffer
die gewehre zu thuen ernstlich zu weysen/ das auch also geschafftr werden sols.
a
dem
seinen verkaufften
c
insert sein
d
teyl = contrahenten
e
auff dem
f
vier wochen nehist = den negsten vier Wochen BN(1647), den nechsten 4. Wochen BN(1698)
g
dem = getroffenem
h
zu absent
i
alsolcher BN(1647), all solcher BN(1698)
j
Auch der verkauffer/ die gewehr in solcher zeyt zu thuen/ schuldig sein = derdann dieselbe in alsolcher
Zeit zu leisten schüldig vnd gehalten
k
nicht absent BN(1698)
l
aber = auch
m
wölte finden lassen = finden liesse
n
alßdann
o
4. BN(1698)
p
insert denunciiren vnd
q
ob er auch = auch zugleich
r
beschaffet BN(1647), geschaffet BN(1698)
s
nicht zalt hette/ hinther yne erlegen/ vnd biethen den verkauffer die gewehre zu thuen ernstlich zu weysen/
das auch also geschafft werden sol = wann ers nicht schon gezahlet hätte/ bey selbigem deponiren vnd
hinterlegen/ dann darauff bitten/ seinen Verkäuffer/ nochmahln die Gewehr zuthun/ ernstlich anzuweisen/
welches dann auch also beschaffet vnd verhenget werden
b
420
Wo aber der kauffer mit ansuchung der gewehr in bemeltera frist verzügeb/ vnd der
verkauffer den kauff gehalten haben wölte/ sol er/ vor außgang c obgenanter vier
wochen/ solchs dem Bergkmeister ansagen/ vnd dem kauffer die gewehrd zu thuen/
vor dem Bergkmeister sich erbiethen/ als dann sol der keuffer zu halten auch geweist
werdene.
[26r] So aber beyde teyl hierinne seumig/ vnd alsof vier wochen verfliessen lasseng
würden/ Soh sol keyn teyl/ das andere anzusprechen/ auch eins dem andern (es wölte
dann gerne thuen) nichts pflichtig seini.
Es söllen aber j außlendische Bergkleuthe/ als die k auff vnserm Bergkwerge zu
Norwegenl nicht wohnen/ in diesen Artickel nicht gezogen seinm.
Vnd was in diesem Artickel von n vorkauffen vnd kauffen gesagt ist/ Das sol/ in
demselben/ auch inno nehistvolgenden zweyen Artickelnp / auch q von allen andern
voreusserungr der teyl/ als von gebens/ schencken/ verfreymargken/ vnd derogleichen
verstanden werden.
a
gemelter
verzöhge
c
außgang = verfliessung
d
insert gebührlich
e
vor dem Bergkmeister sich erbiethen/ als dann sol der keuffer zu halten auch geweist werden = vor
demselben sich anerbieten/ alßdann der Käuffer auch/ selbigen zuhalten/ anzuweisen
f
also = die
g
verfliessen lassen = darüber verfliessen
h
So absent
i
das andere anzusprechen/ auch eins dem andern (es wölte dann gerne thuen) nichts pflichtig sein = den
andern mehr anzusprechen befugt/ noch einer dem andern/ er wolle es dann aus guten willen thun/
zuantworten mehr schuldig seyn
j
Es söllen aber = Doch sollen die
k
als die = so
l
Bergkwerge zu Norwegen = Bergwercke oder im Reich Norwegen
m
in diesen Artickel nicht gezogen sein = in diesem Articul nicht gezogen/ noch gemeynet seyn
n
vom
o
demselben/ auch inn = selbigem/ wie auch in den
p
[Corrected from <das sol in denselben/ auch inn nehisten zweyen Artickeln/> in BN Correctur]
q
vnnd
r
Vereusserungen
s
von geben = vom vergeben
b
421
[BN II,32]
Der xxxij.a Artickel.
Wer die Zupuss erkauffterb
teyl zu geben schuldig.
WElcher nach beschließc der Quartal Rechnung Kuckes kaufft/ der sol frey gewehret
werden/ welcher aber vor der Rechnung teyl kauffted/ der sol die Zupuss/ so ernach
angelegt würdee/ zu geben schuldig sein.
[26v]
[BN II,33]
Der xxxiij.f Artickel.
Wer die Auspeut erkauffterg
teyl/ entpfahen sol.
WElcher Bergkteyl kaufft/ zuuor vnd ehe dannh in der Quartahl Rechnung/i Auspeut
auff dieselb Zeche beschlossen worden ist j / So k sol die hernach beschlossene
Auspeut dem kauffer volgen/ Welcher aberl nach beschlossener Auspeut derselben
Zechen kauffte/ dem sol m die Auspeut n nicht zustehen/ sondern o die sol p dem
a
32. BN(1647), XXXII. BN(1698)
der erkaufften
c
Beschliessung
d
käuffet
e
so ernach angelegt würde = so hernach angeleget wirdt/ davon
f
33. BN(1647), XXXIII. BN(1698)
g
der erkaufften
h
zuuor vnd ehe dann = ehe vnnd bevohr
i
insert einige
j
beschlossen worden ist = ist beschlossen worden
k
So absent
l
Welcher aber = da aber einer
m
derselben Zechen kauffte/ dem sol = erstlich kauffte/ soll
n
insert demselben
o
besondern
p
die sol absent
b
422
verkauffer bleyben/ Es wehre dann a in diesem vnd nehistem Artickel oben b / ein
anders von partenc bewilliget/ gestanden/ oder beweisetd.
[BN II,34]
Der xxxiiij.e Artickel.
Alle Zechen sollen ver
rechent vnd vorre=
cestf werden.
[27r] ES söllen alle vnnd iede Zechen/ dieg werden mit handarbeyt gebawet/ oder mit
frist/ oder steuer/ bawhafftig gehalten/ durch die Schichtmeister oder vorsteher ein
iedes Quartahl verrechenth/ vnd verrecest werden/ vnnd do dasi nicht geschehej/ so
sol k die Zeche darmit nicht inns frey gefallen/ sonder l der Schichtmeister oder
Steyger/ darumb ernstlichm gestrafft werden.
[BN II,35]
Der xxxv.n Artickel.
Vom Quattember gelde.
a
insert Sache/ daß die Parten selbst
nehistem Artickel oben = negst vorhergehenden Articul
c
von parten = vnter sich
d
bewiesen
e
34. BN(1647), XXXIV. BN(1698)
f
verrechent vnd vorrecest = berechnet vnd verrecesset
g
die = sie
h
ein iedes Quartahl verrechent = jedes Qvartal gebührlich verrechnet
i
solches
j
geschicht
k
so sol = soll doch
l
sondern
m
insert angesehen vnd
n
35. BN(1647), XXXV. BN(1698)
b
423
EJn iedera Schichtmeister odder vorsteher/ sol zu erhaltung der Geschwornen/ vnd
ander gemeynerb notturfft des Bergkwergks/ von einer itzlichen Zeche/ diec werde
gebawet/d mit frist oder steuer erhalten/ ein idee Rechnung Siebenthalben groschenf/
vnd ein Stolle der g keine zugehörig fundgrub oder massen h hat/ auch so viel zu i
Quattembergelde gebenj/ das solk der Bergkschreyberl entpfahen/ vnd berechnen laut
seins befehlsm.
[BN II,36]
Der xxxvi.n Artickel.
[27v]
Wenn zweno genge am tage ferne
gnugk von einander seint/
vnd in der teuffep zu=
sammen fallen.
ABq sichs begöbe/ das zwenr genge am tage ferne gnugk von einander werens/ vnnd
doch in der teuffet zu sammen fallen würden/ vnd weren auff beiden gengen lehen
a
jedweder
ander gemeyner = anderer gemeinen
c
die = sie
d
insert oder
e
ein ide = in einer jeden
f
[Corrected from <vierdhalben groschen> in BN Correctur]
g
der = so
h
Masse
i
zu absent
j
insert vnd abtragen
k
das sol = welches
l
insert zu
m
berechnen laut seins befehls = laut seines habenden Befehls zuberechnen
n
36. BN(1647), XXXVI. BN(1698)
o
zwey
p
Tieffe
q
OB
r
zwey
s
wären BN(1698)
t
Tieffe BN(1647) [corrected to <teuffe> in BN(1647) Errata], Tieffe BN(1698)
b
424
gethan/ daraus gezengka entstünde/ do söllen vnser Bergkmeister vnd Geschworne/
die iüngern belehnte/ weysenb/ den elthernc zu weichen.
[BN II,37]
Der xxxvij.d Artickel.
Welchse teyl im falle do zwenef
gengeg zu sammen fallen/
beweysungh thuen
solle:.
WEnn sichs zutrüge/ das zwenei genge zu sammen fallenj/ Ein teyl das andere/ yhm
zuk weichen/ müssigenl würde/ vnd der iüngerm nicht gestehen wölte das der eltere
auff seinem belehntenn gange legeo/ sonder sagtep er were dauon/ auff ein andern
vnbe=[28r]lehnten gangk gefallen/ do sol dem iüngernq sein angeben/ Nemlich das
der eltere von seinem belehnten gange gefallen/ vnd mit seinem belehntenr gange/ an
das streittige s ort nicht kommen t / weislich zumachen zuerkant vnd auffgelegt u
a
vnd weren auff beiden gengen lehen gethan/ daraus gezengk = vnd aber auff beyden Theilen Lehen gethan
wehre/ woraus Streit vnnd Gezängk BN(1647), und aber auff beyden Theilen Lehen gethan wäre/ worauß
Streit und Gezänck BN(1698)
b
anweisen
c
insert darein
d
37. BN(1647), XXXVII. BN(1698)
e
Welcher
f
zwey
g
insert also
h
beweysung = den Beweis
i
zwey
j
fielen
k
Ein teyl das andere/ yhm zu = vnd einer den anderen zu
l
insert vnd nötigen
m
vnd der iünger = der jünger aber
n
belehnetem
o
legte
p
sonder sagte = sondern vorgebe
q
insert solch
r
seinem belehnten = demselben
s
das streittige = den streitigen
t
komme
u
weislich zumachen zuerkant vnd auffgelegt = beweißlich zumachen/ aufferlegt vnd zuerkandt
425
werden/ Er auch schuldig zu thun seina/ ane das/ sol erb dem eltern zu weichen von
Bergkmeister vnd Geschwornen/ bey einer namhafftigen puesse/ geweist werdenc.
[BN II,38]
Der xxxviijd Artickel.
Vone Kiesen auff gengef/
wie es darmit gehal=
ten sol werdeng.
WEnn Gewergken in yhrem Lehen/ mehr dann einen gangk ersuncken oder erlength/
vnd es darzu kommet/ das sie einen gangk kiesen mussen/ danni söllen Bergkmeister
vnnd Geschworne darzu fahren/ vnd wo die/ mit dem augenschein/ durch des ganges
Saalband in hangents j oder liegents/ oder aber k sonst Bergklaufftiger l weyse/
befinden/ welchsm der Gewergken rechter belehnter heuptgangk sey/ So söllen sie
die Gewergken/ odder deren n diener weisen o / sich desselbigen/ als yhres rechten
belehnten ganges zu haltenp.
a
Er auch schuldig zu thun sein = welches er dann schüldig zuthun
ane das/ sol er = vnd soll er ohne das/ doch
c
von Bergkmeister vnd Geschwornen/ bey einer namhafftigen puesse/ geweist werden = bey einer
namhafften Pöen durch den Bergmeister vnd Geschworne angewiesen werden
d
38. BN(1647), XXXVIII. BN(1647)
e
Vom
f
Gängen
g
darmit gehalten sol werden = damit sol gehalten werden
h
insert haben
i
so
j
in hangents = einhangents
k
auch
l
insert vnd gebräuchlicher
m
insert äigentlich
n
deroselben
o
anweisen
p
zu halten = zugebrauchen/ vnd daran alleinig zuhalten
b
426
[28v] Do es aber nicht augensichtiga/ dob söllen die eldisten Gewergken/ auff einen
derselben gengec kiesen/ vnd welchen sied ein mahl gekorne/ darauff söllen sie ihr
bleybens habenf.
[BN II,39]
Der XXXiX.g Arti.h
Von Vierungeni/ vnd wie
man die erlangen sol.
WElche Gewergken mit ihrem gange inn krafft seinesj alters/ die Vierung/ auff einen
andern Jüngern gange/ erlangen wöllen/ die söllen mit ihrem belehnten/ vnd nichtk
mit ihren l gekornen/ oder m angenomenen gange/ wie gepürlich n kommen/ vnd als
dann die Vierung haben.
[BN II,40]
Der Xl.o Artickel.
Niemand sol einem andernp
Zechen oder teyle/ ge=
fehrlicher weise zu
schreiben lassen.
a
insert vnd scheinbahr
alßdann
c
derselben genge = deroselben Gängen
d
insert derogestalt
e
erkohren
f
ihr bleybens haben = jhr Verbleibens haben vnd behalten
g
39. BN(1647), XXXIX. BN(1698)
h
Articul. BN(1647), Artickel. BN(1698)
i
Vierung
j
dessen
k
vnd nicht = nicht aber
l
jhrem
m
vnnd
n
gebräuchlich
o
40. BN(1647), XL. BN(1698)
p
insert es seyn
b
427
[29r] WVrde iemandesa einem andernb/ eyne Zeche oder teyle gefehrlicher/ listigerc/
oder sonst verdachter d weyse/ odder auff ein e schein/ also f das er gleichwol die
nutzung dauon selbst habeng wölde/ zuschreyben lassen/ Solche Zeche vnd Teyle/
söllenh demi bleyben/ dem sie geschriebenj stehen.
Ob aber der ienigek/ dem sie also zu geschryeben/ dieselb Zeche oder teyhl/ nicht
haben wöltel/ Oder auchm nicht in wesenn wereo/ alsdann söllen dieselb Zechep vnd
teyle/ mit allerq abnützung vnd zugehör/ als verleuckent gut/ vns in vnser kammer
verfallen sein.
Vnd wo der betriegk strefflichr/ sos sol gepürlicher ernst darwidder fürgenommen/
Auch der so dieselb t Zeche oder u Teyl/ obuerleybter weyse v einem andern zu
geschrieben/w zu keynen teylen/ inn der selbenx gruben/y zugelassen werden.
a
jemandt
anderem
c
hinterlistiger
d
verdächtiger
e
auff ein = vnterm
f
also absent
g
haben = behalten
h
Solche Zeche vnd Teyle/ söllen = sollen allsolche Zeche vnd Theile
i
dem = dem jenigen
j
vorhin zugeschrieben
k
der ienige = derjeniger
l
nicht haben wölte = nicht zu behalten begehrte
m
insert sonsten
n
in wesen = im wehsend BN(1647), im Wesen BN(1698)
o
wäre BN(1698)
p
Zechen BN(1698)
q
hrer BN(1647), ihrer BN(1698)
r
der betriegk strefflich = der Betrug zu gros vnd sträflich
s
so absent
t
Auch der so dieselb = vnd derselbe/ so derogleichen
u
vnnd
v
obuerleybter weyse = gehörter massen
w
insert durchaus
x
der selben = deroselben
y
insert admittiret oder
b
428
[BN II,41]
Der Xli.a Artickel.
Bericht aus den Bergkbüchernb
zu thuen sol niemandesc ge=
wegertd werden.
[29v] WEr begeren wirdt/ ihme die Bergkbücher inn sachen soe er anzeygen würdef/
zuuerlesen/ oder g abschryefft daruon zu geben h / dem sol solches vmb die gepüre
widerfaren.
[BN II,42]
Der Xlij.i Artickel.
Was Massen die Vorsteher
den Gewergkenj auff zu
nehmen schuldigk.
WEnn k Gewergken inn yhren Zechen/ Massen/ odder Stöllen/ genge/ klüfft/ oder
geschickel/ mit ihren gepewden vberfahren/ dannm sollen die diener vnd vorsteher
ihren Gewergken ein Fundgrub/ vnd beyde nehiste Massen auff zunehmen/ schuldig
sein/ die volgendenn Massen aber/ mögen sie/ oder andere/ auffnehmen.
a
41. BN(1647), XLI. BN(1698)
Bericht aus den Bergkbüchern = Auß dem Bergbüchern Bericht
c
niemanden BN(1647), niemand BN(1698)
d
gewegert = verweigert
e
insert ihn betreffen vnnd
f
wirdt
g
insert auch
h
zu geben = zuertheilen
i
42. BN(1647), XLII. BN(1698)
j
Was Massen die Vorsteher den Gewergken = Wie die Vorsteher der Gewercken Massen
k
insert einige
l
Geschichte BN(1647) [corrected to <Geschicke> in BN(1647) Errata], Geschichte BN(1698)
m
alßdann
n
volgenden = übrigen
b
429
[BN II,43]
Der Xliij.a Artickel.
Kein groß gepeude auff
Zechen zu setzen.
[30r] ES sol auch/ zuuerhüttung b vnnottürfftiger kost c / ane vnsers Bergkmeisters
erlaubnus/ auff stöllen oder d Zechen/ kein groß e haus/ anderst dann zu f blosser
notturfft/ gebawet werden.
[BN II,44]
Der xliiij.g Artickel.
Von Steuer/ wie die gemacht/
verschrieben vnd gegeben/
sol werdenh:.
JM Stewer machen i / die man zu Stöllen/ stregken/ Schechten/ oder sonst j giebet/
sollen Bergmeister vnd Geschworne/ k gut achtung geben/ ob die l Stewer/ dem
Bergkwergk fürderlich/ auch denm Gewergken zutreglich/ sey/ Auch dasn nyemandt
a
43. BN(1647), XLIII. BN(1698)
zu Verhütung
c
vnnottürfftiger kost = vnnöthiger Kosten
d
vnnd
e
grösser
f
anderst dann zu = als zu
g
44. BN(1647), XLIV. BN(1698)
h
sol werden = werden soll
i
JM Stewer machen = WAnn Stewer zu machen vnnd anzusetzen
j
sonsten
k
insert zuvohr erwegen vnnd
l
dieselbe
m
insert gemeinen
n
Auch das = insonderheit daß
b
430
darmit/ widder pilligkeyt a beschwert/ dieselb auch b / in massen c wie d hier oben
gemeldet/ verschriben werdene.
[BN II,45]
Der xlv.f Artickel.
Wie es der gegebnen Stewer zu
den Stölleng/ mit abkürtzung
am vierden pfenningh/ ge=
halten sol werdeni.
[30v] ALlerley j gezengk vnd vnrichtigkeyt zuuerhüten/ ordnen vnd setzen wir k /
Wenn eine Zeche einem Stollen/l gemachte Stewer/m gegeben hat/ vnd es volgendn
dahin gereicht/ das sye/ dem selbigen Stollen/ vierden pfenning geben/ solo/ esp also
gehalten werden.
Nemlich das die Stollen stewer/ so viel der q gegeben/ an dem r vierden pfennig
abgekürtzt/ vnd also/ dieselbs Zeche/ dem Stollen/ dent vierden pfenningu zu geben/
a
darmit/ widder pilligkeyt = wieder die Billigkeit damit
dieselb auch = auch dieselbe
c
in massen = immassen BN(1647), inmassen BN(1698)
d
insert schon
e
werde
f
45. BN(1647), XLV. BN(1698)
g
Wie es der gegebnen Stewer zu den Stöllen = Wie es dem zu den Stöllen gegebenen Stewer halber
h
am vierden pfenning = des vierdten Pfennings
i
gehalten sol werden = soll gehalten werden
j
ALlerhandt
k
ordnen vnd setzen wir = constituiren vnd ordnen Wir
l
insert die
m
insert entrichtet vnnd
n
folgendts
o
dem selbigen Stollen/ vierden pfenning geben/ sol = demselben den vierdten Pfenningh zugeben
angemahnet/ soll es damit also gehalten werden
p
insert damit
q
derer
r
den
s
die
t
den = selbigen
u
insert weiter
b
431
nicht sol schuldiga sein/ es seyb dann die Stewer zuuorc abgekürtzt/ vnd so dieselb
abgekürtzt d / vnd der Stolle noche nicht durch die Massenf were/ als dann sol der
vierde pfennig dem Stollen/ weyl er in masseng ist/ gereicht werden.
Ob sichsh aber auch begöbe/ das ein Zeche diei Stollen stewer gegeben hettej/ ligendk
bliebe/ vnd volgents/ für unser freyes auffgenommen würde/ So söllenl der newe
Lehentreger oder m Gewergken/ sich der Stewer/ so die alten Gewergken gegeben/
nichts zu trösten haben/ sondero dem Stollen weyl er in ihrer Zechen ist/p den vierden
pfennig zu geben schuldig sein.
[BN II,46]
Der Xlvi.q Artickel.
Wie es mit enthawenem Ertze/
gehalten sol werdenr.
a
insert noch gehalten
were
c
insert schon
d
vnd so dieselb abgekürtzt = Wann solches geschehen
e
annoch
f
Masse
g
in massen = noch in der Masse
h
sich
i
die = so
j
hette absent
k
beliegen BN(1647), liegen BN(1698)
l
soll
m
vnd
n
alten
o
besondern
p
insert einen weg wie den anderen
q
46. BN(1647), XLVI. BN(1698)
r
gehalten sol werden = sol gehalten werden
b
432
[31r] WElche Gewergkschafft/ einer andern a ihr Ertze b enthawen/ vnd das/ vor
gethanemc Rechtsverpot odder kommer/ vber die hengebangk/ brachtd hette/ dasselb
Ertzt/ sol der Gewergkschafft/ die es gehawen hat/ als das yhre/ bleybene.
[BN II,47]
Der Xlvij.f Artickel.
Von Kömmerng des Ertzs
am Stein.
SO
h
einiche Gewergkschafft/ oder ihre diener/ vermeinten/ das ein ander
Gewergkschaffti/ ynen/ mit ihren gepeuden/ zu nahetj/ oder Ertz troffen hettenk/ dasl
ihnen zustendig sein soltem/ vnnd von des wegen/ das enthawen zu fürkommenn/ den
Bergkmeister vmb Rechtlicho verpot/ vnd kommer/ ansuchen würdenp/ dannq sol der
Bergkmeisterr/ sampt den Geschwornen/ dass ort befahren/ Sich des grundes/ mit/
oder ane zu thuen/ des Marscheyders/ aigentlich erkundent/ vnd dou sie befünden/
das ein teyl dem andern zu nahet werev/ das vngerechte part/ von seynem fürhaben
a
WElche Gewergkschafft/ einer andern = WAnn eine Gewerckschafft der andern
Ertz
c
gethanen
d
gebracht
e
dasselb Ertzt/ sol der Gewergkschafft/ die es gehawen hat/ als das yhre/ bleyben = so soll deroselben/ so
es gehawen hat/ solch Ertz/ als das jhrige/ verbleiben
f
47. BN(1647), XLVII. BN(1698)
g
Von Kömmern = Vom beschlagen vnd Kummeren
h
DA
i
ein ander Gewergkschafft = eine andere
j
zu nahet = zunahe kähme
k
hätte
l
so
m
sein solte = wehre
n
von des wegen/ das enthawen zu fürkommen = deßwegen/ damit das enthawene nicht vorkähme
o
rechtlichen
p
ansuchen würden = ersuchen vnnd belangen würde
q
dann absent
r
der Bergkmeister = derselbe
s
den
t
erkündigen
u
do = dafern
v
zu nahet were = zunahe gekommen
b
433
abweyssena/ Oder in wegerung desb/ einenc Kommer auffs kriegisch Ertz thuen/ vnnd
die part zu ferner handlungd kommen lassen.
[31v] So man aber nach vleyssiger besichtigung/ aigentlich nicht wissen könte/
welcher Gewergschafft/ das kriegische
e
Ertze
f
zustendigk/ dann
g
sol vnser
Bergkmeister schaffenh/ dasselb Ertz alleine zu stürtzen/ vnd auffzuberaythen/ als
danni/ alle Bergk vnd Hütten kostj/ daruonk zu nehmen/ vnnd die vbermas biß zu
örtterung l der sachen/ im Zehenden stehend zulassen/ dasselb als dann dem part
zustellen/ dem es/ von rechts wegen/ zustendigkm.
Obsn auch für gut geachtet/ vnnd von einem/ oder beyden parteno gesucht würde/ sol
man
besondere
Fürsteher
p
darzu
ordenen
q
/
Also/
das
ein
teyhl/
ein r Schichtmeister/ vnd das andere/ ein Steyger/ fürschlahen/ vnd s durch vnser t
Heuptman vnd Bergkmeister/ darzu bestettigen lasseu.
[BN II,48]
a
das vngerechte part/ von seynem fürhaben abweyssen = den vnrechthabenden Theil vom Vornehmen
abmahnen
b
wegerung des = verweigerung dessen
c
insert Arrest oder
d
auffs kriegisch Ertz thuen/ vnnd die part zu ferner handlung = auff das streitige Ertz anlegen vnnd
verhengen/ dann darauff die Parten zu fernerer handlung verweisen vnd
e
kriegische = streittige
f
Ertz
g
alßdann
h
beschaffen
i
als dann = worvon hernach
j
Bergk vnd Hütten kost = Bergk- vnd Hütten-Kosten
k
daruon absent
l
erörterung
m
zulassen/ dasselb als dann dem part zustellen/ dem es/ von rechts wegen/ zustendigk = zubleiben/ woraus
es dem jenigen/ deme es zuerkandt vnd von Rechteswegen zuständig/ hernach wieder abzufolgen vnnd
zuzustellen
n
Ob es
o
Theilen
p
Vorstehere
q
verordnen
r
einen
s
vnd das andere/ ein Steyger/ fürschlahen/ vnd = der ander aber einen Steiger vorschlage vnnd ernenne/ so
t
Vnsern
u
bestettigen lasse = zubestättigen
434
Der Xlviij.a Artickel.
Ahneb der Amptleuthe laubec/
sol in Bergksachen/ kein güt=
lich noch rechtlich hand=
lung/ gehaltend werden.
[32r] ZV verhütung allerley vnrichtigkeyt e / sollen keyne streittige part f oder
Gewergschafft
g
/ ane fürwissen vnd erlaubnus/ vnsers Heuptmannes vnd
Bergmeisters/ zwischen ihnen selbst/ sönliche oder rechtliche handlungen/
fürnehmen/ vnnd wo ihnen das vergünstet/ sol es doch/ nicht ausser unsers
Bergkwergks/ auch sonder alle vnnottürfftige vnkost/ fürgenommen werdenh.
Vnd wo i die sachen/ j zwischen ihnen gütlich k beygeleget/ das sol in verzeichnus
bracht/ durch beyde partl dem Bergkmeister zu gestelletm/ vnd auff sein befehln/ ins
Bergkbuch verleybet/ werden/ ahne das sols vnbündig seino.
[BN II,49]
a
48. BN(1647), XLVIII. BN(1698)
Ahne = Ausser
c
erlaubnus
d
gehalten = gestattet oder vorgenommen
e
allerley vnrichtigkeyt = allerhandt Vnrichtigkeiten/ so sich sonsten ereugnen möchten
f
Parthen
g
Gewerckschafften
h
zwischen ihnen selbst/ sönliche oder rechtliche handlungen fürnehmen/ vnnd wo ihnen das vergünstet/ sol
es doch/ nicht ausser unsers Bergkwergks/ auch sonder alle vnnottürfftige vnkost/ fürgenommen werden =
vnter sich gut- oder rechtliche Handlung pflegen/ noch fürnehmen/ wo es aber vergünstiget vnd zugelassen
wirdt/ soll es ohn Vnsers Bergwerckes/ auch sonsten allen anderen vnnötigen Kosten geschehen vnd
vorgenommen werden
i
Vnd wo = Wann auch schon
j
insert also
k
insert auffgehoben vnd
l
das sol in verzeichnus bracht/ durch beyde part = soll es doch zur Schrifft gebracht/ vnd
m
insert werden
n
vnd auff sein befehl = auff welches Befehl es hernach
o
verleybet/ werden/ ahne das sols vnbündig sein = zuverleiben/ sonsten aber für vnbündig vnd krafftlos
zuhalten
b
435
Der XliX.a Artickel.
Zechen so zwischen Quartaln
liegend bleyben zu
verrechnen:.b
OB zechen oderc Stöllen/ zwischen zweyen Rechnungen/ liegendd bleyben würden/
sol der schichtmeister nichts weniger/ alles einnehmens vnnd außgebens/ von
nehistere Rechnung an/ biß zum aufflassen/ gethan/ zur nehisten Rechnung/ wie von
[32v] andern Zechen/ seine Rechnung thuen/ vnd was im vorrath bleybet f / nach
anweysung
g
Heuptmans vnd Bergkmeisters
h
hinterlegen/ das
i
auch zum
gemeinenj nutz/ vnd sonst anderst nicht/ angeleget sol werdenk.
[BN II,50]
Der l.l Artickel.
Wie man teyl in eynerm Zechen/
dien zwischen zweyeno Quar=
taln liegend bleybtp/
erhalten kan.
a
49. BN(1647), XLIX. BN(1698)
Zechen so zwischen Quartaln liegend bleyben zu verrechnen:. = Wie Zechen/ so zwischen den Qvartalen
beliegen bleiben/ zuverrechnen. BN(1647), Die Zechen so zwischen den Quartalen liegen bleiben/ zu
verrechen. BN(1698)
c
vnd
d
beliegen
e
nichts weniger/ alles einnehmens vnnd außgebens/ von nehister = doch nichts desto weiniger alle
einnahme vnd außgabe von der negsten
f
gethan/ zur nehisten Rechnung/ wie von andern Zechen/ seine Rechnung thuen/ vnd was im vorrath
bleybet = bey erster darauff weiterfolgenden Rechnung/ gleich wie von anderen Zechen geschicht/
gebührlich berechnen/ vnd was im Vorraht bleibet
g
insert Vnsers
h
insert getrewlich
i
dasselbe
j
gemeinem
k
anderst nicht/ angeleget sol werden = nirgendts anders worzu anwenden lassen
l
50. BN(1647), L. BN(1698)
m
einer absent BN(1698)
n
so
o
zwey BN(1698)
p
liegend bleybt = beliegen blieben BN(1647), liegen blieben BN(1698)
b
436
HEtte ein Gewergk seine teyla/ auff ein Rechnung gepürlich verleget/ vnnd dieselb
Zeche/ blyebe darnach liegendb/ vnnd würde fernerc für vnser freyes auffgenommen/
vnd verlyehen/ vnd derselbd verzupüste Gewergkee verlegete auffs nehiste Retardat
nach dem auffnehmen/ seine teylf/ so sol er darbey bleybeng.
[BN II,51]
Der li.h Artickel.
[33r]
Fristungen/ söllen one vrsach=
eni/ nicht gegeben werden.
VNser Bergkmeister/ solj leichtlich/ one notturfftige vnd nützlichek vrsachen/ keine
fristung l / oder nachlassung geben/ do m aber aus guten vrsachen n / in einer Zeche/
zwey mahl frist gegeben worden/ sol der Bergkmeister/ von ferner o fristgebung/
keynes nutzesp mehr gewarten.
[BN II,52]
Der lij.q Artickel.
a
seine teyl absent
darnach liegend = hernach beliegen
c
vnnd würde ferner = würde auch darauff weiter
d
vnd derselb = der
e
insert aber
f
seine teyl = seinen Antheil
g
verbleiben
h
51. BN(1647), LI. BN(1698)
i
Fristungen/ söllen one vrsachen = Dilation vnnd Fristung sol ohne Vrsach
j
insert nicht
k
notturfftige vnd nützliche = sonderbahre erhebliche nützliche
l
keine fristung = einige Fristm
do = Wann
n
guten vrsachen = genugsahmben ehehafften
o
fernerer
p
nutzes = Vortheils
q
52. BN(1647), LII. BN(1698)
b
437
Wie mans/ mit new ge=
troffenema Ertzt
halden solb.
WO ein new Ertzt/ in Zechen oder Stöllen/ troffenc wirdet/ das sol der hewer nicht
nachschlagen/ sonder d dem Steyger vermelden/ der sol das e / nach gethaner
besichtigung/ vnsern f Heuptman vnnd Bergkmeister ansagen g / als dann sol der
Bergkmeister selbst
h
/ oder auff seinen befehl/ etlich
i
geschworne darzu
führenj/ besichtigen/ vnd wie es darümb gestaltk/ sich erkundenl.
[33v]
[BN II,53]
Der liij.m Artickel.
Keinen tieffeste/ Stollenstreckeno/
oder andere ortterep/ ane fur=
wissen/ auffzulassen.
SO iemant die Tieffesten/ Stollenstrecken/ oder ander örter aufflasen/ verzimmern/
versetzen/ oder verstürtzen wölte/ Das sol q dem Bergmeyster/ zuuor angezeyget
a
getroffenem = angetroffenen
halden sol = zuhalten
c
angetroffen
d
sonder = besondern so forth
e
der sol das = welcher es weiter
f
Vnserm
g
anzusagen
h
als dann sol der Bergkmeister selbst = der darauff entweder selbst
i
etzliche
j
führen/ besichtigen = fahren oder lassen soll/ die es zu besichtigen
k
gestalt = bewandt
l
zuerkündigen
m
53. BN(1647), LIII. BN(1698)
n
Keine = Das keine
o
Stöllen strecken BN(1647)
p
Oerter BN(1647), Ort BN(1698)
q
Das sol = soll es
b
438
werden/ der sol a alsdann mit den Geschwornen/ darzu fahren b / c mit fleiß
besichtigen d / vnd wes e man sich darmit halten f sol/ befehlen g / Were hierwider
handelteh/ sol mit ernst/ an leyb/ oder gut gestrafft werden.
[BN II,54]
Der liiij.i Artickel.
Den Bergkj an tagk
zufürdern.
ALle Gewergken/ vnd dero fürsteher k / söllen allen gewonnen l Bergk/ an tagk
fürdern/ vnd nicht innm gruben/ oder Stöllen stürtzen/ bey ernster straffe.
[34r]
[BN II,55]
Der lv.n Artickel
Von Gedingen/ durch weneo/
wo vnd wie/ die gemacht
sollen werdenp.
a
der sol = welcher
zufahren
c
insert alles
d
zubesichtigen
e
wessen
f
verhalten
g
zubefehlen
h
Were hierwider handelte = wer dawieder handelt
i
54. BN(1647), LIV. BN(1698)
j
Den Bergk = Wie der Berg
k
Vorstehere
l
gewonnenen
m
inn absent BN(1698)
n
55. BN(1647), LV. BN(1698)
o
wene = wehme
p
die gemacht sollen werden = dieselbe sollen gemacht werden
b
439
WAnn sol in fündigen Zechen/ vnd in sonderheyt auffm a Ertz/ ane vnsers
Bergkmeisters nachlassung/ mit gedinge nicht arbeyten lassen/ do es aber
fürgenommen vnnd zugelassen wirdet/ solb durch die Geschworne verdinget werden.
Aber in vnfündigen Zechen/ sonderlich do es fur der Gewergken nutz erkant/ sol
mann mit geding arbeyten lassen/ vnd sollen die Geschworne/ im geding sich ihres
befehls haltenc.
[BN II,56]
Der lvi.d Artickel.
Wese sich die Hewer/ in ange=
nommen gedingen/ hal=
ten sollenf:.
[34v] WElche Hewer geding angenommen/ die sollen dieselb gedingg/ fleissig vnd
trewlichh verführen/ wenni das auffgefahren/ abnehmen lassen/ daruonj nicht mehr/
dann des gemachten dinggeldes/ gewarthenk/ Auch vor dem auffahren/ nicht zu viel
lohns auffheben.
[BN II,57]
Der lvijl Artickel
Wenn die Hewer/ bey gemach=
a
auff dem
insert es
c
halten = erinnern/ vnd demselben nach allerdings verhalten
d
56. BN(1647), LVI. BN(1698)
e
Wes = Wie
f
halten sollen = zuverhalten
g
dieselb geding = selbige
h
getrewlich
i
vnd wann
j
insert aber
k
zugewarten haben
l
57. BN(1647), LVII. BN(1698)
b
440
tema gedinggelde/ nicht
bleyben können:.
DO aber die Hewer/ mit ihrer arbeyt auffmb geding/ möglichen vnd getrewenc fleis
fürgewendetd/ das gedinge nicht verfeulte/ vnnd dochf mit dem gedinggelde/ nicht zu
kommen könthen/ als dann sollen die Geschworne/ nach ihrem bedenckeng/ vnnd der
sachen gelegenheyt h / gebürlichs eynsehen thuen/ darmit die Gewergken widder i
billigkeyt nicht beschwert/ vnnd j den arbeytern/ yhre mühe zimlich verglichen k
werde.
[BN II,58]
Der lviijl Artickel
[35r]
Von straffe der Arbeyter/ so von
den gedingen/ oder anderm
arbeyt/ entweichenn.
WElcher Hewer oder Bergkarbeyther/ von seynem gedinge/ odder anderer
angenommenero arbeyt/ entweichen/ vnd ane guten willen abkeren würde/ der sol/
one willen des/ von des gedinge odder arbeyt er also abgekehretp/ auff keyner andern
a
gemachtem = dem gemachtem
auff dem
c
möglichen vnd getrewen = allen müglichen getrewen
d
angewendet
e
verfeult = versäumbt
f
doch = aber
g
bedenken = gutachten
h
gelegenheyt = vmbstände vnnd gelegenheit
i
widder = über die
j
insert doch
k
zimlich verglichen = ziemblichen belohnet BN(1647), zimlichen belohnet BN(1698)
l
58. BN(1647), LVIII. BN(1698)
m
anderer
n
entweichen = abgehen
o
angenommenen
p
one willen des/ von des gedinge odder arbeyt er also abgekehret = ohn consens dessen/ von wessen Arbeit
oder Gedinge er also abgekehret vnnd entwichen
b
441
Zeche/ noch mit andera arbeit gefürdert/ sonder durch denb Bergkmeister/c mit ernst
gestrafft werden.
[BN II,59]
Der liX.d Artickel.
Schichtmeister vnd Steyger/
sollen an gedingene/ kein
teyl haben.
AN gedingen/ so den Erbeythern gemacht/ sollen Schichtmeister vnd Steyger/ kein
teyl nachf geniess/ wieg erdacht werden mag/ haben/ bey vermeydung ernster straffe.
[BN II,60]
Der lX.h Artickel.
[35v]
Keyne Schulden auff
Zechen zu machen.
DJe Schichtmeister/ söllen ane vnsers Bergkmeisters erlaubnusi/ keine schuldj mit
geld porgen/ verleyhen k / odder l dero gleichen/ auff die Zeche machen/ welcher
a
mit ander = sonst mit einiger anderer
sondern durch den = besondern von dem
c
insert vielmehr
d
59. BN(1647), LIX. BN(1698)
e
Geding
f
noch
g
insert das
h
60. BN(1647), LX. BN(1698)
i
erlaubnus = bewilligung
j
insert es sey
k
porgen/ verleyhen = borgen vnd anleyhen
l
insert auch
b
442
hierwiedera handelteb/ dem sol darumbc nicht geholffen werden/ sonderd den schaden
selbste tragen.
Ob sichs aber begöbe/ das einem Schichtmeyster/ zwischen den Rechnungen/ zu
verlege f der Zechen/ geldt mangeln g würde/ so mag derselbe/ mit rathe vnd
wissenh/ des Bergkmeisters/ souiel schuld machen/ als zu erhaltung der Zechen noti/
vnnd volgend j solche schulden von der einkommenden Zupuss widder zalen k / Jn
mangel des l / sol ihme zur Zeche geholffen werden/ der sol alsdann/ zur selben
Zechem/ biß auffn nehiste Rechnung/ frist habeno/ vnndp do er sich fürderq darmit
nach Bergkleufftiger weyse/ nicht halten würde/ sol dier in vnser freyes gefallen/ vnd
dem ersten Muther/ frey ane schulden/ geliehens werden.
[BN II,61]
Der lxi.t Artickel.
Die Gericht/ mogen freffeleru,v/
auch an endenw ins Bergk=
a
darwieder
handelt
c
deßwegen
d
sonder = besondern er
e
selbsten
f
verlegung
g
geldt mangeln = etwa Gelt ermangeln
h
Vorwissen
i
nötig
j
folgents
k
widder zalen = wiederumb bezahlen
l
dessen
m
der sol alsdann/ zur selben Zeche = doch daß er zu selbiger
n
insert die
o
habe
p
vnnd absent
q
fürder = aber weiter
r
dieselbe
s
frey ane schulden/ geliehen = frey von allen Schülden verliehen
t
61. BN(1647), LXI. BN(1698)
u
mogen freffeler = mögen die Freffveler vnd Mißthätere
v
Freffveler BN(1647) [corrected to <Freveler> in BN(1647) Errata], Freveler BN(1698)
w
enden = Enden vnd Orthen/ so
b
443
meisters Ampt gehörig/
antasten.
[36r] OB sich aucha sachen/ die vnsermb Bergkmeister an vnserc statt/ zu straffen/
auch an den örtten/ in sein d Ampt gehörig/ Nemlich auffm Bergkwerge e / auff
Zechen/ wege vnd stege f / zu/ vnd von dem Bergkwerg/ g hütten/ mühlen/ vnd
weschen/ begebenh/ do sölleni die Gerichtshelderj/ vmb mehr friedens
willenk/l
freffeler/ vnnd vbelthetter antastenn/ vnnd in fengknus einziehenm/ do es abern zum
abtrage oder straffe gereichen würdeo/ die sol der Bergkmeister/ von vnser wegen
annehmen/ vnnd thuen/ vnnd vns dauon Jerlich bestendigk Rechnung vnd
vberanthworthung thuenp.
[BN II,62]
Der lxij.q Artickel.
Todschlegerr/ sollen vnser
Bergkwergk/ ewig
meyden.
a
OB sich auch = WAnn sich
Vnser
c
Vnserer
d
sein = dessen
e
Nemlich auffm Bergkwerge = als nemblich auff dem Bergwercken
f
Wegen vnd Stegen
g
insert wie auch
h
insert vnd zutrügen
i
söllen = sollen vnd mögen
j
Gerichtshelder = Gerichtspersohnen
k
mehr friedens willen = mehren Friedens vnd Sicherheit
l
insert die
m
antastenn/ vnnd in fengknus einziehen = alsoforth greiffen vnd antasten/ auch zum Gefängknus ziehen
n
insert hernach
o
gereichen würde = gereichen vnd kommen möchte
p
die sol der Bergkmeister/ von vnser wegen annehmen/ vnnd thuen/ vnnd vns dauon Jerlich bestendigk
Rechnung vnd vberanthworthung thuen = soll der Bergmeister selbige von Vnserentwegen annehmen/ vnd
Vns davon Jährlich beständige berech- vnd liefferung thun
q
62. BN(1647), LXII. BN(1698)
r
Die Todtschläger
b
444
SO einer auff vnserm Bergkwergk ane a notwehre/ ein todschlagk thete/ vnd b
entwürde/ der sol diesesc Bergkwergk/ ob auch gleich die sache/ volgendtd mit den
Gerichten vnnd partene vertragen würdtf/ ewig meyden.
a
insert rechtmässige
insert also
c
insert Vnser
d
volgendt absent
e
insert versöhnet vnd
f
würde
b
445
[36v]
Der Dritte teil dieser
Bergkordnung/ Sageta von
Stollen vnd derselbenb
Gerechtigkeyten.
[BN III,1]
Der Erste Arickel.
Alle Erbstollen/ sollen ohne ge=
sprenge/ getrieben werden/
Es würde dannc vom Bergk
meister erlaubet.
EJn ieder Erbstoll/ so auff diesen vnd zugehörendend Bergkwergen/ inn eine gepirge
zutreyben fürgenommen/ derf sol mit seiner wasserseyge/ nach altem Bergkwergs
rechte vnd vbung g / getrieben h / vnnd i eynich gesprenge darinnen j nicht thun/ Es
begöb sich dann/ das kemme/ oderk derogleichenl festen/ fürschüssen/ also das der
Stolle/ aus nothsachen/ müste erhoben werden/ welches dannoch ane m besichtung
vnd zulassung vnsers Bergkmeisters/ nicht geschehen sol n / vnnd sol dieselbe o
a
handelt
deroselben
c
Es würde dann = es sey dann/ das es
d
diesen vnd zugehörenden = diesem vnd anderen Vns zugehörigen
e
einem
f
der absent
g
vbung = gebrauch
h
insert werden
i
insert darein
j
darinnen absent
k
vnd
l
dergleichen BN(1698)
m
ane = auch ohne vorhergehende
n
geschehen sol = zugeschehen
o
sothane
b
446
nachlassung sampt ihrer vrsache a / auff befehl des Bergkmeisters/ ins Bergkbuch
verleybetb werden.
[37r]
[BN III,2]
Der Anderc Artickel.
Einer Zeche/ so des benottiget/
mag man mit einem gesprenge/
auffs Bergkmeisters erlaub=
nus/ zu hilff kommen.
WO auch einiche Zeche wassers vnd wetthers halben/ eins Stollens bedörffte/ der
sonsten so bald in die Zeche nicht erschlahen könthe/ derselbigen Zeche/ mag der
Stolle/ doch anderst nit/ dannd auff des Bergkmeisters erlaubnise/ wie obstehet/ mit
einem stolorte/ durch gespreng/ zu hülfff komen/ vnnd darmit das Neunde/ wie ferner
volgen wirdet/ erlangen.
[BN III,3]
Der iij.g Artickel.
Stöllen dieh one erlaubnus mit
gesprenge getrieben werden/
erlangen keine ge=
rechtigkeit.
a
Vhrsachen
verleybet = so forth geschrieben vnd einverleibt
c
2. BN(1647), II. BN(1698)
d
derselbigen Zeche/ mag der Stolle/ doch anderst nit/ dann = so mag deroselben Zeche der Stölle/ doch
nicht anders/ als
e
erlaubnis = Bewilligung
f
zu hülff = zuhülffe BN(1647), zu Hülffe BN(1698)
g
3. BN(1647), III. BN(1698)
h
so
b
447
[37v] WElcher Stolle aber/ one des Bergkmeisters erlaubnus/ seine örter mit
gesprenge/ in einea oder mehr Zechen/ treiben würde/ der sol darmit/ kein stollen
Recht erlangen.
[BN III,4]
Der iiij.b Artickel.
Ein Stolle/ derc nicht Zehen lach[-]
ter einbrenget/ sol furd keinen
Erbstollen geacht/ auch die
selbgerechtigkeit nicht
habene.
EJn ieder Stolle/ der am ersten in eine Zeche oder masse getrieben/ vnd die rechte
teuffe/ die ein Erbstollen haben sol/ nemlich Zehen lachter/ nicht einbröchtef/ der sol
am Ertze/ ob ersg mit dem Stollen in einer Zeche odder massen tröffe/ auch sonsth/
keine Stollen gerechtigkeit habeni.
[BN III,5]
Der v.j Artickel.
[38r]
Was gerechtigkeytk ein Erbstolle
am getroffenl Ertze habe.
a
einer
4. BN(1647), IV. BN(1698)
c
Ein Stolle/ der = Eine Stolle/ so
d
vor
e
geacht/ auch die selbgerechtigkeit nicht haben = geachtet werden/ weiniger dieselbe Gerechtigkeit haben
f
einbrächte
g
insert schon
h
sonsten
i
insert noch geniessen
j
5. BN(1647), V. BN(1698)
k
Was gerechtigkeyt = Was für Gerechtigkeiten
l
getroffenem
b
448
WO ein Erbstolle in frembde massen getrieben/ vnd mit dem Stollen/ Ertz getroffen
würde/ do sollen die Stölner/ funff vierteil einer lachther/ von der wasser seyg vber
sich/ vnnd ein halb lachter/ in die weithe/ das Ertz hawen/ vnd desa zu ihrem Stollen/
als des ihrenb gebrauchen.
[BN III,6]
Der vi.c Artickel.
Der Vierde pfenning sol dend
Stollen vor der Rechnung
gegeben werden.
WElche e Zeche/ einem Stollen f Vierden pfenning zugeben schuldig/ do sol der
Schichtmeister derg Zeche/ dem Stollen/ was er ihm zum Vierden pfenning schuldig
isth/ vori der Rechnung entrichten/ ohne das/ sol seine Rechnung/ nicht angenommen
werdenj.
[38v]
[BN III,7]
Der vij.k Artickel.
Das Neunde/ sol denl Stollen/
im Zehenden zugeschrieben
vnd gegeben werden.
a
dessen
jhrigen
c
6. BN(1647), VI. BN(1698)
d
dem
e
WElche = WAnn eine
f
insert den
g
deroselben
h
ist absent
i
vor = von
j
ohne das/ sol seine Rechnung/ nicht angenommen werden = dann sonsten seine Rechnung nicht
anzunehmen
k
7. BN(1647), VII. BN(1698)
l
dem
b
449
WO a eine Zeche/ einem Stollen/ das Neunde zu geben verpflichtet/ sol b der
Schichtmeister auff derselbenc Zeche/ solchs dem Zehendner ankündigen/ der sold
das Neunde/ dem Stollen zuschreiben vnd dasselbe/ des Stollens Vorsteher/ oder
Schichtmeister/ vnd keins wegs der Zechen Schichtmeister/ verrichtene.
[BN III,8]
Der viij.f Artickel.
Wie es mit Gengen/ Klüfften/
vnd geschicken/ die mit
deng Stollen vberfaren/
gehalten sol werdenh.
[39r] WEnn Gewergken/ mit ihrem Stollen/ odder Stollen örtern/ genge/ klüffte/ oder
geschicke vberfahren/ die sol der Steiger/ den Stollen Gewergken zu gut
auffnehmen/ Als nemlich/ ein Fundtgrube vnnd beyde nehiste Massen/ Würde er
aber nichtes auffnehmen/ sondern für vber fahren/ i Solche geng/ klüffte/ vnd
geschicke liegen lassen/ vnd würden durch ein andern gemutet/ die sol vnser
Bergmeisterj nicht verleyhen/ sonder dask/ dem Schichtmeister oder Steiger auffm
selben l Stollen/ in kegenwart zum wenigisten zweyer Geschwornen/ einmahl
ansagen/ vnd dom die Stölner oder ihre diener/ dieselbn vberfahrneo genge/ klüffte
a
WAnn
sol = so soll
c
deroselben
d
insert alßdann darauff
e
vnd keins wegs der Zechen Schichtmeister/ verrichten = nicht aber der Zechen Schichtmeistern entrichten
f
8. BN(1647), VIII. BN(1698)
g
dem
h
gehalten sol werden = soll gehalten werden
i
insert vnd
j
vnd würden durch ein andern gemutet/ die sol vnser Bergmeister = vnterdessen selbige durch einen
anderen gemuhtet/ soll der Bergmeister sie
k
sonder das = besondern es
l
auffm selben = auffm selbigen BN(1647), auff demselbigen BN(1698)
m
do = da alßdann
n
sothane
o
überfahrenen BN(1698)
b
450
oder geschicke/ vom tage des ansagensa,b/ in Vierzehen tagen/ nicht auffnemen/ vnd
wie gepürlichc belegen würden/ Sod sol der Bergkmeister dieselb/ dem ersten Muther
verleyhen/ vnd die diener/ darumb/ kegen den Gewergken inn veranthwortung stehen.
[BN III,9]
Der iX.e Artickel.
Wie tieff ein Stolle/ der einf
andern enterben wil/
einkommen sol.
[39v] AVss allerley
g
bedencken/ vnd sonderlich/ weil die gepierg vnsers
Bergkwergs/ etwas hoch seind/ ordnenh wir/ Welcheri Erbstolle/ den andern enterben
vnd Stollen gerechtigkeit für sich erlangen wil/ das der j / Zehen lachter/ seyger
gericht/ vber dem andern/ einkommen sol/ vnd welcher in solcherk teuffe vnther dem
andern einkömmet/ der sol den andern Stollen enterbet/ vnd des orts/ do er wetther
brengetl/ vnd wasser benimmetm/ Stollen gerechtigkeit erlanget haben/ Welcher aber
diese teuffe nicht einbrenget/ der sol keinen andern enterbet/ auch kein Neundes
erlangt/ haben/ doch wo es n vmb ein halb lachter an der teuffe mangelte/ sol
vngefehrlich seino:.
a
Ansagen BN(1698)
insert anzuräiten
c
gepürlich = sich geziehmet
d
So absent
e
9. BN(1647), IX. BN(1698)
f
einen
g
allerhandt
h
insert vnd wollen
i
Welcher = wann ein BN(1647), wann die BN(1698)
j
derselbe
k
alsolcher
l
wetther brenget = weiterbringet BN(1647), Wetter bringet BN(1698)
m
beniehmet BN(1647), benimt BN(1698)
n
insert etwa
o
mangelte/ sol vngefehrlich sein = ermangelte/ soll es so eben nicht schaden/ noch in acht genommen
werden
b
451
[BN III,10]
Der X.a Artickel.
Die wasserseigeb inc Stöllen
nicht zusengken.
WElcher einen Stollen inn ein gepierg zutreyben fürnimpt/ der sol seine wasserseige/
wie er die erstlichd im Mundtloche angefangen hat/ also für vnd für halten/ vnd diee/
keines weges/ tieffer sencken/ vnd ob es einer thete/ dem sol es doch zu keinem
vorteil/ noch einem andern/ zu keinem nachteil oder schaden/ geraichenf.
[40r]
[BN III,11]
Der Xi.g Artickel.
Wie vnd wennh/ ein Erbstollen/
das Neunde in Zechen
erlanget:.
WEnn ein Erbstollen/ in ein Zeche kömmet/ vnd der durchschlag in derselben i
Zechen werej auff denk Stollen gefertiget/ vnd were auch der Stollel mit dem gerinne
vnd wasserseige gefertiget/ biss für die Schechtm/ do der durchschlag ist/ vnnd das
a
10. BN(1647), X. BN(1698)
Wasserseyghe BN(1647), Wasserseige BN(1698)
c
insert den
d
erst
e
dieselbe
f
noch einem andern/ zu keinem nachteil oder schaden/ geraichen = noch dem anderen zum Præjuditz vnd
Schaden gereichen
g
11. BN(1647), XI. BN(1698)
h
wann
i
deroselben
j
wehre BN(1647), wäre BN(1698)
k
dem
l
gefertiget/ vnd were auch der Stolle = wie anch nichts weniger der Stöll [typo: <anch> for <auch>]
m
Schicht BN(1647) [corrected to <Schacht> in BN(1647) Errata], Schicht BN(1698)
b
452
also der Stolle der Zechen/ wetther bröchte/ vnd wasser benehme/ Als dann sol
demselbigen Stollen/ das Neunde gepüren/ vnd von der Zeche gegeben werden.
Hette aber die Zeche/ darein der Stolle kommen/ keinen durchschlagk auff den
Stollen/ odder aber/ wölten
a
nicht auffn
b
Stollen erschlahen/ Dann
c
söllen
Bergkmeister vnd Geschworne/ auff ansuchen der Stölner/ oder ihrer d diener/
denselben Stölnern nachlassene/ den durchschlagk/ mit ihren dienern/ vnd auff ihr
kost f / fertigen g zulassen/ vnd do die Stölner im durchschlage h / Ertz treffen i vnnd
Kupffer dauon machen würden/ söllen sie/ Bergk vnd Hütten kostj/ dauon nehmenk/
vnd den Gewergken dermassen/ die vbermass/ zukommen lassenl.
a
wolte
auff den
c
alßdann
d
oder ihrer = oder dero BN(1647), und dero BN(1698)
e
insert vnnd vergönnen
f
ihr kost = jhren Kosten
g
färtigen BN(1698)
h
durchschlagen
i
träffen BN(1698)
j
kosten
k
genommen
l
dermassen/ die vbermass/ zukommen lassen = was darüber ist/ zugekehret werden
b
453
[40v]
Der Vierde teil dieser
Bergkordnung/ Giebet anzeig
von Hütten/ wie darinnena
gemeinen Gewergken
zu gut/ gehandelt
sol werdenb:
[BN IV,1]
Der Erstec Artickel.
Gewergken mögen allen vor=
rathe zum Schmeltzen
gehörig selbstd
schicken.
ZV förderung gemeinese Bergkwergs vnndf aller Gewergken/ Wöllen/ meynen/ vnd
ordnen wir/ das alle vnd iede Gewergkschafften/ so Kupffer oder Silber Ertz zu
schmeltzen haben/ alle notturfft zum Schmeltzen gehörendg/ das sey/h kolen/ pley/
flöss/ oder andere zusetze/ gari nichtsj ausgenommen/ so nehist vnd best/ auch wo
vnd wie sie können vnnd wissen/ selbstk schicken/ zeugenl vnd kauffen mögen.
[41r]
a
wie darinnen = vnd wie es darinn
gehandelt sol werden = sol gehalten werden
c
1. BN(1647), erste BN(1698)
d
selbsten
e
ZV förderung gemeines = ZV mehrer Beforderung dieses Vnsers gemeinen BN(1647), ZU mehrerer
Beförderung dieses unsers gemeinen BN(1698)
f
vnnd = wie auch
g
gehörig
h
das sey = es sey an
i
gar = gantz
j
nichtes BN(1647), nichts BN(1698)
k
selbsten
l
zeugen = verschaffen
b
454
[BN IV,2]
Der Andera Artickel.
Vom Hütten Zinss.
VNd söllen die Gewergken/ so inn einer Hütten schmeltzen/ den Hüttenhern b /
benebenc Hüttenschreiber/ Meister/ Schmeltzer vnd anderd arbeither lohn/ von einere
rohen schicht/ do man xij.f stunden setzt Zwelff groschen/ Vnd von einer gemeinen
Schicht Zehen groschen/ zu Hütten zinss/ vnd darüber nichtsg mehr zugeben schuldig
sein
[BN IV,3]
Der iij.h Artickel.
One laubi/ sol an frembden endenj
nichtk geschmeltzt werden.
ES sol auch an frembden enden l vnnd ausserhalb der Hütten/ zu vnserm m
Bergkwerge gehörend/ nicht geschmeltzt n werden/ Es würde dann iemandes o
auss
bewegenden
p
guten
vrsachen/
vnsernq Heuptman vnnd Bergkmeister zugelassen vnd verstatet.
a
2. BN(1647), II. BN(1698)
Hüttenherren
c
benebenst
d
anderer
e
insert jeden
f
zwölff
g
nichtes BN(1647), nichts BN(1698)
h
3. BN(1647), III. BN(1698)
i
laub = absonderliche erlaubnus
j
enden = Orthen
k
nichtes
l
Orthen
m
[Typographical error in original: <vnsem>]
n
geschmoltzen
o
jemanden
p
bewegenden guten = sonders darzu bewegenden
q
Vnserm
b
455
von
[41v]
[BN IV,4]
Der iiij.a Artickel.
Von den Hütten gepeuden.
DJe Hüttenherrn/ sollen alle Hüttengepeudeb/ mit den Schmeltzöfen/ gebleess/ vnd
ander c zugehörung/ auch ihre Hüttenhöfe d / wehr/ vnd greben e / also anrichten/
befrieden/ vnd bewarenf/ das den Gewergken darmit nützlich gedient/ Auch an ihren
Schlagken/ ofenbrüchen/ vnd anderm vorrathe nichtes vmbkommeg.
[BN IV,5]
Der v.h Artickel
Von den Hütten dienern.
DJe Hüttenhern/ söllen sich mit allem ernst vleissigeni/ das sie frommej/ getrewe/
verstendige/ vnd vleissige diener/ als Hüttenschreiber/ Hüttenmeister/ Schmeltzer/
Vorlauffer/ Wechter/ vnd andere in ihren Hütten haben/ darmit vns/ vnd gemeinen
Gewergken/ getrewlich vnd wol fürgestanden/ vnd das Ertze/ auffs vleissigist
gearbeitk werde.
[42r]
[BN IV,6]
Der vi.l Artickel.
a
4. BN(1647), IV. BN(1698)
Hüttengebawdte
c
anderer
d
Hütten
e
Gruben
f
verwahren
g
insert noch leichtlich verlohren werde
h
5. BN(1647), V. BN(1698)
i
befleissigen
j
frombe BN(1647), fromme BN(1698)
k
vleissigist gearbeit = fleissigste gearbeitet
l
6. BN(1647), VI. BN(1698)
b
456
Wer die Hütten diener/ an
vnd abelegena sölle.
DJe Hüttendiener/ sollen mit vorwissen vnd willen/ vnsers Bergkmeisters vnd
Hüttenreithers/ Vnd one dasb/ nicht an/ noch ab/ geleget:.c/ auchd gebürlich vereydete
werden/ darmit man ihrer geschigkligkeyt inn allewege wissens haben möge/ die
sollen auch an ihren gesatzten lohn/ derf inn allen Hütten auff eyne masse gestellet
sol werden/ begnügig sein/ vnd niemand vbersetzeng.
[BN IV,7]
Der vij.h Artickel.
Von den Hüttenschreibern.
DJe Hüttenschreiber/ söllen der Hütten arbeyt/ vnd in sonderheit des Probirens guten
bericht haben/ auff Schmeltzer vnd ander Hüttenarbeiter vleissigi sehen/ darmit ein
iederj seine arbeit/ mit getrewemk vleiss/ ausrichte/ nichtsl veruntrewet noch [42v]
verlast werde/ Sie söllen auchm bey dem Schmeltzen vleissig zusehenn/ sonderlich
aber bey dem anlassen/ vnd so mann Schicht macht/ personlich entkegeno sein/ mit
a
ablegen BN(1698)
Vnd one das = auch sonsten
c
[Correction from <vnd one das nicht an/ vnd abegelegt> in BN Correctur]
d
auch = sonsten aber
e
beäidet
f
die sollen auch an ihren gesatzten lohn/ der = vnd sollen dieselbe darauff mit jhrem verordneten Lohn/
welcher
g
eyne masse gestellet sol werden/ begnügig sein/ vnd niemand vbersetzen = einerley Fues vnd Mas soll
gestellet vnd gerichtet werden/ sich vergnügen/ vnd darüber niemanden übersetzen
h
7. BN(1647), VII. BN(1698)
i
vleissig = getrewlich
j
jedweder
k
getrewem = allem getrewen
l
ausrichte/ nichts = thue vnd verrichte/ auch nichtes
m
insert danebenst BN(1647), insert daneben BN(1698)
n
vleissig zusehen = woll mit zusehen
o
zugegen
b
457
probirena der wergk/ alleb Stich vnd Schichten fleiss thuen/ vnd wo sie vnrichtigkeytc
spürend/ die sollen sie verkommene.
[BN IV,8]
Der viij.f Artickel.
Welche zu Hüttenschreibern
nicht sollen gebraucht
werden:.
WElcher aigen Hütten/ odder teyl an Hütten hat/ der sol g in seiner aigen/ noch
andernh Hütten/ zu keinemi Hüttenschreyber gebraucht werden.
[BN IV,9]
Der iX.j Artickel.
[43r]
Was wöchentlich innk
Hütten gemacht
anzusagen.
DJe Hüttenschreyber söllen auff ein iedenl Sonnabend alle Kupffer vnd silber/ so in
ihren befohlenm Hütten gemacht werden/ mit nottürffttigemn bericht/ wie viel/ vndo
a
Probirung
zu allen
c
Vnrichtigkeiten
d
verspüren
e
die sollen sie verkommen = denselben ohngesäumbt/ so best sie mögen/ vorkommen
f
8. BN(1647), VIII. BN(1698)
g
insert weder
h
andern = in einer anderen
i
zu keinem = zum
j
9. BN(1647), IX. BN(1698)
k
in den
l
jeglichen
m
anbefohlenen
n
nothwendigen BN(1647), nothwendigem BN(1698)
o
vnd absent
b
458
von wass Zechen/ die gemacht/ durch ihre Handschriefftena/ in vnsermb Zehenden
angeben.
[BN IV,10]
Der X.c Artickel.
Die Hüttenkost/ niemantd
zu borgen:.
DJe Hüttenschreyber/ söllen die Hüttenkost/ keinem Schichtmeister/ vber vier
wochen borgen/ welcher einem darüber borgen/ vnd das/ vnserm Bergkmeister odere
Hüttenreitherf/ nicht ansagen würde/ dem sol darzu nicht geholffen werden.
[43v]
[BN IV,11]
Der Xi.g Artickel.
Von den Hüttenmeistern/
vnd wesh sie sich
halten sölleni.
DJe Hüttenmeister/ söllen/ widerj an den Hütten/ darinnenk sie arbeithen/ noch auch
ann andern/ keinen teil haben/ noch einiches nutzes/ ausser ihres lohns/ gewartenl.
a
durch ihre Handschriefften = schrifftlich vnter jhrer Handt
Vnsern
c
10. BN(1647), X. BN(1698)
d
niemanden
e
vnd
f
Hüttenreiter BN(1647), Hüttenreuter BN(1698)
g
11. BN(1647), XI. BN(1698)
h
wessen
i
halten söllen = zuverhalten
j
weder
k
darein
l
keinen teil haben/ noch einiches nutzes/ ausser ihres lohns/ gewarten = keinen Theil/ weniger einigen
Nützen oder Vortheils/ ausser jhres ordentlichen Lohns/ sich zuerfrewen noch zugewarten haben
b
459
Sie söllen aucha/ auff alle Hüttenarbeither/ vleissigb achtung geben/ darmit ein ieder/
sein befohlenec arbeyt/ getrewlich vnd vleissigd ausrichte/ in sonderheit abere/ söllen
sie auffsehen f / das g die Schmeltzer die Herde h vnd Spuer/ wol stossen/ vnd
abwermen/ die formeni recht legen/ vnd das gebless/ gleich füren.
[BN IV,12]
Der Xij.j Artickel.
[44r]
Die Hüttenarbeither/ söllen
dem Hüttenmeister ge=
horsam seink.
ES sollen auch/ l Schmeltzer/ vnd m andere Hüttenarbeyter/ dem Hüttenmeister/
gefölgig vnd gehorsam sein/ vnnd ob etwo ein Schmeltzer/ bessern bescheydt/ in der
arbeyt wüste/ dann der Meyster selbst/ so sol er gleichwol dem Meyster zuuerdries
der Gewergken nutz
n
/ inn keinem wegk vntterlassen/ sonder das beste
fürwendeno.
[BN IV,13]
a
auch = doch aber
fleissige
c
anbefohlene
d
insert thue vnd
e
aber absent
f
auffsehen = auffsehens haben
g
das = damit
h
Herdte BN(1698)
i
Förmben BN(1647), Formen BN(1698)
j
12. BN(1647), XII. BN(1698)
k
leisten
l
insert so woll
m
vnd = als
n
zuuerdries der Gewergken nutz = zum verdries nichtes vornehmen/ sonsten aber der Gewercken Nutz
o
sonder das beste fürwenden = besondern immer das beste mit fürwenden/ vnnd/ so viel an jhm/ befordern
BN(1647), besondern immer das beste fürwenden/ und so viel an ihn befördern BN(1698)
b
460
Der Xiij.a Artickel.
Schlacken vnd andern
vorrathe/ zu=
bewharen.
EJn ieder Schmeltzer/ sol seiner Gewergken (denen er ieder zeyt schmeltzet)
Schlacken/ Ofenbrüche vnd andern vorrathe/ besonders zuhauff [44v] auff einen ort/
lauffenb/ stürtzen vnd bewharen/ auch gutc achtung geben/ dasd nichts verwechsselt/
noch entwendet werde.
[BN IV,14]
Der Xiiij.e Artickel.
Niemandes in Hüttenf zu
zwingen/ noch mit
liebnus/ darein
zu müssigeng.
NJemandt sol mit liebnus/ verheischungen/ fürdernush/ oder in andere wege/ wiei zu
erdengken/ angereitzt/ noch gemüssigetj/ vielweniger mit starckem anhalten/ odder
a
13. BN(1647), XIII. BN(1698)
besonders zuhauff auff einen ort/ lauffen = absonderlich gesambt auff einen hauffen vnd Orthe lauffen
lassen/ auch
c
auch gut = dann gute fleissige
d
darmit
e
14. BN(1647), XIV. BN(1698)
f
Niemandes in Hütten = Niemandt mit Gewalt in Hütten
g
liebnus/ darein zu müssigen = Worten oder Verheissungen darein zumüssigen vnnd zulocken
h
mit liebnus/ verheischungen/ fürdernus = durch Liebkohsen/ Verheissungen/ auch fürdernüs
i
insert das
j
angereitzt/ noch gemüssiget = gereitzt/ noch angelocket
b
461
sonst/ gedrungen werdena/ in einiche Hütten zu ziehen/ Auchb keiner dem andern/
seine Hüttengeste odder diener/ abspennig machenc / sonder d es sol einem iederne
frey stehen/ seinesf gefallens in Hütten zu ziehen/ Vnd welcher also in eine Hütteng
gezogen/ dem sol one vnsers Hauptmans/ Bergmeisters/ vnd Hüttenreithers
vorwissen/ auch one guteh vrsachen/i auszuziehen/ nicht verstattet werden.
[45r]
[BN IV,15]
Der Xv.j Artickel.
Nachk Mittag/ vnd bey
Nacht/ soll man
nicht schmeltzen.
WO nicht die l not/ oder sondere m vrsachen verhanden n seind/ do o sol man keines
weges nach Mittag/ oder bey Nacht/ schmeltzen lassen.
[BN IV,16]
Der Xvi.p Artickel.
Wenn man mit dem
a
starckem anhalten/ odder sonst/ gedrungen werden = Gewalt oder strenge/ oder auch sonsten gezwungen
werden
b
Auch = wie dann auch
c
abspennig machen = abspenstig zumachen
d
besondern
e
jedem
f
insert beliebens vnd
g
Vnd welcher also in eine Hütten = Welcher aber einmahl in Hütten
h
gute = rechtschaffene
i
insert wieder
j
15. BN(1647), XV. BN(1698)
k
Nach dem
l
die absent
m
oder sondere = vnnd sonderbahre
n
obhanden
o
so
p
16. BN(1647), XVI. BN(1698)
462
Schmeltzen an=
lassen sol:.
MAn sol alle erbeitende tage a / in den Hütten früe/ vmb Funff b hora c / mit d
Schmeltzen anlassen/ vnd ohne dase zu machen/ rechte Schicht/ [45v] Nemlich Acht
stunden/ halten/ Es were dannf/ das nach achtungg der Vorsteher/ vnd Diener/ gantze
Schicht zu schmeltzen/ dem Ertz schedlich wehre/ so dann mögen die Schmeltzer/
auff nachlassung derselben/ kürtzer Schicht machenh.
[BN IV,17]
Der Xvij.i Artickel.
Von Schlacken/ wem die
zu erbeitenj/ zustendigk.
ES sol ein iedek zeche/ ihre Schlacken/ in den Hütten/ darinnenl sie gemacht/ so offt
vnd viel/ es/ den Gewergken nütz istm/ herwieder zu erbeytenn/ oder zum zusatze
zugebrauchen/ vergünstiget sein.
[BN IV,18]
Der Xviijo Artickel.
[46r]
a
erbeitende tage = Wercktage/ wann man arbeitet
5. BN(1698)
c
Uhr
d
insert dem
e
insert jchts
f
insert Sache
g
Achtunh BN(1698)
h
so dann mögen die Schmeltzer/ auff nachlassung derselben/ kürtzer Schicht machen = in welchem fall die
schmeltzere auff Nachlassung vnnd Permission kürtzere Schicht machen mügen
i
17. BN(1647), XVII. BN(1698)
j
verarbeiten
k
ein iede = einer jeden
l
worein
m
den Gewergken nütz ist = nötig/ vnnd den Gewercken vorträglich
n
zu erbeyten = zuverarbeiten
o
18. BN(1647), XVIII. BN(1698)
b
463
Von verlassen Schlacken.a
SO b Schlacken von den Gewergken vorlassen werden/ die seind in vnser freyes
gefallen/ vnnd nyemandt sol derselbenc/ ohne vnsere sondere zulassungd/ gebrauchen.
[BN IV,19]
Der XiX.e Artickel
Dasf niemandt vom schmeltz=
en sol abgedrungen
werdeng.
WElchem Schichtmeister oder Vorsteher einer h Zechen/ inn einicher i Hütten/ mit
einem oder mehr öfen/ zu schmeltzen verstattet worden/ der oder diej/ söllen nicht
abgedrungen werden/ sie haben dann ihr Ertze vnnd Schlacken/ gar auffgeschmeltzt:.
[46v]
[BN IV,20]
Der xx.k Artickel.
Bey dem an/ vnd ausslassen inl
Hütten/ söllen die Schicht=
meister kegenwertig sein.
a
Von verlassen Schlacken. = Vom verlassen der Schlagken.
DA
c
deroselben
d
sondere zulassung = sonderbahre Vergünstigung
e
19. BN(1647), XIX. BN(1698)
f
Daß
g
sol abgedrungen werden = abzuthringen
h
der
i
einigen
j
insert jenige
k
20. BN(1647), XX. BN(1698)
l
insert den
b
464
SO ein Schichtmeister/ inn einer Hütten/ zu Schmeltzen hat/ der sol allemahl vor
dem anlassen/ des gleichen bey dem auslassen a / persönlich entkegen b sein/ c mit
vleiss auffsehend/ das mit der Gewergken gut/ getrewlich vnd vleissig gehandelte/
das wergk probiren vnd wegenf lassen/ vndg darüber einh vorzaichnis machen/ Auch
sein wergk/ inn einem kasten in der Hütten/ vorwharen/ darzui der Hüttenschreiberj
einen/ vnd der Schichtmeisterk/ den andern/ schlüssel/ haben söllenl.
a
der sol allemahl vor dem anlassen/ des gleichen bey dem auslassen = sol derselbe allemahl vor vnd bey
dem an- vnd außlassen
b
zugegen
c
insert vnd
d
auffsehen = darauff
e
gehandelt = umbgangen vnd gehandelt/ auffsicht haben
f
wehgen BN(1647), wägen BN(1698)
g
vnd = dann
h
ein = eine richtige
i
worzu
j
Hüttenmeister
k
vnd der Schichtmeister = der Schichtmeister aber
l
soll
465
Beschluss dieser Ordnung.
DJese vnser
a
Bergordnung/ wöllen wir/ in allen Artickeln/ biss zu vnser
b
voranderung c / so wir vns vorbehalten haben d / von mennigklich/ vnübergangen e
gehalten/ vnd in sonderheitf vnsern Amptleuten bey vormeydung vnser vngnad vnd
straffeg/ [47r] mith vleiss darob zuhalten/ vnnd die vorprecher zu straffen/ mit ernsti
eingepunden vnd ermahnetj/ haben. Beschlossenk vnd vorordent Jm Monat Maio/
Nach der gepurt Christi Jesu vnsers Seligmachers/ Jm Fünffzehenhunderstenl vnd
vierzigisten Jhare.m
a
DJese vnser = OBige Vnsere
Vnserer
c
Veränderung
d
so wir vns vorbehalten haben = die Wir Vns dann billich so forth im Anfang vorbehalten
e
vnübergangen = vnverbrüch- vnnd festiglich BN(1647), unverbrüchlich und festiglich BN(1698)
f
vnd in sonderheit = insonderheit aber
g
vnser vngnad vnd straffe = Vnserer hohen Vngnade vnd gewissen Straffe
h
insert allem Ernst vnnd
i
mit ernst absent
j
ermahnet = befohlen
k
So beschlossen
l
fumffzehehundert BN(1647), fünffzehenhundert BN(1698)
m
[The text of BN(1698) ends here; BN(1647) concludes with the following inserted list of Errata. These
have been incorporated into the apparatus above with the notation, [corrected to <…> in BN(1647) Errata]]
Errata.
Fol. 4. pro Muttung leg. Muthung.
fol. 6. & 8. pro Ampleute leg. Ambtleute.
fol. 12. in der Morgensprache leg. im Morgengespreche.
Eod. bey dem besteigen leg. bey dem bestettigen.
fol. 17. 20. 22. 24. & 45. pro geschichte leg. geschicke.
fol. 24. pro Schicht leg. Schacht.
fol. 28 pro vberschuß leg. vberschar.
fol. 35. pro gezeugh leg. getzaw.
fol. 42. pro tieffe leg. teuffe.
fol. 45. pro Freffveler leg. Freveler.
fol. 60 pro Schicht leg. Schacht.
[Interestingly, fol. 12 does not contain the error noted, but rather reads (correctly), <in der
Morgengespräche>. <fol. 45.> should read <fol. 54.>, i.e., <Freffveler> occurs on BN(1647), p. 54. It is
clear that the compilers of BN(1698) did not attempt to incorporate the Errata to BN(1647).]
b
466
Correctur dieser Bergordnung.
Jm andern teyl/ der Ordnung/ im xiij. Artickel/ in der x. zeyl/ liess/ vnd.a
Jm xiiij. Arti. in der iiij. zeyl/ liess
Nemlich sol der Bergkmeister/ vierzehen tage/ vor dem vermessen/ durch ein
anschlagsbrieff/ vnd aussruffen des Gerichtsknecht/ wem/ wo/ &c.b
Jm xvi. Arti. in der letzten zeyl/ liess
Bergklachter.c
Jm xxxi. Arti. am ende/ liess
Das sol/ in demselben/ auch inn nehistvolgenden zweyen Artickeln.d
Jm xxxv. Arti. da stehet vierthalben groschen/ liess/ Siebenthalben groschen.e
Jm vierden teyl/ im vi Arti. in der vi zeyl/ liess
Vnd one das/ nicht an/ noch ab/ geleget:.f
a
[18v]
[19r]
c
[19v]
d
[26r]
e
[27r]
f
[42r]
b
467
[47v]
Die Ordnung
zum Leser.
Anthoni Beutther stellet mich
Wolff Meyrpeck hat gedrucket mich
Jns Reich Norwegen sigel ich
Die strass zum Reichtumb zaige ich
Hast lust/ so magst erheben dich
Volg mir/ es wird nicht rewen dich.
Gedruckt in der Chur
fürstlichen Stadt
Zwickaw/ Jm
Monat Aprillen/
Nach Christi
Gepurt/
M. D. XL.
468
[48r]
[Figure 3.3: Danish-Norwegian coat-of-arms – same as 3.1]
[48v – left blank]
469
CHAPTER 4:
THE ORIGIN OF COMMON MINING LAWS –
ENGLISH TRANSLATION OF URSPRUNG
470
[1r]
The Origin of Common
Mining Laws, how they have long been preserved
from the old laws, and how they have flowed from the royal
and princely mining regulations to all of mining law,
of which anyone can make good use in various mining-related legal proceedings
before the highest mine manager
and other mine judges; also a description of
stringers and veins of metallic ores, how
they strike in mountains and valleys
and are oriented; provided
with skillfully executed figures.
Together with a discourse on many promising and productive
mines under the worthy crown of Bohemia.
[Figure 4.1: Scene of miners at work]
471
[1v] To the honorable and highly esteemed gentleman Johann Lucas, His Royal
Majesty’s counsel and servant, my gracious and commanding lord. Honorable and
highly esteemed sir, to Your Grace I am always prepared to offer my ever-owed and
favorably-inclined services with vigor. Gracious lord, as long as I see in Your Grace
a proponent of writings on mining and on all of the useful arts—in which I was also
authorized to print some books under the praiseworthy reign of former Emperor
Maximilian as servant and advisor to the treasurer and performed many other
services—I am motivated in no small way to show my grateful disposition, for Your
Grace’s honor and pleasure to bring to light and to dedicate to You this book (that
has been obscured for a long time), and in order to provide a useful reference to
many others, especially miners. In it, Your Grace and others shall learn of the origin
of all mining laws, and how our predecessors developed and kept them in the
beginning.
In addition, how they improved them from day to day, how the
specialized mining regulations flowed from them, and how all the articles of law in
each prince’s land and principality have been developed and kept, so that each man
in the various mining cases can judge from them and apply them correctly. Besides
this, how all veins, stringers, and deposits have their orientation and strike in
mountains and valleys. With appended names of the old, abandoned mines, of the
praiseworthy Crown of Bohemia (to which Your Grace is also advisor and servant),
that have yielded noble metals in abundance. Would that Your Grace favorably
accept this book—I ask as Your servant—as demonstration of my grateful
disposition and keep me in Your gracious command. I am in all ways owing,
willing, and prepared to serve.
Your Grace’s goodwilled servant.
Johan Haselberger of
Reichenau, book-producer.
472
[2r]1
[FrB 1]
Foreword.2
Whoever is head official [Obrister]3 of a mine as a mine manager in a principality,
by law he shall give trial to all legal matters that come before him in all the mining
regions [gebirgen] of that principality. All other officials, including mine judges4,
are appointed by the head mine manager, who confirms them throughout the
principality. Whatever matters are argued before that same mine manager, cannot
legally be brought before a municipal judge [statrichter]. And no mine judge can
bear witness in other mining regions, where he is not judge. Rather, he can testify to
what he hears or sees in his own court and nowhere else[*1] 5 . If it happens,
however, that a case is tried before the highest mine manager, then the judge shall
testify to all that he knows before the municipal judge instead.
[FrB 2]
On granted claims [lehen], and how
one shall grant them.
1
Here begin the “newer” Freiberg mining regulations, designated “Freiberg ‘B’”, as opposed to the earlier
codes, “Freiberg ‘A’” and the Iglau mining code. Note labels [FrB ] for each numbered section of the code.
2
The caption <Vorrede.> replaces the descriptive title and section heading found in the MS tradition:
“These are the common mining laws in this principality, to be used by all miners. Firstly, on the main mine
manager and other mine judges.”
3
Throughout the translation, I have retained selected original German technical (legal or “scientific”)
words in brackets in italics for reference and clarity.
4
Instead of “officials” <Amptleut>, the MS tradition here shows “judges” <bergrichter>. I have chosen to
cite both here. The highest regional official, the Bergmeister, was also authorized to serve as a judge in
mining matters.
5
As described in the Introduction, section 1.8, the symbol [* n] (where n = number) is used to identify
words or phrases where the translation of Ursprung has been emended based on the MS tradition, i.e.,
passages where the original meaning has been significantly compromised in the.print edition For example,
in this case, Ursprung contains “no one else,” but it should read “nowhere else.” The numbered symbol
[*n] will correspond to placement of one of the special symbols ■ and a corresponding designation [*n] in
the apparatus of the German edition (Chapter 2). Not all cases of ■ have been emended in the translation.
473
Any mine manager or granting official has the authority by law to assign any veins to
any miner, in accordance with his prince’s law, so long as the miner has worked the
veins as is right, in recognition of the royalty’s advantage and gain in so doing.
[FrB 3]
On the granting official
and the granting [leihunge]
Each granting official shall note to whom he grants a claim, so that he can protect it.
When he grants a vein, the claimant obtains three and a half measured claims in front
of the vein, and three and a half behind it, and on its hanging-wall [hangends]6 three
and a half fathoms7 and on [2v] its footwall [ligends] three and a half fathoms.
[FrB 4]
On preparing a mine property [erb] and how one
shall prepare it.
If there is a mine works where there are measured parcels [gemessene berg] and
waterways [wasser geng], so that the mine cannot be worked without a
drainage/ventilation tunnel due to water—and then people come to the mine manager
and make a claim [můthen], asking him to grant them the mine works or the breach
site [broch] and if he will also assign them the parcel of land to build a tunnel [stoln]
in accordance with royal law—then the mine manager may grant this to them. If the
people then extend the drainage/ventilation tunnel into the mine works and caved-in
places where they hope that they will find ore, and then ask of the sworn citizens and
the mine manager that a mine property be granted to them for the tunnel, then the
mine manager shall ride to the place. He shall view it, as is his pleasure in honor and
faith, and for the tunnel and for the mine works he shall give and designate as much
land as is appropriate for the tunnel, where the ground is broken. But where there is
6
7
In effect, the “roof” of the excavated mine shaft; as opposed to the footwall as its “floor.”
A “fathom” (<lachter>) is approximately 6 feet.
474
unbroken meadow, that is, the ground has not been broken, a claim shall not be
declared for the drainage/ventilation tunnel, unless it should be recognized as
advantageous to the royalty by the sworn citizens8 and mine manager[*2] to do so.
Once the main claim is prepared, then all the adjacent parcelled claims branch off
from it. When the claim has been prepared, and the tunnel has been given its legal
status [sein recht], then the company of miners to whom the claim is granted shall
give the sworn citizens two marks for their work—that is eight shilling-pennies.
And they shall give the mine manager one mark—that is four shilling-pennies.
[FrB 5]
Two types of tunnels are described,
so that one can develop all the mines, etc.
One is called a prospecting tunnel [sůch stollen]; the other, a granted
drainage/ventilation tunnel [Erblicher stoln]9.
[3r]
[FrB 6]
On the regulation of the prospecting tunnel, where wet
mines are found that cannot be developed
due to the water.
This provides for people to come to the granting official and claim a prospecting
tunnel, so that they can drive the tunnel to the veins and engage in mining. When the
prospecting tunnel is thus established [gelegen] by the granting official, the claimant
has the right that, wherever[*3] he has his water ditch, no one else shall begin
digging within three and one half measured claims either in front of him or behind
8
“Sworn citizens” or “jurors”—local, trusted mining experts—played an important quasi-official role in
the administration of justice and order in mining. There will be references to them throughout the Freiberg
and Iglau mining codes.
9
The depths reached in mining in the Erzgebirge by the 16th century required extensive drainage and
ventilation operations to enable the tunneling for ores per se.
475
him, unless the claimant digs the shaft to a depth of seven fathoms, or[*4] the depth
of one claim [eynslehens tieff], that he can prove. As far as the claimant has
progressed in his water ditch, no one else shall or may lawfully embark on digging in
there[*5] against his will. If he has not reached the proper depth which is specified
before—then anyone is allowed to work within three and one half measured claims.
[FrB 7]
On granted drainage/ventilation tunnels and what
regulations pertain to them.
To whomever[*6] a granted drainage/ventilation tunnel [erbhafftiger stolnn] is
granted by the head granting official, by law the claimant is to set a boundary stone
at the place and at his boundary [sein ziel], as an indicator of where his claimed
property lies. Thus disagreements about the boundaries should not arise later if an
adjacent property is granted to other persons; or[*7] the official must measure out a
surveyed mining property there.10
[FrB 8]
On drainage/ventilation tunnel regulations.
The tunnel also has the right, that no one may legally break through [einschlahen] its
highest point, be it broken ground or unbroken meadow, from its highest point to the
boundary stone, against the will of the miners who own the tunnel. And if the
miners extend the tunnel so that it reaches one and one half claims’ depth, or [3v] at
least ten fathoms, then the tunnel is considered legally a drainage/ventilation tunnel.
Then all measured claims that lie within its boundary [marscheid], and whatever
breach sites lie within its boundary—whoever works in this area above the water
table [oben dem wasser]—must do so in accordance with the will of the tunnel’s
owners. However, as long as the tunnel does not reach as deeply as indicated
10
I.e., rather than relying strictly on surrounding boundary stones to define a claim.
476
[bemumet] above, any man may work so long as he does not disrupt the mine sites
and dig sites that are being served by the tunnel.
[FrB 9]
On drainage/ventilation tunnel regulations.
If a tunnel with its water ditch comes to the veins that are served by it, and the tunnel
itself encounters ore that is still in a free area [in einem freien]11, then one measures
no mine site [berck] for it. But if the tunnel passes through ore in veins that were
previously unbroken and untouched—then a mine site must be measured for the
tunnel, so that the tunnel serves all the measured claims and keeps its own claim, by
legal right [in dem rechten]. And each tunnel retains the right that a measured mine
site has for three and a half measured claims on its hanging-wall and three and a half
on its footwall.
[FrB 10]
On drainage/ventilation tunnel regulations.
If a drainage/ventilation tunnel comes into measured claims that are workable but are
not being worked at the time, then the pre-existing claims may not prevent the tunnel
from penetrating there. If by good fortune the tunnel passes through ore in reaching
the claim, the tunnelers may dig ore on the base of the tunnel [sole] below as well as
above—as high as one can reach with a scraper [kratzen]. They shall dig without
extending the scraper handle housing [der kratzen helm] and shall have no additional
gain or take any further profit while in the claim. And the claim shall give the tunnel
the fourth-tax for costs [virthel zů kost] 12 .
And wherever[*8] beyond that the
drainage/ventilation tunnel reaches other established claims, they shall by right give
the tunnel owners [gewercken] the ninth-tax. This is because the tunnel brings
ventilation and [4r] removes water, and the drainage/ventilation tunnel thus should
11
12
I.e., not previously claimed for mining, hence “free” to be claimed and worked.
I.e., miners need to compensate the tunnelers for the benefits of drainage and ventilation.
477
absolutely receive the ninth-tax—but not more.
And the owners of the thus
improved claims shall give the tax to the company of miners who first undertook the
tunnel.
That company should in turn take their money and extend the
drainage/ventilation tunnel further, if they want to continue receiving the ninth-tax.
But if they want to forego the ninth-portion, they can cease. Whoever else then
extends the tunnel further shall by rights be excused from further paying the toll or
tax.
[FrB 11]
On drainage/ventilation tunnels.
If more than one drainage/ventilation tunnel is established in a mountain[*9],
whichever one of them is deepest maintains the legal priority and status [von recht
die eigenschafft vnd sein recht]. And as much as a parcelled mine site lies within the
boundary of a tunnel with legal precedence, that tunnel property may encompass as
many as sixteen households.
[FrB 12]
On drainage/ventilation tunnel regulations.
Whoever constructs legally viable drainage/ventilation tunnels should prepare his
water drainage ditch and lighting shaft [liechtloch], above and below in his tunnel
and clear out his tunnel [zůbern] rightly and properly. He shall operate the tunnel
with three diggers at all times. Should this not occur, and the tunnel not be run with
three diggers, and the tunnel lie eight days in a row with no one maintaining it, as if
abandoned, this can be proved by the head mine manager having a trustworthy man
ride in person to the mine site. The man shall check up on the tunnel and its water
ditch, and shall inspect the lighting shafts to the head of the tunnel [des stoln haupt].
And if he finds the tunnel thus neglected[*10], he shall inform the representative
[poten] by oath, that he has inspected the tunnel as legally assigned and discovered
478
the state of neglect [abebaw], and he avows this as is given by his oath. Then the
mine manager shall ask the representative for a judgment as to whose
drainage/ventilation tunnel it is, [4v] and the tunnel ownership shall be judged by
royal authority.
Whoever then claims the tunnel in accordance with royal
regulations, to him the mine manager shall assign it.
[FrB 13]
On drainage/ventilation tunnel regulations.
No mine manager, head granting official, or other official [amathman] has the
authority to place [setzen] any tunnel manager, overseer, or other official, at any
drainage/ventilation tunnel or at any parcelled mine site, against the will of the
company of mine owners.
[FrB 14]
On drainage/ventilation tunnel regulations.
Drainage/ventilation tunnel operators—and occupants of land at a parcelled mine
site—also have the right to herd and pasture their livestock on and about the site as
far as a man can shoot with bow and arrow.
[FrB 15]
On preparing claims.
For whomever[*11] the mine manager establishes a claim with the sworn citizens,
that shall have the force of law and remain in effect. And if it should happen that a
legally granted tunnel cannot be made profitable after several years, or if the mine
manager and the sworn citizens should die before the tunnel becomes profitable, and
someone wants to interfere with the claim or the tunnel and occupy and work in that
claim or tunnel (be it productive or unproductive)—in this case the new mine
479
manager and new sworn citizens decide for all of them based on the knowledge of
honorable persons who remember the situation and know the boundary marks. If,
however, no one[*12] is found who has knowledge of the claim, then it is free to
anybody to work.
And whoever then finds ore first[*13] that proves to be
economically viable [deß die maß wert ist], to him the mine site should be parcelled
accordingly, and no other mine site should be prepared that would interfere with it,
so long as it is productive.
[5r]
[FrB 16]
On new ore discoveries [Newfengen], and how
one shall survey them.
Whoever discovers a new vein, to him seven claims[*14] shall be parcelled. And if
thereafter a second man happens onto the same vein, depending how near it is to the
first work site[*15]13, if the second man finds ore the mine official should survey for
him by rights from whatever shaft he obtained it from. Because that is his rightful
head vein, his claim should be surveyed from the same shaft. And when that vein or
any other is to be surveyed for him, the tithe collector or his agent shall travel there.
If the place is economically viable, then the tithe collector shall instruct the mine
manager to survey it.
[FrB 17]
On surveying mines [Berckmeßung]
13
Ursprung here contains <zol> (“toll”), with an explanatory caption, “‘Toll’: That is a tax or duty or costs
that one gives the tunnel so that it can be better maintained.” The MS version, however, shows the more
logical <zcele>, i.e., “excavated work site.” Haselberg’s erroneous transcription, with the
misunderstanding compounded by an erroneous explanatory caption, suggests that: (a) Haselberg was
concerned with imparting technical information to a readership that might be unfamiliar with the
terminology, but that (b) Haselberg’s own technical knowledge was limited.
480
By law the mine manager shall survey a vein, and the discoverer [finder] shall pay
him his surveying gratuity [meßpfenning]—that is four shillings. The mine manager
shall come to the vein and ask the discoverer where his vein and his head vein claim
are. And the discoverer will show them to the mine manager. The discoverer may
obtain his proper head vein claim by his oath, and the mine manager should survey it
from the vein. The discoverer shall proceed to his windlass ledge and lay two
fingers on his head, and speak thus: “That is my rightful head vein—thus I so place
my head and forearm. So help me God and all of God’s saints.” And then the vein
shall be surveyed for him. The mine manager shall take his claim-measuring line,
lay it on the middle of the windlass shaft, and measure out a half-claim [halb
lehen] 14 , and he shall grant a whole claim in a tunnel, then another and
another[*16]—these are called ‘endmost’[*17] claims.
The new vein finder
[Neugenger]15 shall work the three and a half claims with a shaft, if he wishes to
work them properly. Then the mine manager shall survey [5v] three and a half
claims in the other tunnel, if it is possible to do so. But if not, then seven claims in a
row shall be surveyed for the finder on the vein. If the claims lie unworked for three
consecutive day shifts[*18], then the mine manager may grant them to whoever will
work them, by royal law. When the mine and the finder of the new vein are given
their measure [mas] and legal entitlements [recht], it is best if the claim extends into
a free area. If others then want to make a claim there, the mine manager shall grant
to them first adjacent to the initial claim, and then more and more out from there as
according to royal law. If someone later finds ore on the tunnel veins [stoln gengen]
above ground, that shall be surveyed in the same way as was surveyed before with
the above-named mine-sites—unless the measuring stick [meßrůth] is being applied
to a previously-claimed mine site or at the site of a drainage/ventilation tunnel that
has already been prepared by the citizens and officials. Either case will stop the
measuring of a new claim. If two mine-sites have been parcelled on two veins next
14
I.e., the half-claim length forming the radius of the claim with the windlass at its center.
Ursprung inserts a note in the margin at this point in the text to explain, “‘New vein finder’ is the
claimant [5v] or claim-holder who uncovered and excavated the vein.” In the marginal note,
<außgegangen> (“left, gone out”) is assumed to be a typographical error for <ausgegraben> (“excavated”),
given the context.
15
481
to each other, and the one that was surveyed first becomes depleted, and the other
remains productive, and over time the first site becomes depleted—this shall not
detract from the legal entitlement of the site that has remained productive. And if
ore is found in the vein that has remained productive, then a boundary demarcation
shall be measured to it. This is because any granted claims that hold first-granting
on the vein retain their rights, with preferential rights to those who have occupied the
site longest.
[FrB 18]
On the rights of the discoverers
Discoverers, that is, claim-holders shall receive their claims from no one other than
the mine manager. And the mine manager shall order the finder to clear a claim on
each side of his pit[*19]. Holders of the second, third, and fourth claims have the
same right as the first claim-holder who discovered the vein. If the first-found ore
lies within the measured boundaries, then the citizens—at least two of those who are
present—shall have the first claimant’s vein marked off. [6r] The ore deposit should
be at least one fathom long, measured by foot, on the base, and the ore must yield at
least 3 marks and a quarter-weight of silver. The sworn citizens must stipulate this
in an oath sworn to the tithe-collector or his agents. If the find is economically
viable, the finder has the right to arrange his tunnel or claim works over the length of
his measured property, even if he has more than one shaft on his claim—be it two or
three. If the citizens16 find no ore in one shaft, then they may go into the second, or
into the third in which to find ore, as is stated above—thereby the discoverer obtains
his right. The second one after the discoverer who obtains a claim—he has the same
right, and thus also the third and fourth claimants. However, if the first claim holder
finds no ore in his mine-works, in its base, or in his claim that is economically
16
Ursprung inserts a note in the margin at this point in the text to explain, “‘Citizens’are men sworn by
oath.” The Bürger (“citizens”) referenced here correspond to the Geschworene (“sworn jurors”) named
elsewhere.
482
viable[*20]17; and he has gone outside his claims into a free area and found ore there
that is economically viable[*21]; and he has established an open shaft there—then he
maintains his legal entitlement, because he is the first. Also the second, third, and
fourth claimants retain[*22] their rights, as declared here. But if a disagreement or
fight arises between them, and it isn’t known from which pit the first claimant found
the vein, and the others won’t yield to him—then he must swear on the middle of the
windlass shaft, that the contested vein is the same vein out of the same pit that he
discovered. Then, as the law decrees and is spoken before, the mine manager shall
measure an initial claim. To the surveyors the claimant pays seven short-shillings.
The official measures in both directions[*23] from the head vein claim three and a
half measured claims. And if the prescribed distance to be measured along the
survey line does not suffice without intruding onto an adjacent mine site, then the
claims to be granted must be surveyed in sequence all displaced to one side. The
land that remains between the discoverers’ claims is called a ‘residual claim portion’
[überschar]. [6v] The discoverer shall receive a ‘horn’ [horn]18 at his ore extraction
point [gestelle], a plot that is half a fathom in length, such that two men can stand
next to each other. And a company of miners will select a tunnel manager [steiger]
as they please, who is a reputable man; the mine manager shall confirm him by oath.
[FrB 19]
If someone digs on a hanging-wall or on a footwall, so that one cannot tell whether
the site is within a claimed property or surveyed claim or is in a free area, the place
shall be granted by the oath of two men who have never wavered in their honor. To
ensure that they have no personal interest in the site, the mine manager shall confirm
them in this task. They shall draw the claim-measuring line above ground on the
field, from the highest point of the vein [höchsten der geng], and if they demarcate it
[gescheiden] as claimed or free then their decision shall have legal authority. But if
these referees fail to make a decision, then they should make a break-through from
17
Here and again two lines later, Ursprung erroneously substitutes <weit> (“far”) for <wert> (“valuable”).
A small extra allowance of land for placement of the windlass, large enough for two men to work the
crank.
18
483
the veins of the seven[*24] claims to the new veins.
If the measurements are
confirmed by using the measuring line and T-square measurer, then the claim will
have the authority of law. While the matter is in dispute, the ore that is extracted
may not be removed but shall be held in storage. This shall be done so that neither
one party nor the other can take any of it, until the legal determination is made.
[FrB 20]
On the rights of boundary demarcation [Marscheid].
Mine boundaries on veins underground shall be measured with open break-throughs.
For this task one trustworthy person shall be appointed who will designate each
person’s vein with righteousness. The granted claim has seven fathoms by law. A
claim boundary [ort] has three-fourths of a fathom; the workings between two pits
have one and a half fathoms.
[FrB 21]
On complaints about mine portions and how
one is to complain.
If a complaint should arise, in which a miner gives [7r] another person some portions
so that he will work with him, and the second person contributes no costs, then by
law he cannot complain about the portions that the miner gives him, whether he
wants to or not. But if it is the case that the second person has paid the miner some
of the costs, then the miner cannot legally deny him the portions—the second person
must complain in this case, and he would legally win his portions from the miner.
And if the second man had paid his costs, with the knowledge of his company of
miners, and he completed the appointed contract work [gedingen], and the miner
then wants to deny him—whether he found ore or not—but the miners acknowledge
that he worked rightly and properly—he can best give testimony to this effect with
his company of miners, rather than by swearing to it alone.
484
[FrB 22]
On complaints about[*25] mine portions.
If a man would complain about portions on surveyed veins, he must do so on three
successive working days to the mine manager or the proper mine judge either at
home[*26], at the court or the market[*27], or at the mine-site [zeche]—or make the
complaint to the official’s attendants [gesinde], if the official is not present. At the
point when the man presents his complaint, as stipulated in writing above, the
complaint will have legal authority.
[FrB 23]
On complaints about mine portions.
If a man has made complaint twice about portions, then for the third complaint he
must bring his boundary-marking official[*28] with him. If the mine manager has
confirmed him, then the manager can check with the stone-marker as he has advised
him, whether the penny fee has been earned. If the stone-marker [stuffen schleger]
affirms this, then the man shall have possession of the portions that he complained
about. In this case he must give the mine manager his gratuity—for 32 portions that
is 2 florins. If the allocated portions are agreeable to the complainant, the mine
manager shall assign one of the mine owners as a messenger who [7v] will go with
the complainant to the house and[*29] to the court and declare the portions. This is
if the original owner of the portions is a seated man [gesessen man]19. But if he is
unseated [vngesessen], then the portions must be declared at the market or at the
mine.
And if a man complains about portions on free[*30] ore veins that are
unsurveyed [vngemessen], this complaint also shall be made three times at the day
shift[*31].
19
I.e., a property owner resident in the area, as opposed to an “unseated” owner who lives outside of the
immediate vicinity.
485
[FrB 24]
On complaints about mine portions.
If it happens that a man must complain about legally granted portions that have still
not[*32] contributed their costs, such complaints must by law be made eight days in
a row. If he has complained about these portions for the legally required eight days,
then he must bring the boundary stone-marker with him—the one whom the mine
manager approved—and the mine manager shall question the stone-marker, whether
his pay was earned. If the stone-marker affirms this, then the manager shall assign
the contested portions to the petitioner and take his gratuity.
If, however, the
company of miners gets agreement from the mine manager that one need not
complain more than three day-shifts [tag schicht], then such complaint has legal
validity as if one had complained for a week.
[FrB 25]
On losing mine portions, and how
one loses them.
Anyone who has portions of mines, drainage/ventilation tunnels, granted claims, or
granted properties—no one can take them away from him for failure to pay his costs,
if these costs are assessed against him but with the deceit of remaining silent about
what is owed, to the miner’s detriment. However, if a mine owner or his supervisor
has been informed of the costs, but he does not pay them, then the mine manager
must complain about the unpaid assessments. In this case the mine manager shall
send a messenger and a miner to ask him to pay the costs in a timely fashion. If this
does not occur, then the mine manager shall bring a complaint against the owner of
the portions.
[8r]
[FrB 26]
486
On losing mine portions.
Whether a holder of portions in a mine is in the area or outside of the country, and he
or his representative [besteller] or his administrator[*33] of his portions is delinquent
in paying his costs for three weeks in a row, or does not have the money to pay, then
by law the holder loses his portions.
[FrB 27]
On flooding [Trenckung] of a main claim or assigned parcel.
If one main claim floods another, or if assigned parcels flood a main claim, or if
assigned parcels flood other assigned parcels or parcelled mine sites, because there
are open break-throughs—should a boundary marker then be claimed for the main
claim or assigned parcel or parcelled mine site that has been flooded, if it has no
established boundaries the boundaries shall be surveyed as soon as this can be done.
If the mine manager is then asked to send messengers to view[*34] the flooded main
claim, assigned parcel, or parcelled mine site, then by law the mine manager should
confirm his chosen messengers with an oath. They shall be two men who have never
wavered in their honor. The messengers shall travel there and verify that the main
claim, assigned parcel, or parcelled mine site is flooded over an embankment [tham]
the height of the entryway into the mines [gemündes], next to the stope, or a fathom
or two fathoms beyond the stone boundary-mark [stuffen] for their highest point
[zele] over the entire stope—and verify that the flood was caused by external
floodwater [frembd wasser]. If the messengers acknowledge with an oath—or by the
oath that they have already sworn—that the property, claim, or parcelled mine site is
thus flooded[*35]—it shall be acknowledged by law, to the owners of the property or
claim or parcelled mine site that has thus been flooded. Then the mine manager or
his agents shall arrange and offer a peaceful settlement [frid].
And once the
settlement has been arranged and offered, [8v] no later judgment that pertains to this
487
matter [teyding] can come as damages[*36] to the company of miners to whom the
settlement has been offered.
[FrB 28]
On the initial development [fürderung] by the miners,
where they work the property or dig tunnels.
If a company of miners drives a tunnel into their property and they seek claims
behind them or adjacent to them from the granting official, then by law the miners
should first remove what they have excavated. But if they forget, and the mine
owners should drive the head of their tunnel forward and encounter a solid rock
formation[*37] so that they need to set fire [brend]20—and the granted claim workers
want to prevent them from doing so, then by law fire may not be used, unless those
workers[*38] agreed to it beforehand—then one should hold them to this. Where
this does not happen, the company of miners in their property and the miners who
hold claims or parcelled mine sites nearby should always[*39] proceed in
establishing their digs initially, and later they can designate to the workers[*40]
where they can establish their digs.
[FrB 29]
On losing one’s work[*41].
If portions are promised to a man on a parcelled vein or mine, or in tunnels, claims,
or claimed properties, even though these portions have been assigned to someone
else, if the man works there one or two weeks[*42], and then the mine manager
verifies or grants the portions to another, then the man loses his work[*43] by law.
[FrB 30]
On granting[*44] portions.
20
Super-heating a solid rock formation with fire was a common technique for softening or loosening the
formation, but with obvious risks and safety hazards associated with it.
488
No one can grant another person’s mine portions without his consent, but if a
company of miners wants to grant portions in a mining region or a tunnel, then the
mine manager shall summon those same miners together on an [9r] appointed day,
and what is granted[*45] then shall have legal authority. If the three shifts show up
on the appointed day, but the fourth shift doesn’t come—neither the fourth shift nor
the three-eighths minority [drei achteyl] may prevent the others from granting
claims; the majority from the three shifts can assign claims to whomever they wish.
[FrB 31]
On leased portions [gemitten teilen]
If a man has leased some portions where ore is being extracted, he can send workers
day and night—as many as he wants—and may conduct mining activities as
effectively as he can, until his lease is up. And the one who leased the portions to
him by law cannot prevent him from doing this.
[FrB 32]
On portions that one grants.
If someone grants or leases his portions to another—be they portions in mines,
tunnels, or claims or an owned property, be they large or small: If the one[*46] who
has received the portions on a granted basis does not give[*47] in exchange what he
owns—be it large or small, little or much—then by law he loses the portions and the
granted property with it. However, if the one to whom the property was granted
cannot take possession, the owner should distribute and assign his shares to someone
else, with the knowledge of the mine owners.
In this way the original owner
maintains his right and his legal priority and granted property[*48].
[FrB 33]
489
On retaining portions that
someone develops
Whoever works portions in mines, tunnels[*49], claims, or granted properties, from
whomever they have been assigned to him, and he has them under his control [in
gewalt] and is working ore there with his miners—if the portions stop producing ore
twice following the first proclamation of work privileges[*50], but the assignee has
paid his mine costs rightly and properly—then by law no one may take away the
portions from him. If it should also happen that an owner of mines or mine portions
is outside the country, and his mine portions are so arranged that a payment of
his[*51] costs [kost] [9v] becomes due, and meanwhile no one is collecting[*52] his
ore—this cannot harm his legal rights.
[FrB 34]
On extracting [enthawen] ores.
If miners are working next to each other—be it in mines, tunnels, claimed or granted
properties—each may dig ore from the other and take the earth and ore, as much as
he can, until the miners break through to each other’s digs. When that happens, they
shall both vacate the break-through, each backing off by a fourth of a fathom, until
the sworn jurors can decide and show each miner where by law he can work as his
property.
[FrB 35]
On offering [zůuerbieten] ores.
No man may lawfully offer or promise another man’s ore[*53] in the mine for any
debt or monies due [gelt] other than for the mine operation fees [samptkost der
gewercken].
490
[FrB 36]
On the rights of settled farmland [acker teil].
Wherever a man wishes to search for ores, he may do so, and by law no one shall
prevent him from this.
If the landowner comes and demands his landowner’s
share[*54]—that is 32 parts—and offers his costs, with the knowledge of two pious
men, before the rope and bucket [korben/ oder zeil] are thrown in21, then he shall
have it. The lord of the village has no say in the matter. If ore is produced[*55],
then the tax from bath houses and meat suppliers goes to the village lord by law. But
the right to appoint the court and all the senior officials [ober amacht] as well as the
tithes[*56] and the mint[*57] 22 belongs to the princes in whose[*58] principality
they are located. And the silver belongs in their mintage [müntz] by law.
[FrB 37]
On deciding who gains and who loses on a
final accounting day [endthafftigen tag].
[10r] When a mine manager summons people on a final day, to determine who gains
and who loses in a contested matter, and the people from both sides come there—and
then the judge or mine manager wants to favor one party over the other, and seeks to
assert a court decision by force, without the will of the jurors and without genuine
urgency, then by law the judge may not harm the one he has decided is the loser. If
the losing parties take up the matter with the jurors, because the judge has stood with
force, they may maintain their right.
[FrB 38]
On retaining granted properties [lehenschafften]
21
I.e., before mining begins.
Mintage of coins was the primary use for silver, so it is logical for regulation of mints to go hand-in-hand
with that of mining.
22
491
Wherever a mine or tunnel or claim should rightfully take over[*59] another, and
workers have granted properties therein, then those granted properties are all
acquired thereby by law.
[FrB 39]
On the rights[*60] of wood-cutters [waltworchten]23, tithe-gatherers,
and ore diggers [ganghawer].
Any man who does wood-cutting work and also has portions in a mine where there is
productive ore, he shall by law not work in that mine. And none of the woodworkers shall go into a mine where there is productive ore, so long as they are doing
wood-cutting work[*61]. And neither miners nor tithe-gatherers shall own a woodcutting operation.
[FrB 40]
On the appointed mine
officials’ rights.
If a man is punished who has sworn to the law[*62]—be he a tunnel manager, mine
timberman, overseer [hutman], or whatever office he holds—the offender is
punished by the justice accorded to the office held by the offending person. And if
someone conducts himself with bad language in the mine headquarters [kawen] or in
their part of the town [teilstat] and he is caught by two pious men and a miner [10v],
then he shall pay a fine of nine marks. Of this money, the mine manager shall
receive three marks; the company of miners, three; and the legal administrator
[sachwalden], three.
[FrB 41]
23
Wood-cutting was extremely important for mining operations. It provided timbering to support the mine
shafts and tunnels, and wood provided the necessary fuel for fire-setting of solid rock formations and for
smelting.
492
What happens to those who act maliciously[*63] contrary
to the courts of law.
If a mine manager or his jurors go out in the night in order to quell a disturbance of
the peace, and then someone is wounded or murdered in the disturbance—in this
situation, the mine manager with the jurors shall convene a court on the matter and
bring a formal complaint [clag], in accordance with the law. If the judge has brought
the complaint, the damaged party can win half of the offender’s possessions from
him—be they living or dead. And whatever other people were involved in the
incident, but could not be caught and escaped—if they are caught later, then the
same should happen to them by law.
[FrB 42]
On the mine master’s book or table[*64].
A mine manager’s table or book can not be used as evidence for anyone. Rather,
what is written in there in four columns [pencken] in private matters can be used only
with the knowledge of those who helped record the matter—this shall have the force
of law.
[FrB 43]
On the smelting fee [Hutten zinß].
If someone constructs smelting works on a lord’s property—be it[*65] a granted
property [Erb] or owned property [eigen], ecclesiastical or secular—where the mine
works are located, the smelting fee should be established according to the law of the
prince in whose territory they are located. And whatever wood is on the mine site—
that belongs to the property or to the parcelled mine—the company of miners may
lawfully cut it down. If possible they should leave it alone and be reasonable about
this. Amen.
493
[11r]24
These mining laws were
first created for mining in Bohemia and in
Moravia, by the citizens of Iglau, and are
confirmed, described, and sealed
by the earliest miners, with the seal of the town[*66] and citizens,
to govern the loss and profit
of every miner.
[Ig 1]
The first is this: When the king’s authorized granting official, with the advice[*67]
of the citizens and sworn jurors of Iglau, grants anything and confirms and
documents it under his royal seal and the seal of the city of Iglau, that shall have
legal authority, so allotted that in its exploitation the king’s benefit and the
furtherance of the mine[*68] may be realized.
[Ig 2]
On two tunnels.
In any mountainous mining region, there are only two kinds of tunnels. One is called
a prospecting tunnel, the other a granted drainage/ventilation tunnel.
[Ig 3]
On the prospecting shaft.
The prospecting shaft has this right: When the authorized granting official with two
or more of the sworn jurors [Schöppen] from the place sees a wet[*69] field, which
needs a prospecting shaft to be dug there, then it is granted. And the recipient has
the right, wherever he undertakes his water ditch, that no one can occupy the place,
24
Here begin the mining regulations from Iglau. Note annotations [Ig ] for each numbered section of the
code.
494
in front of him or behind him, for three and a half measured claims. But if the shaft
is driven to the point where it has demonstrably achieved seven fathoms, or the depth
of one measured claim [eines lehen tieff], then in all that he has thus [11v] traversed
with his water ditch no one else shall mine there without his permission. But if he
has not achieved[*70] the depth discussed above, then anyone may work outside the
three and a half measured claims.
[Ig 4]
On granted drainage/ventilation tunnels.
Whoever declares that a drainage/ventilation tunnel has been granted to him, he shall
prove with his sworn testament [handt/ festen] what has been parcelled or granted to
him, and where he has undertaken his shaft. And he then has the right, that no one
may or shall lawfully settle there where the ground is unbroken between his shaft
and the property boundary without his permission. But if he brings the shaft to a
depth of one and a half measured claims, or at least ten fathoms, then that is called
by law a heritable drainage/ventilation tunnel [Erbhafftiger stoln].
For all
seven[*71] measured claims that lie within the boundary—be they four measured
mine sites, more or less[*72], that are named—or any breaches [bruch] that lie[*73]
within its boundary—whoever works therein above the water table [hoben dem
wasser] may do so only with the permission of the miners of that shaft. If, however,
the shaft does not reach as far as is stated before, then anyone can work as long as he
does not disrupt the mine sites or breaches that are associated with the shaft.
[Ig 5]
The second right pertaining to
drainage/ventilation tunnels.
This is also a right of the drainage/ventilation tunnel: If a tunnel comes with its
water ditch to the veins of mine sites that were already named and encounters ore
495
independently—ore that is still in a free area—then no new [12r] mine sites are
assigned. But if the tunnel encounters ore in veins that were previously unbroken
and untouched, then a new mine site must be granted, such that it gets its seven
measured claims by law and has its tunnel.
Other[*74] claims are assigned,
according to who appropriately has the right to them—be they the king’s or other
royal claims or citizens’: To the granting king his part; to the lords, their parts; to the
citizens, their parts—and every tunnel has the right that a parcelled mine has, to three
and a half mesaured claims on its hanging-wall[*75] and one on its footwall.
[Ig 6]
On the rights for citizens’ claims[*76] in
drainage/ventilation tunnels.
Citizens’ measured claims[*77] that are located in these mountains that are named
before include this right: Where the surface ground has been broken up, they may
not work on those locations. If the jurors grant unclaimed areas by official charter to
a tunnel company, then the tunnel gets them. But if someone wants to claim mine
sites where no official wants to grant them, in that case the citizens should
commission their claims. If they contain water adjacent to them, and if a complaint
is lodged against them, that they are flooding the adjacent claims with their water—
then some sworn persons shall be sent to investigate that. And whichever claims
they say are flooding the others—the owners of the former are to go work the others
for three days, that is, three long shifts. Thus a measured claim gains from the others
a king’s claim; a citizens’ claim, a lord’s claim[*78]; and vice versa.
[12v]
[Ig 7]
The third right.
496
Head drainage/ventilation tunnels have this right: If one of them approaches a
citizen’s measured claim that is being worked at the time but is not being worked
toward the tunnel, then the citizen’s claim can not prevent the tunnel from going in
and through in a sensible fashion, if it comes to that. On the base of the tunnel the
tunnel owner can dig, above and below, as far as he can reach with a scraper. He
may not realize any profit other than that. And for as long as the tunnel is in the
measured claim, the claim shall provide to the tunnel the fourth-portion [viertheil] of
costs, because the tunnel removes water and brings ventilation there.
[Ig 8]
The fourth right for drainage/ventilation tunnels.
Head drainage/ventilation tunnels have this right: If people are digging more than
one tunnel into a mountain, then whichever of them is the deepest obtains legal status
and priority. And however many parcelled mine sites as lie within the boundary of a
drainage/ventilation tunnel, as many as sixteen[*79] home sites can be established.
[Ig 9]
The fifth right.
Whoever wants to be awarded abandoned or inactive drainage/ventilation tunnels or
parcelled mine sites, he shall proclaim that he wants to have them for three biweekly
periods at church and on the street. At the conclusion of the six weeks, the granting
official shall take two sworn jurors, and shall ride to the tunnel or to the mine site. If
the official finds it not to be in operation, insofar as he can determine, then he
occupies the place with the jurors. He shall declare the claim in the authority of the
king and may assign and give it to whomever he will, etc.
[Ig 10]
The sixth right.
497
This is also a right of head drainage/ventilation tunnels: If a tunnel’s water drainage
ditch is set up or its lighting shafts prepared, or[*80] the head of the tunnel has
advanced one fathom [13r] in a year and a day[*81] 25 , such that this can be
demonstrated—then no one can lawfully challenge its authority.
[Ig 11]
The seventh right.
No royal property tax collector[*82] or granting official has the authority to appoint
a mine manager, a metalsmith [schmid], or a tunnel manager [steiger] on any granted
drainage/ventilation tunnel or on any claims, without the consent of the company of
miners.
[Ig 12]
The eighth right.
This is also a right of head drainage/ventilation tunnels: As far as a man can shoot
an arrow with a bow, that’s how far on the surface ground of the mine the miners can
graze their livestock.
[Ig 13]
There follow the rights pertaining to the
discoverer.
The law for new veins is that they shall be assigned by no one but the granting
official. By law he gives the discoverer[*83] no more than a 32nd portion, and for
him a claim shall be ordered prepared. Another claim that comes later—be it the
second, third, or fourth—has the same rights. If the discoverer finds ore within his
25
Through misreading of the MS, the word “a day” or “one day” (<yn> in Ermisch) was changed to
“twelve days” (“.xij.”) in Ursprung. “A year and a day” was a standard early legal formulation.
498
measured boundaries, then at least two of the jurors shall dig his vein. The ore must
be at least one fathom long, by foot, on the base of the dig—and it must give a
quarter-weight in silver above and beyond the costs of smelting. And the jurors must
confirm this with their oath if they are asked by the granter of the claim. If it is a
profitable site, then the new discoverer has the right to his measured claim—that he
may extend the base [soll] of his dig to the length of his claim. If he has more than
one shaft[*84] in his claim—two of them, three of them—and the jurors find nothing
in the one, then they can go into the second or into the third. In whichever shaft they
find such [13v] productive ore as mentioned above, there the new discoverer shall
have his right. But if they don’t find anything in the second or in the third, or
anywhere in what the granting lord has confirmed, then he still has the same right. If
the first claim site has no ore in its base that is profitable, and none of his claim sites
do, and he works out beyond the bounds of his defined claim sites into a free area,
and then finds profitable ore and excavates an open shaft at that place—then he
obtains his right, if he is the first one there; the second, third, and fourth sites are
regulated as described above. Should a disagreement arise among several claimholders, and it isn’t known from which pit the first claimant has discovered the vein,
and the others won’t yield to him, then the discoverer must swear on the middle of
his windlass shaft, that he found his vein in that pit. In accordance[*85] with the law
as stated before, the first claim shall be measured for him. To the claim-measurer
[messern] one gives seven short-shillings [schilling/ der kurtzen] and measures three
and a half claims outwards in both directions from there[*86] for the head vein.
Thereafter are measured a royal parcel [köngisch lehen], and then a citizens’ parcel
[burger lehen], and a landlord’s parcel [herrn lehen]. If this measuring cannot
proceed to completion without intruding on neighboring measured mine claims, then
these parcels are measured out instead on the one side, one after the other. And what
is left over between the new find and the existing mine claims [bergen] is called a
residual plot [überschar]. To the new discoverer shall be given a windlass ‘horn’
[horn] at the ore extraction point [gestelle], an extra piece of ground that is half a
fathom long, where two men can stand next to each other. The company of miners
499
calls upon the mine manager when they wish for him to divide out among them at
least a 32nd portion. And whoever is serving in the role of royal property collector,
he shall give the mine manager his oath[*87].
[Ig 14]
The eighth right, on
metalsmiths.
[14r] Where metalsmiths [schmidt amacht] are working, there the royal property tax
collector has one shift, and the company of miners three. If the discoverer of a vein
is working the seven portions of the claim, with three shafts[*88], head veins[*89],
and two outer claims—then the royal collector may not ask for more than one
workplace [orth] on a granted claim with three workplaces.
[Ig 15]
On the rights regarding property measurement [winckelmaß].
If someone is working on a hanging-wall or footwall at a point where they don’t
know whether it falls within the mine claim or is in a free area, then the matter shall
be referred to three common men on their oath, and a fourth man on behalf of the
royal property tax collector, provided that none of them has any ownership in the
disputed mining area. They shall draw the measuring line above ground up from the
high-point of the veins. If they are able to decide whether the disputed place lies
within the claim or is in a free area, then their finding shall have legal authority. But
if not, then they should dig out a break-through from the veins of the seven measured
claims to the new veins. If the rightful decision can then be given with the line and
T-square measurer, then the ore goes to that party. The ore that is meanwhile
excavated shall be sequestered, so that it not fall to either one side or the other, until
the matter is decided. No royal property tax collector has the right to seat a judge in
a mining area without the consent of the companies of miners. And no one can grant
500
the second mine portion without his consent. If someone wants to grant claims at a
mine site or a tunnel, then the mine manager shall call together the miners to the
mining area on a Sunday—or on another day, if it pleases him—and what is
established and assigned[*90] there has legal authority. If the three shifts show up
there, but the fourth doesn’t come—five-eighths forms the majority, and the three do
not. [14v] Neither the fourth shift nor the three-eighths minority may prevent the
others from granting claims to whomever[*91] they wish.
[Ig 16]
Common rights in granting.
If someone declares that he owns portions in a parcelled mine site—or tunnels,
granted claims, or granted properties—and that same mine site—or tunnel, or other
place—has been presented and certified [verhandtfestet] lawfully to another, and the
new holder starts mining and works six weeks there—if the first claimant does not
give notice to the other in the six weeks, then he can no longer[*92] assert
possession from him.
[Ig 17]
On granting officials.
It is also the law, that no one shall become a mine-granting official, except for a
sworn man in the king’s city who has first been assigned to the mines. This is
because a royal property tax collector or someone else might unfairly add[*93] to his
own mine portions, and only the sworn official can understand26 this.
[Ig 18]
The second right.
26
I.e., and prevent.
501
This is also a right: To whomever[*94] the royal property tax collectors [Erbar],
with the advice of the sworn jurors from the town closest to the mining region in
question, grant anything[*95] under their seal or that of the citizens of the town on a
heritable basis—be it mines, tunnels, claims or granted properties—that shall have
authority. This is because many mines and tunnels become productive only after
they have been worked for many years. The royal collectors change often, and it
would be contrary to God if a different royal collector should remove people forcibly
after they have worked and established their livelihood in a particular mining area—
be it mines, tunnels, or claims or granted properties—and have worked for four
years, six years or more.
[15r]
[Ig 19]
A second right.
Sometimes miners [bergkleut] work adjacent to each other—be it on mines, tunnels,
or claims or granted properties—and as the miners excavate[*96] and take out as
much of their own earth and ore as they can, the two adjacent digs break through to
each other. When this happens, they should both immediately vacate the site of the
break-through, until the sworn jurors come there and decide where each may
lawfully continue to work on his respective property.
[Ig 20]
Note
It is also a law that no official representative [besteller] may, due to his own
neglect—be it with regard to costs or other things—cause anyone to forfeit or lose
his mine portions.
[Ig 21]
502
On offering ores.
And no man may offer or promise another man ore[*97] in any mine for any debt
other than for the mine operation fees.
[Ig 22]
On losing mine portions
Whoever has portions in mines, tunnels, claims, or granted properties—no one can
take such portions away from him due to[*98] his neglecting to pay the mine costs,
without first demanding[*99] those costs through the mine manager or through his
lord and two mine owners.
[Ig 23]
On losing mine portions.
Whoever owns portions in mines, tunnels, claims, or granted properties, or whoever
has been granted some[*100], a royal property tax collector[*101] or mine manager
may not grant those portions to anyone else except by going to the place with the
miners[*102] and with the sworn jurors and taking[*103] the portions from him in a
legal fashion.
[15v]
[Ig 24]
On losing mine portions.
If a man grants his portions—be they in mines, tunnels, claims, or granted
properties—to another man in exchange for another property, and if the second man
fails to give him[*104] the other property, then he forfeits the granted mine property.
However, if the mine owner to whom the other property is due cannot take
503
possession of it, then he should assign his portions to someone else[*105] with the
knowledge of the company of miners. In this way the owner maintains his right and
his granted property.
[Ig 25]
On a privilege [Freiheit].
If a man builds smelting huts [hutten] on a gentleman’s property [eigen], be the
landowner clergy or layman, it is the miner’s privilege that he shall pay no tax on
them.
[Ig 26]
On a privilege.
And for any mine site discovered and measured out on any lord’s property, the royal
property tax[*106] comprises one third of what is earned there. And what the mine
requires in terms of wood for the mine shafts or tunnels, the lord shall not keep it
from them, be he layman or clergy, etc.27
Here ends the first book.28
27
Later versions of the Iglau mining code would append additional articles; for example, a second MS
redaction would contain 29 articles. See the critical apparatus in Chapter 2.
28
This strange caption would appear to define the codes Freiberg ‘B’ and Iglau as a single “book”; the
caption is found in none of the MSS identified by Ermisch.
504
[16r]29
This is the mining regulation
in the domain of our lord the Margrave of Meissen and
the territory subject to it.
[FrA 1]
When a man is granted a vein legally and properly, he receives seven measured
claims and three and a half fathoms each in its hanging-wall[*107] and footwall.
Whatever veins go into there are his. If the granting official grants[*108] one claim
or two claims to others on the same surface location [ziele], where valuable ore is
found, then by law it belongs to the one to whom the vein was originally granted or
to his company of miners, and he retains his surface find [tagk] of ore, as far as his
grant has been given.
If a man is granted a mine site, he has seven measured claims there. If another man
nearby finds ore on the same vein earlier, depending how close it is to the other’s
surface location, then by law it should be apportioned to him. One should assign it
to him[*109], measuring from whichever shaft he reached it, as his main vein claim
[fundtgrůb].
[FrA 2]
On the citizens’ rights.
The citizens of Freiberg, both poor and rich, also have the right to all mining regions
in my lord’s lands, that no one can stop them or refuse them access to their property.
[FrA 3]
On the mine charter [Brieffes].
29
Here begin the “older” Freiberg mining regulations, designated Freiberg ‘A’. Note labels in [FrA ] for
each numbered section of the code.
505
And if people without a mine charter come to a mine site to cause[*110] mischief, or
for any reason, then they should answer[*111] to the people who have the written
charter as to why they are coming onto the chartered site.
[FrA 4]
On the rights of sworn persons.
[16v] It is also the law that in mining regions the sworn jurors cannot banish people
or declare anyone absolved [vnschuldig] who pays restitution [schuldt gibt] for an
injury. However, the jurors at Freiberg can do so lawfully.
[FrA 5]
On the right of the judge.
Whoever is judge in Freiberg will hear in court whatever is brought before him
diligently and according to the law, for all the mining regions in the lands in which
my lords’ coinage is used.
[FrA 6]
On the right of the mine judge.
All mine judges whom the mine manager appoints and confirms throughout the
land—whatever matters are tried before them, by law they may not bear witness
[gezeugen] or preside [gestehn] before the municipal court.
No mine judge may bear witness in another mining region where he is not judge.
Whatever he sees or hears in his court he may rightfully preside over, but nowhere
except in his own court.
506
[FrA 7]
On the right of the mine manager.
If a matter is argued before the mine manager or he knows anything about it—he can
testify to that before the municipal judge.
[FrA 8]
What commercial goods [kauffmanschatz] should be provided.
In mining areas it is also proper that one should not provide any commerical goods
except these three: Clothing, and lead, and horses.
[FrA 9]
On settled farmland.
Wherever a man wishes to search for ores, he may do so legally. [17r] If the rightful
landholder comes and demands his landowner’s share [ackerteyl]—that is a 32nd
portion—and offers[*112] to pay his costs, with the knowledge of two honorable
men, before the rope and bucket are thrown in, then the landowner shall have his
share. The lord of the village has no say in the matter. If ore is produced, then the
tax from any meat suppliers and bath houses goes to the village lord by law. The
courts and granted minting rights [müntz lehen recht] belong to my lord and go to the
mintage in Freiberg.
[FrA 10]
On determining the court’s jurisdiction [Zweihung].
If someone inquires[*113] as to a mine’s jurisdiction [berg gericht], how far the
mine goes or where the boundary is—it is decided like this: One takes a bucket
[kerbe] and places a wedge hoe [keilhaw] and a scraper [kratz] in it, along with a
507
mallet [schlegel] and twelve iron spikes. These shall be hung on a windlass shift
[rombaum] and allowed to descend of their own weight into the shaft. As far as you
can hear the bucket—that’s how far my lord’s jurisdiction goes. The mine manager
sets the windlass framework on whichever mine shaft he wants to. And any man
who finds an unoccupied pit in the ground may settle on it lawfully. If he works the
pit until he finds an ore vein, then he should receive that vein from his granting
official. A work site[*114] that operates a day shift cannot give portions to the
granting official, even if the mine owner or operator really wants to do so.
[FrA 11]
On the discoverer [Neüfenger].
Each granting official[*115] shall note to whom he grants a claim, so that he may
protect it. A knowledgeable official is needed to lay out a vein claim, which includes
three and a half measures in front of the vein; three and a half measures behind it;
three and a half fathoms on the hanging-wall, and three and a half fathoms on the
footwall[*116]. The first-granted claim has authority and includes seven [*117]30
measures for the claimant, measures that he shall work with one shaft, or two or
three or however many it takes [17v] to achieve success. When enough progress has
been made that that miner finds ore, he may excavate one basket of it without risking
his rights. And he should go to the tithe-gatherer and say: “Sir, I have discovered a
body of ore, that I have dug. Now, send witnesses for justice and righteousness to
occur the sakes of my lords and my company of miners.” Then the tithe-gatherer
shall go, or send others there, so that the matter is dealt with justly and
advantageously for my lords and the company of miners.
If the ore goes deeper and deeper [für sich], then the tithe-gatherer and the company
of miners shall hire diggers to work the vein, workers who have conducted
themselves well. The mine manager shall confirm these workers.
30
Ursprung contains the word <selben> (“same”) instead of “seven.”
508
The company of miners can hire smelting workers [hut leuth] and shall apportion a
32nd mine portion for each of them. And each smelting worker can dig on his portion
as is stipulated by the law. The mine manager shall confirm them by oath.
If God helps the discoverer, and his ore vein goes deeper and deeper, then my lord’s
tithe-gatherer shall assess my lord’s allowed mine privilege [fronteyl]—that is the
third work shift. If that is done, then my lord shall provide the costs for it, like any
other party [gewerck]. Should the company of miners undertake a straight shaft
[Richtschachts] or vertical shaft[*118], then my lord shall contribute his costs for it.
If the mine works reaches the point that my lord’s privilege is assessed, the vein shall
by law be measured for the finder of the vein. The mine manager shall do this. The
finder should pay him his surveying gratuity—that is four shillings. The mine
manager shall come to the vein and shall say, “Sir, finder of ore, which is your head
vein?” Whichever pit the finder then indicates, that is his head vein, awarded by his
oath. Then [18r] it shall be measured for him. And the finder shall go to the edge of
his windlass [henckbanck], place two fingers on his head, and swear that this is his
rightful head vein, and say, “Thus I offer with my head and my forearm, may God
help me.”
[FrA 12]
On the parcelled mining area.
Thus shall one parcel a claim: The mine manager shall take the measuring line, lay it
on the middle of the mine, and measure half a claim and then a whole one—these
belong to the head vein claim. He shall then measure another claim, and then one
more[*119]—these are called the outer [endelste] claims and should be worked with
a shaft. These also belong to the finder of the vein. If the finder works them[*120]31
31
Ursprung actually contains the phrase “does not work them,” which does not make sense in the context.
509
as is stipulated by law, then the mine manager shall measure to our lord the margrave
one claim; after that to our lady the margravine, one claim; after that to the
chamberlain [kamerer], one claim; then to the mine manager, one claim. Now on the
other side one should always[*121] proceed from the middle of the head vein, and
measure the same number of claims on the same vein as were measured before.
Once the vein has been parcelled out, it should by rights be worked. The head vein
with its three claims should be worked with one shaft. If the claims lie dormant for
three dayshifts on three consecutive working days, then by my lord’s law the mine
manager can grant them to someone else who will work them[*122]—however, he
cannot grant claims on a Sunday.
Because my lord’s parcel and my lady’s parcel
enjoy a privileged legal status [beßer recht], they cannot revert by being left
dormant; no one can grant them again except my lord himself or[*123] the one
whom he authorizes to act on his behalf. Also, by law no one shall take ore from
them, and they shall not take ore from anyone. They are to be worked as lords’
claims. If they are not, then the mine manager should grant them as best he can—at
least for half. The same right applies to both the citizens’ and the mine manager’s
granted parcels. And if no one [18v] wants to work them, then the mine manager
should ask the lords[*124] to equip and work their parcels as is lawful. If they do
not do it, then he—the mine manager or his granting lord—should grant those
parcels to other citizens in accordance with my lord’s law. If it should come to
pass[*125] that ore is found in that same vein or in other veins nearby, then it should
be measured [messen] in the same way as the above-named mining areas; that place
is in need of surveying.
[FrA 13]
On two mining areas that are parcelled
next to each other on two veins.
510
For two mine sites measured on two veins adjacent to each other, it may happen that
the first measured site becomes inactive32 while the other remains workable. Should
either site become inactive, this should not detract from the other in its rights—
should God help either of them to find ore, then it should be allowed[*] to them.
Regardless of whether either claim has been inactive, the parcelled claims that have
received the initial grants on their respective veins retain their rights.
[FrA 14]
How one complains about portions.
If a man who is working a mine gives portions to another man so that he will work
with him—if the latter does not contribute to the costs, then he may not make
complaint about the portions he receives.
By law, the man can give someone
portions if he wants to, or he doesn’t have to if he doesn’t want to. But if the
receiver pays him the costs for one or more portions, then by law the owner cannot
deny him his right: The recipient is allowed to complain about this and win his
portions from the miner, as is right.
And if that man paid his costs with the
knowledge of the company of miners, and was present for the appointed contract
work [gedingen], and the mine owner then wants to deny him—whether he found ore
or not—but the miners acknowledge that he worked rightly and properly—he can
best maintain his right [19r] with testimony from the miners rather than by swearing
to it alone. If a man must complain about mine portions, he may do so even in cases
where it was not contracted openly and with the judge being knowledgeable about it.
[FrA 15]
On complaining about portions on
parcelled veins.
32
I.e., unproductive of ore.
511
If, however, a man must complain about portions on surveyed veins, he must do so
on three[*127] working days in a row. He must again make complaint on the first
day at the assembly [ding] and the next two days at home and at the court [hoff], or
he can complain instead[*128] to the judge on the marketplace or at the mine site
[zech] if such is allowed—or he can complain to the judge’s attendants, if the judge
is not at home. After a man has made complaint twice about mine portions, the third
time he must bring his boundary-marking official[*129]. If the judge has confirmed
this official, then he can ask him whether or not he has collected his penny fee. If
the boundary marker so verifies, then the judge may award the portions about which
the man complained. And the contractor [gedinger] may give the judge a cut. When
it has all been decided, the judge should give the man a miner as messenger to go
with him to the house and to the court and proclaim the news as is lawful. If the
messenger finds no one there—on the mountain, or at the mine, or in the city of
Freiberg—then the decision has to be proclaimed in the market.
[FrA 16]
On complaining about mine portions
on free veins
If a man complains about portions on free veins that have not been surveyed, he
should complain about them for three day-shifts. If a man is thus awarded portions,
as is lawful, be it in property, parcelled mines, or [19v] granted claims, or wherever
it is, and then a legal problem or challenge arises—the man can keep his portion, if it
is in a held property. If the challenge or problem involves granted claims, the man
may keep these claims as confirmed with his mine manager or judge, as is lawful.
Or the man must present proof to defend his claim a third time, if he won it through
complaint.
[FrA 17]
On complaining about heritable mine portions.
512
If a man must complain about mine portions that do not contribute their costs, then
he must complain three times over fourteen-day intervals. Does he really have to
wait the fourteen days with the first complaint, or not?33 To complain in accordance
with the law, at the third complaint he must bring his boundary-marking official with
him. The mine manager will have verified the boundary marker as is lawful, and
shall check with him, and shall award the portions as is written before. If it happens,
however, that the company of miners all affirm before the mine manager, the man
made complaint for three day-shifts, then that has as great an authority [grosse krafft]
as if one had complained for three successive fourteen-day periods. But if the miners
affirm before the mine manager, that they will give their costs or on the day when the
first pennies are earned[*130], then one can complain, unless the miners make
another agreement before the mine manager.34
[FrA 18]
On the right of contract work [verdingnus].
If a contract is to be made for mine work, then all of the affected miners or their
authorized representatives should be present—for no one can rightfully award any
man’s mine portions unless they are authorized to do so. But if a man does not want
to come for the contract agreement, the judge should send for him at an appropriate
time, and tell him what contract the miners want to establish. If he doesn’t come
then, he must give his word or proxy by law, or his portions can be contracted along
with the others.
[FrA 19]
This is on granted mine properties.
33
This strange rhetorical question may have been a point that was unclear to the composer of the document.
As noted in my Introduction, Ermisch characterized Freiberg ‘A’ as a “rough draft” (Sächsisches Bergrecht
lxvii).
34
The meaning of this last sentence is unclear to me.
513
[20r] If there is a mine works that is comprised of parcelled vein claims, that, due to
water, cannot be worked without a drainage tunnel—and if miners come and make a
claim to the mine manager, that, if he will grant the mineworks or the breach to
them[*131] and will grant them land for a drainage tunnel, they will provide their
silver[*132] and their work for my lord’s tithe—then the mine manager may not
refuse to so grant it, unless my lord wishes to refuse. If my lord grants his favor to
this and orders that it be granted as a mine property, then the citizens of Freiberg are
obliged to go with the mine manager to wherever in the land it is—by Chemnitz, by
Meissen, or wherever it is—and to ride there from Freiberg. They shall be given a
bucket of wine for their efforts, and they shall inspect the mine, as is their pleasure
and honor. They shall go to the tunnels and to the mine works and give[*133] and
designate as much land as is appropriate for the drainage tunnel, and for my lords
and the country, if it is advantageous. If that happens, then my lord has given up his
royal dues, and the lords must give up their parcelled claims in those properties and
have no further claim on them.
Wherever the miners settle there and establish their drainage tunnel and dig
ventilation holes from the surface[*134], they may undertake work and lease to
others as they wish, as is most productive for them.
The mine manager has no authority to grant to anybody, except insofar as people
come and lay claim beyond the furthest lighting shaft of the first company of miners.
The miners can grant there or work it themselves. If they do not want to grant or to
work there, then the mine manager shall urge that they themselves work it in due
time[*135]—or withdraw [verlegen] from there if others have laid claim. If they
will not do[*136] so, then the mine manager has the authority by law that he may
assume legal priority and assign it. Even if the miners don’t want him to, he may
grant it to someone else, for my lord’s tithe.
[20v]
514
[FrA 20]
On the rights of a tunnel.
When a company of miners has extended its tunnel as far as they reach[*137] with
their farthest lighting shaft—before that point and before the tunnel head no one can
force them either to work the mine or to grant it, against their will. If it should reach
a point where the miners themselves work at the forward-most high-point in the mine
[fordristen zele], but then let it lie—so that they don’t work it themselves or grant it
to others, then they do lose their right, so that by law the mine manager gains
authority over both the foremost high-point and the rear-most [hindristen].
[FrA 21]
How one should win abandoned
sites etc.
If a mine site runs out and lies abandoned of all things, and then people come and
want to work it—they shall come to the mine manager, who alone has the authority
to grant claims. And they shall state, “Sir mine manager, we are giving you notice
[clagen] about the site that lies abandoned. We are making a claim on it to you.
Whatever you decide about it in our favor, that we shall gladly anticipate.” Now
they must by law wait 14 days, both the mine manager and the claimants, after it is
declared that the abandoned property shall be available in six weeks. Or they shall
go around for six weeks after that day, then inquire[*138]. If, then, people come,
and make a claim to the mine manager, the mine manager shall decide it in fourteen
days, and they shall settle it discretely. And during those 14 days the manager shall
ride there to inspect the place, if he possibly can.
If some adversarial legal
matter[*139] prevents him from doing this, or if it is too far for him, then he shall
choose a faithful man, whom he can count on or swear by oath if he needs to[*140].
The mine manager should instruct him to judge the length of time since anyone has
done any work on the site. He shall do this as long as is legally required, and for the
515
people making the claim he shall decide within the length of time [21r] as the law
stipulates. If it happens that the mine property lies empty for three periods of 14
days, then the mine manager shall ride there unquestionably—no urgent matter
should keep him from doing so—and shall begin at the water drainage ditch, and
shall ride through it and out above, and shall inspect all[*141] the breaches and
surface shaft holes [löcher] that belong to the mine. If he then finds it abandoned
then he shall immediately, by the authority of my lord, grant it to the man who
claimed it rightly and properly. If the manager should grant the claim to the man in
any other place, then this would not have legal authority. And by law, no one but he
may grant an abandoned mine to a new claimant. If the mine manager grants a
heritable claim to a new man, then that man should apply all his hard work to it.
This way he protects it and retains it lawfully. If it should happen that that same
miner or another later needs the mine manager to testify about the mine property—
then the mine manager may be requested, with my lord’s good grace, to testify that
that same property “lay unworked[*142] for so long, that I personally rode to it and
declared it with the authority of my lord, and granted it to this man rightly and
properly; that it is his, with all due rights, and not anyone else’s.” Do you doubt that
the new claimant has been thus defended in this talk—or do you want to have
more?35 Now let it alone, with no more argument back and forth, if he has fulfilled
the words that stand written before. Thus should the mine manager defend a man—
may this seem just to you. If a miner[*143] or another retrieves ore with hard[*144]
labor and has found it lawfully in a mine property or granted claim, and if he brings
it to the surface [zů liecht] and presents it in three portions [drei teylunge],
undoubtedly and without anyone objecting—then he keeps it most properly, and no
one may take it from him lawfully. And how shall he retain it? With his own hand.
And how do you think he is legally justified in this? If a company of miners
excavates [21v] a tunnel into a mine property and they seek granted claims beyond
the tunnel or adjacent to it, they address this appropriately to a granting official, so
that one does not hinder the work of the miners. And if the tunnel owners take their
35
Another rhetorical question to the reader, asserting the validity of the process just outlined. A few more
instances of first- or second-person verb forms occur in this and the next section.
516
tunnel head further back and encounter a solid rock formation [herte], and have to set
fire—if the leasing miners [hewer] want to prevent them from doing so, by law they
cannot unless they had previously explicitly stipulated this before—which would be
upheld for them. If it reaches the point that the mine owners’ water prevents the
workers from being in the mine property, or indeed if there is a flood [wasser noth],
then the mine manager shall delegate messengers to travel there and decide legally
how each man shall deal with the water on his own portion of the property.
What if: A company of miners works a breach or granted claim in a mine property
with each other and find ore, and sell tithe-portions so long that the mine becomes
weak or depleted. And some of the miners want to sell out, but the others want to
continue working there—to the benefit of my lord and of themselves. Still others
want to dissolve the company but keep their ownership in the property, and they say
that they should declare their property holdings [güth]. And they want to occupy the
property that belongs to the mine portions, and they don’t want to dissolve the
property but don’t want to work it—then inquire about this situation.36
[FrA 22]
On portions that a man leases.
If a man leases a 32nd portion or more in a mine that is being worked, then he may
send in or assign as many workers as he wants, and they may work day and night for
the term of his lease.
The lease-holder can work in the way that is most
advantageous to him, and the owner of those portions may not prevent him from
doing so. However, on church holidays I do not believe that he should legally be
allowed to do any mining work. But if the miners nonetheless want to work on
church holidays—in accordance with the mine owners’ wish or not—then you
should ask about this.
36
This is an interesting passage, presenting a sequence of subordinate clauses positing a range of
conflicting wishes among stakeholders in a productive mine; the text of Freiberg ‘A’ does not offer
resolution but advises the reader to “ask about it”—presumably, ask a local mining official or expert if such
a need arises.
517
[22r]
[FrA 23]
On those who should not do wood-cutting
and on the regulation of wood-cutting.[*145]37
Any man who does wood-cutting work and also has portions in a mine[*146] where
there is productive ore shall not go into that mine to work. And none of the woodworkers[*147] shall dig in a mine where there is productive ore, so long as they are
doing wood-cutting work. And no miner shall own a wood-cutting operation.38
37
An inaccurate title, “On portions that a man claims” (<můthet>) that may have been adapted or misread
from the title of the previous section [FrA 22], “On portions that a man leases” (<mittet>). The MS
tradition per Ermisch has an (accurate) title concerning wood-cutting.
38
Here ends the so-called “Freiberg ‘A’” code.
518
We Anarch [anargk] and Heinrich of Waldenburg 39 , lords of Wolkenstein,
acknowledge before ourselves and our heirs that we have conferred, come together,
and are in agreement with the high-born princes and lords Sir Friedrich and Sir
Wilhelm and Sir Friedrich, landgraves in Thuringia and margraves of Meissen—our
gracious beloved lords—and all their heirs as regards the mining at Ehrenfriedersdorf
and in all of our territorial possessions, in all measure as is written hereafter.
Firstly, they shall have the court oversight [gericht] and rights to all gold and silver
veins, in all our territories, for three and a half[*148] measured claims on the
hanging-wall, and three and a half measured claims on the footwall. They shall
appoint their mine managers and mining officials as they do at other mines, as is
necessary in the mines and smelting works, and in the home settlements that are built
in conjunction with them. Also, the above-named gracious lords have granted us and
our heirs the favor—due to the on-going effort that we undertake in supporting and
furthering our mines and our gold works [goltwerck] and silver works
[sylberwergk]—that to us and our heirs on the lands we hold shall come two [22v]
portions from the collected tithe, up to the third portion. From the gold and silver
veins on all of our lands, as follows: if they establish more than one[*149] pile
[hauffen] as the tithe, then to us shall also be submitted two portions and a third
portion [zwey teyl/ vnd eyn dritteyl]. And additionally, if God should help you and
your gold works to prosper in our lands and produce a yield [gůtt] of which the tithe
amounts to three pounds or more—then they shall give us 500 Hungarian florin [.vc.
guldin Vngerisch] as the tax on this. And if the silver works prosper in our territory,
so that the tithe on it also amounts to three pounds in gold or more, then they shall
give us 200 new three-score-penny coins [.ijc. newe schock groschen]40 as the tax.
And whatever fines are assessed in mining—of these one half shall come to us. And
all[*150] the gold and silver that is extracted from mines in our lands shall be given
and transferred[*151] to their officials, who shall then bring it to their mint in
Freiberg. For each mark of gold in mine yield [yede margk goldes Bergisch gewicht]
39
40
The beginning of the Waldenburg/Meissen treaty of 1407.
I.e., a valuation of 12,000 “new” pennies.
519
presented, they shall there receive 64 florin41 [lxiiij. guldin]—and for each mark of
silver of the same weight, 32 florin [.xxxij. guldin]. From this, their mining officials
shall bring back to the mines the florin and pennies that are owed to us and shall then
transfer and pay them to us on demand. And if it happens that the gold or silver is
not handed over by their mining officials who are appointed there for their mint, as is
written above, they shall be fined in accordance with mintage regulations [müntz
recht].
In addition, our gracious lords shall not allow any free market to be
established within a half-mile distance from Ehrenfriedersdorf, Thum, Geyer, or
within a half mile of Wolkenstein or Zschopau [der schopa]—unless their officials
decide that there is a need and that they cannot do without one, in which case our
gracious lords can approve and have the market. They shall do so, however, only
with our permission and knowledge. [23r] So long as the free market is not being
held, every man who mines there may have his own bread, meat, and drink with him,
and we shall not prevent or discourage this. Except that, if someone wishes to serve
beer[*152], he shall get it from our lords’ towns42, and we shall order that it be sold
at a price that is typical [inn gewonlichem kauff] for other cities in the surrounding
area. However, if beer is lacking there, then they can get it somewhere else—from
whichever towns they wish. Also, in these mines we and our heirs shall collect taxes
from meat and bread vendors, smelting fees, and for grist [schrot] in customary and
lawful fashion—just as is customary and lawful in other mining areas. Further, our
subjects who are already settled on our lands mining on gold or silver veins should
remain. If their43 mine manager should come to the mines, then they shall receive
their granted claim from him. And whatever remains and lies vacant their mine
manager shall grant, as is customary. It is also declared by law: If tin veins
[ziengeng] should occur with gold or silver veins, so that the tin veins cannot be
worked without detracting from the gold or silver veins, then the tin veins shall lie
unworked. Work on the gold or silver shall proceed to a point where the tin veins
can be worked without interfering with the gold or silver veins. If it happens that the
41
The MS transcribed by Köhler indicated one half this amount—32 florin.
i.e., from breweries in the towns.
43
i.e., the margraves’.
42
520
previously-mentioned mines are abandoned or lie vacant, because no one is working
them, then the mines should revert directly to our possession, until such time as the
gold or silver works might become workable again. Hereby attended and witnessed
etc.
Year of our Lord 1407, on the Sunday of
St. Gall, in Grimma
521
[23v]
On recognizing
productive mining areas.44
How one can recognize and seek productive mines and the ores of all the metals, and
be the first to find them, according to the orientation of each mountainous area or
section of ground, and the veins, stringers, deposits and other ore formations of
same.
These are shown skillfully with illustrative
figures, along with figures
showing the subdivision of the world into directions and the wonders of nature under
the earth; which veins, stringers or other ore formations, in mountainous areas or in
open flatland, might fruitfully yield metallic ores and be promising to work—upon
which the costs will not be wasted. Just as it is not bad to know the wonderful works
of nature that are used under the earth which by mineral power are shown hereafter.
Also how the formations of the stringers and veins according to their orientation and
appearance of the flow patterns [sintfluß] strike, fall, and have their outcropping,
with specific treatment of each metal, be it gold, silver, copper, bismuth, tin, lead, or
iron45. From the illustrations in the following figures, both knowledgeable miners
and new, inexperienced miners will have recognition and guidance as to how the
metallic veins in mountains and valleys have their natural growth, properties [arth],
and effect, etc. This treatment of how to prepare metallic ores and of the ore’s
formation and origin has been drawn from the books of the wise ancients and the
experience of practiced miners, and is hereafter subdivided into ten chapters with
illustrations.
44
Here begins Haselberg’s edition of Ulrich Rülein von Kalbe’s “Bergbüchlein.” The following
introductory paragraph takes the place of Rülein’s opening dialog between the experienced miner Daniel
and the novice learner Knappius in the earlier editions of the “Bergbüchlein”. A transcription of the title
page and opening dialog from the first edition, designated B1, is included as Appendix A.
45
We note the substitution of bismuth for mercury in this listing of metals compared to the coverage of
chapters 4-10 of the “Bergbüchlein.” Bismuth is mentioned in Chapter 4 (on silver); this change might be
reflective of the scarce occurrence of mercury in nature.
522
[24r]
The First Chapter, on the
Common Origin of the Ores.
[Figure 4.2: Scene of miners at work – same as 4.1]
Regarding the common origin of the ores—be they silver, gold, tin, copper, iron, or
lead ores—by which they occur everywhere, and are called by the name, metallic
ore: Note that the growth or birth of a metallic ore requires an active agent and a
passive thing, or materials that are suited to [24v] receive the effect. The common
active agent of ore and of all things that are born is the heavens and their trajectory,
light, and influence, as the natural philosophers say. The influence of the heaven is
multiplied by the movement of the firmament and the counter-movement of the
seven planets. In this way, each metallic ore receives a special, particular influence
from its own planet, for the characteristic shared by it and the ore, in terms of heat,
cold, wetness and dryness. Hence, gold is made by the Sun or its influence, Silver
by the moon, tin by Jupiter, copper by Venus, iron by Mars, lead by Saturn,
quicksilver by Mercury. For this reason, the metals are often referred to by the
523
Hermetics and other wise men with names such as: gold—Sun, ‘Sol’ in Latin;
silver—Moon, ‘Luna’ in Latin. These are clearly given in the separate chapters
devoted to each metal—thus just a short statement on the common active agent of
the metals and ores is given here. Now, the passive material or common matter of all
metals is, according to the opinion of the wise men, sulfur and quicksilver. By the
course and influence of the heavens these must be fused and hardened to a metallic
body or to an ore. Some believe that, by the course and influence of the heavens,
fumes or vapors (called ‘mineral exhalations’) of sulfur and quicksilver are pulled up
out of the depths of the earth, and in fumigating upwards in veins and stringers, have
fused through the effect of the planets and been made into an ore. However, there
are others who do not believe that the metals are formed by quicksilver, because
there are ores in many places where no quicksilver is found. Instead, in place of
quicksilver they assert [25r] wet and cold slimy matter with no sulfur, this matter
being drawn out of the earth as its sweat. From this matter, upon mixing in the sulfur
all metals are formed.
Now the opinion of each who expresses good understanding and proper explication
is right, whether the ore or metal is formed from the moisture of the earth or matter
of the first degree, and from fumes or vapours for one part or matter of the second
degree, the two are called quicksilver. Note that, in the mixing or fusion of the
quicksilver and sulfur in the ore, the sulfur acts as the male seed and the quicksilver
as the female seed in the bearing or conception of a child. For this, sulfur is an
especially appropriate agent for ores or metals.
524
The 2nd Chapter.
On the common characteristics of
mountainous mining places.
Although the influence of the heavens and the characteristics of the matter relate to
the formation of each ore or metal, these are not sufficient to effectively bring about
the birth of the ores. In addition, a proper setting for a natural vessel is essential, in
which the ore is formed. These include the veins, specifically rocky/vertical veins46,
sloping veins, merging veins 47 , crossing veins, or however these are known
according to the many regional dialects. Pertinent here are also suitable ways or
access channels by which the mineral- or ore-forming power can have access into the
natural vessel.
These include the stringers, specifically [25v] surface stringers,
intersecting stringers, sloping stringers, crossing stringers or other miscellaneous
deposits, as these might be called according to the many regional dialects. Also
important is the appropriate setting in the mountainous terrain in which the veins and
stringers strike. The common orientation of the terrain or of the setting is in some
places towards the morning [i.e., east], in some places towards noon [south], in some
towards the evening [west], and in some towards midnight [north]48. But the slope
or location on the mountainous terrain that is oriented towards the south is more
suited than any of the others to yield rich ore, especially if it has a horizontal portion
sloping towards the south. That is the best setting of all terrains to work. The
following figure illustrates this:
46
Ursprung contains <staynende> (rocky), a typographical error for stehende (‘standing’ or vertical).
<Schwargeng>—a typographical error for Schargänge found in earlier editions.
48
Hereafter, “east”, “south”, “west” and “north” will be used.
47
525
[Figure 4.3: South-facing slope with ore vein.]49
[26r] For a clarification of what has just been said on the directions of the compass,
and of the following text, it is to note that the entire surface of the earth is subdivided
into twenty four parts, named “horizon” after the circle that divides the heavens into
an upper and a lower part where the heavens meet the face of the earth. First the
circle is divided into four parts, with two lines that cross each other perpendicularly
[creutzweiß] with equivalent angles or corners—named east or morning, south,
sundown or west, and midnight. Then, each part is subdivided into six parts. In the
east, 6 is to be placed; thereafter 7, 8, 9, 10, and 11 on the other parts before south.
And then 12 in the south, and 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 on the other parts beyond south.
Thereafter 6 in the west, and 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 on the other parts beyond west.
Thereafter 12 in the north, and 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 on the other parts beyond north. And the
49
For this slide and following slides, note: <Der auffgang/ oder Morgen.> = “East or morning,” <Der
Mittag.> = “Noon” (i.e., south), <Der Nidergang/ oder Abent.> = “West or evening,” <Die Mitternacht.> =
“Midnight” (i.e., north).
526
time of day is subdivided by the half-pointer. The following figure provides greater
clarification of this:
[Figure 4.4: Compass – version 1]50
50
Cf. correct compass image in Appendix B (figure A.1). Note the erroneous designation <21> in place of
<12> in the south and north.
527
[26v]
The 3rd Chapter.
On the strike and outcropping
of veins and stringers.
The strike of veins is their strengthening as the veins are drawn further away,
according to the length between the rock base of the mountainous terrain. This
striking is in some cases from the east to the west, in some cases from the west to the
[27r] east. A vein has its strike from the east to the west when its hanging-wall stone
(with its little earth-filled joints [schmerklüfftlin]) dips towards the west.
[Figure 4.5: Two veins on a south-facing slope, one with east-west strike and one
with west-east strike]51
51
Rülein’s first edition, B1, places “hash-marks” on the veins to show the directionality of their strikes;
thus, the two veins shown were distinguished by opposite directions of strike. This detail was degraded in
B2 and lost altogether in B3 and the subsequent editions. This is true for the next seven figures, as well.
528
On the other hand, a vein strikes from the west to the east when its rock dips towards
the east, as is shown here in the figures, which are divided according to the slope of
the mountain. The slope of the first figure is toward the south; the slope of the
second figure is towards the north.
[27v]
[Figure 4.6: Two veins on a north-facing slope, one with east-west strike and one
with west-east strike]52
Furthermore, some strikes of veins go from south to north, and some go in the
reverse, from north to south. You discern them according to the dip of the stone, as
has just been said above, and this is subdivided according to the slope of the
mountain as shown here:
[28r]
52
The surrounding captions are incorrect; note that <Der Abent.> (“west”) occurs twice. <Der Mittag.>
(“south”) should be replaced by <Die Mitternacht.> (“north”); <Die Mitternacht.> by <Der Mittag.>; <Der
Abent.> (“west”) on the top of the image should be replaced by <Der Morgen.> (“east”). <Der Abent.> on
the bottom of the figure is correct. In B1, the printer reused the wood block corresponding to Figure 4.4,
changing the captions appropriately; however, all of the subsequent editions produce new images.
529
[Figure 4.7: Two veins on a west-facing slope, one with south-north strike and one
with north-south strike]53
[28v]
53
<g> = Gang (“vein”). The surrounding captions are incorrect: <Der Morgen.> should be replaced by
<Der Mittag.>; <Die Mitternacht> should be replaced by <Der Abent.>; <Der Abent.> by <Die
Mitternacht.>; <Der Mittag.> by <Der Morgen.>. In B1, the printer reused the wood block corresponding
to Figure 4.5, changing the captions appropriately; however, all of the subsequent editions produce new
images.
530
[Figure 4.8: Two veins on an east-facing slope, one with south-north strike and one
with north-south strike]
And in some cases the strike of the veins goes from in between east and south to in
between east and north. And some go in the reverse direction, from in between west
and south to in between east and south.
[29r]
531
[Figure 4.9: Two veins on a northwest-facing slope, one with northwest-southeast
strike and one with southeast-northwest strike]54
And in some cases the strike of the veins goes from in between south and west to in
between east and north. And some go in the reverse direction, from in between east
and north to in between south and west. But this also is subdivided according to the
slope of the mountainous terrain, as follows hereafter in this figure:
[29v]
54
<g> = Gang (“vein”), <w> = Witterung (“exhalations”), <n> = Nebel (“mist”). To be accurate, the
captions <Der Morgen.> and <Der Abent.> need to be reversed.
532
[Figure 4.10: Two veins on a northeast-facing slope, one with northeast-southwest
strike and one with southwest-northeast strike]55
And in some cases the strike of the veins occurs at any point between the four
cardinal directions of the compass, and their centers strike twice in between one of
the directions. Thus there are twenty four possible strikes for all veins that have a
straight and simple strike, as is easy to recognize in the previous figure of the
directions of the compass. There are also some veins that do not have straight and
simple strikes, but rather are curved like a half-circle or bending in random
directions—these strikes might go from east [30r] to south, or else from south to
west, or in other directions of the compass. These veins, just as they are irregular in
their strikes, are also irregular in their orientations, as follows in the other chapters.
There are also some veins that have their strikes in flat field, and are therefore called
‘field structure’ [feld gebew]. And some veins have their strikes in a low place or
55
As in the previous figure, the captions <Der Morgen.> and <Der Abent.> need to be reversed.
533
valley, from east to west, or the reverse, and from south to north, or the reverse, and
in other directions of the compass as stated above. Enough said about the strikes of
the veins. It follows now to talk about the hanging-wall and the footwall.
[Figure 4.11: Intersecting veins with non-linear paths and varying directionality of
strike]
[30v]
534
[Figure 4.12: Vertical veins, one with south-facing stringers and one with northfacing stringers]56
Note that every vein has its hanging-wall and footwall. The hanging-wall of a vein
is its roof over the vein, against which the vein pushes with its back. Its footwall is
its rock base upon which it lies. However, there are some veins that have a vertical
dip so that one cannot readily recognize a hanging-wall or footwall, except from
some hanging stringers [hengklüfften] that might give an indication of this57—also in
all directions of the compass, as they are named above. [31r] For clarification of this
see the preceding figure.
Enough said of the hanging-wall and footwall; the
following pertains to outcroppings [außgehen] of veins.
Note that each vein has two outcroppings. One is the outcropping into the daylight
[gegen dem tage] after the entire length of the vein. This is called the outcropping of
56
The depiction of south- versus north-oriented stringers was lost after B1; two identical veins are shown.
The captions <Der Morgen.> and <Der Abent.> need to be reversed.
57
B1 contained an additional phrase, lost in later editions: “And these hanging-walls and footwalls of veins
can also occur in all directions.”
535
the whole vein. The second outcropping is against or opposite to the strike of the
vein in terms of its rock formation. This is called the rock outcropping [des gesteyns
außgehend]. When a vein has its strike from east to west, it has its rock outcropping
to the east; or conversely from west to east, it has its outcropping in the west. Note
similarly for all the other directions of the compass—according to how the vein is
oriented in its strike, so might the rock outcropping be also, in all directions of the
compass, as is easy to see in the illustrations above. This is enough said about the
outcroppings of the veins.
For greater clarification of the matter just said about the directions of the world and
about the strikes of the veins, it is to note that a compass should be subdivided into
twenty four parts in a defined circle.
First into four parts, by two lines that cross each other perpendicularly with
equivalent angles or corners. The one line should stretch from 12 on the compass via
the magnet or over the center of the iron forked needle (that has received its power
from the magnet) into the middle between five or four before south,58 being straight
as a cord according to how the compass is to be constructed. The second line should
go perpendicularly as is reported before. Over these just-stated lines, of equivalent
corners, according to the position of the land with respect to south and [31v] north,
the pole is raised higher and higher over the earth’s circle (known as the horizon).
Now, the just-mentioned diagonal or crossing lines strike from many directions of
the compass [örtern des Compasts]. Moreover,
58
B1 contained an additional phrase, lost in later editions: “and seven or eight after south .”
536
[Figure 4.13: Compass – version 2]59
depending on whether the circumference is drawn inside or outside the hours-circle,
it is changed more and more. Sometimes it strikes before eight in the morning to
before four in the evening, other times just from eight to four60. Be careful that, by
the lines of compass that correspond to the hours of the day [32r], you are not misled
by the inequality of the slightly misaligned lines of the cross and the lines marking
the hours. But anyway—to calibrate based on this well-blessed land of Meissen, the
same cross line goes on the compass usually just before 8, where their lines touch the
circle below, to before 4 by the same measure. The timekeepers [Chronographi]
know this well, and thus on the line by 4 in the afternoon we mark 6 in the morning,
because these lines on the compass always mean the morning, and mark 12 noon on
the line between 4 or 5 before noon, and 7 or 8 in the afternoon. These lines indicate
59
In Ursprung the two versions of the compass image are identical; for the correct image from B1, cf.
Appendix B, figure A.2. The function of the second compass image in Rülein’s B1 was to superimpose an
inner sundial on the first compass. So here, the inner dial is being described in the text but is missing from
Haselberg’s woodcut image. Both compass images were degraded in technical accuracy in every edition of
the “Bergbüchlein” after B1.
60
B1 contained an additional phrase, lost in later editions: “other times after eight to after four.”
537
noon at all times on the compass. And on the line by 8 before noon, to mark 6 in the
evening, because the same line indicates at all times the evening. And to mark 12
midnight on the line by 12 on the compass, which line always indicates midnight.
Each of the parts is divided as above into 6 portions, the earth’s surface into 24 parts
total. This is shown in the preceding figure.
Thus you can have certain knowledge of the directions of the world, and of the
strike, dip, and outcroppings of veins, when a compass so subdivided is placed over
the vein.
The following is about stringers [clüfften].
See that the strike, dip, and outcropping of stringers occur the same ways as the
strikes of veins. The strike or pitch of stringers is sometimes from the east to the
west, sometimes from the south to the north, sometimes the opposite directions, and
sometimes in still other directions. Some stringers are surface stringers, intersecting
stringers, crossing stringers, or however these called in various [32v] mining
expressions [berckleuffiger weiß]. These stringers sometimes bring or introduce
enrichment [veradelung] to the vein and make good ores. Sometimes they deplete
and diminish the mineral-forming influence [minerisch wirckung] or ore-forming
power [ärtzliche krafft], so that substantial exhalations [grosse witterung] into the
atmosphere are frequently found far away from the veins and mislead many miners
in selecting where to work. However, in the following chapter I will show which
stringers bring enrichment, and which ones deplete the deposits.
538
The 4th Chapter.
On silver ore and its veins.
The imperfect metals [das vnuolkommlich Metall], based on the formative influence
[wirckung] and the natural order [ordnung der natur], clearly should be described
first. However, because the most valuable metal is favored more—and rightly so—I
will start with the highest and most noble, and work my way down from one to the
next in proper order. In this approach, gold would appropriately go first, because of
the nobility of its nature. However, it seemed good to me—given that the land of
Meissen (in which this booklet about the ores was recently compiled) is blessed with
all the metal ores but predominantly with silver ore—that I therefore should first
describe the origin of the birth61 of silver ore.
Silver ore, in the opinion of the wise masters, is formed by the influence of the moon
(as is touched upon above) from clear quicksilver [klarem quecksilber] and pure,
strong sulfur—that is, by the power of the moon as an active agent [krafft eines
wirckers] and the properties of the materials [geschicklichkeyt der materien]62. The
silver ore is formed in many ways. Some in the mud in water, as a black or gray
formation [raum] in the same way as follows hereafter in the chapter on gold ore;
some also in veins and [33r] stringers as follows in the present chapter.
For recognizing the rich [guldigen] and persistent veins to be worked in preference to
others, one should note that the very best setting for a vein is on the slope of a
mountain toward the south, so that its strike goes from seven or six in the east to six
or seven in the west according to the subdivision of directions [abteylung der welt]
as is touched upon above. Thus, if the outcropping of the entire vein is toward the
north, and especially if also the end of its rock extends toward the east, its hangingwall towards the south, its footwall toward the north, it is in this setting of a
mountain and vein that the influences of the heavens are very well received for the
61
62
B1 stated “origin and birth.” Edition B2 corrupted the wording to “origin of the birth.”
I.e., the quicksilver and the sulfur.
539
preparation of the matter [materi] from which silver ore will be made or formed and
held securely, as a well-designed container [wolgeschickten gefäß], such that the
generation of the silver can be accomplished all the more perfectly. But the other
strikes of veins, oriented between the west and north63, are considered more or less
rich, according to whether they are directed [sich örtern] nearer or further from the
just-mentioned strikes of veins—with the corresponding hanging-walls, footwalls,
and outcroppings. But the veins that have their strike from the north to the south,
their hanging-wall toward the west, their footwall and outcropping toward the east—
these ones are more promising to work than the veins that strike from the south to the
north, with their hanging-wall toward the east and their footwall and outcropping
toward the west. However, sometimes this last type of veins bears efflorescing
[angeflogen] and native silver or good ores in some places, and yet nothing in them
is persistent and lasting. This is because all the mineral power is completely exhaled
[außgebradempt] and wafted [33v] and drawn away through the outcroppings of
such veins. Note the same as stated above also for veins that have their strikes from
the east to the west, and that have their outcroppings and footwall towards the south,
because they are depleted through their outcroppings.
Note: Among veins of silver there are some that have quartz [quertz] in their
hanging-wall and footwall.
Some have heavy spar [spatt], some hornstone
[hornsteyn]; some, iron-stone [eysensteyn]; some, white sticky rock [weiß lättig
gebirge]; some, limestone64; some, mixed or loose stone of many colors caused by
the mixing of vapors [bradem] of many natures that color the stone. And there are
some other unusual rock types [gebirg].
In addition, some of the veins themselves contain white or yellow pyrites [kißweiß];
some, galena [glantz]; some, bismuth ore [wißmad ärtz]; some, yellow sulfur [gilbe
oder geele schweiff]; and some, white, brown, or black clays [läten]. Some contain
63
In place of “oriented between the west and north,” B1 reads as: “oriented between the east and south,
into the quadrant between wests and north,” with loss of one line of text in B2 (and subsequent editions).
64
Reading, per Sisco/Smith translation, <klagstein> as <kalkstein>.
540
burnt black, blue, brown, or green weathering [witterung] by virtue of the mineral
vapors; some translucent [blentliche] and dark, and some bright-white [weißlicht]
gangue with the appearance of alum. The latter type is called transparent quartz,
even though—contrary to the nature of quartz—it melts to liquid in fire. Stringers
also contain the same in terms of gangue and formations, as just discussed for veins.
Wherever these various formations of veins and stringers contain silver, one should
by sight subdivide the formations into the hanging-wall or footwall and inspect them,
because the formations will give an indication and show or expose the ore in a steep
[steenden] or sloping vein.
But wherever branch veins [schargenge], hanging stringers [henckklüfft], or crossing
veins [creutzgeng] are located over the striker [streicher] or main vein—there one
can dig confidently, because the veins ennoble themselves there and become very
rich in the depths. This is if, of the outcroppings of these veins and formations, one
is towards the north and the other towards the east. Thus it is most advisable that
one should in some places branch off of the main [34r] vein and follow various other
ore formations that have their outcroppings and slope in favorable directions of the
compass, as is covered above, because in many mountainous areas there are many
formations occurring in many directions of the compass other than the strike and
slope of the veins.
Wherever many formations in a mountainous area join together with the vein and
stay together in the depths—there one can confidently dig, especially if the
formations have proved to contain silver, because in the depths it is especially
promising that one will extract a good ore. If, however, in digging there is a foul
place [fewle], one should not be alarmed by that, but rather stay with the ore
formation and dig down all the way through the bad place until reaching the vein
with its formations and exposing it to the fresh air. However, if a comb barrier
formation [kam] is encountered and solid rock [hart gebürg] or stone occurs, so that
it blocks the vein or the ore, and yet there is mud [lätten] or some other workable
541
type of substance between the hanging-wall and footwall, one should definitely
follow it.
Wherever heavy spar veins are mixed with stringers, are weathering, or mixed with
clay—there is certainly ore to work in the depths there. Thus it is very promising to
dig there, even if one or two of the formations cut off and another type comes, be it
pyrites [kißwerck], yellow or burnt [brand], that contains silver in it—one can
certainly dig for it.
Wherever in digging heavy spar is being extracted and it cuts off, and soon no
additional ore occurs—there one should be concerned that the heavy spar is not of a
vein [ganghafft], but rather is breccia [geschütt] or a fissure gouge formation
[klufftwitterung] that strikes next to the veins. Take note that all merging veins
[schargäng] or hanging stringers [hengklüfft] that dip from the north, or close to
north, enrich the main vein—that is a very promising place on which to work and dig
down. [34v] But hanging stringers that slope from the south, or close to south,
deplete all veins to which they run. And similarly, all veins and stringers—be they
hanging stringers, intersecting stringers, crossing stringers, or other bedded deposits
[flötzwerck]—are depleted if they have their outcropping toward the south, or close
to south.
Further is to note, where any sloping veins occur near a vertical strike [stehenden
streichen], and where stringers, cross veins, or other structure and bedded deposits
cross or go over the two veins, the vertical and the sloping—that is a very promising
place on which to work and dig down. Especially good are the formations that
intersect perpendicularly, have their outcropping toward the east, and have the main
vein or sloping vein’s outcropping toward the north. And similarly it is promising
to work where a sloping vein clusters into an ore deposit [stolort] and adjoins a
vertical vein and strikes with it, because their fusion [vereynigung] or joining
together in the deep promises a most remarkable treasure. In this situation it is
542
advisable that one occasionally break into the hanging-wall and footwall of the
vertical vein to see if one might reach the sloping vein and discover the extent of the
ore deposit [stollort] and how far away the sloping vein will lead to the vertical vein.
Hence, with such diligence a remarkable treasure will frequently be extracted at very
low cost at the point of fusion of the veins. Because the sloping vein usually leads to
the vertical vein through its own ore deposit, according to some mining laws the
sloping vein to the vertical is recognized as a taxable vein [zinßhafftiger gang].
Note: For clarification of the above-mentioned structure of veins that might have ore
within themselves, one should notice that those veins that have quartz, spar, or
hornstone in their hanging-wall and footwall, and are joined by clayey mud [letten]
between the walls—these are promising to work. Note also: The veins that carry
iron-stone or other iron fragments [eysenmal] in their hanging-wall [35r] and
footwall and have within them bismuth ore or a tough alteration product or
weathering [feyßte vnd zähe witterung]—these are also promising to work. Note
also: These veins that carry a white country rock65 in the hanging-wall and footwall
and have within them black or burnt weathering—they are also promising to work, if
the type of strike and outcropping of the veins is as addressed above. Note finally:
The veins that are enclosed and bound with solid rock and carry in them soft or slatelike [milde oder schiferige] gangue formations commingled with argentite [glaßertz]
or other spiny, fresh ores [stachel frisch ertzt]—these same veins are quite promising
to work, because such formations bring a remarkable treasure in the depths, where
they are enriched with other minerals or suitable strikes, dip, and outcroppings as is
addressed above.
65
Here and below, “country rock” adopted from Sisco/Smith for <zechsteyn>.
543
The 5th Chapter.
On Gold Ore.
According to the opinion of the wise masters, gold ore is formed out of the very
clearest sulfur [aller klärsten schwefel], that is, most purified and refined in the earth,
by the influence of the heavens, particularly the sun.
This sulfur contains no
corpulence [feyßtigkeyt] that could be consumed and burned by fire. It also contains
no unstable, watery moisture [vnbestendige wässerige feuchtigkeyt] that might be
driven off by fire. And gold ore is formed out of the very most stable quicksilver
[allerbestendigsten quecksilber], purified to the highest degree so that the pure sulfur
suffers no interference in the formation of the ore. All of its external surface is
simultaneously penetrated and colored down to its very core with its persistent citric
color [citrin farb]. And thus, the two—the sulfur and the quicksilver as mineral
[35v] material—are fused into a metal by the influence of the heavens, in this case of
the sun, in a characteristic setting which curves toward the sun and promotes its
influence to bring into itself the mineral vapors of the sulfur and quicksilver. These
two are fused with the very strongest and most powerful bonds [verbindungen] to a
metal body [metallischen cörper], the union [verpüntnus] of which cannot be
dissolved even by the sharpest and greatest effect of fire.
Gold is formed in many settings—some in plain sand of river water [fliesses], some
under banked earth [tham erden] in marshy areas [sumpffen], some in gravel pits
[kießwercke], some in pure form [gedigen] in stringers or veins. Furthermore, some
is formed in various formations and weathering products where the veins and
stringers merge, including slate deposits [schiferwerck], or black, brown, gray, blue,
or yellow weathering or clayey formations. The gold that is formed in the sand of a
river is the clearest and highest gold, because its matter is greatly refined by the flow
and counterflow [widerfluß] of the water and by the nature of the location in which
544
said gold is found—by the orientation of the stream66 in which the placer [seyphen]
gold is formed.
The most suitable setting for the stream is that next to it towards the north are
mountains, and towards the south or west flat land. In addition, it should flow from
the east to the west—that is the most advantageous direction of flow for the stream.
The second most suitable direction of flow is from the west to the east, with the same
setting of a mountainous area as mentioned before. The third best direction of flow
is from the north to the south, with a mountainous area in the east. And the worst
direction of flow of a stream for the formation of gold is from the south to the north,
where high mountains [36r] rise up in the west. The direction of flow of streams is
as varied as the directions of the compass, just as was described with regard to the
strikes of veins above, in the chapter on silver ores. And each stream is judged to be
better or worse by being closer to or farther away from the just-mentioned optimal
directions of flow.
[Figure 4.14: River with gold deposit]
66
Literally “water”, but clearly a stream or river in this context.
545
For greater recognition of the locations and streams that bear gold, note that, in rivers
where gemstones are found, such as amethysts, rubies, crystals, or other refined
precious stones [hohe geleutterte steynkörner], [36v] there gold is readily born also,
and this is an indicator of the positive virtue of the location. This is because, in the
opinion of Albertus Magnus, only rarely are hot and dry vapors or exhalations drawn
up out of the earth without warm and moist vapors being drawn up also. From the
dry vapors the gemstones are formed and born—and the clearer, subtler, and nobler
the vapors are, the more beautiful, better, and harder the gemstones will be. From
the moist vapors the metals are formed and made—and the clearer, purer and better
ventilated the matter is from which the vapors or fumes are drawn, the more lasting
and better the metal that will form from them. Whenever the two, moist and dry
vapors, are drawn up with each other, each hardens according to its particular nature,
and so, as just mentioned, when gemstones are discovered in a river, this is a definite
indicator of gold. Also, where little, dense crystals that are of a dense and fine
structure [schörlin körner… von gedichtem vnd subtilen spiß] are discovered in the
river or nearby, a gold deposit [Goldwerck] is not far away. However, the nuggets
must be fine, because if coarse-structured crystals [grob spissig schörlin] are found
instead, then there is little hope for the best and sublest metal, namely gold. Note
that the gold that is formed under embanked earth by marshy areas is inferior and
less rich, because the gray or black sandy earth [schwartzraum] in which gold flakes
[flemerli] or nuggets [goldkörnli] are contained is frequently found, upon grinding to
powder and smelting, to contain more silver than gold, also copper. Hence the gold
is found to be inferior by the admixture with silver. Also this sandy earth sometimes
has an impurity [wildigkeyt] to it that darkens the noble and high color of the gold.
Thus, because of its appearance the [37r] gold is valued lower in its grade [Grad].
However, from this it is only a little inferior, because with a little skillful work one
can easily remove this impurity from the gold so that its high color remains
undarkened.
546
For recognizing a suitable place for gold to be generated, note that under the
embanked earth, where a formation lies, many weathered streamlets [gwitterte
stremlin] are found—like the seams [äderlin] or little stringers [kleyn klüfftlin] as one
sometimes finds running through the loam streaks [leymen streichen] in the loam pits
[leym grůben]—that is quite a promising place to carry out good earth extraction.
Especially in a place where many small streamlets go or join, they increase the
mineral-forming power from the earth to generate a greater production of gold.
Note: The gold that is formed in a gravel pit is mixed with much various worthless
material [vnart], due to the rough [wilden] sulfur and impure [vnreyner] earth from
which the gravel deposit is made. Nonetheless after a long time, by the influence of
the sun and the heavens, the finest [subtilest] gold is purified and heated in the
gravel, in one part after the other. This forms a stable gold ore that takes hard work
with fire to separate from the impure gravel.
This gold-gravel is found in various places, for example as a single bedded deposit
that lies through the entire layer of a moutainous place. This deposit is called a
‘horizontal vein’ in some regional dialects. And some is found in veins, in vertical
veins that have a hanging-wall and footwall.
Level gravel is very poor in gold, because the influence of the heavens achieves little
strength due to the poor characteristics [vngeschickligkeyt] of the setting.
But the gold gravel deposit that is vein-like is considered better [37v] and richer as
the country rock of the vein in the hanging-wall and footwall becomes finer and
nobler. Also, according to the relative advantage of directionality in which the gold
veins have their strikes and outcroppings, and insofar as they are imbued with
various stringers, these factors bring enrichment to the vein, and hence—as described
above in the chapter on silver veins—these veins are also considered better and
richer. Further, some of the gold that is formed in other veins without gravel-beds
547
[kißgäng] is found pure in stone. Some is found in a yellow clay; some is found in
fine brown deposits [witterung]; and some is found mixed in quartz and embedded
within it.
Where the brown deposits show themselves to be vein-like, there it is very promising
to work, because added ore from hanging stringers yield a remarkable treasure in the
deep.
Similarly, where the yellow clays are vein-like, at that place it is very promising to
dig, if the vein in the hanging-wall and footwall bears a fine country rock. In
addition, where the gold is found pure in the stringers that strike next to the veins,
one should note in which direction the stringer runs to the vein. There one can
reliably prospect and dig down. But if that same stringer runs away from the vein,
one should be concerned that there be scarcely anything worthwhile to dig there,
unless the stringer runs outwards to another vein. Therefore, wherever such hanging
stringers that contain pure gold run and fall from the vein, it is highly advisable that
one should conduct an exploration or search via exploratory pits [schürpffen] in the
ground at that place for other veins. Hence, with foresight one can work the stringer
formations and veins together.
548
The 6th Chapter.
On tin ore.
Tin ore or tinstone67 is formed by the influence of Jupiter out of pure quicksilver and
a little sulfur. [38r] In the mixing of the two, impure, coarse sulfurous vapors are
introduced, that are incorporated with each other and fused into a metal called tin.
The tin produced from this impure vapor is strong, odorous, brittle and fragile, just as
it makes any metal into which it is introduced impure and fragile.
Note: some tinstone is born in rivers, as above with gold, and some is washed out as
large kernels [großkörnig] that are like glassy pebbles [schörlin]. From the latter
comes the most beautiful and best tin, that one calls alluvial tin [seyffen], because its
matter is very thoroughly refined and ennobled by the characteristics of its setting.
Some tinstone is formed in rock and found in veins; it is considered better, the
farther from gravel-veins [kießgängen] it is found—and the less mixed in with these,
especially with thick and copper-containing ore which can scarcely be separated
from the tinstone. However, oreless rock [der taub kiß] in the tin-stone is not so
detrimental, because it is softened and turned to ash by the sting of fire, so that with
water it is separated from the tin-stone in the slag [Test].
In addition, some cassiterite or tin-stone is found in a layered cluster [geschüt], nestlike [nestig], rather than in veins in rock. This tin-stone is purer and better, the
farther it lies from the gravel veins and the less it is mixed with active sulfur.
A characteristic of this tin-stone is that it always grows above ground and repels
rock-debris [geschůb] from itself.
67
Also known as Zwitter or cassiterite.
549
The 7th Chapter
On copper ore.
Copper ore is formed by the influence of Venus.
It is made of good, pure
quicksilver—though not completely free of excess unsuitable moisture—and of overheated burning and impure sulfur, and from this heat of the sulfur the whole metal is
colored red through and through. This metal ore is sometimes found in bedded slate
deposits [schiffrigen fletzwerck] [38v] and sometimes in veins with many forms of
ore—some brown, some green, some gravelly [kißig]. The copper ore in the slate
deposits is mixed with a great deal of oreless gangue rock, so that the metal is
extracted only with difficulty, by simply roasting in the oven or smelting. But the
copper ore in veins is found to be better and richer, the more the veins’ hanging-wall
and footwall contain a noble and higher-quality country rock. The ore is also better
and richer according to the degree in which the veins’ strike is in favorable directions
of the compass, as stated above of the silver veins. Finally, the veins also contain
better and richer copper ore in them the more they are enriched by merging stringers
and ore formations.
As regards the strike of copper veins, and their enrichment, note the same as reported
above on the enrichment of silver veins—except that the copper veins generally are
strong [mächtig] that have their strike on the slope of the mountain towards the
north, though their copper is inferior in silver content. However, the veins that have
their strike on the slope of the mountains towards the south are finer, and their
copper is richer in silver. These veins are also enriched by their strikes, as is
reported above for silver veins.
550
The 8th Chapter.
On iron-stone.
Iron is formed by the influence of Mars from impure quicksilver and rough, impure
sulfur, which has much earth drawn into the mixture of the metal. Hence, the iron is
very difficult to soften in the fire, and contains much rust in it because of the impure
sulfur. Also because of this, iron is not easily mixed, liquified and poured into, or
fused with any other metal.
Iron-stone is found in some places as a [39r] layered bed deposit, brown and yellow;
in other places as veins. The iron-stone from the bedded deposit produces much
‘scoria’ [storias] or iron slag, and little iron. The iron-stone in veins gives richer
iron, though it is sometimes brittle due to mixing with some other type of metal.
Note: The iron veins possessing a hanging-wall and footwall are not to be
disregarded, especially when their strike is from the east to the west, and their dip is
towards the south. And when the footwall and outcropping strike towards the north,
after the iron-stone is extracted, then that vein will generally prove to contain gold or
other valuable ores underneath.
551
The 9th Chapter.
On lead-ore
Lead-ore is formed by the influence of Saturn out of crude, watery, heavy, impure
quicksilver and a little sulfur that cooks the quicksilver with its hot vapors, and runs
together to form a metallic body. And because the two, the sulfur and quicksilver,
are only fused with a weak bond, its metallic body, the lead, is easily consumed and
driven off by the fire.
This metal ore is sometimes found as a horizontal vein, some in a vertical vein. The
horizontally bedded lead-ore under an earthen bank [rasem] is poor in silver, unless
the silver formations fall into it there, as can happen with stringers. But the lead-ore
in veins can be richer and higher in silver, depending on the fall of their strikes, and
that makes their ore content richer, as is stated above about silver. Lead-ore in veins
is sometimes found black, sometimes minium-colored [menfarb], and sometimes
lustrous [glantzig].
552
[39v]
The 10th chapter.
On common quicksilver.
Common quicksilver is formed by the influence of Mercury out of slimy, watery
moisture that is mixed with the very finest sulfurous earth. Some of this metal is
found formed into a brown earth, just as any other metal ore, some in pits into which
it has flowed out of stringers and out of the earth into a swamp [sumpf] with the
water. And some is vaporized and drawn up over the earth’s surface and is found in
the grass on the earth.
This metal is of a wondrous nature, as the alchemists well know from experience.
And in this instance also I shall leave it to them to further argue about its nature.
Knappius:68 “Though I now understand the matter from which metal ore is made and
the locations in which it can be productively worked, I still cannot tell how one or
the other can be smelted into the respective metal.”
Daniel: “The shift is up! Enough has been said about this topic for now. Tomorrow
we will go from the pit head [Kaw] to the smelting house [hüten], and then I will tell
you, with which additives [zůsatz] the sulfurous ore, with which the easily soluble
[leüchtflüssig] ore, with which the impure ore, with which the coarse [grob] or finegrain [klaynspissig] ore should be smelted, etc.”
If anyone wants to have the illustrations colored or painted to better distinguish and
recognize the mountains, then one should have the veins painted yellow; mist and
exhalations [witterung], smoke-colored; the water, blue.
For the sake of
understanding, I have labelled these throughout with letters as follows:
68
Here resumes the framing dialog found in the beginning of B1 and following editions up until Ursprung,
in which Haselberg preferred instead to supply a brief prose introduction under the heading, <Von
erkantnus der Berckwerck>. Obviously, however, he overlooked the fact that the dialog resumes to close
the work here!
553
[40r]
g69
70
Vein of the mountain.
w
Exhalations of the mountain.
n71
Mist of the mountain.
69
g = vein (Gang)
w = exhalations (Witterung)
71
n = mist (Nebel)
70
554
72
A head vein claim is the first mine [zech] or pit
[Fundgrub] and a double-
[grůben] on a new vein and has three double-
claim [wehr]
claims. A double-claim is 14 fathoms73, and a head
Head
vein
claim
vein has three double-claims for its size; that is 42
fathoms.
Adjacent
[Negsten]
and
measured
claims
Each of the adjacent claims and other measured
other
claims that are assigned on the same vein has a size
claims
of no more than two double-claims; that is 24
[Messen].
fathoms.
A granted claim [Lehen].
A granted claim is 7 fathoms in size; 2 granted
claims is a double-claim. A head vein claim is 3
double-claims; an adjacent claim or other measured
claim is 2 double-claims, as addressed above.
Vein buffer [Fierung].
Every vein encompasses, to infinite depth, three and
one-half fathoms in its hanging-wall and three and
one-half fathoms in its footwall. That is called the
vein’s buffer; the two parts make 7 fathoms.
Hanging-wall
The vein’s hanging-wall is the ceiling that lies on
top of the vein and is its ceiling.
Footwall.
The vein’s footwall is what the vein lies on.
Outcropping
Is where the vein protrudes on the surface. Some
veins have their outcropping facing the east, some
the south, some the west, some the north.
And
some have their outcropping in between the above
four directions, as is easy to understand on a
compass.
Vein strike [Streichens
Some are from the east to the west; some from the
72
Here begin the so-called “Bergnamen,” the glossary of mining—and, in a separate section below,
smelting—first co-published with the third edition of the “Bergbüchlein” (B3).
73
A fathom is approximately 6 feet.
555
Geng]
south to the north, as one can determine from a
compass.
Bedded deposit [Fletz].
Is what extends horizontally and does not slope
downwards or upwards
How a bedded deposit is
If one grants a claim on a bedded deposit, then one
to be defined
grants as a buffer, as with a head vein, 42 fathoms
in length, and also 42 fathoms in width.
Fine stringers [Klüfftlin]
Are stringers as narrow as the back of a knife blade,
or narrower or thicker, and have their strike and
outcropping like veins.
[40v] Shafts [Schächt].
Shafts, light-holes [liechtlocher], or air-holes
[Winschet] are all names for when one is working
downwards in the earth, or what one calls
underground [gesuncken].
Vertical
tunnels
[Richtschäch]
Underground
Is where one is prospecting for ores in the mountain
and digs downward for them.
windlass
Is a broad opened space, where the windlass stands.
chamber [Hornstatt].
Windlass support posts
Is what the crank post [rund baum] lies in.
[Haspelstützen]
Windlass support housing
Is what the support posts stand in.
[hengbanck].
Windlass [Haspel].
Is what one pulls out waste material and ore in, with
a rope.
Waste
bucket
Is what one pulls out waste material in; whatever is
[Bergkübel].
not ore, one calls waste [berg].
Ore bucket [Ertzkübel].
Is what one pulls out ore in.
Water tub [Wasserziber]
Is what one pulls out water in.
Sink [Sumpff].
Is what one holds water in.
Puddle-bucket
Is what one dunks in a puddle—because one says
556
[Pfützeymer]
‘dunk’ [einpfützt], not ‘scoop’ [eingeschepfft].
Mine-ladder [Fart].
Is what one goes into the mine on—it’s called a
‘mine-ladder’, not a ‘ladder’ [laiter].
Support
timbering
[Gezimmer]
in
mine
Is supporting props [tragstempffel], and crossbeams [jocher] stretch [spreitzen] across a gap
shafts.
[strich].
Secured [Verpfendt].
Is if one timbers, and the support timbering does not
stand solid, then one strikes it into position with
wooden clubs [keülen].
Length [Leng] or flaw
Is that one is working on a vein or next to a vein.
[Feler].
Cut-through
Is when one works a place next to the vein and
[Verschrempt] or missed
leaves the vein untouched; this is also called
[Verfarn]
working up [aufffaren] to the vein.
Overshot.
Is when the vein has been missed, as reported
[Nachgeschlagen]
above, that one then overshoots.
Rock
wall
thrown
Is when it is extremely dense [faißt], then one must
[wantgeworffen] or taken
cut out slits [ritz hawen] so that one can place
down [abgetriben].
planks [pletz] and wedges [keyl] in them. Then the
miners strike them with mallets [feusteln]. That is
called a wall ‘thrown’ or ‘taken down’.
Solid [Fest].
Is when the vein is hard to extract.
Easily cut [Schnetig]
Is when the vein or rock is good to extract.
Tools
[Gezeuge]
with
Large mallet, small mallet, plank, wedge axes
which one works in the
[keilkratzen], iron wedges [fimel], wedge hoes
mine
[keilhawen], stamp mallet [puch feustel]—these are
all tools with which one extracts and stamps ore.
[41r]
[Fulort].
Fill
chamber
Is a wide space carved out down in the mine, in
which one heaps ore and rubble—one calls it
‘heaped’, not ‘shed’ [geschütt], in the mine.
557
Transverse
dig
[Querschlag]
Is a place where one drives through unproductive
rock [querstein] with no vein or stringers.
Sometimes one also drives a transverse dig on
stringers and veins, if one wants to have them.
To prospect [Schurpffen].
Is the day on which one begins to search for veins
and stringers.
Rope and bucket [kübel]
Is when one has prospected and the hole in the
thrown in.
ground [der schürff] is so deep that one has to place
a windlass over it—and the first extracted matter
[fidernuß] that one pulls out with rope and bucket—
that is called ‘rope and bucket thrown in’.
Ventilator [windtfang].
Is what one places above ground over a mine
opening, made of wood and boards that act to divert
the wind [wetter], so that one can work in the mine
or in the shaft.
Initiated [Angesessen].
Is where in a mine one begins to work a spot—that
is called ‘initiated’.
Stope
[Straß]
and
A stope is when one divides a mine site [ort] such
working destination [sit
that one man sets out working one place [sitzort]
ort].
and the other extends the stope. Hence, the upper
portion [oberteyl] is the working destination, and
the under-portion [das vnder] is the stope.
Sitting-post [Sitzpfal].
Upon which the miners sit at the work-place [vor
dem ort].
Iron-belt [Eisenriemen].
On which the miner carries his iron spikes [die
eysen].
Mouth [mundtloch] of an
An ore deposit is what one finds in a low valley or
ore deposit.
ground and wants to work it into a mine; and before
one starts digging in [vnder kreücht] it is called the
‘mouth’ of the ore deposit.
558
Dug-in
When one begins working, places an entryway
[Vndergekrochen].
[türlin], and first penetrates into the ore deposit.
Entryways,
Entryways and framing cross-beams placed on
beams
framing
[kappen],
tunnel
and
tunnel entries [stolleytern] and along the length of
framing
the tunnels [lengerten] is called a ‘placed doorway’
[verschissen].
[thürlin gesetzt]. That is, the wood that supports the
length (of the tunnel) and the wood beams [höltzer]
that lie across up above are called ‘framing beams’;
and the small lengths of wood [kleynen höltzlin] that
one lays in the hanging-wall and footwall [41v] one
calls ‘framing’.
Water
ditch
Is where the water runs out of the mouth.
[Wasserseich]
Top [Fürst].
Any underground mining locality or tunnel is called
in its highest place ‘on the top’.
Base [Solen].
The bottom of the mine tunnel is called ‘at the
base’.
Wooden
walkway
[Treckwerck]
Is what one pounds into place out of boards
between the base and the top, on which one goes in
and out and carries out excavated earth.
Grate [Rost] or tunnel-
A grate is put in when one drives a tunnel that
support [tregstollen].
comes in 6 or 7 fathoms, or deeper, up to 15 or 16
fathoms.
Opening [Einkommen].
An opening is when one makes a break-through
[durchschlag] that brings air in and removes water.
Break-through
Is when one drives mining sites or tunnels towards
[Durchschlag].
each other, and when they come together that is
called making a ‘break-through’.
Aeration [wetterbracht].
Is that air draws into the break-through or tunnel
and throughout the underground works, so that one
559
can work there.
Removes water [wasser
Is that the water, when the break-through is made,
benimet].
runs from the tunnel out from underground.
Hand specimen or stone
What one calls ore in the mines and not ‘a piece of
[Handsteyn oder stuffen]
ore’ or ‘rock’ [berg].
Ore stamped [gebucht]
Ore separated [gescheyden] and not ‘pounded’
[geklopfft].
Haul [Hall].
Is the excavated rock that one obtains in a mine;
whether it is much or little, that is called the mine’s
‘haul’.
Water extractor [Heintz]
Is a pipe structure [rörwerck], which has an iron
line with pouches [taschen] so that one can lift out a
large amount of water. One calls it an ‘iron line’
and not a ‘chain’ [ketten].
Pump [Pumpen].
Is a pipe [rore], in which a coil [strudel] is made,
that one lays in a sink [sumpff], and with it a boy
draws a lot of water 2 or 3 fathoms.
Vertical pump [Kunst].
Is what one lifts a large amount of water with; one
container of water helps move the other. One needs
these in mines that one sinks deep [42r] and that
need much water to be removed.
Vertical [Seyger gericht].
Is when a vein falls straight down, and has neither
hanging-wall nor footwall.
Sloping [Flach].
Is when a vein slopes, and has a hanging-wall and
footwall.
A mark is made and
Is that one brings a mining site, a mine boundary
measured
marker [erbstuffen], or a shaft [schacht] to the
off
[ab
gezogen].
surface so one knows above ground where one is
working in the mine underground.
To
measure
off
a
Is where one gives his measure [maß] on the surface
560
boundary
stone
[lochstein]
with shoes [schůhen]—a head vein claim 48
fathoms, a secondary claim measures 28 fathoms.
And where a boundary is located, there one buries a
stone, into which one inscribes a cross.
Boundary [Marscheyd].
Is
where
the
boundaries
divide—where
the
boundary stone stands.
Mine boundary marker
Means that one places the boundary marker stone in
[Erbstuffen].
the mine, where the boundary is; thus everybody
knows where his boundary is located
Measuring
depths
[Abwegen].
Is when one assesses one place in the mine or tunnel
against another, so that one knows the relative depth
of the one against the other.
Mine foreman [Schicht
Is who takes in the mine revenues [werckgelt], pays,
meister].
keeps the books, and provides for the smelting
works [Schmeltzhütten].
Master miner [Steiger] or
Is who oversees the workers, gives them their iron
overseer [hutmann].
spikes and tallow, and provides the mines with
timbering [gezimmer] and other resources as
needed.
Digger [Hewer].
Is who digs the ore or earth.
Earthworker [Bergknecht]
Is who gathers the earth and ore and transports it.
Water-carrier
Is who carries water.
[wasserknecht].
Ore-stamper [Ertzpucher]
Is who stamps the ore.
Ore-washer [wescher]
Is who washes the fine ore [das kleyn].
Boy [Junger]
Is who puts the rock or ore in the bucket for the
windlass.
The short shift [Die kurtz
Is eight hours long.
schicht]
Long shift [Lang schicht].
Or ‘cow’s shift’ [kü schicht], is twelve hours long.
561
[42v] ‘Stems’ [Stemm]
32 ‘stems’ or 128 shares is how many parts [teyl] a
and shares [Gucks].
mine has.
Support timbering poles
Is what one uses to frame in shafts between the
[Kastenstangen].
doorframes [thürlin] with, where one is constructing
support timbering [kästen schlecht].
Support
timbering
Is where one excavates extensively in the mines,
constructed
and then drives strong supporting props in the
[geschlagen].
hanging-wall and footwall and lays support piles on
it, and then fills it in with earth.
Hereafter follow some additional terms [zůsätz]74
that are used in smelting of silver
and copper.
Additives
[Zůsetz]
for
silver ore.
Fresh lead [Frisch bley], solid [hart] lead, litharge
[glet], hearth [hert], supplemental ore [floß], copper
slags [schlacken], stone, coal, and granulated
[gekürnt] fresh lead.
Fresh lead [Frisch bley]
Is what is not used above.
Solid lead and litharge.
Is the lead that is separated from the silver when
one refines it.
Hearth [Hert].
Is the ashes with which the refining cupellation
furnace is made before one has refined; one takes
them back out after refining.
Cupellation
furnace
Is what one refines the excavated ore [das werck]
[Treibhert].
on.
Refined [Abgetriben].
Is when one separates the silver and the lead from
74
Perhaps a play on words is intended, with <zůsätz> meaning both the chemical additives used in smelting
and a textual “addition.” Cf. first item listed in the following glossary terms.
562
one another.
Refining
housing
Is made of iron that one positions over the furnace
[Treibhutt].
when one refines.
Additives for copper ore.
For copper ore one needs no additive other than
supplemental ore [floß]; for some one doesn’t even
need such ore. However, one must roast [rösten]
one more than the other, because it is rough or soft
[geschmeidig]; then one makes stone out of it, then
black copper, then finally copper. When the copper
holds more than 6 lots of silver, one doesn’t need to
finish it, just black copper.
Tools
[Gezeüg]
for
smelting.
The tools used for smelting include firing oven
[fewr
backen],
ore-smelting
rods
of
iron
[renneysen], ore-pricking rods of iron [stecheysen],
hand-spikes [brechstangen], etc.
Shift
pile
Is when one puts together as much ore and additives
[Schichtgeschütt].
as one wants to smelt in one shift.
[43r]
Is when smelting begins.
Started-up
[Angelassen]
Let-out [Außgelassen]
Is when a worker completes the shift or quits.
Opened-up [Zůgemacht]
Is when the smelter opens up the oven again on
another day.
Brought-up
Is when the helper-boy runs and brings the smelter
[Fürgelauffen]
the additives that he needs.
563
Inventory [Verzeychnung] of the mines
subject to the Crown of Bohemia.75
The mine at Iglau76 is the oldest mining town under the Crown of Bohemia, where
mining court is held and judgments given for many mining towns, especially for
Schneeberg, for St. Annaberg, for St. Joachimsthal77, etc. And there occur in no
other land more and such numerous mines and ores as in the Bohemian lands and in
the surrounding mountainous areas.
Note what silver, gold, or tin mines lie in the Bohemian lands and are worked and
still productive [fündig]. After the town of Iglau I rank as the best mining locations
St. Joachimsthal and Kuttenberg78, where they uncover much silver ore every day;
then St. Katharinaberg79, Küngenstock [küngenstock zům grab zů der plaw], Kladrau
[cladran] 80 , Mies [mießtopel] 81 , Pilsen 82 , Losin, Wilhartitz [wildartitz], Nellizan
[Nellizaw], Přibram, the region of Deutsch Brod 83 , Stechowitz on the Eyknien,
Rotenberg, Chem, St. Procopsberg, Kauersin in “risengrund Hackenteufel” 84 ,
Zuberstein in the district of Krumpenau. These mines in the Bohemian lands all
produce silver.
Also still promising to produce gold ore under the Bohemian
Crown—even though many of them are dilapidated and in ruins—are some veins
located near the city of Prague, and by Brünn [prün] in Moravia of Reichenstein and
Nellizan [43v] stood 350 gold mills [mülen]. At Teschelwitz85 is a gold mine, and at
Schlackenwald 86 and at Gruffen are tin mines—to say nothing of the valuable
75
The last few pages contain three brief selections adapted/included by Haselberg in Ursprung, as
discussed in the Introduction: The survey or <Verzeychnung> of mines in Bohemia, then passages on
mining officials and their oaths based on the Annaberg mining law of 1509.
76
Present-day Jihlava in the Czech Republic.
77
Czech Jachymov
78
Czech Kutnahora
79
Czech Hora Sv. Kateřiny
80
Known alternately as Stopurg
81
Czech Mže
82
Czech Plžen
83
Czech Nemecký Brod or Havlíčkův Brod
84
I have been unable to verify or locate either Kauersin or “risengrund Hackenteufel.”
85
Czech Téchlovice
86
Czech Horni Slavkov
564
precious stones in the Bohemian lands, that are innumerable, but people don’t search
for them very much.
In the beginning of the Hussite sects and the Bohemian faith under the reign of
Emperor Sigmund, of esteemed memory, the Bohemians were against the Pope and
the clergy with great violent hostility. They ravaged the monasteries, drove out the
monks and priests, and ruined and ravaged land and town alike, as many as they
could overtake, until Emperor Sigmund, with the help of the Holy Roman Empire
invaded and laid siege with a mighty army before the capital city, Prague. The
Bohemians took great losses, and many experienced miners died. Likewise, the
Emperor with his army and support from the Holy Roman Empire also received great
losses because of the great violent hostility of the Bohemians. They dispersed the
people, and attacked them as they fled. For a long time thereafter no German dared
to be seen in the country, according to the histories and chronicles. Hence, the mines
were ravaged and laid low. The shafts collapsed and thus vanished, and for many
years thereafter no expert miners came into the Bohemian lands. Indeed, perhaps
God the Almighty did not yet will it at that time, that so many dissolved mighty
mines should come to the light of day—mines that in part have now begun to be
worked and proved themselves to be productive. May God grant all companies of
miners His divine grace to them with a rich yield of treasures [außpeuth].
How many officials a mine
needs to have.
First, each prince or lord appoints a mining prefect [hauptman] to represent him,
[44r] who is to command and forbid as needed over all the officials and over all that
belongs to the mine. Then an expert mine manager [berckmeister], then eight men
expert in mining who are called the jurors 87 .
87
Literally, “the sworn.”
565
In addition, two tithe collectors
[zehentner] and two smelting inspectors [hüttenreuter], a pay master [außteiler], a
share clerk, and a mine clerk. And courts and laws established as each should do or
have done.
Mine foremen, smelter superintendents, tunnel managers [steiger],
diggers [berckhawer], along with the other mine workers [berckleuth] with their
tools that they need every day for the stringers and veins, etc.
Oath for the mine master, and for
the other above-named officials and all
who are formally assigned an office.
I—name88—swear that I will loyally and attentively serve89 my most gracious lord—
name—etc., and execute the office of mine master faithfully and diligently; embrace
Your princely Grace’s righteousness; further the success of the companies of miners
and mines generally; approve and support what is lawfully right and appropriate for
every man; embrace in all ways the commands [ordenung] of my most gracious lord;
and personally complete everything that is assigned to me to the best of my
knowledge and ability. And in all of this I will serve none other than Your princely
pleasure as provided through Your command and against the same will not allow
myself to be influenced by any advantage or gift, favor, friendship or enmity, so help
me God through our Lord Jesus Christ.
Similarly, all of the various above-named officials
are also each obliged and sworn
to uphold his office, etc.
Printing sponsored by
Johan Haselberger of Reichenau
88
89
I.e., the oath-taker supplies his name here; the next “name” to be that of the particular ruler.
No verb in original text, but the notion “serve” is clearly implied.
566
CHAPTER 5:
MINING REGULATIONS FOR THE PRAISEWORTHY NEW MINE
AT GULLNES IN THE KINGDOM OF NORWAY –
ENGLISH TRANSLATION OF BERGKORDNUNG NORWEGEN
567
[Fol. 1r]1,2
Mining Regulations for the
praiseworthy new mine
at Gullnes [Golmsbergk]
in the Kingdom of Norway
[Figure 5.1: Danish-Norwegian coat-of-arms]
A. D. 1540.
1
A significantly revised title page is provided for the 2nd edition, BN(1647); cf. Appendix F.
The original text contains no page numbers; I have numbered leaves with designations r (recto or front)
and v (verso or back), e.g., [1r], [1v], etc.
2
568
[1v]
[Figure 5.2 – Image of miners at work, with surrounding caption:]3
The praiseworthy new mine at Gullnes with the surrounding mountains in the
Kingdom of Norway.
3
This woodcut image is omitted from BN(1647) and BN(1698).
569
[2r]4 We Christian5, by the grace of God King of Denmark, Norway, and of the
Wends and Goths, Duke of Schleswig, Holstein, Stormarn and Ditmarsch, Count of
Oldenburg and Delmenhorst make it known publicly:
Because and insofar as
Almighty God, our dear Father in heaven, from Whom all good comes, has richly
blessed our Kingdom of Norway with many favorable mines and metals in many
places, during the time of our reign our mine at the place called Gullnes has
contained and been productive in silver-rich coppers [Silberreichen Kupffern] 6 .
Therefore out of and from said mine there is great hope, for the glory of God as
Giver, also for ours as the legal authority, and that of our above-named kingdom and
of all of its subjects. But for the furtherance of all those who shall visit these our
mines to work them or undertake to go down in them, success and advantage will
follow them abundantly. That we are caused by our Royal goodness to supply our
mine with good governance [Regiment], rights [Rechten] and regulations
[Ordenungen], also with the necessary officials who shall, in representing us, supply
to each person justice and fairness—have no doubt about this. Such justice and
fairness shall serve to further both the common [gemeynem] and the individual’s
[sonderm] well-being and shall benefit all that is good. And in particular, we have
had prepared the hereafter embodied mining regulations with good, up-to-date advice,
[2v] from many knowledgeable persons, and we have brought the regulations to
press. We convey the intent and desire, that each person who uses the above mine
shall observe our regulations obediently, so as to avoid our disfavor and the
punishments embodied in them as well as other lawful punishments. And whatever
is not expressed here in our mining regulations shall be treated according to the law,
regulations, and custom of the mines located in the Electoral Principality of Saxony,
and otherwise according to old, well-established mining practices [gewonheiten] and
4
The king’s dedicatory letter and the following statement of “freedoms” are substantially revised in
BN(1647). The original text shows long, uninterrupted paragraphs, and I have chosen to emulate this style
rather than introduce paragraph divisions here.
5
i.e., Christian III (1533-1559)
6
Throughout the translation, I have retained selected original German technical (legal or “scientific”)
words in brackets in italics for reference and clarity.
570
laws [rechten]7. We also reserve the right to change, improve, expand, or further
restrict these regulations, when and how circumstances might demand it.
We also grant to each and all who visit our above-named mine, regardless of what
class or status [standes oder wesens] they be, who would work or settle down there,
for their person, possessions, and property to pass to and fro, on water or land, in all
our kingdoms, prinicipalities, and territories.
In order that every miner should
receive notification of the freedoms [Freiheyten] that we in our Royal authority have
given to our above-mentioned mine and the mine workers located there, and
henceforth by our grace are inclined to give, we have had said freedoms printed
before the beginning of these mining regulations, so that we not conceal our most
gracious good intentions from anyone who makes note of them.
7
Recall that Haselberg’s introductory letter emphasizes the age and authority of the laws in Ursprung.
571
[3r]
Freedoms of the mine
At Gullnes:
We Christian, by the grace of God King of Denmark, Norway, of the Wends and
Goths, Duke of Schleswig, Holstein, Stormarn and Ditmarsch, Count of Oldenburg
and Delmenhorst hereby announce and make it to be known publicly: That mines in
our Empire of Norway, by the providence and intent of the Almighty God, have
made themselves visible to the light of day. And meanwhile, several times we have
had some of the ore assayed by many expert miners, especially from the mines of the
royal house of the Electoral Principality of Saxony, so that we have not burdened
anyone with excessive expenses8. And we find by these assays that the veins contain
copper and lead, that they richly and visibly contain silver and other metals. From
these findings it can be seen that, with time—by the providence of the Almighty,
Whose gifts alone they are, and to Whom by right they should be gratefully
dedicated—the mines promise much wealth. Therefore it is our will, in the name of
God, to develop this mine, not just for us but also for the advantage, good fortune,
and increase of the common well-being. [3v] And therefore, to all of those who are
planning to work in our above-mentioned Empire and mine of Norway we wish to
give and permit all the mining freedoms [Bergkfreyheit] and legal privileges that are
usual, customary, and allowed by the house of the Electoral Principality of Saxony
etc. and the mines found in their mountains—Schneeberg, St. Annaberg, Marienberg,
and other mining towns. We wish in all ways to elevate and not diminish these
freedoms and privileges, and hereby we have permitted and established them. But in
order to show that we wish to implement these regulations and freedoms,9 we have
appointed and installed our dear faithful Hans Glaser as our manager [Bergkmeister]
over our mines. Because we have done this, all persons who are thinking of working
in our kingdom may make their claims [die Muttunge] to our above-mentioned mine
master, in accordance with our freedoms [Freyes]. He shall accept these mining
8
9
I.e., they have generously compensated those carrying out the assaying.
I.e., put the laws and freedoms into actual practice, not just produce them in textual form.
572
claims in the traditional manner [bergkleuffiger weise]10 and then grant such claims
to the first claimants [Mutter] for the proper time, along with all the other affairs that
are appropriate to and belong to him as mine master in his appointed office and in
measures such as are usual and customary in mines. Second, whoever is considering
settling and working at our Norwegian mines may take their claims to our abovementioned mine master Hans Glaser, as is customary, and he will measure off,
designate, and show them their place and working locations. We so wish to support
such [4r] development that each working miner shall be given the necessary wood
and other materials, as is typical in the above-mentioned mining regions under the
royal house of Saxony. Third, we wish to ordain our mining town, wherever it may
be built, for all time as a free mining town, and we have so ordained. Fourth and
finally, the residents [innwoner] of that mining town shall be provided what is
necessary for such mining for the increase of the common good, prosperity, and
orderly development, if it is achieved by the favorable dispensation of the Almighty,
through the upholding of the additional gracious, adequate freedoms and mining
regulations as needed and in measures as is the custom in the above-mentioned
mountains of Saxony. To this we pledge, through the authority of this our public
written declaration, but we have reserved for ourselves nonetheless all the freedom
and obedience that other heads of state [Oberen] and rulers [Herschafften] typically
enjoy from their properties and mines. We have herewith directed our secretary
[Secret] to print and produce this as a legal document [vrkunde] in our city of Odense,
On the Monday after the Feast of Corpus Christi11
In the year 1539.
10
Here and repeatedly in the regulations proper, the phraseology “in accordance with mining ways” (or
“laws” or “practice”) is used to assert the traditional nature of the behavior being described.
11
I.e., June 5, 1539 (per Claus 94).
573
[4v]
These our mining regulations are
subdivided into four parts,
for the sake of better organization and understanding.
The First Part.
Tells of the commission and duties of the officials and servants [Diener] associated
with the mine, in general and in specific.
The Second Part.
Reports on the mines, and those activities [hendeln] and affairs [sachen] belonging
and connected to them, how and by what means one should conduct oneself.
The Third Part.
Reports on tunnels [Stöllen] and legal privileges associated with them, and when and
how they may be acquired.
The Fourth Part.
Gives instructions on smelting and how this should be done for the good of all the
companies of miners [gewercken].
574
[5r]
The First Part12, on the
the commission and duties of the
officials and supervisors
associated with the mine.
[BN I,1]
The first article.
On the commission of the offices, also
of courts and the justice system [Rechtes].
In order that common mining [gemeinem Bergkwerck] be faithfully, effectively, and
well upheld in our Norwegian Kingdom 13 ; that these our regulations in all their
articles be diligently and firmly upheld; that lawfulness [gerechtigkeyt] be
administered and protected; that unlawfulness [vnrecht] be suppressed and punished;
that the common good be furthered; and also that all native and foreign persons who
visit and use our above-mentioned mines—now and in the future—be further
provided proper protection, peace, and lawfulness—we have commissioned for our
mines the hereafter-named as well as other appointed officials and supervisors. They
shall, in accordance with their duties, attend to each person who properly makes a
request or application [ansuchen] to them, and should and shall help each person
insofar as is right and lawful. Specifically: [5v]
Mining prefect [Heuptman]14
Mine manager [Bergkmeister]
Jurors [Geschworne]
12
The first of four major divisions in the text. Part I, on mining officials, contains 13 articles; Part II, on
regulation of mines, 62 articles; Part III, on drainage/ventilation tunnels, 11 articles; Part IV, on smelting,
20 articles.
13
This is the first explicit mention of Norway in the body of the mining regulations. There are only three
more—in [BN I,5] and two in [BN II,31]. I.e., the laws are defined quite “generically” rather than being
tied explicitly to particular places in Norway.
14
For this and the following professions, cf. Agricola, De re metallica (78n).
575
Tithe-collector [Zehendner]
Paymaster [Außteyler]
Share clerk [Kegenschreyber]
Mining clerk [Bergkschreyber]
We are also willing and ready to appoint others, at certain times and in case of
need.15
In addition we have commissioned courts and laws for mining matters [Bergksachen],
as well as municipal [Burgklichen] and criminal [peinlichen] cases, so that all
persons can be helped in what is right.
[BN I,2]
The second article.
The mining officials and supervisors
are not allowed to leave the mine
without permission.
In order that our above-mentioned officials and supervisors—including the
supervisors of the companies of miners such as shift masters and master miners—can
serve their duties most appropriately, our mining prefect shall not travel more than a
day’s distance away from the mine without our [6r] authorization and permission.
The same applies to the other above-mentioned officials, without the permission of
our mining prefect; and to the supervisors of the companies of miners, without the
permission of our mine manager.
[BN I,3]
15
Several additional jobs are mentioned in the following articles, including: Schichtmeister, “mine
foreman”, Article 11; Steiger, “master miner” or “tunnel master”, Article 12; Bergarbeiter, “mine worker”,
Article 13; also note Gewercke, general term for “company of miners” or “miners”, meaning those miners
who own a given claim or mine works. The listing here omits the various professions associated with
smelting discussed in Part IV.
576
The 3rd article.
The mining officials and supervisors
must be sworn by oath [mit Eydes pflichten] to their duties
to be appointed.
Each and every official and supervisor that is appointed by us or taken from among
our officials shall be confirmed with the customary duties sworn by oath: to be true
to and protective of us and all companies of miners; to further the honor, success and
benefit of our mining and of mining in general; to warn of harm and prevent it as
much as he can; to keep, cite and uphold as appropriate our regulations, particularly
insofar as is appropriate to his person, office, service, and duties.
[6v]
[BN I,4]
The 4th article.
On the mining prefect’s duties.
Our mining prefect shall, as our representative, diligently monitor that peace, justice,
and lawfulness are constantly upheld, and in particular that these regulations are
followed by all the lower officials and supervisors. He shall also ensure that all
deceit [betriegk], malice [boßheit], unlawfulness [vnrecht], damage [schaden] and
adversity [nachteyl] are avoided and are punished severely [mit ernst gestrafft].
In addition, he shall appoint, command, forbid, and monitor on our behalf the abovenamed and other officials and supervisors of ours. The same applies to all other
persons connected to the mine and those who use it. And all such persons shall obey
our mining prefect in all pertinent matters to avoid our disfavor and severe
punishment.
[BN I,5]
577
The 5th article.
On the mine manager’s duties.
[7r] Our mine manager shall, with all due diligence, monitor and provide that we are
in all ways represented faithfully, advantageously, diligently, and well—to our
peasants, the common mine, and the companies of miners. He shall provide that all
buildings and structures are utilized and operated advantageously; that whatever
might do damage is avoided and corrected. To each he shall support justice and
uphold and enforce these regulations.
And each shall obey him appropriately in matters relating to his office and command,
to avoid our disfavor and serious punishment.
Our mine manager shall have authority and power [macht vnd gewalt] in all mining
areas [gepirgen] in our Norwegian Kingdom.
He shall be subservient to and
authorized in his office by us with respect to the mines of old, proper custom
[heerkommens], practice, and
use, and in particular with respect to these our
regulations for all metals—excluding none—applicable to all who properly seek to
claim and work mines for themselves.
In all issues and matters relating to the mines, in which work stoppage orders
[kömmer], commands [gepot], prohibitions [verpot], assistance [hülff] or other things
will need to be done—our mine manager will have to do them, and they will be
requested of him and done by him as is the custom and law from old mining tradition
[gewonheit].
[7v] The mine manager shall act faithfully and honestly in assigning [verleyhen] and
verifying claims [bestetigen]. He shall be obliged to assign each claim to the first
person who seeks it, and to be attentive to the date of the claim receipt, so that no
favor or deceit occurs with the assigning and verifying of claims.
578
The mine manager’s
fees:
For { Claiming of a head vein or measured claim. 1. penny.16
Confirmation of a head vein 3 pennies.
…measured claim
2 pennies.
Work deadline extension [Frist] or cessation [nachlassung] for a
particular granted claim.
1 penny.
17
Surveying a head vein
9 florin.
…a measured claim 6 florin.
A work stoppage order [Kommer]
1 penny.
Extension of a work stoppage
1 penny.
Assistance money, for each 20 florin. 1 florin.
An inspection inside a mine [gruben].
5 pennies.
[BN I,6]
The 6th article.
[8r]
On the duties of
the jurors.
The sworn jurors shall obey our mining prefect and mine manager and carry out their
duties with faithful diligence. They shall appear on all work days for the mine
manager’s morning meeting, similarly on all mine verification days for the
confirmation, every Saturday for the weekly settling of accounts [anschneiden], and
every three months for the quarterly accounting [Rechnungen]. They shall apply all
due diligence so that ill-advised, erroneous, or other matters are handled and
16
i.e., “Groschen”
i.e., “Floren”, gold coins taking their name from the Italian city Florence; as a currency type, considered
equivalent to MSG Gulden, English guilder. (cf. Baufeld, “Floren”).
17
579
represented according to these regulations and lawful respectability. Similarly, the
weekly settling of accounts and quarterly accounting will be handled faithfully and
honestly.
The jurors shall each, at least once every fourteen days, visit their assigned mining
area and all the mines belonging to it. They shall personally find out whether and
how they are being worked. And where they find that work is being done to the
detriment of us, the mines, and the companies of miners, they shall put a stop to it
and redirect the work in a better fashion.
The jurors should not complete contracts [Geding] outside on the pilings [halden],
but down in the mines—the places about which the contracts are being made. They
should diligently inspect each site and hew the stone upon which the contract was
made outside the mine. They should find out whether the workers [8v] have gained
or lost in the contract, and complete each contract so that it is acceptable for both the
companies and the workers. As soon as the contracted amount of ore has been dug
and brought to the surface [auffgefaren], they should take it.
The jurors shall conduct themselves honestly, honorably, and incorruptably in cases
of determining inadequate operation of a mine [freymachens], and in every other
respect as well, so that no one is unfairly advantaged.
The jurors’ fees [besoldung]
Along with the regular
weekly salary.
For setting two boundary stones, be it for a head vein or assigned claim
3 florin.
For each time hired to carve a marking into the rock [stuffen zuschlahen] 3 pennies.
To make an inspection in the mine, at the request of the company of miners
5 pennies.
580
[BN I,7]
The 7th article.
On the tithe-collector
and his duties.
[9r] Our tithe-collector shall, with all due diligence, see to it, that all copper and
silver that is excavated in our mine is faithfully received and is presented to him,
with no reduction or addition in amount. He shall hold it in good, faithful safekeeping and, at the proper time, render to both us and the companies of miners the
proper portion of it, by good and honorable reckoning. Herein and herewith, he shall
conduct himself incorruptible in all ways, and not seek or take anything for his own
advantage or profit to the detriment of us or of the companies.
The tithe-collector shall not give to any mine foreman or to any mine responsible for
silver or copper more than is required to meet the needs of the mine for the same
week. The tithe-collector shall take a receipt from each mine foreman.
And then, each week before the quarterly accounting, with the same mine foremen
he shall give a clear accounting of revenues [Einnahm] and expenditures [Außgab],
and of what supplies remain with the miners. Of these he will give a receipt to the
mine foreman.
He also shall not advance or give out money to any company of miners or mine
foreman that doesn’t have any copper or silver in their tithe account without due
cause or extend credit to mines. If he ever violates this, he shall repay the credit on
his own, and he will not have any legal remedy against the mine and its supplies.
[9v]
581
[BN I,8]
The 8th article.
On the paymaster and
his duties.
Our paymaster will be bound to distribute all the money from each quarterly
accounting to the companies of miners. He shall receive from our tithe-collector—as
soon as the money comes in—the portion for each company according to what the
share clerk’s register says. With the currency [Müntz] that he receives from our tithe
account he shall render payment faithfully and without any preference or refusal.
And he should be careful in the preparation of the payroll [Auspeut], giving no one
his pay unless he personally is present or sends a proper proxy [volmacht] for
himself. But if the paymaster ever violates this, he shall be responsible for providing
the pay to the company, even though it was already approved and distributed.
The paymaster shall receive a florin [gülden] for his pay from each profitable mine
from the companies’ money out of our tithe account. And he shall demand, neither
himself nor through others, any favors or gifts from the mines or companies of
miners.
[10r] But in order that the paymaster not suffer complaints unfairly, and so that, if
the paymaster should approve and give someone’s pay without sufficient proper
authorization, and the paymaster should later face a dispute regarding the pay from
the one to whom it belongs 18 —therefore we establish and decree that whoever
remains silent for a year following approval and receipt of the pay, and does not go
to the paymaster, has no further right to complain [zutrit] to the paymaster with
regard to the approved and issued pay. However, if he makes a complaint to the
paymaster within one year after his pay was approved and issued without his
authorization, the paymaster shall be obliged to give him his pay, regardless that he
18
The original phraseology is also highly convoluted.
582
gave it before. And the paymaster may seek restitution from the one who received
the pay without authorization.
[BN I,9]
The 9th article.
On the share clerk,
his office and duties.
The share clerk shall understand that, if he or his subordinates [diener] take away
someone’s mine portions that are recorded in the share register [10v] or revoke
[abschreiben] them without the appropriate authorization, then the disadvantaged
miners can be granted the same shares back from him again. In the case where he
revokes someone’s portions, and that person is not physically present or has made no
credible instruction, he shall be obliged to grant back those same revoked shares.
The share clerk shall also diligently register [einschreyben] according to the receipt
provided when he is ordered by our mine manager to register a company of miners
into the share register. And he is to keep his books, with assigning and certifying of
portions [zu vnd abschreyben der teyl], so that he is able to document them well in
case the need arises.
The share clerk shall certify no portions that have been entered into the registry of
delinquent accounts [Retardat] without the mine manager’s instruction to do so.
And if he acts contrary to this, he shall withdraw said certified portions from the
miners, and he shall be punished for it.
The share clerk’s
fees.
[11r]
For { Registering a company of miners
1 penny
583
Certification and assignment of one or more shares of a mine to a
name 1 half-penny.
Convening a company of miners
1 penny
He should assign the portions entered into the registry of delinquent accounts to the
miners once they have paid, at no charge.
[BN I,10]
The 10th article.
On the mining clerk
and his duties.
On all verification days [Bestetigungstage], the mining clerk shall be present for the
accounting with his required and necessary mine account books [Bergkbüchern]. He
shall clearly and accurately record all claims, old and new mines, measured claims,
and tunnels—by whom, in what manner, for what time period, in which mining areas;
on which veins, stringers, and formations. In addition, he shall record any changes,
additions [anhang], or circumstances that have been claimed, leased, and certified,
from the claim receipts [Mutzeddeln] into his book of assigned claims [Lehenbuch].
Similarly he shall record all prolongations of claim tenure, taxes—all amounts, to
whom, by whom, and for what time period they have been paid; additionally
separations [schiede] and contracts [vertrege] in the presence [11v] or at the
instruction of our mine manager. The mining clerk shall record each of these matters
into a special book for them, for the appropriate fees.
He shall also faithfully collect and receive the quarterly valuation, and he shall
distribute from it in accordance with his duties. He shall provide an honest, good
accounting of it once a year and give the remainder [vberlaufft] to our tithe-collector,
receiving from him a receipt [Quittantz] for it.
584
The mining clerk’s
fees.
For { Granting of old or new claims
1 half-penny.
Prolongation or work cessation [nachlassung]
Tax
1 penny.
1 penny.
Registering contracts – each party
A mine contribution notice
1 penny.
1 half-penny—and to the mine manager’s clerk
also this amount.
A copy out of the mine account book 1 penny.
Reading of the mine account book
1 half-penny.
[BN I,11]
The 11th article.
[12r]
On the mine foremen
and their duties.
The mine foremen should be accepted by the operators [vorstehern] of the mine pits
and tunnels, and by the majority of the miners. Then the candidate foreman is
examined by our mine managers and, provided he is found suitable and skilled, he is
confirmed and sworn in with a commission of understanding. His salary is also
determined according to the circumstances and the value of his efforts. And if the
companies of miners are negligent therein,19 then our mining prefect, mine manager,
and sworn jurors have to intervene and correct the situation.
Also, the majority of miners shall be able to terminate any mine foreman, subject to
prior approval of our mine manager—and him alone—for sufficient cause.
19
i.e., remiss in compensating the mine foreman.
585
The mine foremen shall frequently and diligently visit their assigned mines and
tunnels. In carrying out their duties, they should report to the master miner to ensure
that enough work is being done and that enough extracted ore is being stamped and
processed.
Similarly they shall faithfully and well guard all of the funds belonging to the
company of miners [12v] and not take anything from them. Rather, all is to be used
for the miners’ benefit. Whatever is needed for the miners’ equipment and supplies
[gepeuden]—be it tallow, iron spikes, rope, ore cradles, buckets, wood posts, boards,
nails, and everything else—the mine foreman shall purchase it when needed with
their cash money, expecting no personal gain on the transaction. He shall not tally
the purchases at any price higher than what he actually paid.
And the mine foremen shall incur no debts against the mines without the permission
of the mine master. Whoever acts contrary to this shall not be helped in repaying
these debts.
Any mine foremen who have money in the tithe accounts on their miners’ behalf
shall take no more money per week than is necessary to cover the company’s costs
for mining and smelting that week. Whoever would take more than that shall be
taken into custody, relieved of his duties, and not rehired.
The mine foremen shall not lend tallow, iron spikes, money, or any other supplies
from one mine to another without the mine manager’s permission.
Each mine foreman shall enter each and every one of his monetary receipts and
expenditures into a register with all due diligence, in a faithful, detailed, and orderly
fashion. When he deposits copper or silver into the tithe account, he shall square the
balance with the tithe collector, and he shall provide [13r] his statement of account
586
every Saturday before the quarterly accounting.
And he shall further conduct
himself as provided hereafter in the article about the quarterly accounting.
[BN I,12]
The 12th article.
On tunnel masters and
their duties.
The tunnel masters shall be appointed, dismissed, and sworn by oath in all ways as
specified above for the mine foremen. And the mine manager and jurors should set
the tunnel masters’ wages according to the amount of their effort and work and
according to their knowledge and effectiveness.
The tunnel masters should appoint hard-working, devout, and knowledgeable
workers. For all shifts, when the workers enter the mine [anfahren], the tunnel
masters should be there personally to give them the necessary irons and tallow; to
see to it that the workers enter and exit the mine at the right time; that each worker
remain at his workplace and/or wherever he is instructed to go; that he do his work
productively, faithfully, and diligently and that he do enough. The tunnel masters
should also see to it that in tunnels and mines the necessary and [13v] useful support
structures are in place; and that the companies’ money is not uselessly or
detrimentally spent. They shall also see to it that nothing is stolen from their
companies’ ore formations, stringers or veins, also their land [felde], ores, or other
rightful possessions.
The tunnel masters will stop and correct whatever
inappropriate conduct they find among the workers.
The tunnel masters should in particular look after and maintain the companies of
miners’ ore and property with diligence. They should divide [scheyden] and stamp
[pochen] the ore, and safe-guard that nothing is done to the disadvantage and harm of
us and of the companies of miners.
587
The tunnel masters should also have no part in contracts that the jurors make, unless
they would lead a shift, in which case the jurors might give them their own contract.
[BN I,13]
The 13th article.
On the mine workers [Bergkerbeitern]
and their duties.
[14r] Each mine worker—be he a digger [hewer], water carrier [wasserknecht],
windlass operator [hespler], or errand boy [junge]—shall above all else see to it, that
he goes into and comes out of the mine at the right time, accomplishes his work with
faithful diligence, does enough, contributes to the success of the company of miners,
and helps them avoid harm. Also he shall follow and obey the tunnel manager.
And when a digger at his work-place encounters a sign of ore or some fine ore type
[Bergkart], he shall not excavate it without first telling the tunnel manager and
showing it to him.
Each digger shall be paid 12 pennies in wages for a complete shift for which he has
been present and done his work satisfactorily every day for a week as appropriate.
He should always receive his pay on Friday in the evening or on Saturday morning.
588
[14v]
The Second Part of these
mining regulations tells of
the mine, and those activities and affairs
connected and belonging thereto, how
and by what means
one should conduct oneself.
[BN II,1]
The first article.
On prospecting [Schürffen].
As provided and encouraged hereby, each miner [Bergkman] shall be allowed to
prospect after veins, stringers, and ore formations without any restriction on these
lands and others ruled by us, for all metals as they are named. And whoever thus
discovers a new unassigned vein, he shall have the discoverer’s right [des ersten
finders recht] and legal privilege, namely, to have a head vein claim including
adjacent measures [massen] above and below the find without any restrictions. He
shall not be prevented thereby from making further claims for unclaimed [frey]
ground if he wishes to.
[15r]
[BN II,2]
The second article.
On making claims [Mutungen].
Each person who wishes to make a claim—be it for a tunnel, head vein, or other
measures—should put the claim in writing, with the necessary designation of which
parcel of land he is claiming. He should also give the year, day, and hour of his
claiming. He should present said written claim, along with the fee, to the mine
589
manager, who shall accept said claim insofar as he finds the claimant to be justified
and credible.
However, if the mine manager finds, with good cause, that the claimant is not
justified and credible with his claim, he shall notify the claimant of this. In particular,
if the same piece of land has already been claimed, the mine manager shall inform
the second claimant of this.
The mine manager also should take the above-
mentioned claim document. If the second claimant does not want to give up on the
claim, the mine manager should evaluate the claim and take the fee based on the
rightness and wrongness of the claimant’s conduct.
[BN II,3]
The 3rd article.
[15v]
On exposing the
claimed vein.
After a claim has been officially completed and approved, the claimant should take
the mine manager or jurors to view the vein, stringer, or ore formation where he has
claimed his piece of land, so that the granting of the claim is based solely on veins
and stringers and that no one is being deceived.
And when one has been granted his claim, set a windlass over his shaft, and thrown
in bucket and rope, then he shall have and possess custody of the head vein, that
shall be given to him, from the windlass shaft [Rühnbauhm], halfway up and halfway
down.20
[BN II,4]
The 4th article.
20
See Veith, “Rundbaum” – refers to an oath sworn on the axle or horizontal shaft of the windlass that one
is the discoverer and first claimant of the vein below.
590
On time extensions for a completed
claim.
Completed claims should not be lengthened or granted work extensions by the mine
manager without extenuating circumstances. But if work extensions are needed, they
should nonetheless not be granted more than two or three times.
[16r]
[BN II,5]
The 5th article.
On granting or confirming
claimed parcels of land.
Each claimant shall appear on the set official day for granting claims, fourteen days
after the submission of his claim, for the confirmation of it. He shall ask to confirm
or lengthen his registered claim, when it is read aloud. The mine manager shall grant
and confirm the claim, insofar as the claimant remains at the claim and can
accomplish a satisfactory amount of work in accordance with mining law. The mine
manager shall also have the claim entered into the book of assigned claims, as
prescribed above.
[BN II,6]
The 6th article.
How claimed parcels of land
become free.
Any claim not being occupied and actively worked in the ways described above,
without special permission from our mine manager; or not granted a time extension
[16v]; or not confirmed—such a claim shall revert to our free status and be free for
anyone to claim.
591
[BN II,7]
The 7th article.
Confirmed claims shall be worked actively
and registered
into the share register [kegenbuch].
All claimed new and existing mine works and parcels of land that are confirmed
should be worked actively by the claim-holder (and his employees when he does not
intend to work the claim alone), and the work team [Gewerckschafft] is to be
presented to the mine manager on the next available official day of granting claims
after confirmation of the claim. On his command the work team should be recorded
into the share register.
[BN II,8]
The 8th article.
How many portions a pit
shall have:
[17r] Each and every confirmed claim—be it a tunnel, head vein, or measured claim
adjacent to the head vein—shall have no more than one hundred twenty-eight shares.
With this number of shares, 4 shares should be held as the unassigned portion
[Erbteyl], 1 share given to the church, and 1 share assigned to the common welfare
[Gemein].
[BN II,9]
The 9th article.
Confirmed claims should have
staff [dienern] appointed and be
592
provided with manual labor.
After receiving their claim confirmation, the claim-holder and company of workers
should staff their mine with mine foremen and tunnel managers, according to the
specifications described in the first part21, and also provide the mine with manual
labor. And any claim that has not been provided with a workforce, without the
permission of our mine manager as provided above, shall be eligible to be made free
to anyone.
[BN II,10]
The 10th article.
[17v]
On determining inadequate operation [Freymachung]
of existing claims.
If someone wishes to assert our free status over an existing mine or claimed parcel
and claim it, then at his request two jurors shall be assigned to him. They will visit
the mine site for the next three shift start-times, and if said jurors find no worker, or
no work completed, in the mine for these three shifts, then they shall report this to
the mine manager.
Then said claim shall be declared inadequately operated and
free and shall, because of its free status, be assigned to the claimant or complainant
[freymacher].
The exception to the above would be to prove with the mine account book that said
claim, with permission of the mine manager, continued to be operated in other ways.
In this case, the claim shall not be declared inadequately operated and free.
[BN II,11]
The 11th article.
21
I.e., of these mining regulations.
593
What is to be done with existing
mines that have reverted
to free status:
[18r] If an existing mine has reverted to free status and has been confirmed, then the
new claim-holder shall, with permission of our mine manager, apply a moderate
mine contribution, attach the contribution notice, and allow four weeks to pass.
Whatever existing companies of miners who have made their contribution wish to
further work the site and who deposit their mine contribution on the next-coming
payment date—they should be allowed to do so without delay.
However, in this case the new claim-holder shall not be obliged to occupy the mines
that have reverted to free status prior to the next-coming payment date. Rather, he
can wait until permission is granted by the mine manager and the mines are legally
entered into the mine account book.
[BN II,12]
The 12th article.
Those who wish to manage
their own mines.
If it happens that one, two, three, or at most four companies of miners are working a
mine site or claim, and one or more of them all simultaneously want to manage their
mines themselves, then that should be allowed, though this bears certain appropriate
responsibilities.
[18v]
[BN II,13]
The 13th article.
On estimating claim boundaries [vberschlahen der Massen]
594
and where a full measure of a claim
cannot be defined.
If one has occupied a mine site, has thrown in bucket and rope, and seeks permission
from the mine manager to estimate the claim boundary, then this should not be
denied.
And when, in estimating claim boundaries, the measured parcels do not come out to
exact, complete dimensions, and the surface area of the plot of land does not reach to
a full double-claim [wehr], the mine manager shall assign equally said portion of
land to the two adjacent-lying measured claims associated with that head-vein.
However, in the portion of land, where an entire double-claim or more remains—
though not remaining the full measure of a claim—then the mine manager shall
assign this solely to the first claimant as a residual plot of land [vberschahr].
[BN II,14]
The 14th article.
[19r]
On taking the measure [Vermessen].
Once a mine site has become suitable for measuring [maßwirdig], then it shall be
measured at the wish of the company of miners, as follows: Namely, the mine
manager shall give public notice fourteen days before the measuring through a
posted notice [anschlagsbrieff] and verbal announcement [aussruffen] by the court
errand-boy [Gerichtsknecht], stating for whom, where, when, and which parcel of
land the mine manager will measure. And then he shall do the measuring on the
designated day. First the claim-holder or head of the mine should personally swear
an oath, that the vein on which he wishes the measure to be taken should rightfully
be granted to him. Then he shall precede the mine manager going onto the vein, and
the mine manager shall follow him with the claim-measuring line [Schnur], and
595
where the measured claim ends he shall place the boundary-stone [Lochstein] as
appropriate.
[BN II,15]
The 15th article.
On intervening [verhinderung] in the
taking of measures, and seizing
the measuring line.
If some party believes that a measuring being undertaken will result in disadvantage
and violation of his lawful protection, then he should [19v] ask the mine manager to
suspend the measuring, until he can first hear his lawful argument. If the mine
manager does not wish to do so, then the party may, offering 20 Marks in silver as
surety [verpürgung], seize the mine manager’s measuring line.
Then the mine
manager shall suspend the measuring being undertaken and allow the matter to be
heard and come to justice. And if the party who did the seizure is found unjustified
in the end, he shall pay the guaranteed 20 Marks in silver without delay. From the
money three parts22 shall come to us, paid into our tithe chest. To the mine manager
one part 23 shall be paid.
He then shall continue to taking the measurements
appropriately.
[BN II,16]
The 16th article.
How many double-claims a
head vein and adjacent measured claim
should have.
22
23
i.e., three-fourths
i.e., one-fourth
596
A head vein shall, according to mining law, have three double-claims, and each
double-claim shall have fourteen fathoms. An adjacent measured claim, however,
shall have two double-claims, and each double-claim fourteen fathoms.
[20r]
[BN II,17]
The 17th article.
On the mine contributions [Zupuß] and how these
are to be assessed.
When a claim is occupied and being worked actively, and no supplies and equipment
are lacking from it, then periodically our officials—mining prefect, mine manager,
and jurors, with the advice of the companies of miners or their servants—shall assess
an appropriate mine contribution according to their understanding and the situation
with regard to supplies and equipment. The contribution shall be used for the needs
of the mines, supplies and equipment.
[BN II,18]
The 18th article.
On taking mine contribution notices
and posting them.
If a mine contribution is thus assessed on a claim, then the head or mine foreman
shall take a contribution notice from the mine manager [20v], that will be posted by
the court errand-boy in an appropriate location so that the company of miners will
take notice of it as it stands until the payment date.
[BN II,19]
The 19th article.
In what time the mine contribution
597
shall be collected.
Each of the miners shall be obliged to pay the assessed mine contribution to the mine
foreman in between the time of receiving the bill and the next future payment date.
And the mine foreman shall give a receipt to whomever pays his contribution. But
any miner who neglects to do so shall forfeit his portions, which shall be placed in
the registry of delinquent accounts.
[BN II,20]
The 20th article.
Mine foremen shall not
take responsibility for
any miner’s mine contribution.
[21r] No mine foreman shall take responsibility for any miner’s assessed mine
contribution or give any further time extension beyond the time set for collection.
Whoever conducts himself contrary to this shall assume responsibility for said
contribution and pay it personally.
[BN II,21]
The 21st article.
On the payment date [Retardat], and
how unpaid portions [vnuerlegten teylen]
shall be dealt with.
The payment date shall be held each Monday four weeks following the completed
billing, unless that same Monday is a holiday, in which case it shall be held on the
next workday thereafter.
598
On that day each mine foreman shall make a list of the miners who have not paid
their portions, and he shall read it publicly in the appropriate location. Then they
shall turn over these statements of account [zeddel] to our officials.
The officials shall hold these statements for eight days, and any unpaid miner who
gives his mine contribution within these eight days shall retain his portions. [21v]
But after the passing of eight days, those same statements of account shall be
presented to the share clerk, who shall then remove these same portions from the
unpaid miners in the share register and assign them to the group of miners who have
made their contributions.
The same portions listed as delinquent in the registry shall under no circumstances be
sold or distributed, should God bestow ore upon them, without the prior knowledge
and permission of our mining prefect, mine manager, and the companies of miners.
But if no ore is present, then these delinquent portions can be sold for the highest
price possible by the mine foreman for the common good of the miners, at the
command of our mining prefect and mine manager. Or when they cannot be sold,
they can be transferred to whomever pays off the mine contribution,24 or when that
does not happen distributed and worked for free. In this last case, those miners who
have paid their contribution on the mines in question have precedence in terms of the
delinquent portions. Or on the other hand the majority of the miners could decide to
allow these delinquent portions to remain for or with the whole group of miners. Or
they might divide the portions among themselves by count. This shall be done,
however, with prior knowledge of our mine manager.
[BN II,22]
The 22nd article.
On the weekly
assessment of mines [Anschniedt].
24
An elaborated translation over against the original wording – the original states literally, “when they
cannot be sold – for the mine contribution.”
599
[22r] Every Saturday morning all mine foremen and master miners shall appear
before our mine managers and jurors in an appointed location. Each mine foreman
shall read aloud, within earshot of the master miner, all expenditures, item by item,
that he has had during that week for the needs of his company of miners, then the
sum [Summa] of the weekly expenditures. And he shall submit the usual itemized
listing of them. The mine clerk shall take possession of the listing and present it at
the quarterly accounting.
[BN II,23]
The 23rd article.
On verification day or
claim-granting day—how and
when it is
to be held.
Every week our mine manager, together with his jurors, shall meet at the appointed
place every Wednesday—or, if that is a holiday, the next day thereafter—at a
minimum from twelve until one o’clock, and longer if the business at hand requires it.
On these occasions they shall grant and confirm completed claims, giving work
extensions and permissions, make taxes, arrange dissolutions [22v] and contracts
between differing parties—and perform other acts that come up and are in the scope
of their offices. And whatever is thus done and concluded, shall on the mine
manager’s command be dutifully and faithfully recorded by the mining clerk
Whatever transpires without being recorded shall be null and void.
[BN II,24]
The 24th article.
On wages—by whom,
when, and how
600
wages shall be paid.
Before or after the assessment of mines is held, each mine foreman, in the presence
of the master miner, shall provide the wages and pay to all skilled workmen, laborers,
and others whom he owes in connection with his company of miners. Each worker
is to be present and receive his wages personally.
[BN II,25]
The 25th article
[23r]
On the mine foreman’s quarterly accounting—
when and how it
shall be conducted
and done.
From week to week, each mine foreman shall record clearly and plainly all revenues
and expenditures that have been transacted in connection with his company of
miners. He shall do so with all appropriate diligence and at the necessary level of
detail, in an organized register. First he shall record all processed copper and silver,
and all cash money, that he received as payment of mine contributions; and from
taxes, water tithes [wassergeldt], ‘fourth-penny’ tax [vierden pfenning]25, one-ninth
tax [Neunden] 26 , transport costs [Bergkfördernus] and other receipts in terms of
revenues. Then he shall set down what he has expended for mining and smelting
costs, specifically what, how much, and to whom he has given money, and from
whom, what, and how expensive anything he has purchased was. Also, what has
been expended during the quarter-year on contract work, how long such work has
been going on, what progress has occurred and what remains to be done27. The mine
25
A tax for the drainage/ventilation tunnel, that the tunneler charges the mine owner served by the tunnel
(Veith, “Vierter Pfennig”)
26
A tax for the drainage/ventilation tunnel, that the tunneler collects as a portion of the ore extracted in the
mountain—the “ninth” taken after collection of the (land)lord’s “tenth” (Veith, “Neunte”)
27
<gangen>, i.e., in the sense “gegangen ist”
601
foreman shall also set down the names of all workers, servants [knecht] and errand
boys [iungen], and finally what remains on hand in terms of money, copper, silver,
and mining tools [getzaw].
And each mine foreman shall conclude his accounting every Saturday during the
quarter [Quattember]. In particular, the mine foremen who have placed copper and
silver in our tithe-accounts and received money from them shall, prior to doing so,
settle accounts with the tithe collector in terms of what remains in the miners’ [23v]
account, take a listing of this, and show it in their quarterly accounting.
[BN II,26]
The 26th article.
Who shall hear
the mine foreman’s accounting.
Our mining prefect, mine manager, and jurors shall be present every time at the
accounting and listen diligently to all of it. They shall find out from the accounting
how the companies of miners are being managed and how their money is being
handled. And when the officials discover that any work team is being mismanaged
out of ignorance, neglect, or carelessness, they shall provide restitution to the miners
who are involved.
If, however, there has been deceit, falsehood, unfaithfulness, personal gain or other
unlawfulness, then the officials shall punish it sternly with appropriate severity and
without leniency.
If uncorrected errors are found in the mine foreman’s accounting that are not
disadvantageous to the company of miners, then these errors will be changed in the
registers and the mine foreman punished in customary fashion.
602
[24r]
[BN II,27]
The 27th article.
All accountings to be brought
into a final quarterly summary [Recess].
At each quarterly accounting, all the mine foremen’s completed and approved
accountings shall be collected in an orderly fashion in a brief final quarterly
summary, in which document shall be included: The mine works; the name and
wages of the mine foreman; what supplies the miners have, and what obligations
[schulden]; how many shares [Kuckes] have been worked; how much silver and
copper made; what pay has been distributed; or what mine contributions assessed, etc.
This final summary shall always be duplicated, with one given to us, the other
remaining with the registers, held in safe-keeping.
[BN II,28]
The 28th article.
On the distribution of wages [Austeylung]—how they
shall be
completed and distributed.
[24v] When the mine foremen’s quarterly accounting—as presented above—has
been heard, considered, and accepted, and then an audit of them by our tithe collector
finds that an excess remains that amounts to a distribution of at least 2 florins per
share—in this case a distribution to the companies of miners shall be done and
commanded by our mining prefect, mine manager, and jurors, in accordance with the
amount of the excess. However, care should be taken that as much is held in reserve
as required for the mine to be supplied until the next accounting day. But whatever
remains over that amount or is not needed to cover the payroll, that shall be held for
the good of the miners as a reserve in their tithe account.
603
[BN II,29]
The 29th article.
How the shifts [Schichten] shall be
staffed and conducted.
At four o’clock in the morning the first shift (that is called the ‘early shift’) is to be
staffed and conducted; the second shift at twelve o’clock noon (which is called the
‘noon shift’); and the third at eight o’clock in the evening (which is called the ‘night
shift’). [25r] Each mine worker shall complete seven complete hours of work in the
shift and not leave his workplace before the master miner knocks for the end of the
shift.
One hour before each shift specified above the bell should be rung so that the
workers know to report to work—for the morning shift at three, for the noon shift at
eleven, and in the evening at seven o’clock. Thus each will find himself at his
appropriate work location and will have fewer occasions to ask to be excused for
tardiness.
[BN II,30]
The 30th article.
Not staffing
the night shift.
In any mine where three shifts are not to be staffed, staffing the night shift should not
be authorized. And where only one shift is being worked, the early shift shall be
conducted.
[BN II,31]
The 31st article.
604
[25v]
How and in what time-frame
sold portions shall be transferred
from one person to the other.
If someone sells mine portions to another, and both parties have their place of
residence at the mine and in our Kingdom of Norway, then the buyer shall seek to
have possession of the portions from the seller entered into the share register for
himself within four weeks following the purchase. And the seller shall be obliged to
transfer possession in such time.
However, if the seller neglects to respond to the buyer’s demand to transfer
possession, or is not a resident of the country, or cannot be found, then the buyer
shall report this to our mine manager by the end of the four weeks. If the buyer has
not paid the purchase money, following the down-payment, and has not urgently
requested that the seller transfer possession, then that shall be done.
However, if the buyer delays demanding the transfer of possession within said
deadline, and the seller wishes the sale to be completed, then the seller shall tell this
to the mine manager by the end of the above-mentioned four weeks and formally
request transfer of possession to the buyer in the presence of the mine manager. And
then the buyer shall be instructed to do so.
[26r] If, however, both parties are remiss in this and hence allow four weeks to pass,
then neither party shall make complaint against the other, and neither shall be
obliged to the other for anything (unless they would wish to be).
But foreign mine workers and those who do not reside at our mine in Norway shall
not be covered under this article.
605
And what is said in this article about selling and buying should also be understood
similarly in the next following two articles and in all other statements in the parts of
this text, as regard paying [geben], giving [schencken], certifying [verfreymargken],
and the like.
[BN II,32]
The 32nd article.
Who is obliged to pay the
mine contribution for sold portions.
Whoever sells shares after the conclusion of the quarterly accounting shall do so
freely, whereas whoever sells portions before the accounting shall be obliged to pay
the mine contribution as it is assessed thereafter.
[26v]
[BN II,33]
The 33rd article.
Who shall receive
the treasure yielded of sold mine portions.
The yield of any mine portions that were bought before and hence prior to the
quarterly accounting being completed on that mine—the yield realized after this shall
go to the buyer. But whoever purchases after the quarterly accounting shall not be
entitled to any yield that was realized before the accounting. Rather, it shall remain
to the seller. The above and the following article stand unless the parties agree to,
acknowledge, or demonstrate some other arrangement.
[BN II,34]
The 34th article.
All mine sites shall be
606
financially reviewed [verrechent] and audited quarterly [vorrecest].
[27r] Each and every mine site that is being actively worked or kept workable with a
work extension or payment of taxes shall be financially reviewed each quarter and
audited by the mine foreman or head. And when this does not occur, then that mine
site will not revert to free status, but rather the mine foreman or mine master shall be
punished earnestly for it.
[BN II,35]
The 35th article.
On the quarterly mine tax [Quattember gelde].
With every quarterly accounting, each mine foreman or head shall give, for the
support of the jurors and other common needs of the mine, six and one-half pennies
from each mine that is being operated or kept under work extension or payment of
taxes.
And a drainage/ventilation tunnel that has no associated head vein or
neighboring measured claims shall also give this amount in quarterly mine tax. The
mine clerk shall receive it and tally it in accordance with his duties.
[BN II,36]
The 36th article.
[27v]
When two veins are far
enough apart from each other above ground,
but join together
in the depths underground [teuffe].
If it should happen that two veins are far enough apart from each other above ground,
and yet come together in the depths underground, and a dispute arises because both
veins have been assigned as claims, then our mine manager and jurors shall advise
607
the holder of the later-granted [iüngern belehnte] claim to yield to the earlier
[elthern].
[BN II,37]
The 37th article.
Which party has
the burden of proof [beweysung thuen],
when two veins
join together:
Sometimes it happens that two veins join together and one party must compel the
other to yield to him, yet the newer claimant will not admit that the older has
precedence with his granted claim but instead says that he has happened upon
another, [28r] unclaimed vein. In this case the assertion of the newer, namely that
the older has fallen away from his granted vein and should not be mining in the
disputed place [das streittige ort], shall be made known prudently, granted, and
assigned. If the assertion of the newer claimant is sustained, the older claimant is
obliged to yield to the newer one. Failing that, the newer claimant shall be directed
by the mine manager and jurors to yield to the older with a specified fine [puesse].
[BN II,38]
The 38th article.
On choosing veins—
how this
shall be conducted.
If a company of miners in their claim have excavated or extended more than one vein
and it comes to a point that they must choose one vein, then the mine manager and
jurors shall go to the place. When they determine which formation is the miners’
608
rightly assigned main vein, by inspection of the vein’s selvage [Saalband]28 in the
hanging-wall or foot-wall or some other finding based on their expertise [sonst
Bergklaufftiger weyse], then they shall advise the company of miners or their
servants of this as their rightly assigned vein.
[28v] When, however, it is not clearly visible, then the eldest miners choose one of
the said veins. And whichever one they choose, there they shall remain.
[BN II,39]
The 39th article.
On intersecting veins [Vierungen] and how
one shall extend them.
Any companies of miners working with the vein on which their earlier claim holds
precedence who wish to extend the intersecting veins to work one of the other lesser
veins, they shall come by way of working their granted claim—and not with one they
choose or take on—as is proper, and then have the intersecting veins.
[BN II,40]
The 40th article.
No one shall have
assigned to another
any mine works or portions
in a way that is dangerous.
[29r] If someone tries to have a mine or portions of a mine transferred to another in a
dangerous, deceitful or otherwise questionable way, or on a certificate [schein] so
that he would simultaneously have use thereof—such a mine or portions thereof
shall remain with the one to whom they were originally assigned.
28
“Selvage” or Saalband is the edge surface of a vein on its hanging-wall or footwall, where the ore
borders the regular rock or fill (Veith, “Sahlband”).
609
However, if the one to whom they were originally assigned does not want to have the
mine or portions or is not actively working them, then said mine and portions, with
all rights to usage and materials and equipment belonging to them, shall revert to our
royal household [vnser kammer] as disclaimed possessions [verleuckent gut].
And when the deceit is punishable, then such shall be undertaken with appropriate
severity. Whoever has assigned said mine or portions to another in the abovedescribed way shall not be allowed any portions in that same mine.
[BN II,41]
The 41st article.
Having a report [Bericht] done
out of the mine account books shall not be
denied to anyone.
[29v] Whoever will desire to have the mine account books read to him, in matters
that he designates, or to have a copy given to him, that shall be done for him for
payment of the fee.
[BN II,42]
The 42nd article.
What measured claims the overseers[Vorsteher]
are obliged to declare
for the companies of miners.
When a company of miners encounters [vberfahren] veins, stringers, or ore
formations in their mine works, measured claims, or tunnels with their buildings and
structures, then the supervisors and foremen shall be obliged to declare a head vein
610
claim for their company, together with the two adjacent measured claims. Separate
adjacent promising parcels, however, they or others may declare as claims.
[BN II,43]
The 43rd article.
No large buildings
to be placed at mine sites.
[30r] To protect against unnecessary costs, no large building shall be built without
our mine manager’s permission at tunnels or mine sites except when absolutely
necessary.
[BN II,44]
The 44th article.
On taxes [Steuer]—how they shall be
assessed [gemacht], recorded [verschrieben],
and paid [gegeben]:
In assessing taxes that the miners pay for horizontal tunnels, access tunnels
[stregken], vertical tunnels, etc., the mine manager and jurors shall determine
whether such taxes are advantageous to the mine and beneficial to the miners. Also,
the officials shall ensure that no one is inappropriately burdened and that the taxes
are legally recorded in the ways reported above.
[BN II,45]
The 45th article.
How the taxes paid
for the horizontal tunnels
are to be held,
with deduction [abkürtzung] of the fourth-penny
611
[30v] In order to protect against all sorts of quarrels and unlawfulness, we order and
declare: When a mine works has paid a tax for a horizontal tunnel, and it later turns
out that they should also have paid the fourth-penny for this tunnel—thus it shall be
held.
Regarding the tunnel tax, reduced by the fourth-penny on the amount paid—that
mine works shall not be obliged to give the fourth-penny for the tunnel, unless the
tax was reduced previously. And if it was reduced when the tunnel was not yet
through the measured claim, then the fourth-penny shall be paid when the tunnel is in
the measured claims.
However, if it happens that a mine works that has paid the tunnel tax lies idle, and
subsequently is asserted to have our free status, then the new claim-holder or
company of miners shall be obliged to pay the fourth-penny for the tunnel because
they are occupying one of its tunnels, in spite of any taxes that the old company of
miners might have paid.
[BN II,46]
The 46th article.
How misappropriated excavated ore [enthawenem Ertze]
should be handled.
[31r] Whatever work team has taken another’s excavated ore and brought it out over
the windlass ledge [hengebangk] against a completed legal prohibition [Rechtsverpot]
or work stoppage—that same ore shall remain the property of the work team that
excavated it.
[BN II,47]
The 47th article.
612
On work stoppage orders [Kömmern] for ore
in the rock.
If some work team or its supervisors believe that another work team is coming too
close to them with their buildings and structures or has struck ore that should belong
to them, and therefore ask the mine manager for a legal prohibition and stoppage to
intervene in the removal of ore—then the mine manager together with the jurors
shall travel to the place and inspect the site first-hand, with or without the assistance
of the mine surveyor. If they find that the one party is too close to the other, then
they shall direct the wrong party away from continued work in the wrong place. And
in case the redirected group refuses to comply, they29 shall place a work stoppage on
the contested ore and have the parties pursue the matter further in court.
[31v] If even after diligent inspection it is not clear which work team the contested
ore should belong to, then our mine manager shall collect and work up said ore
himself. He shall take the mining and smelting costs from it and hold the remainder
of the proceeds [vbermas] in the tithe account until the matter is settled, at which
point he shall give the proceeds to the party who is legally entitled to it.
If it seems prudent and is requested by one or both parties, special adjudicators shall
be appointed, such that one party shall select a mine foreman, the other a master
miner. They are to be confirmed in this role by our mining prefect and mine
manager.
[BN II,48]
The 48th article.
No mining-related
commerical [gütlich] or legal [rechtlich] matters
shall be conducted
29
i.e., the mine manager and jurors
613
without permission of the officials.
[32r] To prevent any misconduct [vnrichtigkeyt], no hostile party or work team shall
undertake among themselves any reconciliating or legal proceedings [sönliche oder
rechtliche handlungen] without prior knowledge and permission of our mining
prefect and mine manager. And when that permission is granted to them, it shall not
be undertaken outside our mines. Unnecessary costs shall be avoided.
And when the legal matters are well settled [beygeleget] between the parties that
should be entered into the register, they are conveyed by both parties to the mine
manager and incorporated into the mine account book. Without this the agreement is
not legally valid [vnbündig].
[BN II,49]
The 49th article.
How to financially review
mine works that lie idle
between quarters.
If mine works or horizontal tunnels should lie idle between two quarterly
accountings, the mine foreman shall nonetheless do his accounting on all revenues
and expenditures from the last30 accounting up until the cessation of work, on the
occasion of the next accounting, as is done for [32v] other mines. And whatever
excess remains in that account should be left, at the instruction of the mining prefect
and mine manager, to be applied to the common good, and nowhere else.
[BN II,50]
The 50th article.
How one can obtain
30
Assuming wrong word in text; based on the context, <nehister> (“next”) should be “last” or “previous”.
614
portions in a mine works
that remains idle
between two quarters.
If a miner has provided appropriately for his portions in an accounting, but his mine
works then lie idle thereafter, and they later revert to our free status and are granted
to another—if the first miner, who has made his contribution, provides for his
portions on the next payment date after the new grant, then he shall retain his share.
[BN II,51]
The 51st article.
[33r]
Prolongations of claim tenure [Fristungen] shall not be given
without due cause.
Our mine manager shall not readily give prolongations of tenure or work delays
without necessary and valid reasons. However, when there are good reasons and
extensions in a mine works have been granted two times, then the mine manager
should not consider allowing any further extensions.
[BN II,52]
The 52nd article.
What one
should do
with newly discovered ore deposit.
When a new ore deposit is discovered in mine works or tunnels, the miner shall not
excavate it, but rather report it to the master miner, who, after completing his
inspection, shall inform our mining prefect and mine manager. And then the mine
615
manager himself or, at his command, some jurors shall go to the place and inspect to
find out what is there.
[33v]
[BN II,53]
The 53rd article.
The deepest section of a horizontal tunnel [Stollenstrecken]
or other places in the mine not to be abandoned
without prior knowledge.
If someone wishes to abandon, frame in [verzimmern], remove [versetzen], or cave in
[verstürtzen] the deepest sections of a horizontal tunnel or other places in the mine,
that should be shown to the mine manager beforehand, who shall then go to the place
with the jurors to carefully inspect it. And they shall instruct the miners how to
proceed. Anyone who acts contrary to this shall be severely punished physically or
financially.
[BN II,54]
The 54th article.
Transporting [zufürdern] the ore
above ground.
All miners and their supervisors shall transport all the ore that they excavate above
ground, and not bury it in pits or tunnels, under penalty of severe punishment.
[34r]
[BN II,55]
The 55th article
On contracts [Gedingen]—by whom,
where and how they
616
shall be made.
In productive mine works, especially on ore deposits, contract work shall not be done
without our mine manager’s permission. And when it is undertaken and allowed, it
shall be arranged by the jurors.
However, in unproductive mine works, especially when the need for miners is
recognized, one should use contract work, and the jurors shall provide for it in
accordance with their duties.
[BN II,56]
The 56th article.
How the miners
should conduct themselves
in accepted contract work:
[34v] Any miners who have accepted a contract shall carry out their contract work
diligently and faithfully. When the shift is over, what they have produced is taken,
and they should not expect more than their earned contract pay [dinggeldes]. And
before the shift is over they shall not keep too much in pay.
[BN II,57]
The 57th article
When the contract pay
for the miners
is not sufficient:
If, however, the miners apply their best and faithful diligence to work according to
the contract, and do not violate the contract, and the contract pay is simply
insufficient, then the jurors shall, based on their discretion and knowledge of the
617
circumstances, dutifully look into the matter, to ensure that the mine owners are not
inappropriately burdened but that the effort of the contract workers is adequately
valued.
[BN II,58]
The 58th article
[35r]
On punishment of workers who
avoid their contracts
or other work.
Any miner or mine-worker who would shirk his contract work or other work he has
accepted and would neglect it in bad faith, he shall not be given other work at any
other mine-works without the consent of the one whose contract or work he has
neglected, and he shall be punished severely by the mine manager.
[BN II,59]
The 59th article.
Mine foremen and master miners
shall have no part
in contracts.
Mine foremen and master miners shall have no part or profit in contracts such as
might be devised, to avoid severe punishment.
[BN II,60]
The 60th article.
[35v]
No debts to be made
on mine-works.
618
The mine foremen shall make no debt by borrowing money, loans, or the like on the
mine-works, without the permission of our mine manager. Whoever acts contrary to
this shall not have any legal remedy, but rather shall bear the responsibility himself.
If it should happen, however, that a mine foreman would not have enough money in
between accountings to provide for the mine-works, then he may take on as much
debt as required to maintain the mine, with the advice and knowledge of the mine
manager, and thereafter he may repay such debts from the incoming mine
contributions. In the absence of incoming contributions, he should be provided help
for the mine—he shall in this case have an extension until the next accounting for
said mine. If he still fails to fulfill what is required by mining tradition, the mine
shall revert to our free status, to be assigned to the first claimant freely and without
debts.
[BN II,61]
The 61st article.
The courts may
take custody of transgressors [freffeler]
also for wrong-doing connected to the
office of the mine manager.
[36r] If crimes occur that our mine manager—as our representative—is to punish,
including in the places connected to his office, specifically at the mines, underground
in the mine, on paths and walkways to and from the mine, the smelting huts, mills,
and ore-washing facilities [weschen], then the officers of the court [Gerichtshelder]
shall, for the sake of keeping the peace, take custody of transgressors and
wrongdoers and put them in prison.
However, if there should prove to be
indemnification [abtrage] or punishment, the mine manager may take this on and
619
carry it out for our sake, and give us a yearly a formal accounting [Rechnung] and
register [vberanthworthung] of these activities.
[BN II,62]
The 62nd article.
Murderers [Todschleger] shall
forever stay away
from our mines.
If someone should commit a murder at our mine other than in self-defense [ane
notwehre] and be caught [entwürde], he shall forever stay away from this mine, even
if the matter is subsequently resolved with the courts and the parties involved.
620
[36v]
The Third Part of these
mining regulations tells of
tunnels [Stollen] and the
legal privileges associated with them.
[BN III,1]
The first article.
All drainage/ventilation tunnels [Erbstollen] shall be extended
without explosives [gesprenge],
unless the use of explosives is allowed by the
mine manager.
Any tunnel that is undertaken to be extended into a mountain slope for these and the
associated mines shall be created with a water ditch [wasserseyge], in accordance
with old mining law and practice [vbung]. And the tunnel shall be made without
using any underground explosives except in cases where rocky ridges [kemme] or
other types of solid formations [festen] protrude such that the tunnel out of necessity
must be advanced by blasting—which nonetheless shall not occur without inspection
and permission of our mine manager. This permission along with the reason for it
shall be entered into the mine account book, at the command of the mine manager.
[37r]
[BN III,2]
The second article.
A mine works that needs it
can be assisted
by the use of explosives if it needs them,
with the mine manager’s permission.
621
If any mine needs a tunnel for the sake of water drainage and ventilation, that
otherwise cannot be created efficaciously, explosives may be used to make that sidetunnel for that mine—though not without the permission of the mine manager as
stated above—and the one-ninth tax [Neunde] must be paid as described below.
[BN III,3]
The 3rd article.
Tunnels that are extended
with explosives
without permission
are accorded no legal standing.
[37v] Any tunnel that should extend its side-tunnels into one or more mine-works
without the mine manager’s permission shall not be granted its tunnel-right [stollen
Recht].
[BN III,4]
The 4th article.
A tunnel that does not penetrate
ten fathoms shall not be considered a
proper drainage/ventilation tunnel and
shall not have the
corresponding legal standing [selbgerechtigkeit].
Any tunnel that is extended into a mine-works or measured claim but does not
extend to the proper depth that a tunnel should have, namely ten fathoms—that
tunnel shall not have any legal entitlement to the ore that it encounters in the mineworks or claim.
[BN III,5]
622
The 5th article.
[38r]
What legal entitlements a drainage/ventilation tunnel has
to ore that it encounters.
Where a tunnel is driven into others’ measured claims and, in digging the tunnel, ore
is encountered, then the tunnelers [Stölner] shall dig into the ore five-fourths of a
fathom over the water ditch, and a half fathom in width, and take that ore from the
tunnel as their own.
[BN III,6]
The 6th article.
The fourth-penny shall
be given to the tunnels
before the quarterly accounting.
If any mine-works is obliged to give a tunnel the fourth-penny, the foreman of that
mine shall render to the tunnel what is owed as the fourth-penny before the quarterly
accounting. Until this is done, the mine’s quarterly accounting shall not be accepted.
[38v]
[BN III,7]
The 7th article.
The ninth-tax shall be
assigned and given to the tunnels
in the tithe account.
When a mine-works is required to give a drainage/ventilation tunnel the ninth-tax,
the foreman of that mine shall so inform the tithe-collector. The tithe-collector, in
623
turn, shall assign the ninth-tax to the tunnel and provide it to the head or foreman of
the tunnel—but under no circumstances to the mine foreman.
[BN III,8]
The 8th article.
How it should be handled
when veins, stringers, and
ore formations are crossed over
by tunnels.
[39r] When companies of miners with their tunnel or side-tunnels cross over veins,
stringers, or ore formations, the master miner shall assert possession of each vein or
formation for his tunnel miners, specifically by means of a head vein claim and the
two adjacent measured claims. However, if he should not assert possession over
anything but rather cross over and leave lie such veins, stringers, and ore formations,
and then they are claimed by someone else—then our mine manager shall not assign
them, but rather, in the presence of at least two jurors, tell the mine foreman or
master miner of that tunnel about them at once. And if the tunnelers or their officials
do not assert possession of the crossed-over veins, stringers, or ore formations and
occupy them appropriately within fourteen days after the mine master’s declaration,
then the mine manager shall assign them to the first claimant. The tunnel officials
shall bear the accountability for this to their company of miners.
[BN III,9]
The 9th article.
How deep a tunnel should be positioned [einkommen],
if someone wishes to
dig another one under it with legal precedence.
624
[39v] Out of all due discretion, and especially because the mountains in our mining
regions are quite high, we order that: Any drainage/ventilation tunnel that would be
established underneath another one and gain legal recognition for itself must be
positioned ten vertical fathoms lower than the other. Any tunnel that is this deep
under the pre-existing one shall take legal precedence over the other and acquire the
legal authority over the area to which it supplies ventilation and from which it
removes water. Any new tunnel that is not positioned at the required depth shall not
take over the authority from the other and shall not receive a ninth-tax. But where it
is just a half-fathom short of the proper depth, then this shall be considered
acceptable.
[BN III,10]
The 10th article.
The water ditch in tunnel
is not to be lowered.
Whoever undertakes to dig a tunnel into a mountain, he shall maintain the elevation
of his drainage ditch just as he initially started it in the mouth of the tunnel and not
dig it deeper under any circumstances. But if someone should do so anyway, he
shall not realize any advantage, nor cause any disadvantage or harm to another in
doing so.
[40r]
[BN III,11]
The 11th article.
How and when a drainage/ventilation tunnel
is accorded
the ninth-tax in mine works:
625
If a tunnel comes into a mine works, and the break-through into said mine is made
from the tunnel, and if the tunnel is also equipped with the drainage channel [gerinne]
and water ditch up to the shafts where the break-through is, and if the tunnel brings
the mine ventilation and removes water—then the ninth-tax shall be due to that
tunnel and shall be given by the mine.
But if the mine works into which the tunnel has come has no break-through to the
tunnel or does not want to strike into the tunnel, then the mine manager and jurors, at
the request of the tunnelers or their officials, shall allow the tunnelers to make the
break-through into the mine at their own expense. And if the tunnelers encounter ore
in making the break-through and make some copper from it, then they shall subtract
the mining and smelting costs from the proceeds and give the remainder as profit to
the company of miners.
626
[40v]
The Fourth Part of these
mining regulations
gives instructions
on smelting, how this should be
done for the good of
all the companies of miners.
[BN IV,1]
The first article.
Companies of miners
shall provide
all equipment and supplies
required for smelting.
For the advancement of common mining and of all companies of miners, we wish,
intend, and order, that each and every work team that has copper or silver ore to
smelt shall send, provide, and purchase themselves all the necessary supplies
required for smelting, including coal, lead, flotation [flöss], or other additives. They
shall omit nothing, providing the nearest and best, wherever and however they can
and know how to acquire.
[41r]
[BN IV,2]
The second article.
On the smelting fee [Hütten Zinss].
And the companies of miners who are smelting in a smelting hut shall pay the
smelter superintendent [Hüttenhern], along with the smelting clerk [Hüttenschreiber],
master smelters [Meister], smelters [Schmeltzer], and other workers. The pay for a
627
‘raw’ shift, in which one puts in twelve hours, is twelve pennies. And for a common
shift it is ten pennies for the smelting fee, and no one is obliged to give any more
than that.
[BN IV,3]
The 3rd article.
Without permission one should
not smelt in foreign locations
There should not be any smelting in foreign locations and outside the smelting
facilities belonging to our mining operations, unless someone is allowed and
approved to do so by our mining prefect and mine manager for good, compelling
reasons.
[41v]
[BN IV,4]
The 4th article.
On the smelting facilities [gepeuden].
The smelter superintendents shall prepare [anrichten], supply [befrieden], and
monitor [bewaren] all of the smelting facilities—including the blast furnaces,
bellows, and other equipment, also the grounds of the smelting works [Hüttenhöfe],
spillways [wehr] and pits [greben]—so that the needs of the miners are served. They
shall also ensure that nothing goes bad with regard to their slags [Schlagken], furnace
accretions, and other materials.
[BN IV,5]
The 5th article.
On the smelting officials [Hütten dienern].
628
The smelter superintendents shall strive with all diligence to have virtuous, true,
knowledgeable and hard-working servants in their smelting works, including
smelting clerks, master smelters [Hüttenmeister], smelters, ore carriers [Vorlauffer],
watchmen, and others. This is to assure that we and all companies of miners will be
truly and well represented and the ore will be most diligently worked.
[42r]
[BN IV,6]
The 6th article.
Who shall appoint and dismiss
the smelting officials.
The smelting officials shall be appointed or dismissed with the prior knowledge and
consent of our mine manager and smelting inspector—and not appointed or
dismissed without same. And they shall be appropriately sworn in by oath, so that
one can be aware of their qualifications in all ways. They shall also be sufficiently
paid with their defined wage, that is set to a particular amount in all smelting works,
and no one shall overpay them.
[BN IV,7]
The 7th article.
On the smelting clerks [Hüttenschreibern].
The smelting clerks shall keep good records of the smelting work, and in particular
the assaying. They shall diligently monitor the smelters and other smelting workers,
so that each carries out his work with faithful diligence and nothing is false or [42v]
neglected. The clerks shall also watch over the smelting process diligently, and in
particular the tempering [anlassen]. They shall personally be present when a work
shift is completed and shall sample [probiren] the yield, diligently doing all the
629
samples [Stich] and quarter-portions of mines, and when they suspect wrong-doing
they shall address it.
[BN IV,8]
The 8th article.
Who shall not
be appointed
as smelting clerks:
Whoever has his own smelting operation or portions in one, he shall not serve as a
smelting clerk in his own or in any other smelting operations.
[BN IV,9]
The 9th article.
[43r]
On reporting
what is made weekly
in smelting.
Every Saturday the smelting clerks shall report all copper and silver that was made in
their assigned smelting operation, in their own handwriting in our tithe-account
register [Zehenden]. The report must include how much was made and from which
mine works it was made.
[BN IV,10]
The 10th article.
Smelting costs not to be
lent to anyone:
630
The smelting clerks shall not lend the smelting costs to any mine foreman longer
than four weeks. Anyone who does lend longer and does not report this to our mine
manager or smelting inspector shall have no legal standing to recover these costs.
[43v]
[BN IV,11]
The 11th article.
On master smelters [Hüttenmeistern]
and how they shall
conduct themselves.
The master smelters shall have no ownership in either the smelting operations they
work in or in any others, nor shall they expect any reward above and beyond their
wages.
In addition, they shall give diligent attention to all smelting workers, so that each
carries out his assigned work faithfully and diligently. And in particular the master
smelters shall see to it that the smelters fuel the hearth and drainage channel [Spuer]
well as well as cool them down [abwermen], and that they lay the metal moulds
[formen] properly while simultaneously operating the bellows.
[BN IV,12]
The 12th article.
[44r]
The smelting workers shall
obey
the master smelter.
The smelters and other smelting workers shall follow and obey the master smelter.
And if it happens that a smelter knows better what to do on the job than the master
631
smelter himself, then the worker shall by no means refrain from telling the master, to
the disadvantage of the company, but rather offer his best advice.
[BN IV,13]
The 13th article.
Safekeeping of
slags [Schlacken] and other
supplies.
Each smelter shall let his mining company’s (for whom he always smelts) slags,
furnace accretions, and other supplies [44v] be transported, stacked, and held for
safekeeping together in one place on-site. The smelter shall see to it that nothing is
traded out of those supplies or stolen.
[BN IV,14]
The 14th article.
No one to be forced
into smelting works
or compelled
with a bribe.
No one shall be prompted or compelled with bribes, promises 31 , offers of
advancement or in other ways as can be imagined, to go into any smelting works—
much less by physical detention or other means of being forced. And no one shall
entice away32 another’s smelting workers [Hüttengeste] or servants. Rather, each
person shall be free to seek employment in any smelting works according to his
wishes. However, whoever thus has gone into a smelting works shall not be allowed
to leave without good cause, without the prior knowledge of our mining prefect,
mine manager, and smelting inspector.
31
32
Reading <verheischungen> as “Verheißungen”
Reading <abspennig machen> as “abspenstig machen”
632
[45r]
[BN IV,15]
The 15th article.
After noon and at
night one shall
not smelt.
If no urgent necessity or other good reasons exist for it, then under no circumstances
shall one have smelting done after noon or at night.
[BN IV,16]
The 16th article.
When one should
start
smelting.
One shall start with smelting every working day in the smelting huts at five o’clock
in the morning, or if the smelting isn’t started at that time, workers may hold a
regular shift, [45v] namely eight hours. However, if smelting for an entire shift
would damage the ore, in the opinion of the mining heads and officials, the smelters
can—with the permission of same—do a short shift.
[BN IV,17]
The 17th article.
On slags—who is
responsible for preparing them.
633
Each mine works shall prepare their slags in the smelting huts in which they are
made, as frequently and as much as is useful to the company of miners, or they shall
be permitted to use a flux.
[BN IV,18]
The 18th article.
[46r]
On abandoned slags.
If slags are left abandoned by the company of miners, then these revert to our free
status, and no one shall use them without specific permission from us.
[BN IV,19]
The 19th article
That no one shall be
expelled
from the smelting.
Any mine foreman or head of a mine works who has been admitted to a smelting hut
with one or more smelting ovens, he—or they—shall not be expelled from said hut
until their ores and slags have been completely smelted [auffgeschmeltzt].
[46v]
[BN IV,20]
The 20th article.
The mine foremen shall be
present in the smelting huts
for the entering and exiting [an/ vnd ausslassen].
634
If a mine foreman has to conduct smelting in a hut, then he shall personally remain
there from the beginning to the end of the smelting work. He shall watch diligently
that the miners’ goods are handled faithfully and diligently. He shall have the output
metal [wergk] assayed and weighed, and he shall compile the information in writing.
And he shall put the output into a chest in the smelting hut for safekeeping. The
smelting clerk shall have one key to the box, and the mine foreman shall have the
other key.
Conclusion of these regulations.
All the articles of these our mining regulations—unless we might change them,
which we reserve the right to do—we wish to have upheld without violation by all,
who are hereby bound and warned in earnest, in order to avoid our disfavor and
punishment.
This especially applies to our officials, [47r] who shall conduct
themselves thereby with diligence and punish the wrong-doers. Concluded and put
into effect in the month of May, in the fifteen-hundred and fortieth year after the
birth of our Savior Jesus Christ.
Corrections to these mining regulations:
In the second part of the regulations, in the 13th article in the 10th line, read: ‘and’.33
In the 14th article in the 4th line, read:
‘Namely, the mine manager shall [give public notice] fourteen days before the
measuring through a posted notice and verbal announcement by the court errand-boy,
stating to whom, where,’ etc.34
33
Cf. [18v]; a typesetting error, <vd> for <vnd>, is being corrected here.
Cf. [19r]. The error involved omission of the important phrase, “and verbal announcement by the court
errand-boy.”
34
635
In the 16th article in the last line, read:
‘fathoms’.35
In the 31st article at the end, read:
‘That should also be understood similarly in the next following two articles.’36
In the 35th article, where it states three and one-half pennies, read: ‘Six and onehalf.’37
In the fourth part, in the 6th article in the 6th line, read:
‘And not appointed or dismissed without same:’38
35
Cf. [19v]. A typesetting error, <Bergklaffter> for <Berglachter>, is being corrected here.
Cf. [26r].
37
Cf. [27r].
38
Cf. [42r]. This is a correction from (emphasis added): “And not appointed and dismissed without same.”
36
636
[47v]
Charge [Ordnung] to
the reader.
Anthony Beutther wrote me,
Wolf Meyerpeck printed me,
Into the Kingdom of Norway I shall sail,
The road to riches I shall show,
If you so desire, you can get yourself up
And follow me—you won’t regret it.
Printed in the
electoral city
Zwickau, in the
month of April,
Year 1540
after the birth
of Christ.
637
[48r]
[Figure 5.3: Danish-Norwegian coat-of-arms – same as 5.1]
[48v – left blank]
638
APPENDICES
639
APPENDIX A
TITLE PAGE AND INTRODUCTORY DIALOG
FROM “BERGBÜCHLEIN” (B1)
[Transcription of the title page and introductory dialog from the 1st edition of Ulrich
Rülein’s “Bergbüchlein” (B1), for comparison with Haselberg’s introductory
paragraph titled “Von erkantnus der Berckwerck,” in Ursprung ([23v]).]
[1]a
Ein nutzlich bergbuchleyn
[The woodcut image on title page shows a hilly terrain with two miners above
ground operating a windlass and a third miner underground excavating ore with a
hammer and iron spike.]
[2]
Eyn
collation
von
bergkgeschicken
gehalten
bergkverstendigen vnd knappio seinem bergkiungen
czwyschen/
daniele
dem
Jn welcher ein anweysung
gegeben wirt/ welche bergkwerck vor die anderen czubawen seyndt.
a
B1 contains no page numbers. Pagination supplied here is based on the Pieper facsimile edition (65 ff.).
640
[3]
Daniel der bercguerstendigk[:] Deynem fleyssigen gebedt vnd langer angehaltener
begerunge hab ich eyn kurtzes buchlein gedacht von mettallischem ertz tzubereyten/
auß der alten weysen bucher vnd geeupten bergkleuten erfarungk getzogen/ darynne
du ein anweysungk vnd bekentnyß habenn magst welche gepirgk/ welche geng/
klufft/ ader bergk geschick durch anweysung geschicklicher art bequem seyndt tzu
geberungk mettallisches ertz ader höfflich vnd nutzlich tzubawen vnd also von eynen
ytzlichen als do seyndt geschycklykeyt der gepirg/ streichen/ fallen/ vnd außghend
der geng in der gemeyne vnd auch von eynem itzlichen metal in sunderheyt/ auß
vormugen vorklerung geben durch abgesunderte capitel als vil disem angenummem
werck ader geschefft nodt seyn wirdt ¶a Knappius der iunge[:] Also mocht ich auß
disem buchleyn auß vrsachen erfaren vnd mit vornufft erkennen/ welche bergkwerck
nutzlich tzubawen seyn wurden/ das die vnkost nicht vnnutzlych/ sunder gewynreych
darselbesth vn gewandt wurde ¶ Daniel[:] Wie wol ein ytzlich-[4]er mensch seyner
vornufft billich geprauchen solt vnd sich vortrefflich vnd müsamlichen vben dz er
kunstlichen erkennen mocht als vill im möglich wer auß welcher materien/ durch
welche mitel/ vnd an welcher stadt die mettal naturlichen gemacht werden vnd alleyn
beyleyfftigk dem nutz der dar auß entspringkt nicht außschlahen ydoch ist deyn
meynung allein vnd vortrefflich auff dem nutz vnd gewyn gesatzt vnd nicht tzu
wyssen die wunderliche werck welcher die natur vormittel minerischer krafft vnder
der erden gebraucht welches dysem buchlein vnd einer itzlicher kunst ein
vorkleynung vnd vorachtung bryngt/ wurstu aber meher achten den gewin dan die
The symbol ¶ corresponds to an alinea in the original to set apart separate paragraphs or sections of
text (in this case, change of speakers in the dialog).
a
641
kunst/ so mustu der kunst mit dem gewin entberen Sunder eyns soltu bey dir
wolbetrachten das die gemeyne rede als hirnach volgt vom lager/ streichen/ ligend
ader ander geschicklikeyt der geng gar mit grosser behendikeyt vff disen ader
gehenen gesunderten gangk sol tzu geneygnedt werden ¶ Knappius Das muß ich
durch die vbung tzu besser vorstentnyß bringen ¶ Daniel Durch erkentnyß der stuck
in disem buchlein/ begriffen von der abteilung der weldt/ vnd vbung bey dem
bergkberck kanstu in grosse erfarung kummena der werck die [5] geschehen von der
natur vnder der erden ¶ Knappius Die weil du von den orteren der weldt vnd
abteilung deß bergkwerckß reden wilt Jst meyn frag gegen welchen teil der weldt
ader an welchen stolort deß schachts ader vff welcher ecke der solen meyner ader
lamprechts kucks sein wurd vff das ich in der gruben gesehen kundt was vorgewin
ich dar von gehaben mocht ¶ Daniel Dein vnwyssenheyt der berckwerck hadt mich
tzu dyser erbeyt getrungen/ gedunckt dich. daß ein kucks ein sunderlich abgeteilt ort
in dem berge sey/ als dan wurde die gleiche darlag ader tzubuß gar vngleich genutzt
Sunder ein kucks ist ein hundertachtvndtzwentzigk teil alles deß das dem berckwerck
tzu gehordt/ vnd also ist das bergkwerck nach eyner bequeme abteilung geteilt in vier
schicht acht .8tl. sechtzehen .16tl. tzweyvnddreyssigk .32tl. viervndsechigk halb .32tl.
vnd in hundertachtvndtzweyntzigk kucks in halb kux in eyn vierteil in ein halb
vierteil eynes kux wan dise abteilung geschicht durch eyn tzal geheyssen pariterpar
die (als andere tzal) stethe im vffstigenn mit gleychem teyl wechst vnd wider der
ander tzal natur im absteygenn one ende in gleyche teyl geteilt wurt Also magstu
erkennen waßerley teil ein [6] kux deß bergkwercks sey/ Aber eynß sol dich nicht
a
Typographical error in original: <knmmen>
642
bekummeren das dises buchlein also gar mit vngehofelten worten vnd spruchen
volendt wurdt Eß wurt doch etwaß nutzlichs darunder begriffen seyn/ welches du
mher dan die suse der word lieben solt.
¶ Die schicht ist halb auffgefaren/ vff daß wir unser schicht nicht vorlengeren merck
kurtzlichen dise nachgeschribene dingk.
[7] ¶ Czu eyner erkentnyß des ankunfft ader entspringung der metallischen ertz/ Jst
tzu wissen dz dyses buchleyn (von ertzlichera ader minerischer geburdt genandt) wirt
geteilt in tzehenn capitel ader teyl.
das erste capitel ader
der erste teil Jst von gemeinem vrsprungk der ertz [etc.]
a
Typographical error in original: <etzlicher>
643
APPENDIX B
REPRODUCTIONS OF CORRECT COMPASS WOODCUTS
FROM “BERGBÜCHLEIN” (B1)
B1, p. 14 = Ursprung [26v]:
[Figure A.1: Compass – version 1, B1]
644
B1, p. 27 = Ursprung [31v]:
[Figure A.2: Compass – version 2, B1]
Glossary of captions:
[Center dial of first image:] der erden cirkell orison genandt = The directions
of the compass known as ‘horizon’
Der auffgang ader der morgen = Sunrise or morning (i.e., east)
das gefierde czwischen dem morgen vnd mittag = The quadrant between east
and south
Der mittag = Noon (i.e., south)
das czwischen dem mittag vnd dem abent = Between south and west
Der nydergang ader der abendt = Sundown or evening (i.e., west)
das czwischen dem abent vnd der mitternacht = Between west and north
Die mitternacht = Midnight (i.e., north)
das czwischen der mitternacht vnd dem morgen = Between north and east
645
APPENDIX C
SAMPLE PAGE FROM URSPRUNG GEMEYNNER BERCKRECHT:
[Figure A.3: Ursprung, page [11r].]
646
APPENDIX D
SAMPLE PAGE FROM BERGKORDNUNG NORWEGEN
[Figure A.4: Bergkordnung Norwegen, page [36v].]
647
APPENDIX E
TITLE PAGE AND TABLE OF CONTENTS OF
URSPRUNG VND ORDNUNGEN DER BERGWERGE (LEIPZIG, 1616)
[Transcription of the title page and table of contents of Ursprung vnd Ordnungen der
Bergwerge, ed. Henning Gross, Leipzig, 1616 – based on copy in
Universitätsbibliothek Heidelberg, catalog number 0-1990 Folio RES . The title
page of this compilation is supplied with detailed framing images of mining
scenes—cutaway above- and underground mining works, use of divining rod to
locate ores, washing of ores, miner pushing wheelbarrow, etc.]
[fol. 1r]
Vrsprung vnd Ordnungen
der Bergwerge
Jnn
Königreich Böheim
Churfürstenthum Sachsen
Ertz hertzogthum Osterreich
Fürstenthumb Braunschweig vnd Lüneburgk.
648
Graffschafft Hohenstein
Deren einstheils biß an hero noch nie
in Druck ausgangen Alles mit vleis zusammen getragen Vnd was in iedem gehandelt auff Nachfolgendem Blat
zubefindenn,
Cum gratia & priuil serenis.
Elect Saxoniae,
Leiptzigk
Jnn Vorlegung Henning Grossen des Jüngern
1616.
[fol. 1v blank]
[Note: Characters shown in italics are printed in Roman font in the original rather
than Fraktur.]
[Table of contents:]
[fol. 2r]
Vorzeichniß aller Bergkordnungen so in diesem Buch begriffen.
I.
VRsprung allgemeiner Bergkrecht/ woraus die Königlichen vnd Fürstlichen
Bergkordnungen entsprungen/ Item anzeigung der Clüfft vnd Gäng des Metallischen
Ertz/ wie die in Berg vnd Thal streichen vnd jhr geschick haben/ mit Kupfferfiguren
verzeichnet.
649
II.
Bergkordnung des freyen Königlichen Bergkwercks S. Joachimßthall/ sampt andern
umbliegenden vnd eingeleibten Silberbergkwercken.
III.
Römischer auch zu Hungern vnd Böheimb/ etc. Kön: Majest: geordente vnd
gebesserte Zinbergkwercksordnung/ der Bergstädt/ Schlackenwalda/ Schönfeld/
Lauterbach/ sampt deroselbigen zugehörigen Gebirgen.
IV.
Röm: vnd Königl. Majest: Zinbergkwercksordnung auff die Bergkwerck Hengst/
Perninger/ Lichtenstadt/ Platten/ Gottsgab/ Kaff/ Mückenbergk vnd andern
deroselben orten vnd enden.
[fol. 2v]
V.
Churfürstliche Sächsische Bergkordnung wie die Anno 1584. in Druck außgegangen.
VI.
Churfürstliche Sächsische Zinbergkwercksordnung zum Eibenstock/ wie dieselbe
von jetziger Churf. Durchl. zu Sachsen Hertzog Johann Georgen Anno 1615.
publiciret worden.
VII.
Käyser Ferdinandi Bergkwercksordnung in den Niederösterreichischen Landen.
VIII.
650
Fürstliche Braunschweigische Lünenburgische Bergkordnung der Fürstlichen freyen
Bergkwerge am Zellerfeld/ Burckstedte vnd Claußthälern als wol zum Andreßbergk/
am Todtenberge/ Tambach vnd Knieberge/ sampt allen umbligenden vnd
eingeleibten Silber/ Bley vnd Kupfferbergkwercken in den Gebirgen vnd Thälern.
IX.
Vernewerte Bergkordnung der Graffschafft Hohenstein.
[Note: The above is a diplomatic transcription of [2r] and [2v] but is not zeilengetreu
against the original.]
651
APPENDIX F
TITLE PAGE OF 2ND EDITION OF
BERGKORDNUNG NORWEGEN (COPENHAGEN, 1647)
Weyland König
CHRISTIANI Tertij
Glorwürdigsten Angedenckens Anno 1540. über daß Bergwerck auff
dem Golmßberg im Reich Norwegen publicirte
Berg-Ordnung.
Jetzo wiederumb auff gnädigsten Befehl
Deß Durchleuchtigsten/ Großmächtigen
Fürsten vnd Herrn/
Herrn CHRISTIANI
des Vierdten zu Dännemarck/ Norwegen/ der Wenden vnnd Gothen Königs/
Hertzogs vu Schleßwig/ Holstein/ etc. in etwas deutlicher gegeben vnd
652
auffgelegt.
Kopenhagen/
Ex officina Martzaniana, ANNO
M. DC. XLVII.
[Note: Characters shown in italics are printed in Roman font in the original rather
than Fraktur.]
653
APPENDIX G
DEDICATORY LETTER AND FREEDOMS, 2ND EDITION OF
BERGKORDNUNG NORWEGEN
[Transcription of Christian III.’s dedicatory letter and statement of mining freedoms
from 2nd edition of Berckordnung Norwegen (Copenhagen, 1647), with inclusion of
variants from BN(1698). This separate transcription has been provided due to the
highly divergent text against the 1st (1540) edition. These documents occupy
numbered pages 1-5 of the 1647 edition and pages [2r]-[4r] of the 1540 edition.]
[1.]a
WJr Christian von GOttes Gnaden/ zu Dännemarck/ Norwegen/ der Wenden vnd
Gothen König/ Hertzog zu Schleßwig/ Holstein/ Stormarn vnd der Ditmarschen/
Graff zu Oldenburg vnd Delmenhorst/b Thuen kundt gegen männiglich/ nach dem
der Almächtige GOtt/ von welchem alles Gutes kombt/ Vnser Königreich Norwegen
mit verschiedenen herlichen Bergwercken vnd Metallen an vielen Orthen Reichlich
gesegnet/ insonderheit aber das auff dem Golmßberg/ wie es genandt/ sich Zeithero
a
Page numbers as shown are provided in BN(1647). Note that all variants recorded below are from
BN(1698); therefore, they are not individually labeled as such.
b
insert &c.
654
mit Silberreichen Kupfferen ereugeta vnd fundig gemacht/ also zu hoffen/ daß auß
vnnd von demselben zuforderst die Ehre GOTtes des Högstenb/ als eintzigen Gebers/
dann auch Vnser/ als der ordentlichen Obrigkeit/ vnd gedachtes Vnsers gantzen
Königreichs/ sambt aller c desselben Vnterthanen/ nichts weiniger der jenigen/ so
dasselbe besuchen vnnd dero endts bawen oder sich niederlassen wollen/
sonderbahrerd Nutz vnd Frommen könne erfolgene vnd befodertf werden/ Daß Wir
dannenhero auß besonderen Königl. Gnaden bewogen vnnd verursachet/ erwehntes
sothanes Vnser Bergwerck mit gutem Regiment/ auch Rechten vnd Ordnungen/ so
dann nothwendigen Amptleuthen vnd Officirern g , die einem jedwedern an Vnser
statt Rechtens vnd Billigkeit verhelffen sollen/ zuversehen vnd zubesetzen/ nicht
zweifflend/ es werde alles zu gemeinem Nutzen vnd Auffnehmen gereichen/
Jnmassenh Wir dann auch mit vorher gepflogenem reyffen vnd zeittigem Rath zu
dem Ende nachfolgende Berg-Ordnung stellen vnd abfassen/ auch/ damit männiglich
dero Bericht haben möge/ in offenen Druck bringen vnd verfertigen lassen. Wir
ordenen/ meynen vnd [2.] wollen auch hiemit gnädigst/ daß ein jedweder/ der sich
obbemeldtes Vnsers Bergwercks bedienen vnd gebrauchen wil/ diese Vnsere
Ordnung bey vermeydung Vnserer Vngnade/ vnd anderer darein verordneten vnd
einverleibten Straffen/ vnverbrüchlich halten vnd observiren sol. Was auch in dieser
Vnserer Bergordnung/ etwa annoch außtrücklich nicht versehen/ noch erwehnet/ das
a
ereugnet
Höchsten
c
allen
d
sonderbahren
e
folgen
f
befördert
g
Selected words or portions of words of Latin/French origin are set in Roman type font rather than Fraktur
in BN(1647), designated in the transcription by italics.
h
immassen
b
655
sol vnd muß allerdings nach Recht/ Ordnung vnd gebrauch der Churfl:a Sächsischen
Bergwercke/ auch sonsten/ nach alten wolhergebrachten Bergwercks Gewohnheiten
vnd Rechten erörtert vnd decidiret werden/ Worbey Wir Vns reserviren vnnd
vorbehalten Vnsere jetzige Berg-Ordnung/ wann vnd wie es die Vmbstende vnd
Gelegenheit erheyschet/ weiter zu ändern/ zuverbessern/ vnnd zuvermehren.
Wir geben auch allen vnnd jeden/ wes Standes oder Wesens sie seyn/ so
erwehntes Vnser Bergwerck besuchen/ alda bawen oder sich niederlassen wollen/
hiemit gäntzliche Freyheit vnd Libertät/ beydes für jhre Persohn/ alß Haab vnd
Güternb/ in vnsern Königreichen/ Fürstenthümben vnd Landen/ so wol zu Wasser als
zu Lande jederzeit jhres Gefallens frey ab vnd zu zuziehen/ auch zupassiren/ vnd
damit ein jedweder Bergmann von dieser Freyheit/ die Wir aus Königl: Macht vnd
Volkommenheit gedachtem Vnserm Bergwerck vnd denen dabey sich findenden
Bergleuten/ bereits gegeben/ auch noch fürters geben vnd mittheilen werden/ desto
mehrere Kundtschafft haben vnd erlangen möge/ haben Wir dieselbe im Eingang
dieser Vnserer Berg-Ordnung zudrucken vnd zu præmittiren anbefohlen/ welches
Wir jhnen dann sambt vnd sonders in gnädigster Wolmeynung nicht bergen wollen :
[3.]
Privilegia vnd Freyheiten
deß Bergwerckes auffm
Golmßberg.
a
b
Churfürstl.
Güter
656
WJr Christian von Gottes Gnaden/ zu Dännemarck/ Norwegen/ der Wenden vnnd
Gothen König/ Hertzog zu Schleßwigk/ Holstein/ Stormarn vnd der Ditmarschen/
Graff zu Oldenburgk vnnd Delmenhorst/ &c. Thun hiemit männiglich kundt vnd
zuwissen/ Wie das a sich durch Miltvätterlicher Verleyh: vnd Schickung Gottes
verschidene Bergwercke in Vnserm Reiche Norwegen scheinbarlich an den Tag
gegeben vnnd mercken lassen. Wann Wir dann das darauß kommendes Ertz durch
viel Bergverständige/ insonderheit auff den Bergwercken des Chur: vnd Fürstlichen
Hauses zu Sachsen/ damit Wir/ noch sonst jemandt anders in vnnöthige Kosten
geführet würden/ zu verschiedenen mahlen haben probiren vnd versuchen lassen/
vnnd sich befunden/ das solche Gänge sonders gut Kupffer vnnd Bley/ welche sich
mit Silber vnnd anderem Metal Augenscheinlich sehr reich beweisen/ halten/ vnd
sich dermassen ereugnen/ das mit der Zeit/ durch des Allerhögstenb fernere Gnade/
als dessen Gaben sie alleinig seyn/ vnd dahero auch billich hinwiederumb Jhme mit
högstemc Danck zugeäygnet werden/ viel gutes daraus zuhoffen stehet/ Als seyndt
Wir willens/ solches Bergwerck im Namen Gottes/ nicht allein Vns/ besondern auch
der gemeinen Wolfarth zu Nutz/ Heyl/ vnd aufnehmen in gang zubringen vnnd
anzufangen/ Wollen auch [4.] darauff allen den jenigen/ so dasselbe also mit
anzugreiffen bedacht vnd entschlossen seyn/ alle vnd jede Berg-Freyheit vnnd
Gerechtigkeitend/ so bey vorhoch: vnd wolgedachtes Chur: vnd Fürstlichen Hauses
Sachsen Bergwercken/ in Specie auff den Bergen/ Schneberg/ Sanct Annenberge /
a
daß
Allerhöchsten
c
höchstem
d
Gerechtigkeit
e
St. Anneberg
b
657
Marienberg/ vnd anderen Berg-Städten üblich vnd gewonlich a / auch zugelassen
seyn/ gnädigst vergönnen vnd einraumben/ ja dieselbige vielmehr verbessern als
verringern/ Thuen auch solches hiemit vnd in krafft dieses/ vnd vmb daß desto mehr
zusehen vnd zuverspühren/ das Wir demselben allerdings folge zuleisten vnd
Nachtruck zugeben gemeynet/ haben Wir vber solch Vnser Bergwerck einen
bestendigen Bergmeister bereits geordnet vnd gesetzet/ derogestalt/ das alle die
jenige/ so bey gedachtem Vnserm Bergwerck zu bawen gedencken/ vnd Lust
gewinnen/ vmb Vnser Freyes die Muttungb zusuchen/ bey selbigen sich anzugeben/
der sie dann auch darauff nach Bergleufftigem gebrauch annehmen/ sonderlich aber
dem ersten Muther leihen/ solche Belehnung zu gebürlicher zeit thun vnd verrichten/
auch sonsten alles das jenige handeln vnd in acht nehmen/ was jhme als einem
getrewen Bergmeister von wegen seines anbefohlenen Ambtes/ in deme vnd
anderen/ geziemet vnnd gebühret/ inmassen solches auff wolbestalten Bergwercken
herkommen vnnd gebräuchlich. Wann nun/ zum Andern/ die Muthung/ wie jetzt
gedacht/ bey dem verordnetem Bergmeister geschehen/ sol derselbe männiglich/ so
sich darümb zu rechter zeit anmeldet/ einen gewissen Platz vnd Orth/ worauff sie
zubawen/ abmessen/ bezeichen vnd anweisen/ So wollen Wir zu all solcher weiteren
Beforderung vnd Fortsetzung gnädigst beschaffen/ das einem jeden nach arth vnnd
weyse/ wie bey vorgemelten Bergwercken des löblichen Chur-Hauses Sachsen übvnd bräuchlich/ nottürfftig Zimmer vnd Bawholtz/ sammt [5.] anderem
gehandtreichet vnd gefolget werden soll. Drittens wollen Wir sothane newe BergStadt/ wo die mit der Zeit angerichtet wirdt/ immerzu gleichsamb zu ewigen zeiten
a
b
gewöhnlich
Corrected to <Muthung> in BN(1647) Errata
658
als eine gantz freye Bergstadt begnaden vnd privilegiren/ ja krafft dieses darzu
begnadet vnnd privilegiret haben. Gestalt dann auch Vierdtens vnd zum Beschluß
die Einwohnere selbiger Bergstadt/ so weit sie es zu all solcher behuff vnnd zu
beforderung gemeines Nutzen vnd Gedeyens bey derogleichen Bergwercken nötig/
so fern es durch fernere schickung GOttes so weit gereicht vnd zum würcklichen
Fortgang gebracht wirdt/ mit weiterer genugsamben Freyheit vnd Bergordnung nach
aller Notturfft/ auch auff weyse vnnd masse/ wie es bey offtgemelten Churfürstl:
Sächsischen Bergwercken im gebrauch ist/ sollen versehen vnd begabet werden/
Worzu Wir Vns dann in krafft dieses Vnsers offenen Außschreibens gnädigst wollen
anheyßsig gemacht vnd verpflichtet/ Hergegen aber nichts desto weniger Vns alle
competentz, Freyheit vnd Gehorsamb/ so andere Oberen vnd Herschafften von jhren
Eigenthumben vnd Bergwercken zugeniessen/ vorbehalten haben. Deß zu Vrkundt
haben Wir Vnser Secret hierauff wissentlich drucken vnd dieses Datiren lassen in
Vnser Stadt Odensehe/ am Montage nach
Corporis Christi, Anno
M. D. XXXIX.a
a
1539.
659
APPENDIX H
TITLE PAGE AND TABLE OF CONTENTS OF
CORPUS JURIS ET SYSTEMA RERUM METALLICARUM
(FRANKFURT, 1698)
[Transcription of the title page and table of contents of Corpus juris et systema rerum
metallicarum oder neuverfaßtes Bergbuch, ed. J. David Zunner, Frankfurt, 1698 –
based on personal copy.]
[fol. 1r]
CORPUS JURIS
& Systema rerum Metallicarum;
Oder:
Neu-verfaßtes
Berg-Buch/
Bestehend aus allerhand/
So alten als neuern Collectaneis
Von
Bergwercks-Sachen/
Und zwar
660
I.
Christoph Encelii Tractat von Metallischen Dingen/
Aus dem Latin ins Teutsche übersetzet.
II.
Ein alter Tractat von Erkäntnuß der Klüfft:
und Gänge/ auch unterschiedener deß Gesteins Güte.
III.
Deuceri Corpus Juris Metallicum, oder BergRechten. Nebst
IV.
Allerhand andern/ als Kayserl. Königlichen/
Chur- und Fürstlichen/ wie auch Gräfflichen Berg-Ordnungen.
Weiter ist statt eines Andern Theils angefüget ein gantz neuer Tractat,
Nemlich:
V.
Tit. Herrn Abrahams von Schönberg/ Churfl.
Sächs. Raths/ und Ober-Berg- und Crayß-Hauptmanns
zu Freyberg publicirte außführliche
Berg-INFORMATION,
Samt denen bey Berg- und Hütten-werck gebräuchlichen Redens-Arten.
Allen und jeden Liebhabern/ sonderlich aber denen/
Welche bey dem Berg- und Schmeltz-Wesen zuschaffen haben/
Zu Dienst und Gefallen zusammen getragen/
Als darinnen selbige/
Was ihnen zu thun oblieget/ was so wol in- als auser der Gruben/ und bey der Hutten
vor Anstalt zu machen/ oder vor Auffsicht zu halten/ imgleichen wie in Proceß-Sachen
Bergrechtlich zu verfahren/ &c. benachrichtet werden.
Franckfurt am Mayn/
661
Jn Verlegung Johann David Zunners/ Buchhändlers/
Jm Jahre Christi M DC LXXXXVIII.
[Note: Characters shown in italics are printed in Roman type face in the original
rather than Fraktur; some lines or portions of lines of the original title page are
printed in red lettering.]
662
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Primary Texts
Agricola, Georgius. Ausgewählte Werke. 6 vols. Berlin: VEB Deutscher
Verlag der Wissenschaften, 1955-1961.
Agricola, Georgius. Bermannus sive De re metallica dialogus. Ed. & trans.
Helmut Wilsdorf et al. Georgius Agricola – Ausgewählte Werke.
Vol. 2. Berlin: VEB Deutscher Verlag der Wissenschaften, 1955.
Agricola, Georgius. De natura fossilium (Textbook of mineralogy). Ed. &
trans. Mark Chance Bandy & Jean A. Bandy. New York: Geological
Society of America, 1955. [Reprint: New York, Dover, 2004.]
Agricola, Georgius. De re metallica. Basel: Froben/Episcopius, 1556.
[English translation by Herbert Clark Hoover & Lou Henry Hoover.
New York: Dover, 1950.]
Agricola, Georgius. Epistula ad Meurerum. Ed. & trans. Georg
Fraustadt & Hans Prescher. Georgius Agricola – Ausgewählte Werke.
Vol. 5. Schriften zur Geologie und Mineralogie I. Berlin: VEB Deutscher
Verlag der Wissenschaften, 1956. 1-43.
Agricola, Georgius. De ortu et causis subterraneorum Lib. V. De natura eorum
quae effluunt ex terra Lib. IIII. De natura fossilium Lib. X. De veteribus
et novis metallis Lib. II. Bermannus, siue, De re metallica dialogus.
Interpretatio germanica vocum rei metallicae: addito Indice
foecundissimo. Basel: Froben/Episcopius, 1546
Agricola, Georgius. De veteribus et novis metallis libri II. Ed. & trans. Georg
Fraustadt. Georgius Agricola – Ausgewählte Werke. Vol. 5. Vermischte
Schriften I. Berlin: VEB Deutscher Verlag der Wissenschaften, 1961. 59138.
Albertus Magnus. Book of Minerals. Ed. & trans. Dorothy Wyckoff. Oxford:
Clarendon, 1967.
663
Albinus, Petrus. Meisznische Land und Bergk Chronica. Dresden: n.p.,
1589.
Alchemical Poetry, 1575-1700. Ed. Robert M. Schuler. Garland Reference
Library of the Humanities 1109. New York/London: Garland, 1999.
Bergkordnung des Löblichen newen Bergkwergs/ auff dem Golmsbergk/ im
Königreich Norwegen. Zwickau: Meyerpeck, 1540. [2nd edition,
Copenhagen, 1647. Reprint of 1st edition: Trondheim, 1963.]
Bergliederbüchlein. Historisch-kritische Ausgabe. Ed. Elizabeth MincoffMarriage & Gerhard Heilfurth. Leipzig: Hiersemann, 1936.
Biringuccio, Vannoccio. The Pirotechnia of Vannoccio Biringuccio: The
Classic Sixteenth-Century Treatise on Metals and Metallurgy. Ed. &
trans. Cyril Stanley Smith & Martha Teach Gnudi. New York:
Dover, 1990.
Corpus juris & Systema rerum Metallicarum, Oder: Neu-verfaßtes Berg-Buch
…. Frankfurt am Main: Johann David Zunner, 1698. [Includes
“Bergbüchlein” eleventh edition: B11]
Dechen, Heinrich von. Das älteste deutsche Bergwerksbuch. Reprint from
Zeitschrift für Bergrecht, volume 26. Bonn: Adolph Marcus, 1885.
Deucer, Johann. Metallicorum corpus juris, oder Bergkrecht. Leipzig: Heirs
of Henning Gross, 1624.
Der deutsche ‘Macer.’ Vulgatfassung. Ed. Bernhard Schnell & William
Crossgrove. Tübingen: Max Niemeyer, 2003.
Entzelt [Encelius], Christoph. De re metallica … libri III. [Frankfurt]: Chr.
Egenolphum, 1551.
Ercker, Lazarus. Treatise on Ores and Assaying translated from the German
edition of 1580. Ed. & trans. Anneliese G. Sisco & Cyril Stanley
Smith. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1951.
Europäisches Montanwesen im Hochmittelalter: Das Trienter Bergrecht
1185-1214. Ed. & trans. Dieter Hägermann & Karl-Heinz Ludwig.
Köln: Böhlau, 1986.
Grimmelshausen, Hans Jakob Christoffel von. Der abentheurliche
Simplicissimus Teutsch und Continuatio des abentheurlichen
Simplicissimi. 2nd ed. Ed. Rolf Tarot. Tübingen: Max Niemeyer
664
Verlag, 1984.
Grimmelshausen, Hans Jakob Christoffel von. Lebensbeschreibung der
Ertzbetrügerin und Landstörtzerin Courasche. Ed. Wolfgang Bender.
Tübingen: Max Niemeyer Verlag, 1967.
Herttwig, Christoph. Neues und vollkommenes Berg-Buch, bestehend in
sehr vielen und raren Berg-Händeln und Bergwercks-Gebräuchen…
Dresden & Leipzig, 1710. [2nd edition, Dresden & Leipzig, 1734.]
Herzog Georgs Bergordnung für Sanct Annaberg. Leipzig: Melchior Lotter,
1509.
Hoffmann, Richard C. Fishers’ Craft and Lettered Art. Tracts on Fishing from
the End of the Middle Ages. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 1997.
“Ein hübscher Spruch von dem edlen Bergwerk aus dem Jahr 1520.” Ed. Franz
Kirnbauer. Leobener Grüne Hefte 60. Vienna: Montan-Verlag, 1962.
Jean D’Espagnet’s The Summary of Physics Restored (Enchyridion Physicae
Restitutae). Ed. Thomas Willard. Garland Reference Library of the
Humanities 1109. New York/London: Garland, 1999.
Kieckhefer, Richard. Forbidden Rites. A Necromancer’s Manual of the
Fifteenth Century. Stroud, Gloucestershire: Sutton, 1997.
Klotzsch, Johann Friedrich. Ursprung der Bergwerke in Sachsen, aus der
Geschichte mittler Zeiten untersucht. Chemnitz, 1764.
Köhler, Friedrich Wilhelm. Historische Nachrichten von der
chursächsischen alten freyen Bergstadt Wolkenstein im meißnischen
Obererzgebürge. Schneeberg: Fr. G. Fulda Witwe, 1781.
Krags, Niels & Stephan Stephanius. Den stormægtigste Konge Kong
Christian den Tredie, Konge til Danmark og Norge… hans Historie…
oversat af Latinen. 3 vols. Copenhagen: Godiche, 1776-1779.
Kurtze/ doch warhafftige Beschreibung Der Silber und anderer Bergwercke
in Norwegen/ so viel derselben An. 1649. im Königreiche bekandt
gewesen (2nd ed., Bockenhoffer, 1685). Facsimilia Scientia et
Technica Norvegica 21. Ed. Knut Thalberg. Trondheim: NTHTrykk, 1965.
Mathesius, Johann. Sarepta, oder, Bergpostill: sampt der Jochimssthalischen
kurtzen Chroniken. Nuremberg: Berg/Newbar, 1562.
665
Mendels, Judica I. H. “Das ‘Bergbüchlein’. A text edition.” Diss. Johns
Hopkins University, 1953.
Pieper, Wilhelm. Ulrich Rülein von Calw und sein Bergbüchlein. Mit
Urtext-Faksimile und Übertragung des Bergbüchleins von etwa 1500
und Faksimile der Pestschrift von 1521. Berlin: Akademie-Verlag,
1955.
Piirainen, I. T. Das Iglauer Bergrecht nach einer Handschrift aus Schemnitz.
Heidelberg, 1980.
Piirainen, I. T. Das Stadt- und Bergrecht von Kremnica/Kremnitz.
Heidelberg, 1983.
Pliny the Elder. Natural History: A selection. Ed. & trans. John F. Healy.
London: Penguin, 1991.
“Probirbüchlein.” Magdeburg, 1524. [transcribed in: Lempe, Johann Friedrich.
“Beitrag zur alten Litteratur der Bergbaukunst. II: Ein altes
Probirbüchlein von 1524, gedruckt zu Magdeburg.” Magazin für die
Bergbaukunde 9 (1792): 56-132.]
Risko, Agnes. “‘Gott zu Ehren, dem Neben=Christen zu Nutz…’: Anna
Elisabeth Horenburg’s Manual for Midwives.” Diss. Ohio State
University, 1998.
[Rülein von Kalbe, Ulrich.] “Ein nutzlich bergbuchleyn.” N.p. [Leipzig?]: n.p.
[Martin Landsberg?], n.d. [1500?]. [Published anonymously; facsimile
reproduction in Pieper, Ulrich Rülein, pp. 65-112; “Bergbüchlein” first
edition: B1]
[Rülein von Kalbe, Ulrich.] “Ain wolgeordnetz: vnnd nuczliche büchlin wie man
bergwerck suchen vnd erfinden sol von allerley mettal…” Augsburg:
Erhart Ratdolt, 1505. [Facsimile reproduction on webpage of
Ecole nationale supérieure des Mines, Paris, <http://euromin.w3sites.net/
Nouveau_site/musees/ensmp/buch/buechlein.htm;>; “Bergbüchlein”
second edition: B2]
[Rülein von Kalbe, Ulrich.] “Eyn wolgeordent vnd nützlich büchlin/ wie man
Bergwerck suchen vnd finden sol/ von allerley Metall…” Worms: Peter
Schöfer, 1518. [Facsimile reproduction, Bergakademie Freiberg, 1991;
“Bergbüchlein” third edition: B3]
[Rülein von Kalbe, Ulrich.] “Ein nützlich Bergbüchlin von allen Metallen/ als
666
Golt/ Silber/ Zcyn/ Kupfer ertz/ Eisen stein/ Bleyertz/ vnd vom
Quecksilber.” Erfurt: Johan Loersfelt, 1527. [“Bergbüchlein” fourth
edition: B4]
[Rülein von Kalbe, Ulrich (et al.).] “Bergwerck vnd Probirbüchlin. Für die
Bergk vnd Feurwercker/ Goltschmid/ Alchimisten vnd Künstner.
Gilbertus Cardinal vonn Soluiren vnnd scheydungen aller Metal. Polirung
allerhand Edelgesteyn. Fürtrefliche Wasser zum Etzen/ Scheyden vnd
Soluiren. Verhütung vnd rath für gifftige dämpffe der Metal.” Frankfurt:
Christian Egenolph, 1533. [“Bergbüchlein” fifth edition: B5]
[Rülein von Kalbe, Ulrich.] “Ein wolgeordent vnd nutzlich büchlein/ wie man
Bergwerck suchen vnd finden sol/ von allerley Metall…” Augsburg:
Heinrich Steyner, 1534. [“Bergbüchlein” sixth edition: B6]
[Rülein von Kalbe, Ulrich (et al.).] “Bergwerck vnd Probir büchlin/ für die Bergk
vnnd feurwercker Golschmid/ Alchimisten vnd Künstner. Gilbertus
Cardinal vonn Soluiren vnnd scheidungen aller Metal[.] Polirung aller
hand Edelgestein. Fürtreffliche Wasser zum Etzen/ Scheyden/ vnd
Soluiren. Verhütung vnd Rath für gifftige dämpffe der Metal.”
Frankfurt: Christian Egenolff, 1535. [Reprint of B5; “Bergbüchlein”
seventh edition: B7]
[Rülein von Kalbe, Ulrich.] “Ein wolgeordent vnd nutzlich büchlin/ wie man
Bergwerck suchen vnd finden sol/ von allerley Metall…” Augsburg:
Heinrich Steyner, 1539. [Reprint of B6; “Bergbüchlein” ninth edition: B9]
Saxon Mirror, The. Ed. & trans. Maria Dobozy. Philadelphia: University of
Pennsylvania Press, 1999.
Die Schreckenberger Bergordnung 1499/1500. Ed. Johannes D. Sehm. 2
vols. Zwickau: Ullmann, 1936.
Schwazer Bergbuch. Ed. Heinrich Winkelmann. Bochum: n.p., 1956.
Sisco, Anneliese Grünhaldt & Smith, Cyril Stanley. Bergwerk- und
Probierbüchlein. New York: American Institute of Mining and
Metallurgical Engineers, 1949.
Talhoffer, Hans. Medieval Combat. A Fifteenth-Century Illustrated Manual
of Swordfighting and Close-Quarter Combat. Ed. & trans. Mark
Rector. London: Greenhill, 2000.
Theophrastus. On Stones. Introduction, Greek text, English translation, and
Commentary. Ed. & trans. Earle R. Caley & John F. C. Richards.
667
Columbus: Ohio State University, 1956.
Urkundenbuch der Stadt Freiberg in Sachsen. Vol. 2. Bergbau, Bergrecht,
Münze. Codex diplomaticus Saxoniae regiae 2,13. Ed. Hubert
Ermisch. Leipzig: Giesecke & Devrient, 1886.
Ursprung gemeynner Berckrecht, Der. Ed. Johann Haselberg. N.p.: n.d.
[1535-38?]. [Includes “Bergbüchlein” eighth edition: B8]
Ursprung vnd Ordnungen der Bergwerge. Leipzig: Henning Groß, 1616.
[Includes “Bergbüchlein” tenth edition: B10]
Weyland König Christiani Tertij Glorwürdigsten Angedenckens Anno 1540
über daß Bergwerck auff dem Golmßberg im Reich Norwegen
publicirte Berg-Ordnung. Copenhagen: Martzania, 1647. [2nd edition
of Bergkordnung Norwegen]
Research literature
Adams, Frank Dawson. The Birth and Development of the Geological Sciences.
New York: Dover, 1954.
Arbeitsgemeinschaft außeruniversitärer historischer Forschungseinrichtungen
(AHF). “Empfehlungen zur Edition frühneuzeitlicher Texte.”
<http://www.ahf-muenchen.de/Arbeitskreise/empfehlungen.shtml>.
Assion, Peter. Altdeutsche Fachliteratur. Grundlagen der Germanistik 13.
Berlin: Erich Schmidt, 1973.
Barge, Hermann. Geschichte der Buchdruckerkunst von ihren Anfängen bis zur
Gegenwart. Leipzig: Philipp Reclam jun., 1940.
Bärtling, Bernhard. “Das Schwedische Bergrecht unter besonderer
Berücksichtigung der Rechtsnatur der bergbaulichen Abbaurechte im
Vergleich zum Preußischen Bergrecht.” Diss. University of Münster,
1963.
Baufeld, Christa. Kleines frühneuhochdeutsches Wörterbuch. Tübingen: Max
Niemeyer, 1996.
Benzing, Josef. Bibliographie Strasbourgeoise. Bibliographie des ouvrages
imprimés à Strasbourg (Bas-Rhin) au XVIe siècle. Bibliotheca
Bibliographica Aureliana 80. Baden-Baden: Éditions Valentin
Koerner, 1981.
668
Benzing, Josef. Die Buchdrucker des 16. und 17. Jahrhunderts im deutschen
Sprachgebiet. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz, 1963.
Benzing, Josef. Buchdruckerlexikon des 16. Jahrhunderts (Deutsches
Sprachgebiet). Frankfurt am Main: Vittorio Klostermann, 1952.
Benzing, Josef. “Johann Haselberg, ein fahrender Verleger und Schriftsteller
1515-1538.” Archiv für Geschichte des Buchwesens 7.1-2 (1967): col.
301-315.
Benzing, Josef. “Haselberg, Johann.” Neue deutsche Biographie. Vol. 8.
Berlin: Duncker & Humboldt, 1969. 22-23.
Berg, Bjǿrn Ivar. “Ausgrabungen von Bergwerken der Agricola-Zeit in
Norwegen.” Der Anschnitt 51.2-3 (1999): 111-112.
Berg, Bjǿrn Ivar. “Bergarbeit in Skandinavien vom 14. bis zum 17. Jahrhundert.”
Bergbau und Arbeitsrecht. Ed. K.-H. Ludwig & P. Silka. Böcksteiner
Montana 8. Vienna: VWGÖ, 1989. 187-209.
Boldt, Gerhard. “Bergrecht in Norwegen.” Deutsch-Norwegische WirtschaftsZeitschrift (DNWZ) 4.10 (1944): 239-243.
Boldt, Gerhard. Das norwegische Bergrecht. Recht und Wirtschaft in Norwegen
2. Oslo: Atlantic forlag a/s, 1943.
The Book History Reader. Ed. David Finkelstein & Alistair McCleery. New
York/London: Routledge, 2002.
Brauer, Adalbert. “Grosse (Groß), Buchhändler.” Neue deutsche Biographie.
Vol. 8. Berlin: Duncker & Humboldt, 1966. 147-148.
Chrisman, Miriam Usher. Bibliography of Strasbourg Imprints, 1480-1599.
New Haven: Yale University Press, 1982.
Cipolla, Carlo M. Literacy and Development in the West. Baltimore:
Pelican, 1969.
Claus, Helmut. Die Zwickauer Drucke des 16. Jahrhunderts. Part 2:
Wolfgang Meyerpeck, 1530-1551. Gotha: Forschungsbibliothek
Gotha, 1985-86.
Connolly, David E. “A Research Bibliography of Early Modern German
Mining.” De re metallica. The Uses of Metal in the Middle Ages.
669
Ed. Robert Bork. Hampshire, England: Ashgate, 2005. 387-401.
Connolly, David E. “Ulrich Rülein von Kalbe’s Bergbüchlein in the Context
of Sixteenth-century German Mining/metallurgical Literature.” De re
metallica. The Uses of Metal in the Middle Ages. Ed. Robert Bork.
Hampshire, England: Ashgate, 2005. 347-366.
Crossgrove, William. Die deutsche Sachliteratur des Mittelalters. Bern:
Peter Lang, 1994.
Darmstaedter, Ernst. Berg-, Probir- und Kunstbüchlein. Münchener Beiträge
zur Geschichte und Literatur der Naturwissenschaften und Medizin
2/3. Munich: Verlag der Münchner Drucke, 1926.
De re metallica. The Uses of Metal in the Middle Ages. AVISTA Studies in
the History of Medieval Technology, Science, and Art 4. Ed. Robert
Bork et al. Hampshire, England: Ashgate, 2005.
Eamon, William. Science and the Secrets of Nature. Books of Secrets in
Medieval and Early Modern Culture. Princeton: Princeton University
Press, 1994.
Ebert, Robert Peter, Oskar Reichmann, Hans-Joachim Solms, & Klaus-Peter
Wegera. Frühneuhochdeutsche Grammatik. Tübingen: Max
Niemeyer, 1993.
Eis, Gerhard. “Fachprosa des Mittelalters.” Deutsche Philologie im Aufriss.
Ed. Wolfgang Stammler. Bielefeld: Erich Schmidt, 1954. Vol. II:
cols. 1633-1687.
Eis, Gerhard. Mittelalterliche Fachliteratur. 2nd ed. Stuttgart: Metzler, 1967.
Eisenstein, Elizabeth. The Printing Press as an Agent of Change. 2 vols.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1979.
Eisenstein, Elizabeth. The Printing Revolution in Early Modern Europe.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1983.
Ermisch, Hubert. Das sächsische Bergrecht des Mittelalters. Leipzig:
Giesecke & Devrient, 1887.
Febvre, Lucien & Henri-Jean Martin. The Coming of the Book. Trans.
David Gerard. London/New York: Verso, 1976.
Fluck, Hans-Rüdiger. Fachsprachen. Einführung und Bibliographie. UTB
670
483. 4th ed. Tübingen: Francke, 1991.
Gabler, Hans Walter. “Introduction: Textual Criticism and Theory in
Modern German Editing.” Contemporary German Editorial Theory.
Ed. Hans Walter Gabler, George Bornstein, & Gillian Borland Pierce.
Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press, 1995. 1-16.
Gabler, Hans Walter. “The Synchrony and Diachrony of Texts: Practice and
Theory of the Critical Edition of James Joyce’s Ulysses.” TEXT 1
(1981): 305-326.
Gaskell, Philip. A New Introduction to Bibliography. New Castle,
Delaware: Oak Knoll, 1995.
Greetham, D. C. “Textual Scholarship.” Introduction to Scholarship in
Modern Languages and Literatures. Ed. Joseph Gibaldi. New York:
Modern Language Association, 1992. 103-137.
Greg, W. W. “The Rationale of Copy-Text.” Studies in Bibliography 3
(1950-51): 19-37.
Haage, Bernhard Dietrich. “Deutsche Artesliteratur des Mittelalters.
Überblick und Forschungsbericht.” Zeitschrift für
Literaturwissenschaft und Linguistik 51/52 (1983): 185-205.
Habermann, Mechthild. Deutsche Fachtexte der frühen Neuzeit.
Naturkundlich-medizinische Wissensvermittlung im Spannungsfeld
von Latein und Volkssprache. Berlin/New York: Walter de Gruyter,
2001.
Hahn, Walther von. Fachkommunikation. Entwicklung, Linguistische
Konzepte, Betriebliche Beispiele. New York/Berlin: Walter de
Gruyter, 1983.
“Hand Press Book (HPB) Database.” <http://www.certl.org/HPB/>.
Herrmann, Wilhelm & Hubert Ermisch. “Das Freiberger Bergrecht.” Neues
Archiv für sächsische Geschichte und Altertumskunde 3.2 (1882):
118-151.
Holborn, Hajo. A History of Modern Germany. The Reformation.
Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1959.
Holzmann, Michael & Hanns Bohatta. Deutsches Anonymenlexikon. 7 vols.
Weimar: Gesellschaft der Bibliphilen, 1902-28.
671
Imme, Theodor. “Die Eigentümlichkeiten und Vorzüge der deutschen
Bergmannssprache.” Wissenschaftliche Beihefte zur Zeitschrift des
Allgemeinen Deutschen Sprachvereins 5.31 (1909): 1-24.
Ivins, William M., Jr. Prints and Visual Communication. Cambridge, MA:
Harvard University Press, 1953.
Johns, Adrian. The Nature of the Book. Chicago: University of Chicago
Press, 1998.
Johns, Adrian. “Science and the Book in Modern Cultural Historiography.”
Studies in History and Philosophy of Science 29.2 (1998): 167-194.
Jones, George. “English Borrowings from Medieval German Fachsprache.”
Fachliteratur des Mittelalters. Festschrift für Gerhard
Eis. Ed. Gundolf Keil, Rainer Rudolf, Wolfram Schmitt, & Hans J.
Vermeer. Stuttgart: J. B. Metzlersche Verlagsbuchhandlung, 1968. 1119.
Jones, George. “Fachschrifttum.” Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Ed.
Joseph R. Strayer. Vol. 4. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1982.
Kästner, Hannes, Eva Schütz, & Johannes Schwitalla. “‘Dem gmainen Mann zu
guttem Teutsch gemacht’. Textliche Verfahren der Wissensvermittlung in
frühneuhochdeutschen Fachkompendien.” Neuere Forschungen zur
historischen Syntax des Deutschen. Referate der internationalen
Fachkonferenz Eichstätt 1989. Ed. Anne Betten & Claudia M. Riehl.
Tübingen: Niemeyer, 1990. 205-223.
Kästner, Hannes, Eva Schütz, & Johannes Schwitalla. “Die Textsorten des
Frühneuhochdeutschen.” Handbücher zur Sprach- und
Kommunikationswissenschaft. Vol. 2.2. Sprachgeschichte.
Berlin/New York: de Gruyter, 1985. 1355-1368.
Keil, Gundolf, Johannes G. Mayer, & Monika Reininger. “ ‘ein kleiner
Leonardo’. Ulrich Rülein von Kalbe als Humanist, Mathematiker,
Montanwissenschaftler und Arzt.” Würzburger Fachprosa-Studien.
Beiträge zur mittelalterlichen Medizin-, Pharmazie- und
Standesgeschichte aus dem Würzburger medizinhistorischen Institut,
Michael Holler zum 60. Geburtstag. Ed. Gundolf Keil, Johannes G.
Mayer, & Christian Naser. Würzburg: Königshausen und Neumann,
1995. 228-247.
Keiser, George R. “Editing Scientific and Practical Writings.” A Guide to
672
Editing Middle English. Ed. Vincent P. McCarren & Douglas Moffat.
Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press, 1998. 109-122.
Knauth, Percy. The Metalsmiths. New York: Time-Life Books, 1974.
Koch, Manfred. Geschichte und Entwicklung des bergmännischen
Schrifttums. Schriftenreihe Bergbau-Aufbereitung 1. Goslar:
Hermann Hübener, 1963.
Laube, Adolf. “Der Weg zur Annaberger Bergordnung von 1509—ein Weg zur
Bewältigung gesellschaftlicher Interessenkonflikte durch die
Landesherrschaft.” Sächsische Justizgeschichte, Rechtsbücher und
Rechtsordnungen in Mittelalter und früher Neuzeit 9 (1999): 161-185.
Levine, John. The Internet for Dummies. New York: Hungry Minds, Inc.,
1993.
Lexikon des gesamten Buchwesens. Ed. Karl Löffler, Joachim Kirchner, &
Wilhelm Olbrich. 3 vols. Leipzig: Verlag Karl W. Hiersemann,
1935-37.
Lieber, Werner & Hermann Leyerzapf. “German Silver: An historical
perspective on Silver mining in Germany.” The Mineralogical
Record 17 (1986): 3-18.
Lofmark, Carl. The Authority of the Source in Middle High German
Narrative Poetry. London: University of London, 1981.
Long, Pamela O. “The Openness of Knowledge: An Ideal and its Context in
16th-century Writings on Mining and Metallurgy.” Technology and
Culture 32 (1991): 318-355.
Long, Pamela O. Openness, Secrecy, Authorship. Technical Arts and the Culture
of Knowledge from Antiquity to the Renaissance. Baltimore: Johns
Hopkins University Press, 2001.
Löscher, Hermann. Das erzgebirgische Bergrecht des 15. und 16.
Jahrhunderts. I. Teil. Die erzgebirgischen Berggebräuche des 16.
Jahrhunderts und ihre Vorläufer seit etwa 1450. Berlin: AkademieVerlag, 1957.
Ludwig, Karl-Heinz. “Aspekte der Arbeitsverfassung im europäischen Bergbau
des Mittelalters und der frühen Neuzeit.” Bergbau und Arbeitsrecht. Ed.
K.-H. Ludwig & P. Silka. Böcksteiner Montana 8. Vienna: VWGÖ,
1989. 11-35.
673
Mackensen, Lutz. “Bergmannssprache.” Sprache und Technik. Zwei
Vorträge. Lüneburg: Heliand-Verlag, 1954. 41-51.
Majer, Jiří. “Der Bergbau in Böhmen zur Agricola-Zeit.” Der Anschnitt 46.2-3
(1994): 77-83.
Matthes, E. F. “Deutsche Knappen im Erzbergbau Norwegens.” Der
Anschnitt 6.5 (1954): 8-10.
McKenzie, D. F. Bibliography and the Sociology of Texts. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press, 1999.
Mendels, Judy. “Das ‘Bergbüchlein’ und seine Nachfolger.” Zeitschrift für
deutsche Philologie 75 (1956): 83-94.
Mendels, Judy. “Von deutscher Bergwerkssprache.” Muttersprache:
Zeitschrift zur Pflege und Erforschung der deutschen Sprache 73
(1963): 161-171.
Modern Language Association. “Guidelines for Editors of Scholarly
Editions.”
<http://jefferson.village.virginia.edu/~jmu2m/cse/
CSEguidelines.html>.
Nagel, Anne-Hilde. “Norwegian Mining in the Early Modern Period.”
GeoJournal 32.2 (1994): 137-149.
Nef, John U. “Mining and Metallurgy in Medieval Civilisation.” Cambridge
Economic History of Europe. Vol. 2. Trade and Industry in the
Middle Ages. Ed. M. M. Postan & Edward Miller. 2nd ed.
Cambridge, 1987. 691-761.
Nichols, Stephen G. & Siegfried Wenzel. “Introduction.” The Whole Book.
Cultural Perspectives on the Medieval Miscellany. Ed. S. Nichols &
S. Wenzel. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press, 1996. 1-6.
Ong, Walter J. Orality and Literacy. The Technologizing of the Word. New
York/London: Routledge, 1982.
Pahta, Päivi & Irma Taavitsainen. “Vernacularisation of scientific and
medical writing in its sociohistorical context.” Medical and Scientific
Writing in Late Medieval England. Ed. I. Taavitsainen & P. Pahta.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2002. 1-22.
674
Paisey, David. Catalogue of books printed in the German-speaking countries
and of German books printed in other countries from 1601 to 1700
now in the British Library. 5 vols. London: British Library, 1962.
Parkes, Malcolm B. “The Influence of the Concepts of Ordinatio and
Compilatio on the Development of the Book.” Medieval Learning
and Literature. Ed. J. J. G. Alexander & M. T. Gibson. Oxford:
Clarendon, 1976. 115-141.
Philipp, Gerhard. Einführung ins Frühneuhochdeutsche. Heidelberg: UTB
Quelle & Meyer, 1980.
Piirainen, Ilpo Tapani. “Geschichte der deutschen Bergbausprache.” Der
Anschnitt 46.6 (1994): 202-206.
Piirainen, Ilpo Tapani. “Historizität der Fachsprachen am Beispiel der deutschen
Bergbausprache.” Special Language: From humans thinking to thinking
machines. Ed. Christer Laurén & Marianne Nordman. Avon &
Philadelphia: Multilingual Matters Ltd., 1987. 80-88.
Pörksen, Uwe. Deutsche Naturwissenschaftssprachen. Historische und
kritische Studien. Tübingen: Gunter Narr, 1986.
Pounds, Norman J. G. “Mining.” Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Ed.
Joseph R. Strayer. Vol. 8. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1987.
397-404.
Prescher, Hans. “Georgius Agricola und sein Hauptwerk ‘De re metallica’.”
Der Anschnitt 46.2-3 (1994): 42-54.
Prescher, Hans. Georgius Agricola. Persönlichkeit und Wirken für den
Bergbau und das Hüttenwesen des 16. Jahrhunderts. Acta humaniora.
Leipzig: VEB Deutscher Verlag für Grundstoffindustrie, 1985.
Roelcke, Thorsten. Fachsprachen. Berlin: Erich Schmidt, 1999.
Röhrig, Ernst Otto. German-English Dictionary of the Terms and Expressions
employed in Mining and metallurgy. Leipzig, 1881.
Roth, F. W. E. “Johann Haselberg von Reichenau, Verleger und Buchführer,
1515-1538.” Archiv für Geschichte des deutschen Buchhandels 18
(1896): 16-28.
Schellhas, Walter. “Beziehungen des Freiberger Bergbaus und der Bergakademie
Freiberg (Sachsen) zu Norwegen bis zum Beginn des 20. Jahrhunderts.”
675
Studien zur Geschichte des Bergbaus und der Montanwissenschaften vom
16. bis zum 20. Jahrhundert. Freiberger Forschungshefte D147. Leipzig:
VEB Deutscher Verlag für Grundstoffindustrie, 1982. 47-95.
Schwarz, Klaus. Untersuchungen zur Geschichte der deutschen Bergleute im
späteren Mittelalter. Freiberger Forschungshefte D20. Berlin:
Akademie-Verlag, 1958.
Seibicke, Wilfried. “Fachsprachen in historischer Entwicklung.”
Handbücher zur Sprach- und Kommunikationswissenschaft. Vol. 2.2.
Sprachgeschichte. Berlin/New York: de Gruyter, 1985.
1998-2008.
Siems, Peter. “Background, Summary, and Aftermath of the 1548 Mining
Law for the Schlackenwald Tin Mines, Bohemia.” De re metallica.
The Uses of Metal in the Middle Ages. Ed. Robert Bork. Hampshire,
England: Ashgate, 2005. 367-386.
Smith, Pamela H. The Business of Alchemy. Science and Culture in the
Holy Roman Empire. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1994.
Stillwell, Margaret Bingham. The Awakening Interest in Science during the
First Century of Printing, 1450-1550. New York: Bibliographical
Society of America, 1970.
Strätz, Hans-Wolfgang. “Bergmännisches Arbeitsrecht im 15. und 16.
Jahrhundert.” Der Anschnitt 28 (1976): 86-94, 114-122.
Suhling, Lothar. Aufschließen, Gewinnen und Fördern. Geschichte des
Bergbaus. Reinbek, 1983.
Tanselle, G. Thomas. “The Varieties of Scholarly Editing.” Scholarly
Editing: A Guide to Research. Ed. D. C. Greetham. New York:
Modern Language Association of America, 1995. 9-32.
Thuesen, Gunnar & T. Lindtveit. “The Saxon Influence in Mining and
Metallurgical Industry in Norway.” Internationales Symposium zur
Geschichte des Bergbaus und Hüttenwesens. Vol. 2. Freiberg:
ICOHTEC-Vorträge, 1980. 473-488.
Veith, Heinrich. Deutsches Bergwörterbuch. Breslau, 1871. [Reprint:
Wiesbaden: M. Sändig, 1968.]
Verdier, Philippe. “Metallurgy.” Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Ed. Joseph
R. Strayer. Vol. 8. New York: Charles Scribner’s Sons, 1987. 283676
287.
Wells, C. J. German. A Linguistic History to 1945. Oxford: Clarendon,
1985.
Willecke, Raimund, Wilhelm Westhoff, & Wilhelm Schülter. Die deutsche
Berggesetzgebung von den Anfängen bis zur Gegenwart. Essen:
Glückauf, 1977.
Zycha, Adolf. Das Recht des ältesten deutschen Bergbaues bis ins 13.
Jahrhundert. Berlin, 1899.
Zycha, Adolf. Das böhmische Bergrecht im Mittelalter. 2 vols. Berlin, 1900.
677